SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES AMBROSE ALLI UNIVERSITY, EKPOMA-NIGERIA POSTGRADUATE STUDIES PROSPECTUS 2010 – 2012 CURRENCY OF INFORMATION The contents of this Prospectus are accurate at the time of publication. However, the available courses and or electives are subject to change without notice to students if societal needs or advancement of knowledge so dictate. Such changes as and when approved by the appropriate organs, shall be in force and all affected students shall be required to comply with the said changes. ISBN ii PREFACE The School of Postgraduate Studies was established in the then Bendel State University, Ekpoma in 1988/89 session. At inception the activities of the School were supervised by the Office of the Vice-Chancellor. Following the approval of the establishment of the School of Postgraduate Studies by Edo State Government in November 1992, the first Dean was appointed in January 1993. From that period to date, ten Deans have been appointed to oversee the affairs of the School. The first part of the Prospectus deals with the requirements for the acquisition of higher degrees from this University and general regulations governing Postgraduate Studies. The second part deals with course structures and course descriptions by Faculties and Departments. In previous editions, courses available in the School of Postgraduate Studies were outlined in Departments and presented alphabetically. This arrangement did not take into account the Faculty structure in which the Departments are located. This edition has taken care of this and courses available have been presented alphabetically according to Faculties and Departments within Faculties. Postgraduate courses in Banking and Finance, Business Administration and Public Administration were previously run in the Faculty of Social Sciences. These Programmes have been moved to the recently-approved Faculty of Management Sciences. Similarly, the Department of Geography & Regional Planning is now located in the Faculty of Social Sciences. The Prospectus is therefore an indispensable document for Deans of Faculties, Heads of Departments and other academic staff who teach and supervise Graduate students, and of course, all Graduate students including those offering postgraduate diploma courses. It is important for staff and students involved in graduate programmes in Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, to properly get acquainted with the provisions of this document. The Prospectus is subject to review periodically, obviously to take account of developments and changes in academic Departments. Professor A.D. Badaiki Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma-Nigeria January 2011 iii PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY VISITOR Comrade Adams Aliyu Oshiomhole. mni Executive Governor of Edo State CHANCELLOR PRO-CHANCELLOR AND CHAIRMAN OF COUNCIL Chief Nosakhare Isekhure, JP, FIBS, The Isekhure of Benin Kingdom Ag. VICE-CHANCELLOR Prof (Mrs) C.A. Agbebaku LLB (Hons), LLM (BENSU), BL DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR (Administration) DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR (Academic) REGISTRAR AND SECRETARY TO COUNCIL Mrs. O.J. Omole, MNIM, MANUPA B.Sc. (Hons.), MBA (Benin) BURSAR Mr. Pius E. Ufuah MBA (UI), FCNA, MNIM UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN Dr. (Mrs.) E.I. Ifidon BLS (ABU), MLS (UI), Ph.D (Abraka) iv STAFF OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES DEAN Professor A.D. Badaiki B.A. (Hons.) Jos; LL.B. (Hons.) Bensu; LL.M, (Lagos); LL.M (EDSU); Ph.D, (AAU); B.L.; PGDM; AMNIM; ACIM. SUB-DEAN DEPUTY REGISTRAR/SECRETARY Barr. M.I. Egwakhide B.Sc (Hons) Ibadan; LL.B (Hons.) AAU.; B.L., MANUPA, MNIM. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER Mrs. I.D. Adagbonyin, B.A. (Hons) AAU, Ekpoma CHIEF CONFIDENTIAL SECRETARY S.A. Oseghale, LL.B (Hons.) AAU.; 120 w.p.m (Shorthand); 50 w.p.m (Typewriting) Auchi Poly, C.P.A (Uniben); Cert. Computer; G.C.E O/L. SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER (i) Mrs B.O. Anuge BPA (AAU); DPA (AAU). (ii) Mr. E.E. Inegbenegua Diploma Public Administration (AAU). SENIOR TYPIST I Mrs. T.E. Amiedamhen B.Sc. (AAU), Diploma. In Microsoft (AAU); 50 w.p.m (Typewriting) Auchi Poly.; Certificate in Computer Science (AAU). ASSISTANT EXECUTIVE OFFICER (i) Mrs. M.O. Iserameiya N.C.E. (N.T.I Kaduna), SSC/NECO (ii) Mrs. M.O. Ogbeiwi GCE/NECO HIGHER TRANSPORT SUPERVISOR Mr. H. Hayble FSLC COMPUTER OPERATOR Mrs. M.O Ehilebo N.C.E. (N.T.I. Kaduna); Diploma Computer HEAD MESSENGER/CARETAKER Mrs. A. Okojie NECO; FSLC. v LIST OF PREVIOUS DEANS AND ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARIES A. B. PREVIOUS DEANS 1. Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo 2. Professor A.C. Unomah 3. Professor B.I.C Ijomah 4. Professor S.A. Okecha 5. Professor Olaitan Obanewa 6. Professor M.O. Omo-Ojugo 7. Professor I.B. Igbinosa 8. Professor V.O. Aghayere 9. Professor S.U. Remison January 1993 to January 1994 January 1994 to March 1995 March 1995 to February 1996 February 1996 to August 1999 August 1999 to May 2001 May 2001 to November 2003 November 2003 to September 2004 September 2004 to October 2007 October 2007 to September 2010 PREVIOUS SECRETATRIES 1. Mr. Abiodun Atafo 2. Mr. J.O. Ikhine 3. Mr. J.B. Agbogun 4. Mr. M.I. Egwakhide 5. Mr. J.B. Agbogun 6. Mr. P. A. Eigbedion 7. Mr. C.O. Okoebor January 1993 to February 1997. February 1997 to June 1997 June 1997 to June 1999 June 1999 to April 2002 April 2002 to December 2005 December 2005 to June 2008 May 2008 – November 2009 vi TABLE OF CONTENT Preface………………………………………………………………………………………….iii Principal Officers of the University…………………………………………............................iv Staff of the School of Postgraduate Studies………………………………….............................v List of Previous Deans and Administrative Secretaries……………………...............................vi Contents………………………………………………………………………….vii A Short History of the School of Postgraduate Studies…………………………...1 Organization of the School of Postgraduate Studies……………………………...2 General Aims and Objectives of Graduate Programmes………………………….. Admission Requirements…………………………………………………………. Types of Admission………………………………………………………………... Duration of the Programme……………………………………………………….. Requirements for the Award of Higher Degrees………………………………… The Grading System for Graduate Courses………………………………………. Graduate Examination Allowance……………………………………………….. General Regulations Governing Graduate Studies………………………………. Course Structures and Course Descriptions by Faculties and Departments…….. Faculty of Agriculture…………………………………………………… Faculty of Arts………………………………………………………….. Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences…………………………………….. Faculty of Education…………………………………………………… Faculty of Engineering and Technology………………………………. Faculty of Environmental Studies……………………………………… Faculty of Law………………………………………………………….. Faculty of Management Sciences……………………………………….. Faculty of Natural Sciences……………………………………………… Faculty of Social Sciences………………………………………………… Centre for Strategic and Development Studies…………………………… Institute of Education……………………………………………………… Postgraduate Diploma Programmes………………………………………. Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management…………………………. Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science……………………………… Postgraduate Diploma in Education………………………………………. Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering…………………………………….. Department of Civil Engineering…………………………………………. Department of Electrical/Electronic Engineering……………………… Department of Mechanical Engineering…………………………………... Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning…………….. Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration………………………….. Postgraduate Diploma in Applied Zoology……………………………….. Postgraduate Diploma in Education………………………………………. 1 A SHORT HISTORY Commencement of Graduate Studies Graduate Studies commenced in 1988/89 session when the Faculty of Law registered nine (9) students for the Master of Law (LL.M) degree programme. In the same session, the Faculty of Environmental Studies registered twenty-four (24) students for the Master’s degree (M.Sc) Architecture programme. These programmes propelled the birth of “The Graduate School”. Graduate Studies Committee A Graduate Studies Committee was set up in 1988 under the Chairmanship of Professor A.C. Unomah the then Deputy Vice-Chancellor with the Deans of all the Faculties (or their Representatives) as members. The Committee was requested to: (i) develop the main aims and objectives of the Graduate Studies in BENSU, and (ii) work out Rules and Regulations for the University’s Graduate Studies Programme. In pursuance of the recommendations of the Unomah Committee, Senate at its meeting held on the 24th of January, 1990 considered and approved the Rules and Regulations governing Graduate Studies for implementation with effect from the 1999/2000 academic session. Inauguration of Advisory Committee on Graduate Studies To assist in the administration of the Graduate Studies programmes, an Advisory Committee on Graduate Studies Programmes, under the Chairmanship of the then ViceChancellor, Dr. Awele Maduemezia, F.A.S., was inaugurated on 23rd October, 1990. The Committee’s terms of reference, among others, were: 1. The consideration of recommendations from Departmental Committees on Graduate Studies on issues relating to: (i) admission and registration of students for higher degrees and graduate diploma courses; (ii) approval of general fields of study and nomination of Supervisors; (iii) approval of the appointment of Internal and External Examiners and (iv) designing of forms and formats for the various provisions of the regulation. 2. To report to Senate regularly on the development of Graduate Studies in the University. Establishment of School of Postgraduate Studies The State Government approved the establishment of School of Postgraduate Studies at the Edo State University in November, 1992. Deans of School of Postgraduate Studies Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo was appointed as the Dean of the School of Postgraduate Studies on 1st January, 1993. However, following the appointment of Professor (Mrs.) Agnes E. Uduebo as the Deputy Vice-Chancellor on 12th January, 1994, Prof. A.C. Unomah was appointed as Dean of School of Postgraduate Studies on 7 th February, 1994. As a result of the appointment of Prof. A.C. Unomah as the Provost, 2 College of Education, Warri, Prof. B.I.C. Ijomah was appointed Ag. Dean of School of Postgraduate Studies with effect from 14th March, 1995. Before the end of his tenure, Prof. B.I.C. Ijomah was appointed a member of the Transition Implementation Committee by the Federal Military Government hence Prof. Steve A. Okecha was appointed as Dean of School of Postgraduate Studies with effect from February, 1996 to August, 1999. Thereafter, Prof. Olaitan Obanewa became the Dean till May, 2001 when he went on sabbatical leave. Prof. M.O. Omo-Ojugo was appointed Dean from May, 2001 to November 2003, Prof. I.B. Igbinosa from November, 2003 to September, 2004 and Prof. V.O. Aghayere from September, 2004 to October, 2007,Prof S.U. Remison from October 2007 to September 2010. The present Dean was democratically elected in September 2010. ORGANIZATION OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES The School of Postgraduate Studies is administered by two statutory bodies, viz: 1. Graduate Academic Assembly Membership (a) Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies (Chairman) (b) All Lecturers from all Departments who teach Graduate Courses (c) University Librarian (d) Admin. Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies (Secretary) Quorum: 1/3 of Total Membership Functions: (a) Election of a Dean and a Sub-Dean (b) Election of Representative of School of Postgraduate Studies Board (c) Consideration of any matters referred to it by the School of Postgraduate Studies Board (d) Making any proposal to the School of Postgraduate Studies Board for onward transmission to Senate. The Graduate Academic Assembly is expected to meet once or twice a year or as and when necessary. 2. School of Postgraduate Studies Board Membership (a) Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies (b) Vice-Chancellor (c) Deputy Vice-Chancellors (d) University Librarian (e) Sub-Dean, School of Postgraduate Studies (f) 1 Representative of each Academic Department involved in School of Postgraduate Studies (g) 1/6 of the total Membership in (a) – (f) above to be elected by Graduate Academic Assembly from the various Faculties (h) Admin. Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies (Secretary) Quorum: 1/3 of Total Membership Functions: The Graduate School Board shall perform the following functions (i) Receive and recommend to Senate, Departmental submissions on admission, registration, fields of study, research proposals, supervisors and internal and external examiners; 3 (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) Examine graduate curricular and examination programme submitted by Graduate Studies Committee of each academic Department and make recommendation to Senate. Receive each candidate’s detailed programme reports for purposes of monitoring of staff for General Studies. Recommend to Senate, candidates whose study should be terminated and those whose programmes require a period of studies outside the University: also consider and approve minimum attendance required for course work. Interpret and operate graduate regulations, make annual reports on its work to Senate and recommend periodically to Senate, a comprehensive review of general regulations and development of Graduate Studies. Assess and recommend to Senate, Students for Graduate Scholarships, Fellowships, Stipends and Bursary Award. Prepare and operate budget necessary for executing the functions of the school, paying particular attention to fellowships, external examiners, scholarships, visiting lectureships and graduate programmes. Consider and approve results of course work and qualifying examinations and recommend candidates to Senate for the award of Diplomas and Higher Degrees. Consider and approve on behalf of Senate, extension of studentship and deferment of admission. Any other responsibilities Senate may delegate to the School from time to time. 4 GENERAL AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE SCHOOL OF POSTGRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAMME The main objectives of School of Postgraduate Studies in this University shall be the further development in Graduate Students, the spirit of enquiry through training in research in an atmosphere of intellectual independence and individual creativity with a strong sense of group co-operation. In pursuit of these objectives, teachers and students constitute a single team in a well-defined and purposeful endeavour. In pursuance of these objectives, there will be fostering, through instruction, of deeper understanding of elementary concepts and an increasing ability to apply fundamental ideas to new problems. The student in the School of postgraduate Studies must, therefore, be made to realize quite early that his intellectual growth and subsequent success are directly related to the depth of his command of basic principles. Hence, although graduate studies are usually associated with high degree of specialization, such specialization is or must be secondary to extending mental horizons, producing new orientations and developing a depth of understanding. With the context of the above general objectives, graduate studies in the University shall pursue two particular objectives, which will be both academic and practical in orientation. Thus, they must seek to: (a) provide facilities for training in research for those whose future careers will be in teaching and research at the University level and for those who may have to operate in research and development situations in the public or private sectors, e.g. in government, commercial and industrial concerns and (b) provide both short and long term training facilities aimed at improving and upgrading the existing and potential high-level manpower needed for planning, executing and reviewing national development plans. 5 HIGHER DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS AVAILABLE The following Higher Degrees and Postgraduate Diplomas may be awarded: Faculty of Agriculture Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy M.Sc. Ph.D Faculty of Arts Master of Arts Master of International Diplomacy and Strategic Studies Doctor of Philosophy M.A. Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy M.Sc. Ph.D Faculty of Education Master of Education Doctor of Philosophy M.Ed. Ph.D Faculty of Engineering and Technology Master of Engineering Doctor of Philosophy Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering M.Eng. Ph.D Faculty of Environmental Studies Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy M.Sc. Ph.D Faculty of Law Master of Laws Doctor of Philosophy LL.M. Ph.D Faculty of Management Sciences Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy M.Sc. Ph.D M.D.S. Ph.D PGDENG. Faculty of Natural Sciences Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy Postgraduate Diploma in Zoology Postgraduate Diploma in Microbiology M.Sc. Ph.D PGD. Faculty of Social Sciences M.Sc. MBA. MBF. M.P.A Master of Science Master of Business Administration Master of Banking and Finance Master of Public Administration Master of International Relations and Strategic Studies Doctor of Philosophy Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration 6 PGDM. M.I.S.S. Ph.D PGDBM Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration PGDPM Center for Strategic and Development Studies Master of Science Doctor of Philosophy M.Sc. Ph.D Institute of Education Postgraduate Diploma in Education PGDE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS (a) (b) (c) Master’s Degree Programme Candidates who possess any of the following qualifications may be considered for admission: (i) At least a Second Class Honours degree of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or of any other University of recognized standing in the relevant discipline; (ii) Holders of FIMS Certificate in Science related areas may be considered for Graduate programmes in some Science Departments; (iii) Holders of HND, Upper Credit with relevant post NYSC working experience plus a Pass in the Nigerian Society of Engineers Graduateship Examinations or Holders of Post-Graduate Diploma in Engineering of any recognized University with at least a credit level pass may be considered by the Faculty of Engineering and technology; (iv) For Master in Public Administration (MPA), holders of a Second Class Bachelor’s degree in any discipline or HND plus Postgraduate Diploma in any discipline with at least 3 years working experience may be considered; (v) Holders of LL.B. third Class Honours and a B.L. as well as five years post call may be considered for the LL.M; (vi) For M.Sc. Architecture, aside (i) above, a holder of the B.Sc; Third class Honours (Architecture) or its equivalent may be considered after a. up-dating his/her portfolio within a minimum period of one year, and b. successfully going through an interview conducted by the Department of Architecture. Note: Candidates in (ii) & (iii) above, shall be required to take remedial courses at the undergraduate level which must be passed before proceeding to the Master’s degree programme. Ph.D Programme A graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other University of recognized standing who possesses a degree of Masters appropriate to the intended course may be considered for admission. The candidate should have scored a minimum of 60% or Grade B in the M.Sc degree programme Postgraduate Diploma in Education (PGDE) A Graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other University of recognized standing who possesses a first degree classification acceptable to Senate. 7 (d) (e) (f) (i) (ii) Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (PGDENG) Holders of good HND/HNC in Engineering with at least 4 years post qualification cognate experience or Graduates in fields relevant to Engineering of any recognized University may be considered for admission. Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration (PGDPA) A Graduate of any recognized University in any discipline or holders of HND in any discipline with at least three (3) years cognate experience may be considered. Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBM) Candidates who possess any of the following qualifications may be considered for admission into the programme: A third class honours degree in Business Management or related disciplines from a recognized University. Holders of HND in any discipline from a recognized Institution TYPES OF ADMISSION (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (a) (b) (c) Full-Time Admission: Full-Time admission cab be offered only to candidates who satisfy the School of Postgraduate Studies that they are not in employment, or do not undertake fulltime prgramme elsewhere. Candidates found to have made false declaration in this regard shall be asked to withdraw from the University. Part-Time Admission: Candidates may be admitted to part-time registration, if they are working elsewhere and satisfy the School of Postgraduate Studies that facilities for their work as part-time students are adequate. Candidates applying for part-time registration may be asked to show evidence of release by their employers. Admission to Remedial Courses: Candidates who satisfy the minimum entry requirements but are found deficient in the specific areas of study may be required to undergo remedial courses to prepare them for the main programme. Staff Candidate: A full-time member of staff of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma may be admitted to a higher degree in accordance with the regulations subject to the following conditions: The member of staff must meet the normal requirements for eligibility to pursue a programme of Graduate Studies in the area of his choice. The member of staff must pay 50% of the approved fees. Where a person who has been a candidate under this Regulation ceases to be a member of staff of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma and he intends to continue with the programme, he would be treated as non-staff, and would therefore be subject to payment of full fees and other charges as may be applicable from time to time. 8 Where a candidate was admitted to the Graduate programme before becoming a member of staff of the University, he would be required to pay full fees prior to his assumption of duty. Thereafter he would be required to pay 50% of the approved fees. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME (1) Postgraduate Diploma Programmes (a) Full-time Diploma 2 Semesters (b) Part-time Diploma 4 Semesters (c) Sandwich 2 long vacations of 8 weeks each In the case of I(c) above, there shall be a six week period of internship during which students shall undertake supervised teaching practice. (2) Master’s Degree Programme (a) Full-time Master’s by course work, thesis/dissertation and oral examination for a minimum of 3 semesters and a maximum of 6 semesters. Extension may be allowed for not more than one semester only. (b) Part-time masters by course work, thesis/dissertation and oral examination for a minimum of 6 semesters and a maximum of 8 semesters. Extension may be allowed for not more than two Semesters only. (3) Ph.D Programme (a) Full-time – A minimum of 6 semesters and a maximum of 10 semesters. (b) Part-time – A minimum of 10 semesters and a maximum of 16 semesters. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES 1. 2. 3. Master’s Degree To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Masters, every student shall: (a) Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include Core, Compulsory and Elective Courses and Research thesis. (b) Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination. (c) Present a research proposal to the Department (d) Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the Board in partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters. (e) Pass an oral examination arranged to defend the dissertation/thesis before a Panel of Examiners approved by Graduate School Board. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Degree The requirements for the award of Ph.D shall include: (a) Passing course work examination (where applicable). (b) Passing of written and/or oral qualifying examination in subjects of the student’s study programme (where applicable). (c) Presentation of research proposal to the Department. (d) Presentation of Seminar or Seminars according to the requirements of the Department. (e) Successful defence of the thesis in an oral examination. Postgraduate Diploma in Education To qualify for the award of the Diploma s student must: 9 4. 5. 6. (a) Register for and pass the prescribed taught courses. (b) Successfully complete the teaching practice. (c) Obtain at least 50% or grade “C” in each of the courses. (d) Accumulate a minimum of 30 Units. Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering To qualify for the award of the Diploma a student must: (a) Register for and pass the prescribed taught courses. (b) Obtain at least 50% of “C” in each of the taught courses. (c) Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department. Postgraduate Diploma in public Administration To qualify for the award of the Diploma, a student must: (a) Pass with a minimum of 50% in each course in all the ten courses. (b) Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department. Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management Students in this programme are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements for the award of a Diploma. (a) Pass all courses with a minimum of 50% in each course. (b) Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of Economics. THE GRADING SYSTEM FOR GRADUATE COURSES The grading system for courses offered at the graduate level shall be: Mark Letter Grade Grade Point 70% - above A 5 60% - 69% B 4 50% - 59% C 3 0% - 49% F GRADUATE EXAMINATION ALLOWANCE (a) Allowances for External Examiners External Examiners shall be paid as follows: (a) Examination of Thesis (i) Ph.D Degree Thesis (ii) Master’s Degree Thesis (b) (b) (c) Remarks Pass Pass Pass Fail N10,000 N5, 000 Moderation of Graduate Coursework Examination (i) For less than 50 scripts N500 (ii) For more than 50 scripts N1,000 Graduate Study Grant In order to encourage Senior staff to obtain higher qualifications and remain on the job, a graduate studies grant of #2,000.00 shall be paid once and for all to each staff who is undergoing graduate training. Graduate Supervision Allowance Each Academic Staff who supervises graduate students shall be paid N2,000.00 per graduate student supervised per annum up to a maximum of five (5) students (i.e. N10,000.00) 10 GENERAL REGULATIONS GOVERNING POSTGRADUATE STUDIES REGULATION 1 General Each Department may, consistent with these regulations, make further rules and guidelines for the detailed organization of graduate work and research within the Department subject to the approval of Senate. Matters requiring the approval of Senate shall first be considered by the School of Postgraduate Studies Board before recommendation to Senate for consideration and approval. Except for professional programmes, all postgraduate academic programmes must be domiciled in the Department. REGULATION 2 Method of Application (i) Applications to embark upon courses of study leading to graduate degrees/diplomas of the University must be made on a prescribed form to the Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies, Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma. (ii) No person shall be admitted to a course unless his/her application has been approved by the Board of School of Postgraduate Studies (herein after referred to as the Board) on behalf of Senate and on the recommendation of the appropriate Departmental Graduate Committee (herein after called the Departmental Committee). (iii) Communications on Postgraduate admission & other matters from Departments should be rooted through the Faculty Postgraduate Board of Studies to the School of Postgraduate Studies (iv) All new students who are non-graduands of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, must matriculate and take oath of allegiance to the University. REGULATION 3 Eligibility The following regulations shall apply for admission and registration. Master’s Degree Programmes (i) At least a Second Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, or any other University of recognized standing in the relevant discipline. (ii) Third Class Bachelor’s degree, plus PGD or 5 years post qualification experience for education and law graduates or HND and any professional qualification with appropriate PGD from a recognized University. (iii) No Department can be eligible to commence a postgraduate programme unless it has produced three sets of undergraduate classes. Ph.D Programmes A graduate of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, or of any other University of recognized standing who possesses a Master’s degree appropriate to the intended course may be admitted. 11 However, such intending candidate should have scored an average of at least 60 per cent and above in his/her Master’s programme. All applications for admission shall be accompanied or supported by academic transcripts and recommendations from two academic referees. Lapsed Admission If a candidate does not begin his/her course of study one month after matriculation, such admission will be deemed to have lapsed and he/she shall apply to the School of Postgraduate Studies for re-admission if the candidate still desires to proceed on the programme. Deferment Any student may defer his/her admission provided he/she had formally registered and paid school fees for the academic session under consideration. All such applications shall be approved by the Board. Reinstatement of Studentship Deferred studentship may be reinstated by the approval of the Board after payment of the prescribed fee. Departmental Requirements Notwithstanding regulations 3 (i) and (ii) above, a Department may require an applicant, as a condition for admission, to undergo appropriate tests, interviews, examinations, and/or take appropriate pre-requisite courses. REGULATION 4 Registration and Renewal of Registration (i) A student wishing to read for the Degree of Masters, or of Doctor of Philosophy of the University must register with the School of Postgraduate Studies. (ii) An offer of admission lapses if the candidate does not register in the year of the offer and if he has not been permitted by the Board to defer the offer of admission. Such candidate needs to re-apply to the University in the usual way as if the candidate has not applied before. (iii) All applications for registration shall be accompanied by the appropriate registration fees. (iv) Candidates shall renew registration at the beginning of each academic year. To renew registration, the student would have completed the prescribed “Annual Progress Report on PGD, Masters and Ph.D”. Normal Registration Registration and payment of fees shall normally be completed not later than three weeks after the commencement of the course. Students of the University shall renew their registration and pay the necessary fees at the beginning of each subsequent academic year of their course. Late Registration (i) Any student who comes up to register within the first five weeks after the close of normal registration shall pay a late registration fee. (ii) Any student who fails to register within two months from the beginning of a session shall not be allowed to register in that session and he/she shall forfeit the benefit of taking any examinations in any semester of that session. Such a student shall be deemed to have voluntarily withdrawn from the University and may only be re-admitted in any subsequent session with the approval of Senate. Such a session lost will count towards the maximum period for the programme. 12 REGULATION 5 Period of Study The duration of the courses to be offered shall be as follows: (i) Master’s Degree Programme (Full-Time) The duration may vary from Department to Department, provided it shall be in the range of a minimum of 12 months and not more than 36 months. On the application of the student and on the recommendation of the Departmental Committee, the Board may extend the period of study for not more than 12 months. (ii) Master’s Degree Programme (Part-Time) The duration shall be in the range of a minimum of 36 months and a maximum of 48 months. Extension may be allowed for not more than 12 months (iii) Ph.D Programme (Full-Time) The duration shall be a minimum of 36 months, and a maximum of 60 months. (iv) Ph.D Programme (Part-Time) The duration shall not be less than 60 months and a maximum of 96 months. Note: In exceptional cases, an extension of not more than 12 months may be approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board for all the postgraduate programmes. (v) Post-Graduate Diploma The duration shall not be less than 12 months and not more than 24 months. REGULATION 6 Programme of Studies (i) The programme of studies for each degree/diploma shall be approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board. (ii) Candidates may be required to undergo a minimum period of professional attachment or internship during the course as shall be approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board. (iii) Candidates shall be required, as directed, to prepare project(s) or long essay(s) or research thesis(es) on the topic(s) approved by the Board on the recommendation of the Departmental Postgraduate Committee. (iv) Examination in the prescribed courses shall be by means of not less than a three-hour written paper in each course, taken at the period and venue approved by the Board. (v) No candidate shall be permitted to sit for the prescribed examination(s) unless such a candidate has: (a) appropriately registered for the course(s) leading to the examinations; (b) satisfied the minimum attendance of 80 per cent required for the courses; (c) satisfactorily completed all other approved University or Departmental requirements; and (d) all Postgraduate examinations shall commence two weeks after the undergraduate examinations. REGULATION 7 Approval of Thesis Title and Supervisors. Candidates required to submit thesis as part of the requirements for the award of a research degree shall not later than the beginning of the third semester of registration: (i) Be assigned to one or more supervisors by the Department. 13 (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Write a proposal of the research topic of their choice for the consideration of the appropriate Departmental Committee and approval of the Board. Where there is more than one supervisor, one of them shall be designated the Supervisor and the other co-supervisor. One or more supervisors, specialized in the area of study, shall be appointed by the School of Postgraduate Studies Board on behalf of Senate on the recommendation of the Departmental Graduate Committee to supervise the work of each graduate student. The Supervisors may include not more than one person of recognized expertise who is not a member of the University. The Supervisor(s) shall submit a progress report on the work of the student through the Head of Department to the Dean of School of Postgraduate Studies annually before the student is eligible to renew his/her registration. The Dean shall thereafter submit the report to the School of Postgraduate Studies Board. A candidate whose progress has not been satisfactory may be required to terminate his/her course. No supervisor should take on more than Five Students at any time. REGULATION 8 Standard and Presentation of Thesis/Dissertation (i) A thesis, dissertation, or project shall be prepared under the direction of a supervisor(s) appointed by the Department with the approval of the Board. (ii) Projects, dissertations or theses shall be prepared according to the specific standard approved by the Board on the recommendation of the appropriate Departmental Committee. (iii) The project, thesis or dissertation must be a connected piece of work which may comprise a series of chapters on related topics, provided that these are accompanied by an adequate explanation of their relationship to each other and to their wider content of the subject. The project, thesis or dissertation, if already published in part or whole, shall be submitted in the published form. (iv) Where a project, thesis or dissertation or part thereof has been published or is to be published, there shall be a statement indicating that the content of the publication is in partial fulfillment of a higher degree of Ambrose Alli University. (v) A candidate may not include in his thesis any material presented in fulfillment of the requirements for any other University degree. (vi) The thesis or dissertation shall be the candidate’s original contribution to knowledge. It must show evidence of independent investigation and judgment, and the ability to collate the results of his/her works and present them in a clear and systematic manner, showing a knowledge of the literature of the subject. (vii) Every project, thesis or dissertation shall normally be written in English. In case the thesis/dissertation is permitted to be written in a language other than English (that is, in an African or modern European languages), a summary of the abstract in English shall be provided. (viii) A project, thesis or dissertation must be accompanied by a short abstract comprising not more than three hundred (300) words. This should be followed by relevant chapters on introduction, literature review, materials and methods, results and discussion, conclusion and recommendations. 14 REGULATION 9 Examination of the Research Degree (i) A candidate shall submit the title of his/her thesis for approval by the Board on the recommendation of the appropriate Department, not later than three months before submission of the thesis. (ii) After the title has been approved, it shall not be changed except with the permission of the Board through the Departmental Committee. The Board of Examiners shall comprise: (i) The Head of Department who will be the Chief Examiner and Chairman of the Board of Examiners. (ii) The candidate’s supervisor (s). (iii) At least one other member of the University academic staff in a related field nominated by the Board as School of Postgraduate Studies Representative. (iv) One Internal Examiner in a related field nominated by the HOD from the Department. (v) Three External Examiners to be nominated by the Department from which the School of Postgraduate Studies shall appoint one. The examination of a research thesis shall be oral. It shall consist of the subject of the thesis and the general field of knowledge to which the subject belongs. Not later than two working days after the examination, the examiners shall complete and submit on the prescribed forms, a report on the oral examination to the Secretary, School of Postgraduate Studies. The oral examination shall not be held earlier than four (4) weeks from the date of the letter appointing the External Examiner. If the examiners are unable to reach a unanimous decision, the Departmental Committee shall recommend for the approval of the Board the appointment of a new Board of Examiners. Before the examination of a thesis, a candidate shall submit to the Board a certification from his supervisor(s) and Head of Department to the effect that he/she has satisfactorily fulfilled all the relevant requirements and evidence of registration of title. On considering the reports of the examiners of a thesis, the Board may: (i) Approve the thesis and recommend the award of the degree or diploma. (ii) Approve the thesis and recommend the award of degree, subject to the ratification of minor corrections/amendments to be approved by the Internal Examiner(s). (iii) Approve the thesis and recommend the award of degree subject to effecting necessary corrections/amendments to be certified by the External Examiner. (iv) Reject the thesis with the opportunity to revise and re-submit it not later than twelve (12) calendar months. (v) After giving the student the opportunity to make representations, reject the thesis without the opportunity of revising and re-submitting it at a later date. (vi) If the thesis is satisfactory but the student fails to satisfy the examiners in the oral and/or written examination, the student may be recalled for a second written and/or oral examinations after a further period of study not exceeding twelve (12) calendar months from the date of the first examination. However, the examination cannot be repeated more than twice. NOTE: Where the Head of Department is a student and under supervision in this or any other University, another competent staff in the Department or the Dean of the Faculty 15 shall serve as Chairman of the Board of Examiners and Chief Examiner to examine the project. Competent staff is defined as a staff who has himself/herself undergone a Ph.D graduate research degree programme in this or any other University and has acquired five years post Ph.D experience. REGULATION 10 Submission of Thesis (i) Upon successful defence of thesis, the student shall be required to submit four (4) bound copies of the thesis through the Head of Department, not later than six (6) weeks after the date of the examination of the thesis. (ii) The hard bound copies of the thesis or dissertation, together with evidence of payment of school fees, shall be submitted to the School of Postgraduate Studies. Three of these copies, if the thesis or dissertation is successful, shall become the property of the University and shall be deposited in the University Library, in the Department concerned and in the School of Postgraduate Studies. The fourth copy shall be retained by the Student. (iii) The bound thesis shall conform to the following specifications: (a) all copies shall be double-spaced transcript on one side of paper only; (b) the size of the paper shall be A4, except for drawings and maps for which there is no restriction; (c) the margin on sheet shall not be less than 30mm on the left hand side, 13mm on the right, 25mm at the top and 13mm at the bottom; (d) There shall be a title page showing: (i) the title of the work; (ii) the author’s name; and academic qualifications and matriculation number only; (iii) the department; (iv) the degree; (v) the name of the University, (vi) the month of final submission; (e) there shall be an acknowledgement page; (f) there shall be table of contents showing appropriate pages where chapters, sub-headings, table figures, references and appendices appear; (g) there shall be an abstract page which should not be more than three hundred (300) words and single-spaced; (h) all pages shall be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals at the bottom except preliminary pages that shall be numbered in Roman figures; (i) the title and names on the cover page shall be on bold Gold letters; (j) student’s name, title of degree and year of award shall be on the bound spine of the thesis; (k) students who satisfy all the requirements for the award of the Degree of Master, Ph.D including the submission of the final bound copies of their theses or dissertations shall graduate effective from the date Senate approves the results; and (l) where a thesis or dissertation for the Degree of Masters or Ph.D is rejected, it may not be re-submitted for examination until after a minimum period of six (6) months for masters and twelve (12) months for Ph.D. 16 REGULATION 11 Minimum Requirements for the Award of Postgraduate Diploma To fulfill the requirements for the award of postgraduate diploma, each student shall: (a) obtain an average mark of 50 per cent in all written examinations; (b) defend his/her project; and (c) satisfy each of the requirements as contained in Regulations 3 and 4. REGULATION 12 Minimum Requirements for the Award of Master’s Degree (i) To fulfill the requirements for the Master’s degree each student shall: (a) obtain an average mark of 50 per cent (C) in all written examinations; and (b) satisfy each of the requirements as contained in Regulations 3 and 4. (ii) A candidate who is absent without good cause from an examination for which he/she has duly registered shall be deemed to have failed the examination. (iii) Where a candidate has been absent with good cause approved by the Board, he/she shall be allowed to take the examination at the next available opportunity without penalty. (iv) The examination for the Master’s degree shall normally be by means of written papers and by submission of a project report and defence of a thesis or dissertation. No student shall proceed to submit thesis or dissertation unless he/she has passed all other required examinations in the Department. NOTE: All Master’s degree programmes, including professional ones such as MBA, MPA, MIR, PGD etc, shall be subject to External Examination (oral defence) with representation from the School of Postgraduate Studies. REGULATION 13 Types of Master’s Degrees (i) There shall be two types of Master’s degrees in consonance with the objectives of the University. Each Department shall select the particular type of Master’s degree considered appropriate for it, subject to the approval of Senate on the recommendation of the Board of School of Postgraduate Studies: (a) Master by course-work with written examination and research thesis (e.g. MA and M.Sc.) These must be domiciled in academic Departments. (b) Master by course-work with written examination and project (e.g. MBA, MPA, MISS). These may be offered outside the Departments. (c) Master of Philosophy Degree with course work and thesis. (ii) All theses or projects must be examined by a Panel set up by the School of Postgraduate Studies. Such a panel must include the Head of Department, External Examiner, Supervisor, Internal Examiner and School of Postgraduate Studies’ Representative. 17 REGULATION 14 Part-Time Studies An applicant for registration for part-time studies leading to Master’s Degree and Ph.D must comply with the following additional conditions: (a) Arrangement must be made for regular consultation between the student and his/her supervisor and such consultations normally should take place at least twice every month as applicable. (b) Where laboratory facilities are to be used outside the University, the Supervisor and the Head of Department should ensure that the facilities are adequate for the proposed study as applicable. REGULATION 15 Minimum Requirements for the Award of the Ph.D Degree All students for the Ph.D degree shall be required to pass the prescribed course-work and oral examinations: (i) The oral examination shall be conducted by a panel made up of the following: the Head of Department as Chairman, the Supervisor (s), External Examiner, Internal Examiner and one representative from the School of Postgraduate Studies. Except for the School of Postgraduate representative, every other member of the oral examination panel shall be nominated by the Head of Department concerned. NOTE: Where the supervisor cannot be present, another competent staff familiar with the topic can fill-in for him or her in the oral examination. (ii) All appointments for oral examination shall be made by the Board at least four (4) weeks before the date of such oral examination. (iii) The member(s) representing the Board shall normally be someone with knowledge of the general area of the student’s field of study. (iv) A student who fails to satisfy the requirements of the oral examination shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination not later than six (6) calendar months after the first attempt. NOTE: Where the HOD is the supervisor, the Dean of the Faculty or any competent staff in the Department shall serve as Chairman of the oral examination. REGULATION 16 Recognition of Partial Study Elsewhere (i) A student may, with the approval of Senate on the recommendation of the Board, be permitted to transfer to this University for the Ph.D after successfully completing course work in another University. (ii) The award of the Ph.D degree of Ambrose Alli University to such student under regulation 15 above shall also be subject to: (a) the Board being satisfied with the title and detailed plan of study before it is embarked upon; (b) the Board being ultimately responsible for the supervision of the thesis through someone recommended by the Departmental Committee and approved by the School of Postgraduate Studies; (c) The candidate meeting other requirements besides the presentation and successful oral defence of the thesis; (d) The student spending a minimum of two (2) academic sessions in the University before the degree can be awarded. 18 (iii) The oral examination shall be conducted with the Head of Department as Chairman, the student’s supervisor(s) and at least one other University examiner appointed for the purpose by the Board and the School of Postgraduate Studies’ representative. (iv) Appointment of a panel for the oral examination shall be made to the Board at least six weeks before the date of such examination. (v) The additional member(s) representing the Board shall, normally, be someone with knowledge of the general area of the student’s field of study. (vi) A student who fails to satisfy the requirement of the oral examination shall be allowed a single chance to repeat the examination not later that six (6) calendar months after the first attempt. NOTE: Where the Head of Department is the supervisor, any competent staff in the Department or the Dean of the Faculty shall serve as Chairman of the oral examination. REGULATION 17: Eligibility To Teach Graduate Courses 1. Only the following categories of staff shall be permitted to teach graduate courses: (a) For courses at the doctoral level, only Lecturers with doctorate degrees (with at least three years teaching experience at the University level) and not less than Lecturer I can teach. The staff list of the Department must include five (5) Ph.D holders whose official status should not be less than Lecturer 1and one of which must be a Professor. (b) For Masters and Postgraduate Diploma, Lecturers with Master’s degrees in relevant fields but not less than senior Lecturer (for Masters Programme) and lecturer 1 ( for PGD) are eligible to teach. 2. In accordance with Regulation 17(1) above, each Department shall submit for approval of the Board at the beginning of each academic session, a list of eligible staff qualified to teach graduate courses. 3. The Board, for just cause under Regulation 17 (1) above, may: (a) refuse to register students for courses; and/or (b) refuse to approve courses of study, if the Board is satisfied that the available teaching staff is inadequate under the regulation. REGULATION 18 Eligibility to Supervise Graduate Theses Only the following categories of staff shall be permitted to supervise graduate projects, long essays, and research theses: (a) For Ph.D thesis, only Senior Lecturers and above who themselves have Ph.D degrees can supervise. However, Lecturer I with Ph.D can co-supervise Ph.D thesis. (b) For Master’s thesis, only holders of Ph.D with the rank of Lecturer Grade I and above, are eligible to supervise. Holders of Master’s degree at the rank of Senior Lecturer and above can also supervise. (c) For Postgraduate diploma, a Lecturer Grade I or Research Fellow Grade I and above are eligible to serve as Supervisors, provided such staff has a Master’s degree and is not a student under supervision in this or any other University. NOTE: No Lecturer below the rank of Senior Lecturer should teach and supervise postgraduate programmes. However, Lecturer I with a Ph.D Degree can supervise 19 Masters and co-supervise Ph.D students. Lecturer I with a Master’s Degree can supervise postgraduate diploma project. REGULATION 19 Role of Supervisors and/or Advisers Supervisors shall be responsible for guiding and advising research students in the choice, design, collection and analysis of data, and the writing of the required LongEssays/Projects or Theses. Where a Supervisor retires or relocates before completion of thesis being supervised, the Department must seek approval of Senate through the Board before the supervisor can continue or be replaced. REGULATION 20 Approval of Graduate Programmes and/or Courses (i) Approval of Graduate Diploma and Higher Degree Programmes shall be by the Senate on the recommendation of the Board. (ii) No Graduate Diploma and Higher Degree Programme, or amendments to programmes, shall be advertised and/or offered in the University unless such had been approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board. (iii) No graduate course(s), or amendments to existing course(s) shall be offered in the University unless such have been approved by Senate on the recommendation of the Board. (iv) Infringement of the above Regulation 20(i) to (iii) above, shall render such programme(s) or course(s) null and void and of no effect, irrespective of when the infringement is detected, for purposes of the award of the Diploma or Higher Degree. REGULATION 21 Effective Date of the Award of Graduate Degrees and Diplomas The Degrees and Diplomas awarded on the recommendation of the School of Postgraduate Studies shall take effect from the date Senate approves such results. 20 POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES COURSE STRUCTURES AND DESCRIPTIONS BY FACULTIES AND DEPARTMENTS 21 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENTS AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & EXTENSION ANIMAL SCIENCE CROP SCIENCE SOIL SCIENCE 22 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS & EXTENSION M.Sc. and Ph.D PROGRAMMES IN THE DEPARTMENT 1 (a) Philosophy of the Programme The respective postgraduate programmes mounted in the Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension are primarily aimed at developing the appropriate high level manpower required to fill academic, managerial and leadership positions in the administration of agricultural development programmes and policies in the agricultural sub-sector of the Nigerian economy. The programmes also aim at developing the research skills and knowledge necessary for the sustenance of growth in the academic disciplines subsumed in Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Extension and Rural Sociology. (b) Objectives of the Programmes The primary objectives of graduate programmes in the Department include: (i) To stimulate and sustain interest in research in the fields of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Extension, Rural Sociology and related disciplines covered in the curricular offered of the Department; (ii) To develop high level manpower in the respective areas of specialisation to meet the Nation’s need for highly trained specialists. (iii) To enhance the management capacity of agricultural entrepreneurs/mangers. 2. AREAS OF SPECIALISATION (M.Sc and Ph.D) The Department of Agricultural Economics and Extension offers Full-Time and Part-Time programmes leading to the award of Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) Degrees in the following areas: (a) Agricultural Economics with options in: (i) Agricultural Resource Economics (ii) Farm Management and Production Economics (iii) Agricultural Marketing (iv) Agricultural Co-operatives (v) Agricultural Finance (vi) Agric-Business (b) Agricultural Extension and Rural Sociology with options in : (i) Agricultural Programme Planning and Evaluation (ii) Agricultural Administration (iii) Agricultural Advertising/Communication (iv) Community/Rural Development (v) Extension Processes and Practice (vi) Rural Sociology 3. (i) ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.Sc.) DEGREE PROGRAMME Any B.Sc. (Agric) or B.Agric. graduate from Ambrose Alli University or any other recognized University (approved by the Senate of the University) is eligible to apply. All candidates applying must have a minimum of Second Class (Lower Division) Honours Degree in Agriculture, Home Economics, Economics, Sociology or other related fields. Candidates with relevant field experience but with lower qualification than a 23 Faculty of Agriculture Second Class Lower Division may be considered for admission. Candidates admitted but with undergraduate deficiencies may be required to make up such deficiencies without credit during the first semester of study. (ii) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) PROGRAMME The Ph.D Degree programme is research oriented and aimed at preparing Candidates for research and careers in institutions of higher learning. To qualify for admission into any of the programmes at this level, the candidate must possess the M.Sc. Degree in Agricultural Economics/Extension from Ambrose Alli University or any other recognized University and in the relevant field of study. 4. REQUIREMENT FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES Master’s Degree To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Master’s in Agricultural Economics and Extension, every student shall: (a) Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include core/compulsory and elective/optional courses and a research thesis/dissertation. (b) Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination. (c) Present a research proposal to the Department. (d) Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the Board in partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters. (e) Pass an oral examination of the dissertation before a panel of examiners approved by Postgraduate School Board. M.Phil Degree To qualify for the award of M.Phil. in Agricultural Economics and Extension, a student must have scored up to 55% but less than 60% and must: (a) Pass course work examinations (where applicable). (b) Present research proposal to the Department. (c) Present of Seminar(s) according to the requirements of the Department. (d) Successfully defend the thesis in an oral examination. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree The requirements for the award of Ph.D in Agricultural Economics or Agricultural Extension shall include: (a) Passing course work examination (where applicable) (b) Presentation of research proposal to the Department. (c) Presentation of Seminar or Seminars according to the requirements of the Department. (d) Successful defense of the thesis in an oral examination. 5. (a) STRUCTURE OF THE M.Sc. PROGRAMME Qualification for the Award of M.Sc. Degree The study for the degree of Master shall be prosecuted by research work to be presented in dissertation together with course work to be examined in eight (8) written papers each of three hours duration. Research shall constitute not less than one-third (1/3 ) of the total credit load. To qualify for the award of Degree of Master of Science, the 24 Faculty of Agriculture candidate must have taken and passed a total of not less than 24 units of course work and 12 units of Research (Investigative Project). (b) Course Work Students would be required to register for a minimum of 24 credit units (which includes the seminar). The courses to be registered for will be from the following groups: (i) Remedial Courses These carry no credit units towards the higher degree as they are mainly for students admitted with known deficiencies in their background. (ii) Core Courses Courses to be taken by specializing in the related areas. The core courses are compulsory and are of direct relevance to the fields of study. (iii) Elective or Optional Courses These are normally taken from related disciplines if so recommended by the Department. They carry credit units. (c) Dissertation (Research) The subject for the dissertation/thesis will normally be chosen from within the research areas of the relevant Master’s Degree option. Before embarking on the research, every student will be required to submit a Research Proposal which must be approved by the Graduate School Board on the recommendation of the Departmental Graduate Committee. (d) Seminar A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. He/She must present a Seminar in his/her area of specialization before the presentation of the final research report to be embodied in a dissertation. (e) Duration Full-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination: A minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters. 6. (a) STRUCTURE OF THE Ph.D PROGRAMME Research The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme shall be by research mainly the results of which shall be embodied in a dissertation. A candidate who is enrolled in the Ph.D programme will be expected to carry out his/her Research under close supervision of his/her supervisor(s). (b) Seminar A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. He/She must present at least one Seminar in his/her area of specialization before the defence of the thesis. (c) Course Work (Remedial) Course work for Ph.D candidates (if applicable) shall be as may be prescribed by the Departmental Graduate Committee with the approval of the Faculty Graduate Committee but must not be more than 12 credit units. (d) Duration A minimum of 4 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of 12 Semesters. 25 Faculty of Agriculture 7. COURSES AVAILABLE (A) AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTIONS First Semester 1. Compulsory Courses for MSc. Programme Course code Course Title AEC701 Micro – Economic Theory AEC702 Advanced Statistics AEC703 Research Methods AEC710 Seminar Units 3 3 3 2 Group C C C C 2. Optional Courses Course code Course Title AEC704 Advanced. Agric Resource Economics AEC705 Advance Agric Production Economics AEC706 Agric Credit and Finance AEC707 Agric Marketing & Business Finance AEC708 Advanced Agricultural Cooperatives AEC709 Agricultural Insurance Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 Group E E E E E E Units 3 3 3 12 Group C C C C Second Semester 1. Compulsory Courses Course code COURSE TITLE AEC711 Advanced Quantitative Analysis AEC712 Macro-Economic Theory AEC713 Advanced Econometrics AEC720 Thesis 2. Optional Courses Course code COURSE TITLE AEC714 Management of Agricultural Enterprises AEC715 Water Resource Economics AEC716 Agricultural Development & Policy AEC717 Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning AEC718 International Trade In Agricultural Commodities AEC719 Agricultural Price Analysis Units 2 2 2 3 2 2 Group E E E E E E Note: Candidates will be required to register at least two courses from among the courses prescribed in the respective options. (a) (i) (ii) (iii) Agricultural Resource Economics Advanced. Agric Resource Economics Advance Agric Production Economics Water Resource Economics 26 (AEC704) (AEC705) (AEC715) Faculty of Agriculture (b) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Farm Management and Production Economics Advance Agric Production Economics (AEC705) Agric Credit and Finance (AEC706) Management of Agricultural Enterprises (AEC714) Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning (AEC717) (c) (i) (ii) (iii) Agricultural Marketing Agric Marketing & Business Finance International Trade In Agricultural Commodities Agricultural Price Analysis (d) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Agricultural Cooperatives Agric Credit and Finance Agric Marketing & Business Finance Advanced Agricultural Cooperatives Agricultural Development & Policy (e) (i) (ii) (iv) (v) Agricultural Finance Agric Credit and Finance Agric Marketing & Business Finance Agricultural Insurance Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning (f) (i) (ii) (iv) (v) Agri-business Agric Credit and Finance Agric Marketing & Business Finance Agricultural Insurance Management of Agricultural Enterprises (B) AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION OPTION (AEC707) (AEC718) (AEC719) (AEC706) (AEC707) (AEC708) (AEC716) (AEC706) (AEC707) (AEC709) (AEC717) (AEC706) (AEC707) (AEC709) (AEC714) First Semester 1. Compulsory Courses for M.Sc Programme Course code Course Title Units AEX701 Research Methods 3 AEX702 Administration & Supervision in Extension 3 AEX703 Social & Technological Change in Rural Society 3 AEX710 Seminar 2 2. Optional Courses Course code Course Title Units AEX704 Monitoring, Evaluation & Management of Agric Projects 3 AEX705 Cooperative Extension Work 3 AEX706 Intermediate Sociological Theory 3 AEX707 Rapid Rural Appraisal & Community Development 2 AEX708 Rural Community Organization & Extension 2 AEX709 Survey of Sociological Methods 3 27 Group C C C C Group E E E E E E Faculty of Agriculture Second Semester 1. Compulsory Courses for M.Sc Programme Course code Course Title AEX712 Comparative Extension Systems & Methods AEX713 Advanced Programme Planning & Evaluation AEX720 Thesis 2. Optional Courses Course code Course Title AEX711 Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems AEX714 Communication & Teaching Methods in Extension AEX715 Budget Development & Control in Extension AEX716 Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation & Utilization AEX717 Design &Administration of Training Programmes in Extension AEX718 Leadership & Group Dynamics AEX719 Principles of Advertising Units 3 3 12 Group C C C Units 2 3 2 2 Group E E E E 3 E 2 2 E E Note: Candidates will be required to register at least two courses from among the courses prescribed in the respective options. (a) Programme Planning and Evaluation (i) Monitoring, Evaluation & Management Of Agric Projects (AEX704) (ii) Budget Development & Control in Extension (AEX715) (iii) Advanced Project Appraisal & Planning (AEC713) (b) (i) (ii) (iii) Agricultural Administration Cooperative Extension Work Design &Administration of Training Programmes in Extension Leadership & Group Dynamics (AEX705) (AEX717) (AEX718) (c) (i) (ii) (iii) Extension Process and Practice Monitoring, Evaluation & Management Of Agric Projects Cooperative Extension Work Communication & Teaching Methods in Extension (d) (i) (ii) Agricultural Advertising and Communication Communication & Teaching Methods in Extension Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation & Utilization Principles of Advertising Community/Rural Development Rapid Rural Appraisal & Community Development Rural Community Organization & Extension Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems Leadership & Group Dynamics (iii) (e) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) 28 (AEX704) (AEX705) (AEX714) (AEX714) (AEX716) (AEX719) (AEX707) (AEX708) (AEX711) (AEX718) Faculty of Agriculture (f) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Rural Sociology Rapid Rural Appraisal & Community Development Intermediate Sociological Theory Survey of Sociological Methods Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems 8. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES (AEX707) (AEX706) (AEX709) (AEX711) (A) AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AEC 701 – Micro Economic Theory (3 Units) Theory of consumer behaviour; theory of supply and demand; theory of the firm; market structure and competition theory of price and distribution; general equilibrium analysis; fundamentals of welfare economics. AEC 702 – Advanced Statistics (3 Units) Probability and random variables – independent and joint distributions and their expectations; central limit theory; analysis of variance; multiple comparisons and economic application of stochastic process; principles of sampling theory as developed for use in sampling surveys – sampling procedures (simple random sampling, stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, cluster sampling, nested sampling); Sources of errors in sampling surveys; construction of economic models for empirical analysis; linear and curvi – linear models; regression and correlation analysis. AEC 703 – Research Methods (3 Units) Steps in the research process and their application; Evaluation treatment of economic data in agriculture with emphasis on methods of analysis and relations among variables. Sources of data and data collection procedures; research designs in social research; data generation with emphasis on field surveys; analyzing data and reporting results elements of computer programming. AEC 704 – Advanced Agricultural Resource Economic (3 Units) Economic analysis of agricultural resources including availability, exploitation, pricing, evaluation, conservation and management with particular reference to those relating to agriculture such as energy (both urban and rural), land resources, water resources, environmental management for urban and rural recreation. AEC 705 – Advanced Agricultural Production Economics (3 Units) Theories of production; agricultural production functions; resource returns and production in agriculture; agricultural cost and supply functions; optimization of production and farm equilibrium; farm planning and linear programming; efficiency and innovation in agriculture. AEC706 – Agricultural Credit and Finance (3 Units) A surveys of the place of credit and rural finance in Agricultural development strategies; income statement, the balance sheet and cash flow statement, flow of fund analysis. Financial leverage. Compounding, discounting and capital budgeting. Cost of capital. Financial analysis and control. Financial markets and agricultural lending. Formulation and appraisal projects. AEC707 – Agricultural Marketing & Business Finance (3 Units) Marketing – scope, concept and meaning. Agricultural marketing in the context of national economic development. Supply and demand aspects of agricultural products. 29 Faculty of Agriculture Marketing margins and marketing structure and institutions, consumer behaviour, international trade in Agricultural products, agricultural price analysis, pricing decisions and policy, advertising and promotions; marketing institutions - cooperatives, marketing boards and other organizations, financing agricultural marketing institutions. AEC 708 – Advanced Agricultural Co-operatives (3 Units) Evaluation of Co-operative theory, doctrine and principles; structure and types of modern co-operatives; members interest, goals and participation in co-operatives. Concepts and policies for the promotion of co-operatives. Management and Administration of co-operatives; co0operative financing; trend in co-operative law. AEC709 – Agricultural Insurance (3 Units) Nature of risk and uncertainly in agriculture; alternative risk management techniques in agriculture, insurability of agricultural risks, objectives and types of crop insurance schemes, importance and forms of livestock and other farm enterprises, farm property and farm engineering insurance, personal and liability insurance for farmers. Principle, procedure, organization and operation of the Nigerian Agricultural Insurance Schemes Method of premium and indemnity calculations. AEC710 – Seminar (2 Units) Independent paper to be presented by the candidate on any problem of interest to the student. Paper should address contemporary problems and issues in agricultural economics in Nigeria or any developing country. AEC711 - Advanced Quantitative Analysis for Agric Economics (3 Units) The nature of mathematical economics, variables, numbers, functions, relations and graphs. The concept of set. Rules of differentiation, differentials. Integration, Linear model and matrix algebra. Partial market equilibrium. Comparative static analysis. Optimization problems. AEC712 – Macro-Economic Theory (3 Units) The mechanics of national income determination; demand for and supply of money; investment demand, classical prince level; monetarists view of income and employment; wage-price dynamics, growth theories and theories of technical progress; general equilibrium systems and welfare theory. AEC713 – Advanced Econometrics (3 Units) Basic concepts in Economics; simple linear regression model, violation of basic assumptions, consequence and remedies. Multiple regression and correlation, simple equation problems. Formulation and estimation of special models; models with binary variables; models with restricted coefficients, non-linear models etc. simultaneous equation system. Special problem area and seminars. AEC714 – Management of Agricultural Enterprises (2 Units) Advanced treatment of establishing farm business ventures and management principles; the theory of the firm production, plant management and location analysis, layout planning and material handling; purchase and inventory. Production and marketing analysis, distribution channels; consumer analysis, production marketing planning and control, government regulation services and public policy. (Case studies) AEC715 – Water Resource Economics (2 Units) Water resources management including irrigation, transportation. Taxonomy of Fisheries: Marine and fresh water fishery resources, Economics of fish farming, yields 30 Faculty of Agriculture from aquatic resources – maximum sustainable yield; sea and freshwater fishery degrees. AEC716 – Agricultural Development and Policy (2 Units) Analysis of policy processes; Barriers to change – economic, sociological and political. The role of agriculture in World economy systems of agriculture. Theoretical models of agricultural development. Constraints to development. Approaches to development. Techniques of economic analysis for agricultural development. Agricultural policy. AEC717 – Advanced Project Appraisal and Planning (3 Units). Definition and classification of project and project evaluation, concept of investment, project evaluation, stages and forms of project formulation and evaluation, evaluation of project from the standpoints of private enterprise and national economy, interrelationships among projects, project evaluation and macro planning, accounting prices and shadow prices; alternative methods of evaluating Agricultural projects. Treatment of environmental accounting. AEC718 – International Trade in Agricultural Commodity (2 Units) The concepts comparative advantage terms of trade, inter-regional specialization and balance of payments; Analysis of price trend, volume, value and composition of trade of major agricultural commodities; Tariffs and other restriction on World Trade in Agricultural Commodities; effects of major regional grouping on world trade in Agricultural commodities. AEC719 – Agricultural Price Analysis (2 Units) Principles of price determination; Demand for agricultural products including demand elasticities and price flexibility coefficients; Supply relationships in agriculture; Price determination in theory and practice; Prince differences and variability; Marketing margins for farm products; Price differences associated with quality; Spatial price relationships; Price differences associated with services; Price variation through time including the cobweb model; Bahaviour of aggregate farm prices pricing institutions; Mechanism for establishing farm prices; Commodity futures markets; Government intervention in pricing farm products; Empirical price analysis; Price indices including parity prices; Price forecast based on observed trends, seasonal cycles, moving average, the balance sheet, graphs and empirical demand and supply relationship. (B) AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION, RURAL/COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND RURAL SOCIOLOGY AEX 701 – Research Methods (3 Units) Introduction to the scientific methods and attitudes; The meaning and purpose of research; Defining a research problem; Research Design; The research process (identifying problem, stating objectives, hypotheses formulation and testing, literature review, data coding, reporting, etc); Identifying, labeling and measuring variables; Measurement scales and data collection; Statistical tools – parametric and nonparametric; Data Analysis techniques. Presentation of report with special emphasis on reference documentation. AEX702 – Administration and Supervision in Extension (3 Units) Basic concepts of administration and supervision and their application to Extension programmes; Theories, principles and guidelines of administration; The 31 Faculty of Agriculture administrative process; Administrative functions and responsibilities in agricultural extension organizations; Motivation, staff development, recruitment, selection, placement and management of personnel; The concept of coordination; Problems of administering extension agencies. AEX703 – Social and Technological Change in Rural Society (3 Units) Dimensions of social change; Technological change and rural transformation; Technological change and agricultural modernization; Cross-cultural diffusion of innovations (transfer of technology in agriculture); the concept of appropriate technology, indigenous knowledge; Techniques for introducing technology into rural societies. AEX704 – Monitoring Evaluation and Management of Agricultural Projects (2 Units) Meaning and importance of monitoring in programme development and implementation; Survey of comparative agricultural environments; Information/data management; Inventory management; Valuing projects; Government policies as they affect project execution – Regulations and implications of non-compliance; Procedures for awarding contracts on large projects; Problems of monitoring, evaluation and management of agricultural projects in Nigeria. AEX705 – Cooperative Extension Work (3 Units) The role of extension education in agricultural development; Advanced consideration of the philosophy, purpose and principles of extension; Institutional framework of extension; Issues in contemporary practice worldwide (e.g. problems and prospects of private commercialized extension delivery systems); comparative analysis of extension systems in Nigeria; An overview of extension programmes attempted in Nigeria; Approaches and strategies used in Extension; Youth programmes in extension; The role of cooperative organization in extension delivery. AEX706 – Intermediate Sociological Theory (3 Units) Definition, evolution and nature of sociological theories; The structure of scientific revolutions; The theories of social change – evolutionism, neo-evolutionism, structural-functional theory, Marxism and the conflict theory; The typologies of Ferdinand Tonnies, Radfield, Durkheim, Talcot Parson etc.; Resistance to change. AEX707 – Rapid Rural Appraisal and Community Development (2 Units) The philosophy, scope and techniques of rapid rural appraisal; Methods, extension communication and community development; Implications of rapid rural development for agricultural development; Application of different tools of the trade for decision making. AEX708 – Rural Community Organisation and Extension (2 Units) Definitions, variations and historical factors shaping modern community organizations, Models of community organization practice; Community power structure, linkage between systems, citizen participation and community organization; The politics of planning and public interest; Specific case studies. AEX709 – Survey of Sociological Methods (3 Units) Methods of Sociological research; Methodological issues and problems in social research; Approaches in social research; Experimental and non-experimental designs in sociological research; Unobtrusive measures; Definition of variables in social researches; The concept of social facts; Measurement approaches; Rules for 32 Faculty of Agriculture observation; Study of the historical methods, Cross-cultural and cross-national surveys, Experiments, Replications, Participant observation, etc. Level of analysis. AEX710 – Seminar on Problems of Extension (2 Units) Independent paper to be presented by the candidate on any problem of interest to the student. Paper should address contemporary problems and issues in extension delivery in Nigeria or any developing country. AEX711 – Application of Rural Sociology to Rural Problems (2 Units) Application of sociological, anthropological and social psychological concepts and methods to the problems of institutions and agencies concerned with rural development work; Special emphasis is placed on programmes for agricultural extension; Social and cultural factors affecting rural extension work; Introducing and inducing change in rural areas. AEX712 – Comparative Extension Systems and Methods (3 Units) A comparison of the extension organization and methods in a number of countries like USA, India, Malawi, Ethiopia, Kenya, Canada, Israel and the Philippines. Factors contributing to effective extension in these countries and their implications for Nigeria. AEX713 – Advanced Programme Planning and Evaluation (3 Units) Importance of programme planning in agricultural extension work; The relevance of social and educational concept to the process of programme planning; Relationship between planning, execution and evaluation of programmes; The concept of evaluation; Types and models of evaluation; Purpose and importance of evaluation in programming; Principles of evaluation. AEX714 – Communication and Teaching Methods in Extension (2 Units) Meaning and definition of the concept communication and extension communication; The communication process; Major communication models and theories; Principles and methods of communication in extension; The role of communication in diffusion of agricultural innovations; The teaching-learning process in extension; Principles of teaching; Methods used in extension teaching (procedures, advantages and disadvantages); Preparation and use of audio-visual aids in communication; The use of the computer in communication in extension; obtaining agricultural information online via the internet (browsing); The application of media in extension education; Conditions for the utilization of media and the conservation of learning; Basic steps in equipment operation and production of materials (e.g. extension leaflets, advert bits, TV programmes, etc). AEX715 – Budget Development and Control in Extension (2 Units) General principles of budget development – requirements, procedures, controls, the concept of budget discipline; financial policies of tiers of government in Nigeria visà-vis funds for agricultural extension work in the country; Fiscal policies and their implications for agricultural development; Budget appraisal/evaluation (micro and macro levels). AEX716 – Agro-Industrial Extension Information Generation and Utilisation (2 Units) Aims and objectives, operations and organization of Agro-Industrial related institutions for design and production of simple farm tools and equipment (e.g., the Research institutions, Nigerian Centre for Agricultural Mechanization, Universities, NIHORT, CRIN, NIFOR, etc); Linkages within and between these organizations and 33 Faculty of Agriculture other public organizations; Industrial information generation and packaging; Visit to the agro-industries within the environment. AEX717 – Design and Administration of Training Programmes in Extension (3 Units) Identification of training needs in extension in Nigeria; Functions and status of training in organization; Training techniques used in extension; Administration of training programmes; Types of training programmes available in the extension system in Nigeria; Factors affecting effectiveness of training programmes in extension agencies in Nigeria. AEX718 – Leadership and Group Dynamics and Extension (2 Units) Concepts of leadership; leadership patterns and characteristics (traditional and contemporary, formal and informal) and their importance in extension work and community programmes; Identification of leaders; raining of leaders for community and rural development; Types of groups (formal and informal). AEX719 – Principles of Advertising (2 Units) Design and production of instructional materials for media use; Basic principles of advertising; Introductory mass communication practices; Cost management in advertising; News item production and editing; Elements of media programming; Inductory broadcasting and voice recording; Stage management; Practice in the production of commercial advertisements. 34 Faculty of Agriculture DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE 1. PHILOSOPHY OF THE PROGRAMME The philosophy of the Master of Science and Ph.D. degree programmes in Animal Science is to develop high level manpower to pursue careers in academics and research in Animal Science as well as in the livestock feeds and other agro-based industries for the consequent benefit of all sectors of human endeavours as well as for public understanding. 2. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME (i) To equip students with research skills in Animal Science through the conduct of supervised research, seminars and thesis write up. (ii) To develop the creative ability of our students as well as inculcate in then that intellectual independence. (iii)To produce highly skilled students in all specializations of Animal Science to become effective managers of livestock establishments. 3. DURATION OF PROGRAMMES Master’s Degree Programme Full-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination: A minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters. Part-Time Master’s by Course Work, Thesis/Dissertation and Oral Examination: A minimum of 4 Semester and a maximum of 8 Semesters. Masters of Philosophy (M.Phil) A minimum of 2 Semesters after Master’s Degree and maximum of 4 Semesters. Extension may be granted for not more than 1 Semester only. M.Phil/Ph.D: A minimum of 2 Semesters and a maximum of 4 Semesters, during which, the candidate is required to write and pass a Conversion Examination and is expected to score not less than 60%; Present a proposal in his/her intended field of specialization. An average score of 60% qualifies the candidate for conversion to the Ph.D programme. However, a score less than 60% qualifies him/her for the M.Phil degree. Ph.D Programme Full-Time: A minimum of 4 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of 12 Semesters. Part-Time: A minimum of 8 Semesters beyond the Master’s Degree and a maximum of 12 Semesters. 4. PROGRAMMES OFFERED a) Master of Science (M.Sc.) in Animal Science b). Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Animal Science 5. OPTIONS / SPECIALIZATIONS (a) Master of Animal Science (M.Sc) With specialization in (i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry (ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction 35 Faculty of Agriculture (iii)Animal Breeding and Genetics (iv) Animal Production and Management (v) Meat Science and Technology (b) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) with specialization in (i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry (ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction (iii) Animal Breeding and Genetics (iv) Animal production and management (v) Meat Science and Technology 6. STRUCTURE OF THE POSTGRADUATE PRORAMMES (a) Master of Science (M.Sc) Degree Programme in Animal Sciences Students are also equipped with research skills through the conduct of supervised research, seminars and thesis write up. (b) Doctor of philosophy The philosophy of the Doctor of Philosoph (PhD) Degree programme in Animal Science is soly by seminar presentations and research work. 7. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS (a) Master of Science (M.Sc) Degree To be admitted into the degree of Master of Science programme, a candidate shall (i) Hold a good honours degree in Agriculture with a minimum of second class lower division of Ambrose Alli University and from any other university recognized by the senate of Ambrose Alli University. (ii) A postgraduate Diploma in Animal science with not less than a credit pass from any university recognised by the senate of the university. Students who come in for the M Sc. programme with an honours degree from other fields of Agriculture outside Animal Science shall be required to take some remedial courses at the undergraduate level. Credits earned in such remedial course shall not be used as part of the M.Sc. cumulative credits. (b) Doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) degree To qualify for Admission into the Ph.D. programme, a candidate must hold a Masters Degree in Animal Science in his area of specialization or other related areas of study from Ambrose Alli University or any other University approved by the senate of the University. 8. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE AWARD OF HIGHER DEGREES Master’s Degree To fulfill the requirements for the award of the degree of Master’s in Animal Science, every student shall: (a) Register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which must include core/compulsory and elective courses and a research thesis/dissertation. (b) Obtain not less than 50% in any written examination. (c) Present a research proposal to the Department. (d) Present at least a Seminar in the area of research topic approved by the Board in partial fulfillment of the award of the degree of Masters. 36 Faculty of Agriculture (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Pass an oral examination of the dissertation before a panel of examiners approved by Postgraduate School Board. M.Phil Degree To qualify for the award of M.Phil. in Animal Science, a student must have scored up to 55% but less than 60% and must: Pass course work examinations (where applicable). Present research proposal to the Department. Present of Seminar(s) according to the requirements of the Department. Successfully defend the thesis in an oral examination. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) Degree The requirements for the award of Ph.D. in Animal Science shall include: (a) Passing course work examination (where applicable) (b) Presentation of research proposal to the Department. (c) Presentation of Seminar or Seminars according to the requirements of the Department. (d) Successful defence of the thesis in an oral examination. 9. COURSE OUTLINE (i) Animal Nutrition and Biochemistry Option First semester (Core courses) Course Code Course Title Credit Units ANS 702 Carbohydrate, lipid and Energy metabolism 3 ANS 703 Protein and nucleic Acid Metabolism 2 ANS 704 Mineral and Vitamin Metabolism 3 ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animals Experimentation 3 TOTAL 11 Optional Courses ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Animal Nutrition 2 ANS 705 Biochemical Control Mechanisms and Action of Hormones 2 ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation 2 ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management 2 ANS 709 Elements of Food Science 3 ANS 716 Advances in Beef Cattle Production and Management 3 ANS 723 Endocrinology 2 Second Semester (Core Courses) Course code Course Title ANS 711 Advanced Monogastric Nutrition ANS 712 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Production and Nutrition ANS 750 Seminar ANS 799 Dissertation / Thesis TOTAL Optional Courses ANS 714 Toxicological Aspects of Nutrition ANS 715 Livestock Diseases and Control 37 Credit Units 2 2 2 2 6 14 2 2 Faculty of Agriculture ANS 716 Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management 3 ANS 717 Advances in Small Ruminant Production and Management 3 (ii) Animal Physiology and Reproduction Option First Semester (Core Courses) Course Code Course Title Credit Units ANS 721 Environmental Physiology 3 ANS 722 Digestive Physiology 3 ANS 724 Reproduction Physiology and Animal Experimentation 3 ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animals Experimentation 3 TOTAL 12 Optional Courses ANS 705 Biochemical Control Mechanisms and Action of Hormones 2 ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation 2 ANS 723 Endocrinology 2 ANS 731 Animal Breeding and Selection 3 Second Semester (Core Courses) Course Code Course Title Credit Units ANS 725 Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology 3 ANS 726 Special Topics in Animal Physiology 2 ANS 727 Growth and Metabolism 3 ANS 750 Seminar 2 ANS 799 Dissertation / Thesis 6 TOTAL 16 Optional Courses ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Production and Nutrition 3 ANS 715 Livestock Diseases and Control 2 ANS 734 Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding 3 ANS 736 Animal Products Technology 3 (iii) Animal Breeding and Genetics Option First Semester (Core Courses) Course code Course Title Credit Units ANS 731 Animal Breeding and Selection 3 ANS 733 Quantitative Genetic Theory in Animal Breeding 3 ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation 3 TOTAL 9 Optional Courses ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation 2 ANS 721 Environmental Physiology 3 ANS 724 Reproductive physiology and Artificial Insemination 3 ANS 732 Problems of Animal Breeding and Selection 3 Second Semester (Core Courses) Course code Course Title Credit Units ANS 734 Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding 3 ANS 735 Special Topics in Animal Breeding and Genetic Engineering 3 ANS 750 Seminar 2 ANS 799 Dissertation / Thesis 6 TOTAL 14 38 Faculty of Agriculture Optional Courses ANS 715 Livestock Diseases and Control 2 ANS 725 Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology 3 ANS 726 Growth and Metabolism 3 (iv) Animal Production and Management Option First Semester (Core Courses) Course code Course Title Credit Units ANS 707 Advances in Beef Cattle Production and Management 3 ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management 3 ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation 3 TOTAL 9 Optional Courses ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation 2 ANS 709 Elements of Food Science 3 ANS 722 Digestion Physiology 3 ANS 724 Reproduction Physiology and Artificial Insemination 3 ANS 731 Animal Breeding and Selection 3 Second Semester (Core Course) Course Code Course Title Credit Units ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Production and Nutrition 2 ANS 716 Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management 3 ANS 717 Advances in Small Ruminants Production and Management 3 ANS 750 Seminar 2 ANS 799 Dissertation / Thesis 6 TOTAL 16 Optional Courses ANS 715 Livestock Diseases and Control 2 ANS 718 Pasture and Range Management 2 ANS 736 Animal Products Technology 3 (v) Meat Science and Technology Option First Semester Core Courses Course Code Course Title Credit Units ANS 703 Protein and Nucleic Acid Metabolism 3 ANS 709 Elements of Food Science 3 ANS 728 Animal Products 3 ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation 3 TOTAL 12 Optional Courses ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Nutrition 2 ANS 702 Carbohydrates, Lipids, and Energy Metabolism 3 ANS 705 Biochemical Control Mechanisms and action of Hormones 2 ANS 706 Practical animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation 2 ANS 707 Advances in Beef cattle Production and Management 3 ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management 3 39 Faculty of Agriculture Second Semester (Core Course) Course code Course Title ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Production and Nutrition ANS 736 Animal Products Technology ANS 750 Seminar ANS 799 Dissertation / Thesis TOTAL Optional Courses ANS 714 Toxicological Aspects of Nutrition ANS 716 Advances in Diary Cattle Production and Management ANS 725 Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology ANS 727 Growth and Metabolism ANS 737 Advances in Post-Harvest Technology Credit units 2 3 2 6 13 2 3 3 3 3 10. SYNOPSIS OF M.Sc. ANIMAL SCIENCE COURSES ANS 701 Instrumentation in Agric. Biochemistry and Animal Nutrition (2 units) Practical course on commonly used instruments on the farm and in laboratory including calorimeter, electrophoresis equipment, chromatographic separation of compounds and mixtures, spectrophotometers and florimeters. ANS 702 Advanced course in carbohydrate, Lipids and Energy (3 units) Metabolism. Basic chemistry and Utilization of carbohydrate, lipids as energy in monogastric and ruminant animals. Different metabolic pathways of carbohydrate, and lipids in animals. ANS 703 Advanced course in Protein and Nucleic Acids (3 units) Basic chemistry and utilization of protein and nucleic acid in farm animals. Various metabolic pathways involving protein utilization and of waste management in animal protein. ANS 704 Advanced course in Mineral and Vitamin Metabolism (3 units) Basic Chemistry of macro and micro minerals, fats and vitamins, Metabolic activities of minerals and vitamins. Sources and symptoms of deficiencies. ANS 705 Biochemical control Mechanism and action of Hormones (2 units) Dynamics involved in the mechanisms and biochemical activities of hormones. Activities and defined functions of various hormones, sources, and target organs. ANS 706 Practical Animal Nutrition and Feed Formulation (2 units) Theories and practices involving feeding injection and drawing of blood from different animals. Methodology for the assessment of quality of dietary protein and micronutrients. Study of nutrient requirements of tropical farm animals. ANS 707 Advances in Beef cattle Production (3 units) Various systems of Beef cattle production in Nigeria and compared to what obtains in developed countries. Selection and breeding programmes for improved beef cattle production. Grazing management of beef cattle on pastures. Nutrition requirements of beef cattle. Intensive beef cattle feeding systems. Beef calf production. Growth and carcass development. Common diseases of beef cattle and their control. ANS 708 Advances in Poultry Production and Management (3 unit) Modern trends it commercial poultry breeding for eggs and meat production. Management problems in poultry production. Nutrient requirements and feed formulation for layers and broilers at different ages. Hatchery management. Principles 40 Faculty of Agriculture of feeding, housing, breeding and management in chicken, guinea fowl, turkey, goose and duck production. ANS 709 Elements of Food Science (3 units) Principles of Food Science as regards the biological, chemical and physical methods of food processing and preservation. ANS 711 Advanced Monogastric Nutrition (2 units) Basic principles of monosgatric nutrition. Current concepts concerning energy, protein, amino acids; vitamins and essential inorganic elements nutrition and their interrelationship. Scientific application of the concept to the optimum nutrition of poultry and swine. Study should be strictly related to the gastro intestinal picture of the monogastric animals. ANS 712 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2 units) Anatomy and physiology of the digestive tract of the ruminant their role in the nutritional requirement of ruminants. The current concept of energy production vitamin, mineral nutrition their interrelationalship for Cattle, sheep and goat. Rumen microbiology and the role of microbes in ruminant nutrition. ANS 713 Selected Topics in Animal Nutrition (2 units) Reading and discussions on selected areas in animal nutrition and its applications. Formal class reports and term papers. Current literature in animal production and applied nutrition. ANS 714 Toxicological Aspects in Nutrition (2 units) The occurrence, metabolism and nutritional implication of non-nutrient additions, environmental pollutants and toxic factors in foods and feeds. Influence of drugs, environmental contaminants and natural toxicants in nutritional requirements of animals. ANS 715 Principles of Livestock Disease Control (2 units) Mechanism of disease. Principles of immunity and vaccination. Etiology, symptoms, pathology, diagnosis, treatment and control of important diseases of livestock. ANS 716 Advances in Dairy Cattle Production and Management (3 units) The state of dairy farming in Nigeria compared with developed countries. Selection of breeds and breeding programmes. Management of bulls, dry, lactating and pregnant cows. Raising dairy calves and heifers. Nutritional requirement and feeding of the dairy cattle in terms of milking parlours, cow sheds, milking machines. Sanitation and control of diseases. ANS 717 Advances in Small Ruminants (Sheep and Goat) Production and Management (3 units) Smalls ruminants in the Nigeria economy, problems and prospects. Systems of production. Management of sheep and goats on ranges and under confined conditions. Evaluation of the productivity of the local breeds of sheep and goats i.e. carcass, milk and skin. Selection and breeding programmes for improving the productivity of sheep and goats. Prevention and control of major sheep and goats diseases. ANS 718 Pastures and Range Management (2 units) Economic importance of pastures and their products. Distribution of pastures and in Nigeria and the tropics. Introduction establishment and management of pastures. Grazing and other forms of pasture utilization. 41 Faculty of Agriculture ANS 721 Principles of Livestock Disease Control (3 units) Environment and animal function and performance; Adaptation to the environment. Terms and concepts; Homeothermy, heat balance and heat exchange. Insulation, control and integration of thermoregulatory processes. Biological rhythms and behaviour and behavioural management. Environment and alternatives. Primary and secondary environmental modification. ANS 722 Digestive Physiology (3 units) Comparative physiology in the digestive system of livestock species, food seeking, feeding, mastication, tongue and taste. The stomach, its gastric secretion and motility. The small intestine and dynamics of absorption. Immunoglobulins, and colostrums, hydrophobic/hydrophilic concepts in lipid digestion. The liver, structure and function. The pancreas and enzyme formation. Microbial fermentation and water-electrolyte recovery in large intestine. ANS 723 Principles of Endocrinology (2 units) Role of hormones in the physiology of farm animals. Current literature and research areas in the field of endocrinology. Measurement of hormones in biological fluids. ANS 724 Reproductive physiology and Artificial Insemination (3 units) Discussions and application of methodology for collection, examination and insemination of gametes and embryos. ANS 725 Advanced Techniques in Animal Physiology (3 units) Designed to familiarize students with advanced techniques commonly used for research in farm animal physiology theories behind other techniques that are not commonly used are resented also. ANS 726 Special Topics in Animal Physiology (2 units) Reading and discussion on selected areas in animal physiology. Formal class reports and term papers. Current literature in applied animal physiology. ANS 728 Animal Products (3 units) Structure, composition, chemistry and nutritive quality of muscle tissues. Milk and eggs. Principles of quality control with products. ANS 727 Growth and Metabolism (3 units) Animal growth and metabolism are considered at the cellular level in a Manner that extends beyond the basic discipline of biometrics and biochemistry with attention focused on the main carcass composition - muscles, fats and bone. ANS 731 Principles of Animal Breeding and Selection (3 units) Definition of selection goals, prediction of genetic progress and breeding value and comparison of selection programmes. Structure, composition, chemistry and nutritive quality of muscle tissues, milk and eggs. Principles of quality control with animal products. ANS 732 Problems of Animal Breeding and Selection (3 units) Some special problems encountered in the breeding of indigerious cattle, sheep, goat, pig and poultry, retrospect and prospects of indigenous animal. ANS 733 Quantitative Genetic Theory in Animal breeding (3 units) Advanced training in the mathematical aspects of quantitative genetic theory as applied to animal breeding. ANS 734 Advanced Techniques in Animal Breeding (3 units) Techniques for estimating genetic and phenotypic parameters for use in animal breeding programmes are presented. Models, for genetic evaluation of livestock 42 Faculty of Agriculture Mixed models methodology estimation of genetic trend and general problems of analysing large unbalanced data files. ANS 735 Special Topics in Animal Breeding and Genetic Engineering (3 units) Lectures and discussions on topics of current and research emphasis in animal breeding, biotechnology and genetic engineering. ANS 736 Animal Products (3 units) Processing and Preservation Techniques of meats milk and eggs. Utilisation of animal by products and control. ANS 737 Advances in post-Harvest Technology (2 units) Storage physiology and control of losses with agricultural commodities post-harvest. Effects of tropical environmental factors via climatic, physical and chemical indices of quality on these commodities. Environmental control measures for long-term storage and transportation. ANS 745 Research Techniques and Animal Experimentation (3 units) Initial steps in the planning of randomisation, replication, blocking. RCD, RBCD, Latin squares, Graeco-latin squares; and cross-over design factorial experiment, confounding. Fractional Replication Balanced and partially balanced incomplete Block designs. Introduction to multivariate Analysis of variance. Bivariate case. The use of the computer for data analysis. ANS 750 Graduate Seminars (2 units) Oral presentation of two reports - A research proposal (pre-data) seminar and a postdata seminar, pertinent to animal production approved by the Department. ANS 799 Research Project (6 units) Original investigation into an approved animal production problem under the supervision of an approved supervisor. Structure, composition, chemistry and nutritive quality of muscle tissues, milk and eggs. Principles of quality control with animal products. 43 Faculty of Agriculture DEPARTMENT OF CROP SCIENCE 1. (a) The Department of Crop Science offers Full-Time and Part-Time programmes leading to the award of Master of Science (M.Sc.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) degree in: (i) Crop Production (ii) Crop Protection (Entomology and Pathology) (iii) Crop Breeding and Genetics (iv) Pasture Agronomy (v) Crop Physiology (vi) Weed Science 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAMMES Masters of Science The Master of Science (M.Sc) programme consists of course work component and research component with thesis/dissertation. 3. (i). 4 5 STRUCTURE OF M.Sc. PRODRAMME Course work Students would be required to register for a minimum of 15 credit units per Semester depending on their background. Students would be required to register for courses from the following groups: (a) Remedial Courses These courses carry no credit units towards the higher degree. (b) Core Courses courses to be taken by students specializing in related areas. The core courses are of direct relevance to the field of study. (c) Elective Optional Courses These are normally taken from related disciplines if so recommended by the Department. They carry credit units. (ii) Research Thesis The subject for the thesis will normally be chosen from within the research areas of the relevant Master’s degree option. Before embarking on the research, every student will be required to submit a research proposal which must be approved by the Graduate School Board on the recommendation of the Department’s Graduate Committee. (iii) Seminar A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. He/she must present a seminar in his/her area of specialization before the defence of the thesis. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION FOR THE M.Sc DEGREE To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 credit Units including Core Courses, Elective and the Research thesis. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) Programme (i) Research The Ph.D programme is done by thesis. A student who is enrolled in the Ph.D programme in the Department will be expected to carry out his/her Research under close supervision of his/her supervisor(s) 44 Faculty of Agriculture (ii) Seminar A student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. In addition, he/she in the course of the Ph.D programme will be expected to present at least one Seminar in his/her area of research. 2. M.Sc. (Crop Science) Courses Available First Semester Units Remarks CRP 701 Advanced Crop Production 3 C CRP 702 Physiology of Crop Production 3 C CRP 703 Advanced Genetics 3 C CRP 704 Weed Ecology and Control 3 C CRP 705 Statistical Methods 3 C CRP 706 Advanced Plant Breeding 3 C CRP 707 Seminar 3 C Second Semester CRP 711 Advanced Cropping System 2 C CRP 712 Advanced Cytogenetics 3 E CRP 713 Breeding for Pest and Disease Resistance 2 E CRP 714 Experimental Designs 2 C CRP 799 Research Project 6 C Description of Courses CRP 701 Advanced Crop Production (3units) Cereals, legumes, oil seeds, tubers, tree crops fruits and vegetables. Origin and distribution of major crops, cultural practices, adaptation, production, establishment and utilization. CRP 702 Physiology of Crop Production (3units) Principles of yield potentials; growth analysis in relation to crop yield. Mineral nutrition of crop plants. Photosynthesis in relation to crop productivity; metabolism, growth and development. CRP 703 Advanced Genetics (2Units) Development of fundamental concepts related to the structure, function, organization, transmission and distribution of genetic material, interpretation of genotypic segregation from test cross and F2 data. CRP 704 Weed Ecology and Control (3units) Ecology and biology of important weeds, methods of species perpetuation, reproduction and dispersal; effects of herbicides on ecosystem. Weed control in important crops of Nigeria; aquatic weeds and their control. CRP 705 Statistical Methods (3units) Statistical concepts, classification and tabulation of data, measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, normal distribution and probability integral, sampling test of significance; chi-square test; goodness of fit; regression and correlation; analysis of variance. CRP 706 Advanced Plant Breeding (3 units) Basic principles of breeding crop plants; application of biometric principles, variances, covariances and genotype/environment interaction, components of variance 45 Faculty of Agriculture utilized in planning selection procedures. Testing multiplication and distribution of improved seeds. CRP 707 Seminar Each candidate is required to deliver at least one seminar related to the research project. CRP 711 Advanced Cropping Systems (3 units) Methods of studying mixed cropping systems; yield relationship in crop mixtures, cultivation systems, varieties and soil fertility in relation to rainfed and irrigated multiple cropping and mixed-multiple cropping systems. CRP 712 Advanced Cytogenetics (3 units) Variation in chromosome structure, behaviour and number and study of developmental and evolutionary effects of this variation. CRP 713 Breeding for Pest and Disease Resistance (3 Units) Host plans resistance programme from standpoint of the plant breeder, plant pathologist and entomologist. Genetics and physiology of disease development and disease resistance in plants; mechanism of pathogenicity and infectivity; nature of disease resistance. Methods of breeding. CRP 714 Experimental Designs (3 units) Principles of experimental designs, layout and analysis of data; interpretation of results. Merits and demerits of the various designs. Practical consideration of field experimentation. CRP 799 Research (6 Units) Research projects of candidates could be chosen from either agronomy or plant breeding. 46 Faculty of Agriculture DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE The Department of Soil Science offers Full-Time or part-time programmes leading to the award of M.Sc. & Ph.D degrees in Soil Physics, Soil Chemistry and Mineralogy, Soil Microbiology and Redology. 1. M.Sc. (Soil Science) Courses Available First Semester Units Remarks SOS 701 Pedology 3 E SOS 702 Soil and Water Management 3 E SOS 703 Advanced Soil Chemistry 3 E SOS 704 Soil Microbiology 3 E SOS 705 Soil Mineralogy 3 E SOS 705 Statistical Method 3 C SOS 706 Seminar C Second Semester SOS 711 Advanced Soil Physics 3 E SOS 712 Advanced Soil Fertility 3 E SOS 713 Advanced Soil Analysis 2 E SOS 714 Management of Tropical Soils 2 C CRP 714 Experimental Designs 2 C SOS 799 Research Project 6 C Description of Courses SOS 701 Pedology (3 Units) Weathering and soil formation. Advanced study of development, morphology, constitution and classification of soils. Land evaluation soil survey and mapping. SOS 702 Soil and Water Management (3 Units) Soil and water conservation. Soil erosion and its control, cropping systems and residue management, soil aeration and drainage; Irrigation and salinity control. SOS 703 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3 Uints) Physical chemistry of clay minerals and inorganic and organic soil colloids; chemical processes taking place within the soil. SOS 704 Soil Microbiology (3 Uints) Soil organic matter, its decomposition and associated microorganisms, oxidation-reduction processes; nitrogen fixations with special reference to topical ecosystems. SOS 705 Soil Mineralogy (3 Units) Study of crystal structures and properties of more important minerals in soils and sediments, especially clay minerals combined with identification techniques involving x-ray diffraction, electron microscopy, infrared and chemical methods. SOS 711 Advanced Soil Physics (3 Units) Physical properties of soils including the dynamics of soil water and iron movement, soil aeration an soil thermal relationships. Physiochemical properties of soil colloids. SOS 712 Advanced Soil Fertility (3 Units) 47 Faculty of Agriculture Advanced study of behavior of nutrient elements in soils and plants. Emphasis placed on nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium soil fertility evaluation. Cropping systems and soil management. Liming, with special emphasis on tropical soils. Economics of lime and fertilizer applications. SOS 713 Pedology (2 Units) Sample collection and preparation designed to familiarize students with more difficult problems of soil analysis and interpretation of data. Use of soil analysis in soil fertility evaluation SOS 714 Management of Tropical Soils (3 Units) The distinguishing pedological, chemical and physical characteristics of tropical soils. Principles of management of tropical soils. Maintenance of fertility and nutrient balance. Soil moisture conservation and management. SOS 706 Seminar A candidate shall be required to give at lest one seminar on his/her research work towards the end of the programme of studies. SOS 799 Research (6 Units) Research projects of candidates should bear direct relevance to Nigerian agriculture and could be chosen from any areas of soil Science. 48 FACULTY OF ARTS DEPARTMENTS ENGLISH HISTORY & INTERNATIONAL STUDIES MODERN LANGUAGES PHILOSOPHY RELIGIOUS MANAGEMENT & CULTURAL STUDIES THEATRE ARTS 49 FACULTY OF ARTS DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH The Department of English offers Graduate programmes leading to the Master’s and Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in: (i) African Poetry (ii) African Prose Fiction (iii) Drama (iv) Literary Theory (v) African Oral Literature AIMS AND OBJECTIVES: The aims and objectives of these programmes are: (i) to produce scholars with a firm grasp of the principles of literary theory and appreciation and capacity for sustained purposeful research; (ii) to produce to-level manpower for higher academic institutions, administration, media and cultural organizations. (a) M.A. ENGLISH STRUCTURE OF THE MASTER’S PROGRAMME Students offering literature courses must take either ELS707 or ELS715. On the other hand, language-biased students must register for either ELS701 or ELS713. Altogether, every is expected to present at least three seminar papers including the Seminar on his/her thesis proposal at the Department’s Graduate Seminar. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To fulfil the requirement for the award of the degree of Master, a student must register for a minimum of 30 units which should include the relevant core courses and the research thesis. (B) Ph.D PROGRAMME STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme shall be by comprehensive research and thesis. There shall be no course work. GRADUATION REQUIREMENT (i) A student shall, as a prerequisite for the registration of thesis, title with the Graduate School, present and defend his/her Department’s Graduate Seminar in the presence of his/her Supervisor(s), and at least two other senior academic and interested members of Department. The approval of the proposal shall depend on the student’s successful defence of it. (ii) A student shall be required to present a well-researched paper per session relating to his/her area of specialization at the Department’s Graduate Seminar. (iii) A student shall successfully defend the Ph.D thesis before a panel of examiners constituted in accordance with the regulations of Graduate School. 50 Faculty of Arts COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Core Courses ELS 700 Research Methodology and Bibliography ELS 701 Major Trends in Criticism ELS 702 Literature of the Black Diaspora ELS 703 Topic in Dramatic Literature ELS 704 Advanced Studies in African Poetry ELS 705 The Semantics of English ELS 706 Advanced Syntax ELS 707 Advanced Sylistics ELS 708 Advanced Phonology Second Semester Core Courses ELS 711 ELS 712 ELS 713 ELS 714 ELS 715 ELS 716 ELS 799 Advanced Studies in African Fiction Topics in African Oral Literature Third World Literature Contrastive Analysis The English Language in Nigeria Discourse Analysis Dissertation Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ELS 700 Research Methodology and Bibliography Core This course exposes students to the various approaches to research and documentation. ELS 701 Major Trends in Criticism -Core A critical survey of the pronouncements of great masters on the theory of art. There will be detailed study of characteristics critical thought of major period and traditions ELS 702 Literature of the Black Diaspora -Core This course is based on an intensive study of the works of Black Authors from North America and the Caribbean ELS 703 Advanced Studies in African Poetry -Core A critical study of the drama of selected period with emphasis on the works of major authors. ELS 704 Advanced Studies in African Poetry -Core This course emphasizes the landmarks in African Poetry. In focusing on the works of major African poets, it examines the relationship between orality and modern African Poetry. ELS 705 The Semantics of English -Core This is an advanced course in the study of meaning of language. The evolution of Semantics as a branch of Language study as well as its relationship with other disciplines, among other things, shall be treated in detail. 51 Faculty of Arts ELS 706 Advanced Syntax -Core This course provides an intensive study of the major trends in Advanced English Synt6ax with emphasis on transformational generative grammar and systemic grammar. Of particular focus is either the Aspect model or x-bar syntax. An introductory remark may be made on the extended theory of government and binding. ELS 707 Advanced Stylistics -Core An advanced course in the principles and application of stylistics. Differentiation, mode field and tenor in relation to the analysis and evaluation of varieties of English shall be studied in detail. ELS 708 Advanced Phonology -Core The course is an depth study of the second system of language. It concentrates attention on Taxonomic Phonology, Generative Phonology with particular reference to the theories of Distinctive features and the basic tenets of Autosegmental Phonology. The course also examines some suprasegmental features of Phonology, which are peculiar to African Languages. ELS 711 Advanced Study in African Fiction -Core This course involves an intensive study of the major genres with emphasis on representative examples and related criticism. ELS 712 Topics in African Oral Literature -Core A study of selected forms in African Oral literature and an incisive critical on those forms. ELS 713 Third World Literature -Core For the purpose of this course. Third world is defined rather in the literary sense than in the conventional geo-political sense. Africa is the focal point with cross references to other literatures that share related themes, styles, languages of expression and colonial experience. This course will involve an intensive study of the characteristic themes and stylistic tendencies in Prose, Poetry and Drama of the areas of reference. Of special interest also will be a detailed study of the socio-economic and religious background of the areas whose literature is under focus. Differences and similarities will be related to their literary consequences. ELS 714 Contrastive Analysis -Core This course is aimed at comparing any two languages to determine their similarities and differences. Specifically, it focuses on the comparison of English with any African Language at the various levels of linguistics. ELS 715 English Language in Nigeria -Core The English language in Nigerian is intended to expose students to the theoretical background and the underlying concepts about the nature of language in contact situations with specific reference to the multilingual situation in Nigeria. ELS 716 Discourse Analysis -Core The course examines the theory of discourse analysis as a multi-disciplinary study. It provides an indepth study of sociolinguistics, relying on the view of Dell Hymes, Malcom, Coulthard, J.R. Firth, T.F. Mitchel, Teun Van Dyk, Robert de Beaugrande and others. It will be both theoretical and text-based in focus. ELS 717 Dissertation -Core Students to research and submit thesis in areas of their choice. 52 Faculty of Arts DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES INTRODUCTION The Department of History offers Graduate programmes leading to the award of: (i) Master of Arts (M.A.) in History (ii) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in History The Department also offers Masters Degree in International Diplomacy and Strategic Studies (MDS). Philosophy and Objectives. The philosophy and objectives of the graduate studies programmes are to inculcate in the students a sense of independent scholarship and to improve their methods of historical study so as top enhance their indepth knowledge in the field of their specialization. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME DEGREE OF MASTERS (M.A.) There shall be course work made up of regular formal lectures, tutorials and seminars. A candidate shall be required to write an examination in a compulsory course and other elective courses. These constitute the course work. Each course is three (3) units. The M.A. course work would attract 30% Continuous Assessment and 70% written examination. In addition to the course work, there is a project essay of six (6) units. The essay embodies a candidate’s original research work. The length of the essay shall be between 20,000 and 35,000 words. Each candidate shall submit five type-written bounds copies on A4 size paper. A candidate for the M.A. degree programme is strongly advised to register for a minimum of 15 per semester. GRADUATION REQUIREMENT To quality for the award of M.A. degree, a student shall be required to register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which should include course work and Research. WITHDRAWAL A student whose overall average is less than 50% will be considered to have failed the whole course programme and will be required to withdraw from the programme. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) HISTORY The Ph.D degree shall be awarded on the basis of a thesis. The length of the thesis shall be a minimum of 25,000 words Four typewritten and bound copies shall be submitted by each candidate. COURSES AVAILABLE The course work consists of the following:1st Semester HIS 701 Method of Historical Research 3 C HIS 702 Nation Building in Africa 3 E HIS 703 The United Nations Organization and its Agencies 3 E HIS 704 Political and Economic History of East Africa 3 E HIS 705 Tends in Economics co-operation in post-independence West Africa 3 E 2nd Semester HIS 711 Inter-group Relationship in Pre-Colonial Nigeria 3 E HIS 712 Economic History of Nigeria an the Twentieth Century 3 E HIS 713 Constitutional Development in Nigeria 3 E 53 Faculty of Arts HIS 714 HIS HIS HIS 715 716 799 Protest Movements and the Liberation Struggle in Southern Africa The O.A.U. A study in Africa International Relations Problems of Plural Society in Bendel State The Project Essay 3 3 3 3 E E E E DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HIS 701Method of Historical Research This course treats historiography at higher level. It also examines historical methodology and philosophy, the relationship between history and other related subject such as archaeology, linguistics, religion, economics, sociology, geography and political science. HIS 702 Nation Building in Africa Trends in regional or sub-regional economics co-operation in post-independence Africa such as EOWAS,, the defunct East Africa Economic Community, the Southern African Economic Co-operation formed specifically to reduce neighbouring states dependence on South Africa and so on; the dependent structure of African Economics and other constraints will also be examined; liberation struggles for independence in Southern Africa; Political Development and military rule in Africa, educational, scientific, technological and cultural development in Africa; Health care delivery systems. HIS 703 The United Organization and its Agencies The United Nations Organization and its Agencies Background study of league of Nation is essential for this course. The formation of the United Nations Organization after the Second World War; the functions and composition of the Security Council and the General Assembly /Agencies of the UN such as UNESCO, FAO, UNDP, the IMF, the world Court at the Hague and so on; a critical examination of the success story and the failure record of the UN to date HIS 704 Political and Economic History of East Africa An indepth study of political and constitutional trends in East Africa in the twentieth century; economic development socialist approach to development in Tanzania compared with capitalist economy in Kenny, reasons for the collapse of the erst-while Economic Community of Tanzania, Kenya and Uganda; progress in interstate development in transportation and communication, attempts to revive the economic community. HIS 705 Trend in Economic Co-operation In Post-Independence West Africa A close examination of the reason for the formation of the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS), unequal development among member states; cultural conflicts between Francophone and Anglophobe States; external factors hindering its development; prospect for future progress HIS 711Inter-Group Relations in Per-Colonial Nigeria Political, economic and cultural relations among ethnic groups in per-colonial Nigeria; and of indigenous political institutions of the various ethnic groups and political evolution such as their adoption as the basis for indirect rule; the nature of pre-colonial economics, the development of lingua franca for purposes of trade; cultural exchange. The significance of major archaeological finds and their evaluating factor in inter-group relation will also be critically examined HIS 712 Economic History of Nigeria in the Twentieth Century Nigeria economic development in agriculture, mining, trade, labor, transport and communication from the beginning of the century will be examined, the inter-war period 54 Faculty of Arts and how the great depression of the 1930s affected the economy will also be examined; the great drive for self-sufficiency in food production during the Second World War; post-independence attempts to diversify the economy particularly through industrialization, the establishment of Marketing Boards, Regional Development Boards and Banks; the development of petroleum and petroleum bye products, national development plans HIS 713 Constitutional Development in Nigeria Circumstance leading to the amalgamation of Northern and Southern Nigeria in 1914; the Clifford constitution of 1922 and the introduction of the elective principles; the impact of the Second World War on Nationalist struggle; the enmergence of political parties and nationalist press; the Richards Constitution; the Machperson Constitution; the development of Regionalism; the various constitution conference; the Creation of Midwest region; independence and the Collapse of the first Republic; the creation of states; the emergence of the second Republic and presidential system of government, a detailed study of the Constitution of 1979 and1989. HIS 714 Protest Movements and the Liberation Struggle in Southern Africa The Emergence of the ‘Front Line State’ – Zambia, Zimbabwe, Mozambique. Botswana and Angola; the formation and history of the ANC; its impact on the liberation struggle in South African. Other pressure-groups such as the PanAfrican Congress, the Black Consciousness; the role of the Churches and some individual Churchmen such as Arcbishop Desmond Tutu and Reverend Alan Boesak in the liberation struggle; the Namibian question. HIS 715 the O.A.U.: A study in African International Relations Background information on events before the formation of the OAU in 1963; the Casablanca and Monrovia blocs; the composition and agencies of the OAU; conflicts and cooperation among Africa states with reference to the formation of OAU; irredentism in Africa and how successfully the OAU is tacking this problem. HIS 716 Problems of Plural Society in Bendel State The course is designed to examine the problems of plural Plural society in Bendel State today; different Languages and culture, inequality of economic and educational development; suggestions will be offered as to how the problems can reduced. HIS 799 The Project Essay An individual essay based on a topic approved by the Departmental Board of studies and on the candidate’s own research interest. The course of this research may be archival or non-written sources or both. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Ph.D Programme The Ph.D degree shall be awarded on the basis of a thesis. The length of the thesis shall be a minimum of 25,000 words. Four typewritten and bound copies shall be submitted by each candidate. 55 Faculty of Arts DEPARTMENT OF MODREN LANGUAGES PREAMBLE THE DEGREES OFFERED The Department of Modern Languages offer graduate programmes leading to the award of the following higher degrees, subject to the Graduate school general regulations governing higher degrees: Master of arts (M.A) in French studies Doctor of philosophy (Ph.D) in French studies 2. OBJECTIVES The main objectives of these programmes are: (a) To inculcate in the students a sense of persistent and independent scholarship and ability for imaginative thought. (b) To improve their methods of French studies particularly through research in order to enhance their in-depth knowledge in the various fields of specialization. (c) To produce the much needed manpower of the senior staff cadre. These of course, are among the people who often represent Nigeria in international conferences, seminars, and workshops. They can also serve in several public and private sectors, principally in teaching profession, Diplomatic services, translation and interpretation, scientific and technological research; Administration and Industrial Establishments. 1. MASTER OF ARTS (M.A) IN FRENCH STUDIES The programme offers a board perspective of French studies, including French, Francophone African and Caribbean literatures, French and francophone civilizations, advanced language practice, applied linguistics as well as translation and interpretation. (i) DURATION - The duration is one calendar year (12 months) on fulltime basis. (ii) Admission Requirements: Students applying for admission to the M.A (French studies) courses must have a good B.A or B.Ed (French) with a minimum of second-class division from Ambrose Alli University (A.A.U), Ekpoma or any other recognized University. (iii) Areas of Specialization The following five options (fields of specialization) are provided: (1) French Language; (2) Applied French Linguistics; (3) Translation and interpretation (4) Literature (French or Francophone Africa or Caribbean); (5) civilizations (French or other Francophone). (iv) COURSE WORK A student must be required to register for, and pass 30 units of course work (24 units) and M.A. Thesis (6 units). Each course has 3 units. Note also that a candidate shall be required to repeat some core courses at the B.A programme, where his transcripts may reveal him to be weak (e.g. with scores below 50%). 56 Faculty of Arts (iv) Language Requirements Students are expected to follow the course in French language and write their thesis also in French language. Thesis - Students must submit for approval the proposed topic preferably by the end of the first semester. - The topic will be the student’s option (area of specialization). - The thesis, will be at least 100 pages but not exceeding 150 pages, including notes, bibliography, table of contents and appendices. - Students will be required to defend their thesis in a viva voce in French language. - The panel of examiners will consist of the Head of Department, external examiner, internal examiner; graduate school representative and supervisor (s). (C) COURSES AVAILABLE GROUP A: LANGUAGE First semester Core courses FRE 701 Research methods in French (Compulsory for all M.A. French Students) FRE 702 History of French Language FRE 703 French Language: Advanced practical French (Compulsory for all M.A. Students) FRE 718 Contemporary world (Compulsory for all M.A French Students) Elective Courses (Specialised Fields) FRE 704 Phonology of French FRE 705 Morphology and Syntax of French FRE 706 Applied Linguistics in French FRE 707 Translation and Interpretation I FRE 708 Contrastive Studies I French FRE 709 Modern French usage and stylistics Second Semester Core Courses FRE 710 Research Seminar (Compulsory for all M.A French Students) FRE 711 Studies in French Semantics FRE 799 Research Thesis Elective Courses (Specialised Fields) FRE 712 French Usage and Registers FRE 713 Translation & Interpretation II FRE 714 Aspects of French Stylistics FRE 715 Issues in French Morpho-Syntax FRE 716 French Language Today FRE 717 Sociolinguistics NB: A student of language must at least register for one Elective course per semester. 57 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 6 Faculty of Arts GROUP B: LITERATURE First Semester Core Courses FRE 701 Research methods in French (Compulsory for all M.A. French Students) FRE 703 French Language: Advanced Practical French (Compulsory for all M.A French Students) FRE 718 Contemporary French and other Francophone world (Compulsory for all M.A French Students) FRE 719 Theoretical models and methodology in Literature and literary criticism Elective Courses (Specialised Fields) FRE 702 Literary Criticism in France FRE 701 The Poetry of France I FRE 722 French Narrative Prose I FRE 723 French Drama I: Neo-Classical and Romantic Drama FRE 724 Studies in Francophone African Poetry FRE 725 Studies in Francophone African Novel FRE 726 Studies in Francophone African Drama FRE 727 Studies in Francophone African Poetry FRE 728 Studies in Francophone Caribbean Novel FRE 729 Studies in Francophone Caribbean Drama FRE 730 Special Subject: Literature of French Expression FRE 731 Special Author: Literature of Francophone Expression FRE 732 Comparative Literature FRE 733 French Colonialism in Africa FRE 734 Government Process in the 5th Republic Second Semester Core Courses FRE 701 Research Seminar (compulsory for all M.A French Students) FRE 735 Contemporary Trends in French Thought FRE 799 Research thesis Elective Courses (Fields of Specialization) FRE 736 Francophone African Thoughts: Special Subject FRE 737 The Poetry of France II FRE 738 French Baudelaire Prose II: 20th Century FRE 739 French Drama II: Contemporary Drama FRE 740 Comparative Studies in Francophone African and Caribbean Literature (Poetry, Prose, Drama) FRE 741 France and European Community FRE 742 Nationalism and Decolonisation FRE 743 Government Processes in Francophone Africa FRE 744 Francophone African Thought: Special Author Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 N.B. Every student of LITERATURE must at least register for one Elective Course per Semester 58 Faculty of Arts DESCRIPTION COURSES FRE 701–Research Methods in French A study of the general principles involved in academic research, the various tools for investigation, the methods of analysis, the presentation, the methods of analysis, the methods of analysis, the presentation of findings, the compilation of data and references. FRE 702–History of French Language A study of the major trends in the evolution of the French language from the 9 th to the 20th Century. Methods of diversification (Creolisation, specialization). FRE 703–Language: Advanced Practical French Detailed study and application of French Grammar; Composition and Comprehension. FRE 704 -Phonology of French The major trends in the description and analysis of French phonemes. Phonemic analysis and classification. distinctive features; phoneme distribution; contrastive phonology; descriptive phonology of French FRE 705-Morphology and Syntax of French Detailed study of morphological categories and grammatical functions in the French Language. FRE 706-Applied Linguistics in French A survey of the theories associated with the teaching of French especially as a foreign language, the problem posed by each theory and the achievement of each. FRE 707-Translation and Interpretation This course is designed to equip candidates with the theoretical and practical knowledge of the technical and linguistic skills of translation and interpretation from English into French and vice versa. FRE 708-Contrastive Studies in French This course will introduce students to the fundamentals and methodology in contrastive linguistic analysis. It will also prepare them for possible contrastive analysis of any aspect of the grammatical structure of French and that of any other language taught in the Faculty of Arts. FRE 709-Modern French Usage and Stylistics The objective of this course is to enable the student to acquire advanced techniques in oral and written French through essay writing and intensive practice in the grammatical and stylistic analysis of literary texts. FRE 710-Research Seminar An opportunity for candidates to present progress of their work for collective discussion and advice. FRE 711-Studies in French Semantics A close look at the role of semantics in Linguistics and modern semantics theories as they affect the French Language. FRE 712-French Usage and Registers This course is designed to familiarize students with language use associated with such basic demands as politics, science, technology, medicine, law etc. The students will be expected to build up registers that are appropriate to each domain in fairly specialized modes of interaction 59 Faculty of Arts FRE 713-Translation & Interpretation II A continuation of FRE 707. More advanced and complex notions and texts will be studied. FRE 714-Aspects of French Stylistics Stylistic features of French; elaboration of chosen theories and methods; Stylistic, Linguistics Literary Criticism. FRE 715-Issues in French Morpho-Syntax A detailed study of oppositions held in relation to the morpo-syntactic feature of the language today. FRE 716-French Language Today This is a survey of the status and features of the French language, both in France and elsewhere. Analysis of texts in metropolitan French and texts in other varieties will be made. FRE 717-Sociolinguistics This course deals with the inter-relationship between language structure and social structure. Using French as the main illustrative language, it will equip students with the necessary tools to appreciate the social-cultural foundation of language in communication. FRE 718-Contemporary France and the other Francophone world A survey of the present-day France and the other Francophone world from the Second World War. Examining the major trends and developments in the political, economic, social and cultural fields with a chronological frame work. FRE 719-Theoretical Modes in Literature and Literary Criticism This course deals with the major theories and methodologies such as sociology, social criticism, psychoanalysis, Literary history etc. It prepares students for the graduate seminar and the main thesis. FRE 720-Literary Critics in France Detailed study of major literary critics in France from the classical times to the present. FRE 721-The Poetry of France I Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 722-French Narrative Prose I Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 723-French Drama I: Neo-Classical and Romantic Drama Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 724-Studies in Francophone African Poetry Detailed study of prescribed texts FRE 725-Studies in Francophone African Novel Detailed study of prescribed texts FRE 726-Studies in Francophone African Drama Detailed study of prescribed texts FRE 727-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Poetry Detailed study of prescribed texts FRE 728-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Novel Detailed study of prescribed texts FRE 729-Studies in Francophone Caribbean Drama Detailed study of prescribed texts 60 Faculty of Arts FRE 730-Special Subject: Literature of French Expression Study of a distinctive movement or current in Literature of French Expression FRE 731-Special Author: Literature of Francophone Expression Detailed study of entire corpus of a single author in France or Francophone Africa FRE 732-Comparative Literature General Principle of Comparative Literature; Comparative study of authors, themes or movement in French literature and any other European Literature. FRE 733-French Colonialism in Africa Background studies of the colonial system and policies of France: assimilation, association; the impact negritude and decolonization. FRE 734-Government Process in the 5th Republic A study of the functions of the different organs of government as well as their interaction during the 5th Republic, with specific emphasis on the decision-making process. FRE 735-Contemporary Trends in French Thought A review of the major intellectual movements in France since the end of the First World War. FRE 736-Francophone African Thought: Special Subject Detailed study of themes or topics in African thought in Francophone Africa. FRE 737-The Poetry of France II: From Baudelaire to the present Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 738-French Narrative Prose II: 20th Century Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 739-French Drama II: Contemporary Drama Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 740-Comparative Studies in Francophone Africa and Caribbean Literature (Poetry, Prose, Drama) Detailed study of prescribed texts. FRE 741-France and European Community A study of the Government of European integration from the perspective of the French role and participation; European institutions and European politics. FRE 742-Nationalism and Decolonization A study of the relations between the Metropole and its colonies in Africa and Asia from the viewpoint of both the nationalists and of the French governments. FRE 743-Governments Process in Francophone Africa Study and analysis in-depth of the process of government in selected Francophone African countries with special consideration of the role of the parties FRE 744-Francophone African Thought: Special Author Detailed study of a single Francophone African author and his/her contributions to African thoughts. FRE 799-Research Thesis The thesis each will be at least 100 pages but not exceeding 150 pages, including notes, bibliography, Table of Contents and appendices. N.B: Every student of Literature must register for at least one elective course per semester E. Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) in French Studies (i) Duration The duration shall be a minimum of 2 years full-time basis. 61 Faculty of Arts (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Admission Requirements Possession of: A good M.A (i.e) with 60% and above) from A.A.U., Ekpoma or the equivalent grade from any other recognized University. An M.Phil. Equivalent of M.A. or M.Phil. from any other recognized University. Ares of Specification The options are: Literature, Civilization, Translation, Language and Applied Linguistics. Course Requirements FRE 810 – Research Seminar FRE 899 – Research thesis All students have to register for one graduate seminar designed to offer opportunities to engage in advanced research methods, which will be applied to the students’ field of specialization. The Ph.D programme shall solely be by research resulting in a thesis. However, a candidate shall be required to repeat some courses at the M.A. programme where this transcripts may reveal him to be weak (e.g. with scores below 50%). Thesis Proposal and Defence (a) Thesis Proposal: The proposal should be presented as a seminar in the Department with an invitation extended to other faculties of the University. Students must present a Thesis proposal (with a minimum of 20 pages but not exceeding 30 pages) before an Assessment Committee to test their preparedness to pursue their thesis project. The proposal will be submitted to the Head of Department not less than one month before the defence The Assessment Committee will consist of the Head off Department, Supervisor(s) and two other Lectures in the Department. The thesis proposal will contain an account of the research to be undertaken by the student and include a report of the present state of knowledge of the subject as well as an outline of the specific direction further research will take. The proposal is evaluated on approved/not approved basis. Should the Committee consider that the student does not have a good grasp of the project, he/she will be required to submit a revised version of the project, based on suggestions/corrections made during the seminar. The thesis is re-evaluated by the Departmental Graduate committee for approval. The proposal will be presented not more than two times. If after the second trial the student fails, he/she will be required to withdraw. (b) The thesis Defence - The title of the Ph.D thesis is registered with the Graduate School after the successful presentation of the proposal. 62 Faculty of Arts - The thesis should not be less than 200 pages but not exceeding 300 pages including notes, bibliography, Table of Contents and appendices. The format of the thesis is determined by Graduate School. The final Ph.D thesis will be defended in a Viva Voce in French Language, organized by the Department. 63 Faculty of Arts DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY The Department of Philosophy offers programmes leading to M.A. and Ph.D in Philosophy with specialization in the following areas: (i) African Philosophy (ii) Epistemology (iii) Metaphysics (iv) Ethics MASTER OF DEGREE IN PHILOSOPHY AIMS The Master of Arts Degree programme in Philosophy is meant to: (i) Guide the students in doing an in-depth work in the main area of philosophy (ii) Enable the student to do some specialized research in the modern and contemporary methods in Philosophy. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME Each student must register for a minimum of 15 (fifteen Units) per Semester. Each student will be required to take five (5) courses of three (3) Units each. In addition, each candidate must submit a research project the length of which should be a minimum of 30,000 (thirty thousand words) which must be passed in an oral examination. Every student shall be required to present at least a Seminar paper during the period of study. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GRADUATION A student must pass at least 30 units from Core Courses and Courses from his/her area of specialization, electives and a Research project. COURSES AVAILABLE 1st Semester PHI 701 Critical Evaluation of the background of African Philosophy 3 C PHI 702 Myths and Symbols in African Philosophy 3 C PHI 703 The Theory of Participation 3 C PHI 704 The Rationalist and the Role of Cognitive 3 C PHI 705 Sense Experience and its Role in the Cognitive Process 3 E PHI 706 The Idealist and Maxist Approaches to Knowledge 3 C PHI 707 The Greek Origin of Metaphysics 3 E PHI 708 Mediaeval and Modern Metaphysics 3 C 2nd Semester PHI 711Problems Associated with the Rationality of African Philosophy 3 E PHI 712 The Principles of Transcendence in African Philosophy 3 C PHI 714 Contemporary Views of the Process of Knowledge 3 E PHI 715 Complementarism as an ideal Epistemological Theory 3 C PHI 716 The Possibility of African Epistemology 3 E PHI 717 Contemporary Metaphysical Trends 3 C PHI 718 Attacks on Metaphysics and its Jurisdiction 3 E PHI 750 Seminar 3 C PHI 799 Research Thesis 3 C DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHI 701 Critical Evaluation of the background of African Philosophy 3 Unit Core African Philosophy – meaning, scope and limitations. African philosophical system as manifested in traditional cultural practices. 64 Faculty of Arts PHI 702 Myths and Symbols in African Philosophy 3 Units Required The origin and meaning of myths. Myths of origin and their significance. Symbolism and its indispensability in Core African philosophical expressions. PHI 703 The Theory of Participation 3 Units Required Participation as the basis of African Communalism and the unity in diversity principle of African thought system. 2nd Semester PHI 711Problems Associated with the Rationality of African Philosophy 3 Units Required Pre-choice in predestination. Rationality in witchcraft, magic and medicine in comparison with scientific thinking. PHI 712 The Principles of transcendence in African Philosophy 3 Units Core A Philosophy of hierarchical relations, Supreme Being and the lower creatures (Spirits and divinities). Consequences for the value of African Philosophy at the World level. PHI 720 Seminar (Core) PHI 799 Research Thesis (Core) 6 Units EPISTEMOLOGY 1st Semester PHI 704 The Rationalist and the Role of Cognitive Faculty of knowing 3 Units Core A detailed study of Plato, St. Augustine, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibhie and their theories of knowledge. PHI 705 Sense Experience and Its Role in the Cognitive Process 3 Units Required An in-depth and critical study of the cognitive theories of the empiricists: Aristotle, the Stoics, T. Aquinas, F. Bacon, J. Locke, Berkele and Home. PHI 706 The Idealist and Marxist Approaches to Knowledge The synthetic of I. Kant and his-priori categories cum the noumenal and the synthetically prior in their relation to time and core and space are critically examined. The Marxist theories of Sensation, Practice and Research are equally discussed. 2nd Semester PHI 714 Contemporary Views of the Process of Knowledge 3 Units Required This is an examination of the analytic, existentialist and foundationalist approaches to knowledge. PHI 715 Complementarism as an Ideal Epistemological Theory 3 Units Core Complementary as a unifying principle of knowledge; it is examined in relation to the faculties, sense perception and the Kantian idealist theory. PHI 716 The Possibility of an African Epistemology 3 Units Required The scientific difficulty in rationally establishing an African mode of knowing. An indepth study of the processes of knowing which could be culturally inferred. A clear distinction between universal and particular modes of knowing. PHI 750 Seminar (Core) PHI 799 Thesis (Core 6 Units) METAPHYSICS 1st Semester PHI 707 The Greek Origin of Metaphysics 3 Units Required The essence of the pre-Socratic; Platonic and Aristotelian metaphysics as given in the theories of existence and substance. A careful examination of the basic principles is made and an attempt is made to compare these with an African metaphysics. 65 Faculty of Arts PHI 708 Mediaeval and Modern Metaphysics 3 Units Required A careful study of the Nature of Reality in mediaeval philosophy. This one is against the background of modern philosophical Theories as given by R. Descartes, John Locke, Berkeley, Henri Bergson, Martin Heidegger and others. 2nd Semester PHI 717 Contemporary Metaphysical and Its Justification 3 Units Core Logical positivism and the verification principle. A careful study of the meaning fullness of statements. PHI 718 Attacks on metaphysics and its Justification 3 Unit Required Verifiability in both science and metaphysics, experimental and scientific knowledge; and a thorough examination of the values of metaphysical knowledge. PHI 750 Seminar (Core) PHI 799 Thesis (Core) DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) DEGREE As provided in the General regulation of the Graduate School, a Ph.D candidate will be required to present a research proposal to the Department, pass a qualifying examination, present at least a seminar, submit and defend a Research Thesis. ETHICS 1st Semester PHI 701 Graeco – Roman Ethical Theories: A critical study of early Greek Eudaimonism in Aristotle and Hellenistic Ethics: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplationism. PHI 702 Patristic, Medieval and Modern Ethics A critical evaluation of the ethical theories of the Church Pathers (John Damascence) and Medieval Philosophers (St. Augustine and Aquinas). Humanist Ethics. British Egoism and Rationalism. PHI 703 Classical studies in Ethnics Kant’s Ethics, Hegel’s Ethical Theories and F.H. Braadley’s analysis of Hegel’s wor are carefully examined. In addition, a critique of utilitarianism in Jeremy Bentham and J.S.. Mil; and a study of Nietzshe, Sartre and Edmund Husseri will be done. 2nd Semester PHI 714 Professional Ethics This is a detailed study in the application of ethical principles and methods of the various professions and their practitioners; medical management, engineering, architectural, business etc. PHI 715 Contemporary Ethical Problems Ethical theories seem to be losing their validity in the technology world. Thus, a detailed analysis will be done of, as many ethical problems as possible, especially Capital Punishment, Abortion, Euthanasia. Ethnic Discrimination, Sexual Discrimination, Poverty and Affluence, Genetic Engineering. 66 Faculty of Arts DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS MANAGEMENT AND CULTURAL STUDIES INTRODUCTION The Department offers courses leading to the degree of Masters of Arts (M.A.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) with specialization in the following areas: (i) African Traditional Religion (ii) Old Testament Studies (iii) New Testament Studies (iv) Church History (v) Theology (vi) Philosophy of Religion MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES AIMS The Master of Art Programmes in religious studies is aimed at postgraduate specialization which will; (i) help to provide high level manpower needs of the country; (ii) enable students to acquire necessary skills for carrying out further research in the discipline; (iii) assist students to understand and appreciate the relevance of religious studies to national development; and (iv) make the researcher to cultivate and develop scholarly attitude of objectivity, maturity and tolerance towards various religious practices in Nigeria. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME. Subject to the general regulations governing graduate studies, candidates must possess requisite level of competence in Greek and or Hebrew. Candidates who are deficient in the two languages will be required to make up deficiency by registering for and passing at least six units of either Greek or Hebrew. Candidates for biblical studies must demonstrate knowledge of both languages. Each student will take at least 5 courses from his or her area of specialization plus 3 other electives. In addition, each student must register for research project of 30,000 words which must be passed in an oral examination. Every student shall be required to present at least a seminar paper during the period of study. Faculty of Arts REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To fulfil the requirement for the award of the Degree of Master, a student must register for and pass a minimum of 30 units which should include core and elective courses and the research thesis. COURSES AVAILABLE (i) African Traditional Religion 1ST SEMESTER 701 African Concept of Man 3 C 702 Secret Societies in African Religion 3 E 703 Ethics of African Religion 3 E 2ND SEMESTER 714 Symbolism in African Religion 3 E 715 Mantic Systems in African Religion 3 C 716 Mysterious Powers in Africa 3 C 67 Faculty of Arts (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) 750 Seminar 799 Research Thesis Old Testament Studies 1ST SEMESTER 704 History of Theology of the Old Testament 705 Revelation of God in the Old Testament 706 Old Testament Textual Criticism 707 Old Testament recent Studies 2ND SEMESTER 717 International Literature 718 Prophecy in the Old Testament 719 Advanced Hebrew 750 Seminar 199 Research Thesis New Testament Studies 1ST SEMESTER 708 The Language Literature of the New Testament 709 Advanced New Testament Greek 720 The Kingdom of God 721 The New Testament in Modern Scholarship 2ND EMESTER 730 The Theology of St. Paul 731 The Passion Narrative and the Resurrection of Jesus in New Testament 732 Jahannie Literature 750 Seminar 799 Thesis Church History 1ST SEMESTER 722 The Early Church 723 The Reformation 724 Missiology 2ND SEMESTER 733 The Ecumenical Movement 734 Church History: Problem of Historiography 735 History of Christianity; East and Southern Africa 750 Seminar 799 Research Thesis Theology 1ST SEMESTER 725 Western Theology I 726 Western Theology II 727 Liberation theology 2ND SEMESTER 736 African Christian Theology 750 Seminar 799 Research Thesis 68 3 6 C C 3 3 3 3 C E C E 3 3 3 3 6 E E C C C 3 3 3 3 C C E E 3 C 3 3 3 6 E E C C 3 3 3 C C E 3 3 3 6 E E E C C 3 3 3 E E C 3 3 6 C C C Faculty of Arts (vi) Philosophy of Religion 1ST SEMESTER 728 Study in specific problem in Philosophy of Religion 3 C 728 The Content of Religion 3 E 742 The Religious pluralism 3 E 729 Atheism and Secularization 3 C 2ND SEMESTER 730 The Theology of St. Paul A study of Pauline Epistles; the life, work and theology of Paul in the Epistles particularly in Romans, Galatians and Ephesians. 731 The Passion Narratives and The Resurrection of Jesus in the New Testament Examination of the basis of the Greek text, of the passion narratives. An in-depth study of the Resurrection narratives in the Gospels and in Paul. 732 Johannine Literature A detailed study of the Fourth Gospel, the Johannine Epistles and the Apocalypse, on the basis of the Greek text 3 E SECTION IV: CHURCH HISTORY 1ST SEMESTER 722 The Early Church An in-depth and critical study of the early Church: covering the birth of the Church: Paul’s missionary journeys: early heresies and schisms tension between the church and Judaism: government of the early Christian fathers and martyrs: Peter Paul, Ignatius of Antioch, Polycarp and Origin. SECTION V: THEOLOGY 1ST SEMESTER 725 Western Theology A critical study of the theologies of F. Schleiermacher, A Ritschele, E. Troeltsch and S. Kierkegard against their historical, social and political background. Units, Elective 726 Western Theology II An apreaisal of the theologies of Karl Barth, Emil Brunner, R. Bultmann, hon. Maguarrie, and J.A.T. Robinson, Karl Rhanner against their historical, social and political background 3 Units, Core 727 Liberation Theology Black theology in North America, Black theology in South Africa. The Political implications and situational character of Black theology 3 Units, Core A consideration of Liberation theology in Latin America; Feminine theology 2ND SEMESTER 736 African Christianity Theology The emergence of African Christianity theology: a study of the theologies of some African Christian fathers: St Augugustine. Cyprian, and Tertulian. An alppraisal of the thoughts of Edwin, Smith, E.B. Idowu, J.S. Mbiti, Harry Sawver, Baeta, Fashole – Luke, A. Shorter. 69 Faculty of Arts SECTION VI: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 1ST SEMESTER 728 Study of Specific Problems in Philosophy of Religion; God’s existence: Ontological and teleological arguments. 705 Revelation of God in the Old Testament Detailed study of the nature of God in the Old Testament, with particular reference to the names of God, theophanies, angel of the Lord. A study of nature of God as reflected in Deutero and Trito Isaiah. 3 Units, Core 706 Old Testament Textual Criticism His and transmission of the text. Contribution of the Quran findings to Biblical criticism. An in-depth study of either Isaiah or a minor Prophet on the basis of the Hebrew text. 3 Units., Core 707 Old Testament in Recent Studies A review of the various approaches to the study of the Old Testament in modern times, entailing an examination of the source critical, form-critical, religionHistorical, Archaeological, Anthropological, Sociological and Theological approaches. 3 Units, Elective 2ND SEMESTER 717 Intertestamental Literature The Apocrypha and Pseudoepigrapha. A study of the wars of liberations. The Maccabees; and the Jewish wars with the Romans (66-70; 132-235 A.D.). 3 Units Elective 718 Prophecy in the Old Testament Prophecy in Israel. A critical assessment of the contribution of the Prophets to the history, religion, and thought of Israel. 3 Units, Elective 719 Advanced Hebrew An in-depth study and exegesis of a prophetic book; Isaiah, Jeremiah, or Ezekiel. An examination of some of the Quran documents in the Original 3 Units, Core SECTION III: NEW TESTAMENT 1ST SEMESTER 708 New Testament Studies A critical study of the language and literature of the N.T. canon. A history of N.T. literature and scholarship. A study of the various codices. 3 Units, Core 709 Advanced New Testament Greek A detailed study (including translation and exegesis) of selected portions of the Epistle 3 Units, Core 710 The Kingdom of God. Origin of the term “Kingdom of God” the teaching of Jesus on the Kingdom and its consummation. Use of Biblical concept of the Kingdom in contemporary theology. The Kingdom of God and Ecclesiastical organizations in Africa today. 3 Units, Elective 711 Modern Trends in N.T. Scholarship Modern trends in N.T. scholarship, Various schools of thought as reflected in the works of some of the following Scholars: Rudolf Bultmann; Karl Barth, Paul Tillich, Emil Brunner J.A.T Robinson and Karl Rahner. 3 Units, Elective 70 Faculty of Arts 2ND SEMESTER 737 Systematic Theology 738 Religion and Culture 739 The End of Religion 740 Neo-positivism and contemporary Ethics 743 The problem of Religious language 750 Seminar 799 Research Thesis 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 E C C C C C C DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SECTION I: AFRICAN TRADITIONAL RELIGION 1ST SEMESTER 701 African Concept of Man African concept of man; his constituent elements his relation to God; his relation to the world; his relation to man; his destiny on earth and his fate after. 3 Units, Core 702 Secret Societies in African Religion Social values and the religious significance of secret societies e.g. Ogboni, Poro, Ekpe, Oro; the negative and positive functions of thesis societies. 3 Units Elective 703 Ethics of African Religion Examination of moral values in African Religion, Truth, telling, integrity and probity; Covenant taboos and prohibitions, the problems of evil and the ethical role of divinities. 3 Units Elective 2ND SEMESTER 714 Symbolism in African Religion: Nature and function of myth and symbols in religious beliefs, rituals and rganization, symbolism of some cultic events, Elective bodily signs and omens, colour symbology, numerology, eve and odd numbers, feathers of some birds. 3 Units, Elective 715 Mantic Systems in African Religion Examination of various African mantic systems. Lfa (Yocuba) Igbadai (Uzo-Ijaw) etc. real meaning of manticism significance of manticism. Mysterious Power in Africa A critical study of magic, medicine, sorcery and witchcraft and their place in African Religion. Examination of the relationship of each of them to the others. A consideration of their social functions and how they operate. Their relationship to religion. Incantations, Divinations and solution. Millennia magic and economic enterprises. Traditional medicine and western medicine. Diseases and remedies. The Igbe cult. 3 Units, Core SECTION II: OLD TESTAMENT 1ST SEMESTER 704 History and Theology of the Old Testament The return of the Exile are reflected in Nehemiah-Ezra. The effect return of Alexander and Great conquest on Jewish History and theology. The coming of the Romans. Immortality of the Soul, Evil, Reincarnation and Free-Will 3 Units, Core Faculty of Arts 71 728 729 742 737 738 739 740 743 750 799 Content of Religion A discussion of the meaning and content of religion, the consequence of man’s response to the Divine Presence; Sacrifice and controlled behaviour. 3 Units, Elective Atheism and Secularization An appraisal of the modern denial of God and religious/values as exemplified in the Freudian Psychology; the philosophy of Feuerbach, Karl Marx and Nietzche; it equally studies the meanings of secularism and secularization as a means of attaining a healthy religious and political environment. 3 Units, Required Religious Pluralism The role of experience in religious practice, the cultural and socio-economic expressions of religious beliefs; the possibility of some sort of unity in diversity in the universal experience of Religion 3 Units, Required 2ND SEMESTER Systematic Theology Theology and anthropology; the doctrine of God and Trinitarian mode of existence; Christology and Soteriology; Ecclesiology and eschatology 3 Units, Elective Religion and Culture Appraisal of the essential relationship between Religion and the Area in which it thrives; Religion as an awareness of throes; Religion as an awareness of God in a particular environment; the influences of culture on Religion; the living nature of cultural need for its revival. 3 Units, Core The End Religion An in-depth explanation of the goal pursued by different units and forms of religion. The various ways the goal is attained in Islam, Buddhism, Zoroastrianism, Christianity, and in African religion. 3 Units, Elective Neo-Positivism and Contemporary Ethics Linguistic analysis as expounded by Bertrand Russell, Ayer and Wittgestein; the values of Neo-positivism for religion; its negative implications for both religion and ethics. Proposed solution to the areas of disagreement. 3 Units, Core The Problem of Religious Language An intensive study of the finitude of man and the limitations in expressing the experience of an infinite and transcendent God. The solutions are sought in the Thomistic analogical predication, symbolic interpretation an d the paradoxical approaches of the Eastern and Western mystics. 3 Units, Core Seminar (Core) Thesis (Core) 6 Units 72 FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENTS MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES PHYSIOLOGY 73 FACULTY OF BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCES MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES ENTRY REQUIREMENT/DURATION Holders of the BMLS OR AIMLT/FIMLT (with appropriate PGD) may be eligible for admission as candidates for the Masters Medical Laboratory Science Degree in any of the specialties in Medical Sciences. Students who have considerable experience in Medical Laboratory Sciences or who show evidence of a capacity for research in the fields related to Medical Sciences may be permitted to specialize in one or more areas of Medical Laboratory Sciences while participating in original research in these areas at Ambrose Alli University. PART-TIME PROGRAMMES: For a part-time Masters of Medical Laboratory Sciences programme, holders of the BMLS or AIMLT/FIMLT (with appropriate PGD) or Bachelor of Science degree will need a minimum of 3 years to complete the MMLS, while those with AIMLT or FIMLT are expected to complete the MMLS in four years. The MMLS programme is by course work and a research project. The course work will consist of lectures as well as practical classes. All the MMLS candidates will each present 3 seminars. The first seminar will be on a general topic. The second which will be presented before commencement of the MMLS research project – project proposal. The third will also be on the project and will be presented only after the project bench work has been completed. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Each candidate for the Master of Science will undergo the following study plan: Thirty-three Semester hours of credit including Medical Laboratory Science (718). Research and preparation of thesis (the student must submit a satisfactory thesis and pass the oral examination). Research thesis may commence at any time as recommended by the student’s supervisor. However, it will not be undertaken until the title is approved by the supervisor and the Graduate Committee. PROGRAMME AND COURSE GROUPS At the onset of study, each student will choose one area of specialization from among the following disciplines; (a) Clinical Chemistry (b) Haematology (c) Immunology (d) Immunohaematology (e) Medical Microbiology (f) Histopathology or Morbid Ariatmy CORE COURSES CREDIT UNITS 1. MLS 701 Biological Chemistry 3 2. MLS 702 Organizational Behaviour 3 3. MLS 703 Computer Application in Health Sciences 3 4. MLS 718 Research and Preparation of thesis 3 5. MLS 728 Seminar 3 18 74 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences ELECTIVE COURSES Elective course may be selected from various areas of specialization of the candidate such as clinical Chemistry, Haematology, Immunology, Immunohaematology, Medial Microbiology, etc. 15 Total 33 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE (Ph.D) The duration for the Ph.D degree programme will be a minimum period of 36 months and maximum of 60 months of full-time registration; while a minimum period of 48 months and a maximum period of 84 months for a part-time registration. This programme is based normally on research work. However, depending on the course contents of the earlier training of the candidates, some pre-requisite courses may be recommended, and which must be examined and passed before the commencement of the research work A minimum of three seminars will be expected from each Ph.D student. The first is on the research proposal, and the commencement of the Ph.D research project will depend on successful presentation of the seminar. The second will be presented when reasonable amount of data have been collected. The third seminar will be at the completion of the Ph.D research project bench work. Between the second and the third seminars, more seminars may be presented. The number of such presentation will entirely depend on the discretion of the supervisor (s) EXAMINATIONS (MMLS) All the candidates will be examined in each of the courses taken. There will also be at least two continuous assessment tests in each of the courses and these may be in form of written tests, oral tests, practical tests and/or seminars. For each of the courses, the continuous assessment tests will attract a minimum score of 25 percent. At the end of the teaching of each course, there must be an examination and the pass mark will be 50 percent. The assessment of the MMLS research project will be based on the performance in the two seminars on the project, preparation of MMLS research project report and the defense of the project. The scores for the various assessments are 20,20,30,30 percent respectively. Reseat examinations will not be allowed for whatever reasons. All failed courses will be taken at the next available opportunity. All other regulations concerning the examination at MMLS degree programme are as per the Graduate School regulations. Ph.D At the Ph.D level, the examination will be based entirely on the oral defense of thesis. However, a student will only be presented for the oral examination after having satisfied the postgraduate Committee of the Department and Supervisor (s) that: i The thesis to be defended represented an independent research activity of the student. ii The student adequately took advantage of the supervision of his or her supervisor (s) A student who fails at the examination may re-submit the thesis for examination only after a minimum of 6 months after the previous examination. 75 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences COURSE REGISTRATION MMLS The programme will be based on course credit. Units system. All the core courses are compulsory, totally 18 credit units. The remaining 15 credit units may be chosen from the elective courses in their areas of specialization. All full-time students must register for all the courses before commencing the programme. Any failed course will be re-registered at the beginning of the session in which the course will be retaken or offered. Par-time students cannot register for more than a total of 9 credit units or courses per semester, and the selection of courses to be registered will be based on the advice of the Department. Ph.D Candidates who did not obtain a masters degree in Medical Laboratory Sciences or closely related subjects, will be expected to register for the prescribed courses to be determined by the Department. MICROBIOLOGY CORE COURSES (See above) ELECTIVES MLS 704 Biomedical Statistics MLS 705 Medical Bacteriology MLS 706 Tissue Culture MLS 707 Medical Parasitology MLS 711 Physiology of Bacteria MLS 712 Advanced Medical Microbiology MLS 713 Medical Mycology MLS 714 Medical Virology MLS 715 General Parasitology MLS 716 Advanced Microbiology MLS 717 General Virology CLINICAL CHEMISTRY CORE COURSES (See above) MLS 704 Biomedical Statistics MLS 708 Clinical Chemistry MLS 709 Automated Instrumentation in the Clinical Laboratory MLS 721 Biomedical Electronics MLS 719 Advanced Clinical Chemistry I MLS 731 Advanced Clinical Chemistry II MLS 732 Immunochemistry (Lecture) MLS 733 Biological Chemistry (Lab) MLS 734 Enzymology 76 CREDITS 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CREDITS 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences HAEMATOLOGY CORE COURSES (See above) ELECTIVES MLS 704 Biomedical Statistics MLS 722 Introduction to Haematology MLS 723 Theories of Blood Coagulation MLS 724 Tissue Culture MLS 735 Immunohaematology MLS 736 Advanced Haematology I MLS 737 Advanced Haematology II MLS 738 Experimental Haematopoiesis MLS 733 Biology Chemistry (Lab) IMMUNOLOGY CORE COURSES (See above) ELECTIVES MLS 704 Biomedical Statistics MLS 725 Immnology MLS 726 Immunohaematology MLS 727 Medical Microbiology MLS 721 Biomedical Electronics MLS 732 Immunochemistry (Lecture) MLS 739 Biological Chemistry (Lab) MLS 714 Medical Virology MLS 733 Biological Chemistry (Lab) MLS 717 General Virology MLS 729 Histochemistry OTHER COURSES MLS 751 Zoonoses MLS 752 Cytogenetics MLS 753 Molecular Biology CREDITS 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MLS 704 BIOMDICAL STATISTICS 3 Credits, 2 Hours Lecture week Fundamentals of statistics as applied to Medical and Biological. Sciences. Measures of central tendency and variability, theory of sampling; theory of estimation; sample frequency functions; confidence limits, theory of test hypothesis; linear regression and correlation; design of experiments; applicable non-parametric statistics. MLS 703 COMPUTER APPLICATION IN HEALTH SCIENCE 3 credits – 2 Hours Lecture per week Introduction to the use of computer in the various fields on the health services. Basic programming in Fortran, utilizing the use of the A.A.U Computer Centre. The course includes process control and on line systems with application to term project. MLS 708 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY 3 credits Pre-requisite: Introduction to Clinical Chemistry or permission of the Instructor/Head of Department. 2 Hours Lecture and 2 hours laboratory. 77 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Quality control, evaluation and selection of methodology. Interpretation of analysis of tests performed in medical laboratories. Topics such as electrophoresis, chromatography, spectrophotometer radioimmuno assay will be considered. Emphasis is placed on clinical enzymology and blood gas measurements. The biochemical significance of metabolic disorders of proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids will also be discussed. MLS 709 AUTOMATED INSTRUMENTATION IN CLINICAL LABORATORY 3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture 2 hours laboratory per week. Open to undergraduate students with the permission of the Instructor. A study of current principles of automated analysis as applied to Clinical Chemistry and Heamotology. The course will provide exposure to several commercially available systems. MLS 722 INTRODUCTION TO HAEMATOLOGY 3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture, 2 Hours Laboratory per week. Introduction to the study of the morphology and cytology of the blood and blood forming organs with emphasis on their application to experimental and diagnostic procedures. MLS 723 THEORIES OF BLOOD COAGULATION 3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory per week. Theoretical aspects of blood coagulation in normal and diseased states with methods of demonstration of the various blood factors involved. MLS 724 TISSUE CULTURE 3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture, 2 hours Laboratory per week Study methods and media for the in vitro proliferation and maintenance of vertebrate tissue and its application to experimental methods of histology, pharmacology and medical technology. MLS 725 IMMUNOLOGY 3 Credits 2 Hours Lecture and 2 hour laboratory per week . Principle of immunology, immuno – diffusion and immunochemistry with emphasis to experimental and clinical procedures. MLS 735 IMMUNOHAAEMATOLOGY Prerequisite: Immunology. 2 hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory. Methods in blood banking with emphasis on the genetics of human blood. MLS 727 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 Credits. Pre-requisite: An acceptable undergraduate course in Microbiology or Bacteriology. 2 Hours lecture and 1-2 hours Laboratory per week. The delineation: of microbial species (bacteria, fungi, algae, protozoa, helminthes, and other animal parasites) implicated in disease. The course will stress advanced methods and techniques in microbiology, as well as specialized procedures in diagnostic microbiology. MLS 707 MEDICAL PARASITOLOGY 3 Credits. Pre-requires: MLS 715 (Parasitology) 2 hours lecture and 2 hours Laboratory per week A study of the life cycle, morphology, transmission potency, simple pathology and associated disease organism, immunology, distribution and prevention of protozoans, helminths and arthropods that infect or infest man. Those aspects of the life cycle and transmission which apply directly to preventive medicine are particularly emphasized. 78 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Practical classes on recognition of parasites in stools, blood, tissues, and free living are required. Special emphasis is placed upon those aspects of the life cycle that are useful for clinical diagnosis and definitive cure. MLS 751 ZOONOSES 3 Credits 3 Hours Lectures A study of diseases of animals transmissible to man. Animals considered will cover household pets, domesticated and wild animals including mammals, birds and lower vertebrates. It stresses the epidemiology of diseases and methods to prevent human and animal diseases. MLS 721 BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS 3 Credits. Pre-requires: General Physics or the permission of the Instructor. 3 hours Lectures and demonstration. The theory and application of electronic instrument to the health sciences especially biology and physiology. Includes a broad survey of the operating principles of transducers which are available for measuring temperature, displacement, flow, force pressure, acceleration, sound and light intensity, etc. and the necessary signal processing, display and recording equipment. MLS 711 PHYSIOLOGY OF BACTERIA 3 Credits. Pre-requisites: MLS 716 and per-requisites Biochemistry 2 Hours lectures and 2 hours laboratory; collateral readings and term report. A study of the metabolic activities of bacteria and related fungi. Emphasis is placed on the enzymes of bacteria, fermentations, energy relationships, oxidation and metabolism MLS 719, 731 ADVANCED CLINICAL CHEMISTRY 3 Credits per semester Per-require: Clinical Chemistry (MLS 708) or permission of instructor. It is an advanced course designed to give in-depth understanding in Clinical Chemistry, Analytical Techniques, selection of methodology practical for general hospital laboratory and paediatric micro laboratory. Topics include clinical enzymology, clinical disorders in acid-base and electrolyte imbalance, inborn errors of metabolism. In-depth discussion of disorders of amino acids, carbohydrate, lipids and hormone imbalance will be covered with a biochemical viewpoint. MLS 736, 737 ADVANCED HAEMATOLOGY 3 Credits per semester. College courses in Physiology and Biochemistry are recommended 2 Hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory. Per-requisite: Basic Haematology, extensive work in the field or permission of the instructor. This is an advanced course designed to give in-depth exposure to concepts of cell origin, differentiation, as well as molecular concepts of disease and current trends of research. Quality control experience in laboratory practice, marrow differential counts, histochemical and biochemical techniques will be included in-depth MLS 738 EXPERIMENTAL HAEMATOPOIESIS 3 Credits Prerequisite: Haematology 2 Hours lecture and two hours Laboratory. The development of techniques in experimental Haematopoiesis primarily on mammalian bone marrow. Instruction of students in techniques of altering Haematopoiesis and evaluation of results. 79 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences MLS 729 HISTOCHEMISTRY 3 Credits. Pre-requisites: Histology and Organic Chemistry, 2 Hours lecture and 2 hours laboratory and project, advanced histological techniques; stain technology, histochemical demonstration of enzyme activities. MLS 732 IMMUNOCHEMISTRY (Lecture) 3 Credits Pre-requisites: Biochemistry or Immunology, 4 Hours Lecture and Seminar and Demonstrations. Immunology and immunochemistry with emphasis on the common problems of research in the field of immunology. Isolation, chemical analysis and structure of antigens and antibodies will be studied in conjunction with assays of biological and immunological activities. Seminar reports. MLS 739 IMMUNOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY 3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 739 (Immunochemistry) and permission of the instructor. 4 Hours Laboratory. A laboratory illustrating the qualitative and quantitative aspects of immunochemistry. A special student project will be chosen by mutual agreement of the instructor and student to supplement basic experiments such as molecular weight sieves, ion exchange chromatography, immuno electrophoresis; reductive and enzymatic cleavage and assays of immunological response. MLS 712 ADVANCED MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 705 (Medical Microbiology) or at the discretion of the instructor, sufficient experience in microbiology. 2 Hours lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory. Applied Bacteriology: Isolation; identification and classification of Bacteria. Usually, one or two large groups of related microorganisms are discussed. The laboratory includes the application of various chemical and serological tests for the identification of the isolates. MLS 713 MEDICAL MYCOLOGY 3 Credits Pre-requisites: Microbiology, 2 Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory. A study of the classification, identification, life cycles and the morphologic, physiological and comprising the major classes and orders. Emphasis is placed on those fungi of economic and medical importance. MLS 714 MEDICAL VIROLOGY 3 Credits Pre-requisites: MLS 717 (General Virology) or permission of the instructor. 2 Hours Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory Applied Virology Isolation, identification and classification of the virology of man and animals. Methods of identifying viruses: haemagglatination and serological tests. MLS 741 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN LABORATORY MEDICINE One or two credits per semester to be determined with approval of the H.O.D. and the Supervisor. Research problem under the guidance of a member of the Medical Laboratory Science Department. MLS 742 SELECTED TOPICS IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY Per-requisite: Advanced Clinical Chemistry. This seminar course is especially designed only for students who are majoring in Clinical Chemistry. It will deal with critiques utilized in the field of Clinical Chemistry. Such areas as electrophoresis, lipid phenol typing and radio immunoassay and special procedures will be discussed. MLS 718 RESEARCH AND PREPARATION OF THESIS 3 Credits per semester. Open only to matriculated students. Approval of the H.O.D. and Supervisor. Selection, supervision and completion of the thesis topic 80 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences MLS 715 PARASITOLOGY 3 Credits. 2 Hours Lectures and 2 Hours Laboratory. A consideration of the general and evolutionary aspects of parasitism together with life cycles, methods of control, diagnosis and economic effects of the more important parasites of humans. Laboratory studies of the morphology, physiology, culture and identification of parasites; and their epidemiological relationship to diseases. MLS 701 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 3 Credits. Per-requisite: Organic Chemistry or the equivalent. An inquiry into the Chemistry of biologically important compounds including amino acids, proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, vitamins, biological oxidation, intermediary metabolism and enzyme systems. MLS 733 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY (LAB) 3 Credits. Per-requisite: MLS 701. 4 Hours Laboratory The laboratory course illustrates the application of qualitative and quantitative chemical laboratory principles and procedures to biochemical experimentation. Laboratory procedure involves spectrophotometer, chromatography, and radio-tracer methods among other techniques. MLS 734 ENZYMOLOGY 3 Credits. Per-requisite: MLS 701, 2 Hours lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory collateral readings and reports. The biochemical and physiological role of enzymes, with emphasis on the kinetics and mechanisms of enzymes. Collateral readings and term report. MLS 752 CYTOGENETICS 3 Credits. Pre-requisite undergraduate course in genetics, 2 Hours Lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory. A study of Cytogenetic phenomena of plants and animals. The light microscope morphology and ultrastructure of the chromosomes are discussed, as well as the processes of mitosis. Special consideration is given to human Cytogenetics. Laboratory techniques in the preparation of mitotic and meiotic chromosomes from plants, animals and man. MLS 743 BIOPHYSICS 3 Credits. 3 hours Lecture. The study of the principles of the physical sciences as applied to biological systems. Biological problems are developed and quantified in terms of physical models wherever practical. Topics covered include biophysical studies on nerve and muscle; electromagnetic radiations and matter; radioactivity and biological tracers; sound and ultrasound; electrical conductance; ion selective membranes; electrodes, etc. The techniques and operating principle of the specialized instrumentation used in biophysical studies and medical research are discussed. MLS 716 ADVANCED MICROBIOLOGY Pre-requisite: Mirobiology 2 Hours Lecture and 2 Hours Laboratory. A study of the biology of micro-organisms (bacteria, fungi, viruses, rickettsiae, and protozoa), including their cell morphology, cell chemistry, genetics, antigenic nature, nutritive requirements and interrelationships. MLS 717 GENERAL VIROLOGY 2 Hours lecture and collateral readings. The modes of reproduction and identification of viruses and rickettsiae with attention to the nature of viruses and host susceptibility. 81 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences MLS 702 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 3 Credits. This course attempts to broaden understanding of both the formal and informal aspects of the administrative process. The critical elements of human behaviour in an organizational environment are examined. Among the topics considered are: Individual behavioural patterns, superior/subordinate relationships, group dynamics, communication, motivation and decision making. The effect of administrative control processes on organization members and the impact of innovation and change on the organization are also considered. MLS 744 METHODS AND MATERIALS OF TEACHING SCIENCES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 Credits The purpose of the course is to show that a changing philosophy of science underlies the approach in formulating objectives determining experiences, content organization, methods and evaluation of learning in science. This course is geared specifically for students teaching in the health sciences. 82 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY POST-GRADUATE PROGRAMME IN PHILOSOPHY Objective: The main objective of the programme is to produce well trained Physiologists to meet the high demand for these specialists in Colleges of Medicine and Medical Research Institutions in Nigeria. It will, in particular ensure the development of academic staff in the Department of Philosophy of this University. This programme will also assist in meeting the demand for Physiologists in many other Departments of the Nigerian University system, as well as in a variety of other sectors of the economy. This is because Physiologists are needed in University Departments of Biophysics, Neurobiology, Human Biology, Physiotherapy, Medical Laboratory Science, Nursing etc. They are needed in agencies concerned with Climatic Stress, Work Physiology, Sport Medicine, Nutrition and Population Control. Physiologists are also required in private enterprises, especially those concerned with drug and food manufacturing. Degrees to Be Offered (1) Master of Science (M.Sc) (2) Doctor of Physiology (Ph.D) Entry Requirements 1. M.Sc.: (a) A good degree in Physiology, Pharmacology, Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, Biochemistry, Biology, Veterinary Medicine, and Anatomy (b) In certain cases, other suitable qualifications will be considered for admission. The suitability of the qualification will be based on the full knowledge of the content of the training programme and the nature of the candidates career. In some cases, the candidates may be expected to take qualifying examinations. PHY 735 Radiation and Matter Planck’s radiation law, Einsten’s coefficients, fluctuation in photon number, Time – dependent perturbation theory; line broadening, Doppler broadening; time dependence of a chaotic light beam, laser systems. PHY 736 Nuclear Spectroscopy Isomerism and energy level study. Mossbauer spectroscopy: Practical applications, interaction of radiation with matter. PHY 737 Nuclear Instrumentation Desimentry, Absorbed dose, Dose Equivalent; practical calculations of the dose rate, calculation of Flux; Exposure rate constant; Approximate formulae for calculating dose rate; Concept of risk, Annual dose equivalent limit; Radiation detectors, Spectrometric electronic units; monitoring equipment; Neutron generator system; Counting system. PHY Seminar A student shall be expected to present a seminar on a current topic in physics as approved by the Department at least once in a session. This is different from seminars based on the candidate’s Research Project. 83 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences PHY 799 Research Project 2 Ph.D: A good M.Sc. degree in Physiology or other closely related subjects. In the latter case, the candidates may be expected to take some courses aimed at up-grading the candidates’ knowledge of Physiology before commencing with the doctorate research project. Duration and Nature of Studies M.Sc. The minimum period of study for the M.Sc. degree is twelve (12) months, for the full-time programme and 24 months for part-time programme. The M.Sc. programme is by course work and a research project. The course work will consist of lectures as well as practical classes. All the M.Sc. candidates will each present 3 seminars. The first seminar will be on a general topic. The second which will be presented before the commencement of the M.Sc. research project, will be on a topic related to the project. The third will also be on the project and will be presented only after the project bench work has been completed. Ph.D The duration for the Ph.D degree programme will be a minimum period of 24 months for full time registration and 48 months for part-time registration. The programme is based normally on research work. However, depending on the course contents of the earlier training of the candidates, some pre-requisite course may be recommended, and which must be examined and passed before the commencement of the research work. A minimum of three seminars will be expected from each Ph.D student. The first is on the research proposal and the commencement of the Ph.D. research project will depend on successful presentation of the seminar. The second will be presented when reasonable amount of data have been collected. The third seminar will be at the completion of the Ph.D research project bench work. Between the second and the third seminars, more seminars may be presented. The number of such presentations will entirely depend on the discretion of the supervisor(s). The maximum duration for full-time Ph.D programme is 48 months, and 72 months for a part-time programme. Examinations M.Sc. All the M.Sc. candidates will be examined in each of the courses taken. There will also be at least two continuous assessment tests in each of the courses and these may be in form of written tests, oral tests, practical tests and or seminars. For each of the courses, the continuous assessment tests will attract a maximum score of 25 percent. At the end of the teaching of each course, there must be an examination and the pass mark will be 50 percent. The assessment of the M.Sc. research project will be based on the performance in 84 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences the two seminars on the project, preparation of M.Sc. research project report and the defense of the project. The scores for the various assessments are 20, 20, 30, 30 percent respectively Resist examinations will not be allowed for whatever reasons. All failed courses will be taken at the next available opportunity. All other regulations concerning the examination at the M.Sc. degree programme are as per the Graduate School regulations. Ph.D At the Ph.D level, the examination will be based entirely on the oral defense of thesis. However, a student will only be presented for the oral examination after having satisfied the Post-graduate Committee of the Department and supervisor(s) that: (i) The thesis to be defended represented an independent research activity of the student. (iii) The student adequately took advantage of the supervision of his or supervisor(s) A student who fails at the examination may resubmit the thesis for examination only after a minimum of 6 months after the previous examination Course Registration M.Sc. The programme will be base on course unit system. All courses are compulsory. All full-time students must register for all the courses before commencing on the programme. Any failed course will be re-registered at beginning of the session in which the course will be retaken. Part-time students cannot register for more than a total of 9 units of courses per semester and the selection of courses to be registered will be based on the advice of the Department. All courses failed must be registered at the beginning of the session in which the failed course will be retaken Ph.D Candidates who did not obtain a Master degree in Physiology or in closely related subjects will be expected to register prescribed courses to be determined by the Department. Under no circumstance should such candidate register for more than 16 units of courses in the first semester and 17 units of courses in the second semester 85 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences M.Sc. Degree Course Description Course Code Course Units PYS 701 3 PYS 702 3 PYS 703 3 PYS 704 3 PYS 705 PYS 706 PYS 711 PYS 712 PYS 713 PYS 714 PYS 715 PYS716 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 4 Course Description The cell and automatic Nervous system Blood, Body fluid and Renal system Cardiovascular system and Respiration Gastrointestinal Tract Physiology, Nutrition, Metabolism and Temperature Regulation Endocrinology and Reproduction Biostatistics and Research Technique Nerve and Muscle Central Nervous System Special senses Special Topics Computer Appreciation Research Project Course Outlines PYS 701 (2 Units): The cell and the Autonomic Nervous System. The Physiocochemical properties of cell. Regional variation in cell transport across the cell membranes, membrane potentials, principles of cell homeostasis, the Autonomic nervous system and its role in controlling body functions. The hypothalamus and control of integrative processes. The gene and cellular genetic activities. PYS 702 (3 Units) Blood: Body Fluid and Renal System Blood: Properties, composition, crythropoiesis, Metabolism of blood cells, destruction of red blood cells, Hemoglobin – normal and abnormal; Hemolysis and osmotic properties, agglutination and antigenic properties of leukocytes, spleen blood volume, blood rheology, hemostasis, fibrinolysis, anticoagulants. Body Fluids: Body fluid compartments, forces governing internal distribution of water and electrolytes, mechanism of edema formation, nephrotic syndrome, electrolyte composition of body fluids, external exchange of water and electrolytes. Renal system: Functional anatomy of the kidney, principles of the functioning of the nephron, glomerular filtration, clearance concept, tubular reabsorption, tubular secretion, ater excretion, sodium excretion, potassium excretion, urine formation in the diseased kidney, urea excretion, regulation of Acid-Bases balance. PSY 703 (3Units) Cardiovascular System and Respiration. CYS: The heart and the blood vessels, integrated cardiovascular function, properties of the cardiac tissues, the heart as a pump, electrocardiogram, principles of hemodynamics. Normal circulatory functions, autonomic and peripheral control mechanisms, cardiovascular control system, capillaries and lymphatic vessels, regional circulations, pulmonary circulations. Respiration: The Morphology of the lungs and the airways, respiratory movements, pressure changes, volume changes, gas exchanges of the atmosphere with the lungs and blood, transport of gases by the blood; neutral and chemical controls of respiration, Dyspnea and abnormal types of respiration; hypoxia, altitude and accumulation, effect of excessive pressure of oxygen, helium, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide. 86 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences PYS 704 (3 Units) Gastrointestinal Tract Physiology, Nutrition, Metabolism and Temperature Regulation. Gastrointestinal Tract: Innervation and visceral sencation of the gastrointestinal tract, gastrointestinal hormones, absorptive function, secretory and digestive functions, motility of the tract. Metabolism: Energy exchange, energy balance and food intake, intermediate metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and proteins, basal metabolism, physiology of muscular exercise. Temperature Regulation of the Body: Heat exchange; body temperature of man and their normal variations, Regulation of body temperature, temperature regulating system, fever, anaesthetic hyperthermia, acclimatization. Nutrition: Classification of nutrients, recommended intake of nutrients, food and food table, primary nutritional diseases, public health perspectives, diet and physiological stress. PYS 705 (2 Units) Endocrinology and Reproduction Endocrinology: Regulation of hormone release, measurements of hormones, mechanisms of hormonal actions. Pituitary glands – Anatomy, Physiology of adenohypophyseal hormones, Regulation of anterior pituitary function, Physiology of Neuro hypophyseal hormones and regulation of the posterior pituitary function Reproduction: Sexual differentiation, Reproductive hormones, Hormonal control of testicular and ovarian functions, Reproductive cycle in females, Fertilization, pregnancy parturition, foetal physiology, lactation . PYS 706 (3 Units) Biostatistics and Research Techniques. Biostatistics: Numbers and statistics, descriptive statistics, random variables, expected values, some probability measures, population and samples, statistical inference: tests of hypothesis, comparative experiments, regression and correlations. Research Techniques: Research proposals, methodologies in physiology research, sample collections and preservations and data collection, data analysis, report writing PYS 711 (3 Units) Nerve and Muscle Nerve: Resting membrane potential, excitation, conduction and transmission of nerve impulse. Muscle: types of muscle, Microscopic and molecular organization of muscle, mechanism of muscle contraction. Mechanical characteristics of muscle, excitationcontraction coupling. Neuromuscular transmission of nerve impulse, vascular smooth muscle. PYS 712 (3Units) Central Nervous System: General organization, spinal cord and segmented physiology, pathways and higher influence, sensory functions of the brain, cutaneous, deep and visceral sensations. Motor functions of the brain, pyramid system, sleep and reticular activation system, sleep and wakefulness, electrical activity of the brain, EEG, evoked potentials and events related potential, Limbic system, motivation and emotions, Higher nervous functions, learning and memory, Brain and the mind PYS 713 (3 Units) Special Senses Vision: Structure of the eye, control of movements of the eyes, physiology of the retina, central neutral mechanisms in vision. Basic visual phenomenon. Absolute and differential thresholds, adaptation, after images, entopic contrast, visual perception, electrophysiology of visual systems. 87 Faculty of Basic Medical Sciences Audition: Physical nature of sound and noise. Middle and external ear. Auditory pathways and higher centers. Basic amplitory functions – absolute and differential thresholds, frequency and loudness, masking, adaptation. Speech perception. Hearing impairments Vestibular Function: Physiology of labyrinthine systems – components, neural connections of the vestibular epithelia, central neural connections of vestibular receptors, threshold determination, temporal duration of effects of vestibular stimulation, electrophysiological responses to vestibular stimulation, motion, sickness, labyrinthine dysfunction. Chemical Senses: Olfactory receptors and stimuli sensation of odour, electrophysiology of smell, central connections of the olfactory system, theories of olfactory discrimination. Taste – Sensation of taste, taste receptors, electrophysiology of taste, taste discrimination, Theories of taste. PYS 714 (2 Units) Special Topics Vascular physiology, Hypertension, exercise physiology, asthma, Arteriosclerosis, Arrhythmias, Hemoglobinopathies, pre-eclampsia, Development and aging, obesity, sickle cell anaemia, diabetes. PYS 715 (1 Unit) Computer Appreciation Meaning, major components and functioning versatility in the use of computer, word processing, information storage, retrieving and processing. PYS 716 Research Project. Topic of the project will be assigned to the student(s) by the supervisor(s), the bench work of the project should be done during the long vacation semester 88 FACULTY OF EDUCATION DEPARTMENTS CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONS EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION 89 Faculty of Education DEPARTMENT OF CURICULUM AND INSTRUCTIONS Graduate programmes undertaken in the Department are: M.Ed and Ph.D. each candidate can specialize in any of the following: (i) Curriculum and Instructions (ii) Social Studies Education (iii) Science Education (iv) Language Education 1. Objectives The main objectives of the Graduate Programmes are: To develop the skills of practicing Curriculum and Instructions with particular emphasis on theoretical basis for Curriculum practices. To produce high level research personnel who will be able to contribute significantly in the fields of Curriculum Studies by providing needed teaching and other services in higher Institutions. To raise high level manpower who will teach and provide the needed services in Universities, Colleges of Education, Polytechnics and Ministries of Education. Structure of the Programme i. Candidate must register for and pass all the prescribed courses. Candidates are also expected to present Research Project to be examined in accordance with the Graduate regulations. Each candidate must demonstrate in teaching in university in his area of specialization. A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than fifteen (15) units from any other University approved by Senate, but units in research methods and Research project are not transferable. Each course will be examined through continuous assessment of students work by examination. The pass mark for each course is 50% Candidates who failed or are unable to write their examinations in any of the prescribed courses may be allowed to do so at the next available opportunity. Sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the first long vacation and the second semester courses during the second long vacation. Requirements for Graduation Candidates must register for and pass a minimum of 30 units of the prescribed courses which shall include core, specialized and elective courses and Research thesis. Course Requirement Core courses for all Students The following courses are Core for all full-time and sandwich students: EDU 700 Research Methods 3 Units EDU 701 Educational Statistics 3 Units EDU 703 Project / Thesis 3 Units EDU 740 Instructional Communication and Technology 3 Units EDU 741 Psychology of Learning 3 Units EDU 799 Research Project 3 Units 90 Faculty of Education Specialisation Courses (a) M.Ed Curriculum and Instruction EDU 742 Theory and Practice in Curriculum Development EDU 743 Curriculum Innovation and Improvement EDU 744 Principles of Learning and Instruction (b) EDU 745 EDU 746 EDU 747 M.Ed Social Education Introduction to Social Education Social Studies curriculum in Secondary School Organization and Methods in Social Studies (c) M.Ed Science Education EDU 748 Philosophy and History of Science Education EDU 749 School Science Learning EDU 750 Curriculum Programme in Science Education Secondary Schools (d) M.Ed Language Education EDU 760 Mother-Tongue Education EDU 761 Evaluation Attainment in Language Skills EDU 762 Advances in Applied Linguistics EDU 763 Teaching of Literature EDU 764 Advances in Teaching Reading 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units (ii.) Electives All the students in the specialist areas must register for at least two courses from the following list: EDU 751 Principles and Problems of Instruction in Higher Education 3 Units EDU 752 Primary School Curriculum 3 Units EDU 753 Curriculum and Institution in Secondary School Language Arts 3 Units EDU 754 Continuous Assessment 3 Units EDU 755 Research Science Teaching 3 Units EDU 756 Curriculum Development in Teacher Education 3 Units EDU 757 Reading in Content 3 Units COURSE DESCRIPTION EDU 700 Research Method Problem definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition. Approaches to data collection in survey, correlation quasi experimental designs and appropriate statistics for each of them. Research report. EDU 701 Educational Statistics A coverage in basic topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in the interpretation of text and research. Steps in computer programming as applied to research. 91 Faculty of Education EDU 799 Project / Thesis Selection of viable research topics on various aspects of Curriculum and Instruction. Collection of data, analysis of such data and preparation of bound research reports. EDU 740 Instructional Communication and Technology Principles of instructional media and design with emphasis on the concepts of structure of knowledge and the principles of development and production of materials. EDU 741 Psychology of Learning Psychological factors that affect learning; motivation and forgetting. Major theories of learning such as S-R and conditioning theories, sestalt field and insight theories and their impact on learning. EDU 742 Theory and Practice in Curriculum Development A survey of theory of curriculum and curriculum changes. Analysis of the principles and process of curriculum approaches to curriculum construction, organization and evaluation. EDU 743 Curriculum Innovation and Improvement Analysis and examination of strategies, classroom activities and contents of curriculum for the purpose of revision. Principles of curriculum improvement. Recent research works on curriculum, innovation to be critically analyzed. EDU 744 Principles of Learning and Instruction A survey of the teaching processes. Emphasis on readiness attitude, mindset, skills, transfer of training, classroom climate and stimulus variation. Factors that withhold and facilitate learning. EDU 745 Introduction to Social Studies Education Historical background to the study of social studies education in United States of Europe and Africa). There will be focus on the contemporary issues in the philosophy, problems of conceptualization of the basic theories of teaching social studies in the secondary schools. EDU 746 Social Studies Curriculum in the Secondary Schools The scope, objectives and contents of social studies curriculum with particular reference to Nigerian School Systems. Purpose of design and development of social studies curriculum in Nigerian Schools. EDU 747 Organization and Methods in Social Studies Strategies in planning, development and evaluation of resources. Problem of teaching social studies. Organisation of materials, basic techniques of effective instruction in social studies. EDU 748 Philosophy and History of Science Education Contemporary views of the nature of science and scientific inquiry and to relate them to basic issues concerned in the teaching of science and curriculum development. History of science Education. Philosophical basis for Science Education. EDU 749 School Science Learning Current theories in cognitive development pertinent to science. Various methodologies of science. The roles of Lab in Science teaching. Improvement of Lab management and Organisation. Content of science materials in schools. 92 Faculty of Education EDU 750 Curriculum Programme in Science Education in Secondary Schools. Major innovations in science education and science curriculum development. Recent curriculum science projects. Contemporary subject areas of relevance to schools in development and developed countries. EDU 751 Principles and Problem of Instruction in Higher Education Instructional Problems of higher education with emphasis on common principles underlying each of them. Practices and materials currently in use. Outstanding investigation on teaching higher education and suggested strategies for improvement. EDU 752 Primary School Curriculum Current curriculum content of the Primary Schools. Foundations and rationale for curriculum and curriculum change. Revision and improvement. Procedures and organizational aspects of curriculum planning. Material resources available for the implementation of the curriculum. EDU 753 Curriculum and Instruction on Secondary School Language Arts. Major problems in the teaching and organization of language in a second language situation. Recent investigations and experiments in language teaching both local and foreign material resources, their suitability in the curriculum implementation. EDU 754 Continuous Assessment Principles of continuous Assessment in schools various test instruments and method of data collection for assessment of students. Record keeping. Problems of continuous Assessment in Nigeria. A standard report card. EDU 755 Research in Science Teaching Current research finding in teaching science. Major issues affecting the teaching of science. Major contributors to science growth and teaching are examined. EDU 756 Curriculum Development in Teaching Education Principles and policies in development professional curriculum. Analysis of teacher education curriculum and development. Academic programmes in institutions for teacher education. Future trend in teacher education curricular. EDU 757 Reading in Content Area Various phases of reading. Various levels of reading comprehension. Effect of vocabulary load, print and diagram of graphs on mental cognition. Various levels of reading, independent, instructional and frustration. Readability and readability formula. The effects of background theory on comprehension. Current research finding on Reading in Nigeria to critically analyzed. Ph.D, in Curriculum Studies 1. Each candidate may specialize in any of the following: (a) Curriculum and Instruction (b) Social Studies Education (c) Science Education (d) Language Education 2. Structure of the Programme (i) Every candidate will be required to register for a minimum of fifteen (15) units or a maximum of twenty-four (24) units. (ii) Candidates who fail in any of the courses shall be allowed within the approved duration of the programme to take them at the next available opportunity. 93 Faculty of Education Course Requirement 3. Core Courses The following courses are Core for all the candidates: EDU 800 Advance Research Methods EDU 801 Advance Statistics in Education EDU 802 Computer Programming EDU 899 Thesis 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 6 units 4. Elective Courses All candidates are expected to register for at least two courses from the following in line with their areas of specialization. EDU 841 Higher Education Teaching 3 Units EDU 842 Curriculum Building in Social Science 3 Units EDU 843 Research and Development in Curriculum 3 Units EDU 844 Lab/Practical Experience 3 Units EDU 845 Comparative Curriculum Innovation 3 Units EDU 846 Advanced Seminar 3 Units EDU 850 Language in Contact 3 Units EDU 851 Advance Research Seminar on Language and Language Education 3 Units EDU 852 Nigerian Language in Modern Education 3 Units EDU 853 Language Policy and Planning in Multilingual States 3 Units 5. Conditions for Graduation (a) To qualify for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, a candidate must complete and pass a minimum of 15 units as prescribed above. (b) A candidate shall submit an original work embedded in a thesis in the area of specialization in accordance with the regulation of the Graduate School. 6. Course Description EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods The nature of problem and limitations of empirical research in Education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research. Different types of research designs will be discussed. EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniques-multiple regression, path analysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis. EDU 802 Computer Programming An introduction to computer and computer programming EDU 841 Higher Education Teaching Instructional strategies, creative teaching and meaningful evaluation. Alternative to lecture methods. The major problem of effective teaching at a higher institution. Solution to the problem. Research works in the areas of the higher education teaching. 94 Faculty of Education EDU 842 Curriculum Building in Social Studies Approaches to curriculum construction and organization in social studies. Initiating and evaluating social studies curriculum. Opportunity will be provided to work individually and in groups on actual curriculum problem for secondary school learning and teaching situations. EDU 843 Research and Development in Curriculum Identification of research variables in the curriculum of an educational institution programme. Application of Design of descriptive, evaluative and experiment studies within the educational and social systems. Opportunity for individual and group work. Implication of major investigations into teaching processes. Relating research findings to the curriculum at different educational levels. EDU 844 Lab Practicum Experience An experimental skills-building laboration practicum. Laboration roles in science education. Practical experiences in the improvement of laboration management and organisatiopn. Recent research works in lab improvement to be analysed. EDU 845 Comparative Curriculum Education Curriculum offerings of certain developed and developing centers at the Primary, Secondary and Higher Education levels. The following centres would be studied: Britain, Germany, Russia and Brazil. EDU 846 Advanced Seminar The candidates are expected to have seminar in their areas of specialization. Original works by the candidates will be present to the group offering the course. The content of the presented work would be critically analyzed by the participant and graded by the lecturer (s). 95 Faculty of Education DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS The graduate programmes available in the Department are M.Ed & Ph.D. Each candidate can specialize in any of the following: (i) Educational Planning (ii) Educational Management (iii) Guidance and Counselling (IV) Psychology of Education 1. OBJECTIVES The main objectives of the Graduate Programmes are: (i) To develop the skills and knowledge of practicing Educational Administrators and Planners (ii) To provide opportunity for trained Graduate Teachers to acquire the skills and competencies necessary for Guidance and Counselling functions. (iii) To enable serving Counsellors or other guidance personnel to upgrade their knowledge and competencies as professional counselors. 2. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (i) Candidates must register for and pass the prescribed courses including research thesis. (ii) Sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the first long vacation and second semester courses during the second long vacation (iii) Each candidate must demonstrate in teaching at the university level in his areas of specialization (iv) A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than fifteen (15) units from any other university approved by the Senate, but units in research methods and research project are not transferable. REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION (i) Candidate for the degree of M.Ed must register for and pass a minimum of 30 (units) including the units allocated to Research Thesis. (ii) Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in his area of specialization. COURSES AVAILABLE M.Ed. Educational Management and Planning Core Courses EDU 700 Research Methods in Education EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Computer Programming EDU 721 Theories of Education Management EDU 722 Human Resources Management EDU 723 School Plant Planning and Management EDU 724 Introduction to Educational Planning EDU 727 Legal Aspects of School Operation EDU 799 Research Project 96 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Faculty of Education Elective Courses for Educational Management Students opting for Educational Management may select only 2 of the following: EDU 725 School of Business Administration EDU 728 School of Finance EDU 729 Supervision of instruction Elective Courses for Educational Planning Students opting for Educational Planning may select any 2 of the following: EDU 730 Economics of Education EDU 731 Quantitative Methods of Educational Planning EDU 732 Practical in Education Planning 3 3 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Core Courses EDU 700 Research Methods in Education The relationship between educational research and scientific method, problem identification and sampling procedure. Historical, descriptive, case study, correlational and experimental research. EDU 701 Eduactional Statistics and Computer Programming Exposure to between language and symbols frequently used in reporting empirical research in education. The course also introduces the students to elementary descriptive and inferential statistics, and selection of appropriate analytical tools for solving educational problems. The use of computer in programming educational fate. EDU 721 Theories of Educational Management The development of management science and organizational theory as they are related to the problems of management in education. A detailed study of the application of management principles and theories to the education enterprises. EDU 722 Human Resource Management A study of the administration of current principles, practices, techniques and policies used in effective human resources management. The method of recruitment, selection, services development, assignment, salary, provision, welfare, collective bargaining and dismissal. EDU 723 School Plant Planning and Management The design of the school plant in terms of educational requirements in addition to the principles and regulations of plant layout, building materials, ventilation, space accommodation and utilization, maintenance and insurance. EDU 724 Introduction of Educational Planning Approach to educational planning – social; demand, manpower, and rate of return analysis approaches. Strength and weakness of the approaches. EDU 727 Legal Aspects of School Operation Laws and the basis of education administration. A critical analysis of the Education Laws of Nigeria. Issues and problems in legislation for education EDU 799 Research Project An empirical or historical study of some educational problems in planning and administration with a well documented report showing clearly how problem has been defined, studied and concluded. 97 Faculty of Education EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT (Elective Courses) EDU 725 School Business Administration The theory and practice of school business, concentration on the role of the principal school business administrator and representation of the central office in the school. Various areas of school business administration will be covered, particular emphasis will be laid on case method approach to problem solving, budgeting, office management and method of purchasing, inventory method, storage facilities and competency required in simple book- keeping procedure. EDU 728 School Finance National and state budgets in relation to education, government and private financing of primary, secondary and post-secondary education. Principles and procedures in school budgeting and salary scheduling. EDUCATIONAL PLANNING Elective Courses Students opting for educational planning may select any two of the following: EDU 730 Economic of Education Economic value of education – education as a factor of economic growth, manpower aspect of education, measurement of cost and benefits of education – units, cost analysis, size-cost relationship, cost control and factor affecting cost of education. EDU 731 Quantitative Methods in Education Planning Evaluation of techniques used in educational planning. Analysis and appraisal of statistical data in education, Projection, programming and detailed allocation of cost. EDU 732 Practical in Education Planning Practical work on PPVS, PERT system analysis, Delhi and model building. Analysis and grading of jobs in various sections of the educational system. B. Ph.D in Education Management Requirement for Graduation (a) Candidate for the Ph.D, must register for between 15 – 24 units of which not less than 15 units must be passed. (b) The degree of Ph.D will be by course work at the 800 level and research work, followed by successful defence of the Ph.D thesis. (c) Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in the area of specialization COURSES AVILABLE Core Courses EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods EDU 801 Advanced statistics in Education EDU 802 Computer Programming EDU 821 Seminar in Educational Planning and Management EDU 899 Thesis 98 Units 3 3 3 3 6 Faculty of Education Elective Courses EDU 823 Management of Human Behaviour in Schools EDU 824 Politics and Policies in Education EDU 825 Case Studies in Educational management EDU 826 Case Studies in Educational Planning 3 3 3 3 Description of Ph.D Courses Core Courses EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in Education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in Education research. Different types of research designs will also be discussed. EDU 801 Advanced statistics in Education Research designs, randomized designs and factorial designs. Analysis of factorial research designs including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variances. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariable techniques-multiple regression pathanalysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis. EDU 802 Computer Programming Topics to be covered include cards, telex and disk. Coding and two types of key punching machines, IBM and IBM 129. EDU 821 Seminar in Educational Planning and Management Students choose topics in Educational Planning and Educational Management for Seminars. The Seminar paper (s) to be presented before colleagues and the course lecturers. EDU 822 Dissertation Designed to enable the doctoral candidates select and develop their research topics. Each student selects his/her own dissertation topic which is developed with supervisor (s) assigned to him/her in the Department. Elective Courses EDU 823 Management of Human Behaviour in Schools. Bureaucracy in School, interpersonal relationship in schools, decision procedure, the school climate, individual and organisational needs, leadership behaviour including current theories and research. EDU 824 Politics and Policies in Education The course examination as a sub-system. It considers the dominance of the executive and the social power structure over Education – community group, interest groups, interest groups and statutory bodies. The structure of the school bureaucratically and effects of bureaucratization on teacher morals school, achievement and innovation. EDU 825 Case Studies in Educational management Case studies in educational planning at Federal, State and Local Government Institutions in Nigeria. A critical appraisal and target setting, plan preparation, implementation, achievements and evaluation. 99 Faculty of Education C. M.ED IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING COURSES AVAILABLE EDU 700 Research Methods EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction to Computer Programme EDU 702 Development Psychology EDU 704 Theories of Counselling EDU 705 Introduction to Guidance and Counselling EDU 716 Psychological Testing EDU 717 Techniques of Guidance and Counseling EDU 718 Organisation and Administration of Guidance Services EDU 720 Counseling Practicum EDU 799 Research Project UNITS 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 COURSES AVAILABLE EDU 700 Research Methods Problem definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition. Approach to data collection in survey correlational, quasi-experimental, experimental design and appropriate statistics for each of the steps. Writing a research report. EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction to Computer Programme A coverage of basic topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in the interpretation of psychological tests in analysis of continuous assessment scores and in educational research. Introduction to the use of computer for educational research. EDU 702 Development Psychology A survey of the human development from conception to old age emphasizing physical, intellectual, emotional, social and personality changes which occur during these periods. EDU 704 Theories of Counselling A survey of the major theories of counseling e.g. Psychoanalytic, client centred, behavioural, rational emotive and eclectic approaches and their implications for counseling in the Nigeria context. EDU 705 Introduction to Guidance and Counselling A survey of the general field of Guidance and Counseling. Historical, philosophical and psychological foundation. The concepts, modes and services of Guidance services in schools and other settings. Guidance personnel. EDU 716 Psychological Testing Natural and scope of psychological tests. Review of test construction procedures, principles of test administration, scoring and interpretation. Use of achievement, aptitude, mental ability, interest and personality measures as well as actual practice of these tests in counseling should be provided. Emphasis to be placed on locally available and locally standardized test. 100 Faculty of Education EDU 717 Techniques of Guidance and Counseling An in-depth study of counseling techniques derived from various theories of counseling. Attending and responding skills. Stages of a typical counseling situation. Ethical considerations in the use of these techniques should be highlighted. EDU 718 Organisation and Administration of Guidance Services Principles and techniques of setting up and running of guidance services in various settings. A study of attendant practical problems and possible solutions. EDU 720 Counseling Practicum Students are to conduct individual and group counseling sessions in approved settings under supervision. Audio-tapes and other counseling materials used in recording are submitted by students for examination and grading. EDU 799 Research Project Selection of viable research topics on various aspects of counseling. Collection of data, analysis of such data and the preparation of bound research reports. D. Ph.D IN GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING CONDITIONS FOR GRADUATION To qualify for the degree of Doctor of philosophy, candidate must complete and pass a minimum of 18 units made up from the following: (i) Compulsory Courses (ii) Specialization Courses I. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) STUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME No part-time student can register for more than four 800 level courses in one session A candidates may be credited with some of the appropriate courses relevant to his field of specialization if his supervisor and the Head of Department are satisfied that he has attained a satisfactory level of performance in that course(s) at lest at the Master’s level A candidate must undergo at lest twelve weeks of counseling practicum in an approved setting. A candidate shall submit a thesis in his area of specialization in accordance with the regulations of the graduate school. Each candidate must carryout a demonstration of teaching at university level in his area of specialization. COURSES AVAILABLE Compulsory Course All candidates for the Ph.D in Guidance and Counseling will take and pass the following courses: EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods 3 EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education 3 EDU 802 Computer Programming 3 EDU 811 Psychological Tests in Guidance and Counseling 3 EDU 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification 3 EDU 899 Thesis 3 101 Faculty of Education Specialization Courses Department on the candidate’s area of specialization, each candidate shall on the advice of this supervisor, select two of the following courses: EDU 803 Abnormal Psychology 3 EDU 804 Psychology of Childhood and Adolescent 3 EDU 813 Family Counseling 3 EDU 814 Techniques of Vocation and Educational Guidance 3 COURSES DESCRIPTION EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research. Different types of research design will be discussed. EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of covariance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniquesmultiple regression, pat analysis canonical analysis, and discriminate analysis. EDU 802 Computer Programming An introduction to computer and computer programming EDU 803 Abnormal Psychology Study of the classification, etiology and description of behaviour and psychological disorders, including the psychoneurosis, psychoses and psychosomatic conditions, various therapeutic approaches including surgical and convulsive drug and learning theory approaches as well as psychotherapy are also considered. EDU 804 Psychology Of Childhood and Adolescent Intensive coverage of the ethilogy diagnoses and treatment of emotional behavioural and intellectual disturbances of children and youth. EDU 811 Psychological Tests in Guidance and Counseling Principles of construction and usage of psychological tests in various settings. Standization, administration and interpretation of both projective and non-projective tests and their utilization in the counseling situation. EDU 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification Systemic survey of theory and research relevant to behavioural change. Emphasis on operant conditioning and the areas of research and application to behavioural problems seen in children and adults. EDU 813 Family Counseling A review of theories, assessment and treatment methods of family oriented intervention techniques with particular reference to the Nigerian family. EDU 814 Techniques of Vocational Educational Guidance Intensive coverage of various techniques used in the area of vocational, educational and personal guidance. Practice in the use of these techniques. 102 Faculty of Education MATSTERS OF EDUCATION DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION 1. (a) The degree of master of education must be by course work at 700 level, project or thesis (b) Candidate for the degree of M.Ed must register for a minimum of 30 units including the units allocated to the project (c) Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of university teaching in area of specialization. 2. EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU EDU Courses Available Core Courses 700 Research Methods 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction to Computer Programming 702 Developmental Psychology 727` Adolescent Psychology 728 Psychology of Learning 716 Psychological Testing 729 Exceptional Children 730 Social and Philosophical Issues in Education 799 Thesis Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3. Course Description EDU 700 Research Methods Problem, definition, formulation of hypothesis and proposition, approach to data collection in survey, correlational, quasi-experimental design and appropriate statistics for each of the steps. Writing research report. EDU 701 Educational Statistics and Introduction Computer Programming A coverage of topics in descriptive and inferential statistics and application in the interpretation of psychological tests in analysis of continuous assessment scores and in educational research. Introductional research. EDU 702 Development Psychology A survey of human development from conception to old age emphasizing physical, intellectual, emotional, social and personality changes which occur during these periods EDU 727 Adolescent Psychology The course considers the physiological, social and cognitive change which characterizes the transition from childhood to adult life. The implication of developmental theories for the education of the adolescent will be discussed. EDU 728 Psychology of Learning An overview of the principles and theories in the area of learning including up-to-date research findings in the field. Indepth consideration will be given to such topics as learning theories, motivation, retention and forgetting transfer of learning, intelligence and creativity. 103 Faculty of Education EDU 729 Exceptional Children An overview of the categories of exceptional children, with an indepth consideration of the M.R.LD visual speech impairment and behaviour problem. Physical handicap and multiple handicaps. EDU 730 Social and Philosophical An analysis of the social and philosophical factors that shape education in any county particularly in Nigeria. Consideration of competing theories and concepts of Education and their relevance to Nigeria. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY OF EDUCATION 1. Conditions for Graduation (a) To qualify for the degree of Doctor of philosophy, candidates must complete and pass a minimum of 18 units made up from the following: (i) Compulsory courses (ii) Specialization courses (b) No part-time student can register for more than four 800 level courses in one session. (c) A candidate must submit a thesis in his area of specialization in accordance with the regulation of the graduate school. (d) Each candidate must carry out a demonstration of teaching at the University Level in his area of specialization. 2. Courses Available Compulsory Curses Units EUD 800 Advanced Research Methods 3 EDU 801 Advanced Statistics in Education 3 EUD 802 Computer Programming 3 EUD 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification 3 EUD 813 Issues in Cognitive Studies 3 EUD 899 Thesis 3 (b) Specialization Courses Depending on the candidate’s area of specialization, each candidate shall on the advice of his supervisor, select two of the following courses: EUD 803 Abnormal Psychology 3 EUD 804 Psychopathology of Childhood and Adolescence 3 EUD 805 Learning Disabilities and Mental Retardation 3 EUD 814 Social Psychology of the Classroom 3 3. Course Description EDU 800 Advanced Research Methods The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research. Different types of research design will be discussed. 104 Faculty of Education EDU 801 Computer Programming Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis. EDU 802 Computer Programming An introduction to computer and computer programming EDU 803 Abnormal Psychology Study of the classification, etiology and description of behaviour and psychological disorders, including the psychoneurosis, psychoses and psychosomatic conditions. Various therapeutic approaches including surgical and convulsive drug and learning theory approaches as well as psychotherapy are considered. EDU 804 Psychopathology of Childhood and Adolescent Intensive coverage of the ethology diagnoses and treatment of emotional, behavioural and intellectual disturbances of children and youth. EDU 812 Principles of Behaviour Modification Systematic survey of theory and research relevant to behavioural change. Emphasis on operant conditioning and the areas of research and application to behavioural problems seen in children and adults. EDU 813 Issues in Cognitive Studies The course will deal with selected views on perception, memory, concept attainment problems solving , language acquisition and development of scientific theories views in the content of experimental, development and cross-cultural studies. EDU 805 Learning Disabilities and Mental Retardation The course will deal with theories on types of causation, identification of educational remediation of the problems of learning disabilities and mental retardation. EDU 814 Social Psychology of the Classroom An overview of social-psychological theories of classroom processes. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and development of research methodological dimensions of classroom interaction. 105 Faculty of Education THE DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL AND HEALTH EDUCATION The Department offers Programmes in 1) M.Ed Health Education 2) M.Ed Physical Education GENERAL OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMMES The Masters Degree programmes are designed to provide opportunities and learning experiences that would enable the student: (i) To explore specific areas of study and research interest (ii) To acquire the tools and abilities for extension of his knowledge in his chosen area of interest (iii)To develop the professional skills essential for leadership roles in his area of specialization (iv) To equip learners to be able to promote awareness among in-school and out-of school individuals in the problems of physical, health and population and their effects on development. (v) To be able to educate young people on fitness, health and population problems and also develop intervention programmes to alleviate identified problems. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS INTO THE MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES To be admitted into the masters Degree Programme, a candidate must possess a bachelors degree in Physical and/or Health Education with at least a second class lower division of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or other recognized Universities. DURATION OF THE MASTERS DEGREE PROGRAMMES The duration of the Masters Degree will be a minimum of 12 (twelve) Calendar months from the date of admission into the programme and a maximum of 36 months. WITHDRAWAL CONDITIONS Any Masters Degree candidate who passes less than 12 credit units in any session will be required to withdraw. EQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION All candidates must register and pass all the courses prescribed to attain the Masters Degree. A candidate needs to pass at least 30 credit units to enable him obtain the Masters Degree. Twenty-four (24) of these credit units are course work while the remaining six are for the Project or Thesis. A candidate must write a Project on any of the approved topics in Physical Education, Health Education or Population Education. Approval will be conveyed after a successful defence of the proposal before a panel of examiners set up the Department. 106 Faculty of Education AREAS OF SPECIALISATION M.Ed PHYSCIAL EDUCATION (i) Administration (ii) Curriculum and Instruction in Physical Education M.Ed HEALTH EDUCATION (i) School Health Education (ii) Population Education M.Ed PHYSICAL EDUCATION Core courses MPE 701 Research Methods in PHE MPE 702 Statistics in PHE MPE 703 Independent Study in P.E MPE 700 Research Project MPE 704 Management in Physical & Health Education MPE 705 Gender Issues in Physical Education, Health and Population Education Units 3 3 3 6 3 3 AREAS OF SPECIALIZAITION Each candidate must take three prescribed courses in his or her area of specialization (9 units) plus the core courses which amount to 30 units. Administration of Physical Education MPE 706 Administration of P.E and Sports MPE 707 Planning and Management of P.E and Sports MPE 708 Theory and Principles of Conducting Curriculum in Physical Education MPE 709 Curriculum in Physical Education MPE 710 Teacher Education and Teaching in P.E MPE 711 Curriculum Trends and Research in P.E Units 3 3 3 M.Ed Health Education MHE 701 Research Methods in PHE MHE 702 Statistics Methods in PHE MHE 703 Independent Study in Health Education MHE 700 Research Project in Health Education MHE 705 Gender Issues in Physical, Health and Population Education 3 Course from area of specialization AREAS OF SPECIALISATION School Health Education MHE 704 Administration of School Health Education MHE 705 Epidemology MHE 706 Community Health Education MHE 707 Drugs and Substance Abuse Units 3 3 3 6 107 3 3 3 3 9 Units 3 3 3 3 Faculty of Education Population Education MHE 708 Population/Family Life Education in School/College MHE 709 STD/AIDS Education, Information, Communication and Education MHE 710 Internship MHE 711 Population and Reproductive Health Units 3 3 3 3 GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION MPE 701 Research Methods in PHE The course is designed to introduce the students to the various research techniques. The learner should be able to identify a researchable problem, review related literature to the problem and implement the research project. MPE 702 Statistics in PHE The course is designed to enable learners apply statistics in analyzing data in educational research and related disciplines. MPE 700 Research Project This course focuses on issues and problems in research and evaluation methods in Physical and Health Education. MPE 706 Administration of Physical Education and Sports A study of how Physical Education and Sports are organized in the Primary, Secondary and Tertiary levels. Philosophy including objectives, programming, instructional strategies management, evaluation, finance and budgeting. Learners will be introduced to administrative theory as applied to physical Education. MPE 704 Measurement and Evaluation in PHE A study of methods of evaluating programmes in PHE. Attention will be focused on test development and administration in the cognitive, effective and motor domains. MPE 703 Independent Study in PE and Health A critical examination of vital issues and problems related to the administration of various aspects of PE, Health and Population. Students will complete an independent study assignment as approved by the course co-ordinator. MPE 705 Gender Issues in PE and Health Population Education A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and physical education. MPE 706 Administration of PE and Sports A study of administrative principles and their application to both Physical and Sports setting. The Management of Sports at the three tiers of government will be carefully studied and evaluated. MPE 707 Planning and Management of Physical Education and Sport Facilities A study of how Physical Education and Sports facilities could be planned and developed in Secondary and Tertiary Institutions. Emphasis could be placed on facility planning, development and management. MPE 708 Theory and Principles of Conditioning Education The study of movement of muscles. The course will deal with action in skills and co-ordinated movement aspects of anatomy and physiology which affect motor movement in Physical Education. These will be applied to topic coaching. 108 Faculty of Education MPE 709 Curriculum and Institution in Physical Education A critical analysis of the foundation and conceptional basis of Physical Education Curriculum. Students will be exposed to the theoretical basis and structure of the physical Education Curriculum, including the various approaches to Curriculum Organisation. Emphasis will be placed on Curriculum Development and Improvement in Physical Education. MPE 710 Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education Examinations of issues, concepts, models and problems relating to teacher education and supervision in Physical Education. Students will be able to differentiate the teacher education Programme and other types of Programmes in physical Education and develop competencies necessary for designing, implementing and supervising Teacher education in this field. Students will the be exposed to teaching research M.Ed HEALTH EDUCATION COURSE DESCRIPTION MHE 704 Administration of School Health Programme Co-ordination of various components of community health services, ecological framework for programmes, management, budgeting and human relationships as they affect administration and supervision of school health programmes, methods of programme evaluation with particular reference to the school. MHE 705 Principles of Edpidemiology Critical examination of epidemiological concepts in relation to specific health problems. An overview of disease distribution, etiology reservoir and control. MHE 706 Community Health Education Provides an introduction to principles of community health education with emphasis on the development of learning objectives and effective communication skills in the presentation of public health issues. MHE 707 Substance and Drug Education Problems and issues of chemical dependence and tolerance in the school. The course will focus on the techniques of identifying drug users in school so as to reduce dependency. MHE 708 Population Education in Schools/Colleges A study of the statistics and current practices in population education in schools and colleges both in Nigeria and other countries. MHE 709 STD/AIDS Education, Information, Education and Communication A critcal examination of cases, symptoms, history, sequence and management and control of common STDs and AIDs. MHE 710 Inernship Attachment to a health institution for orientation – students are expected to submit a report after the attachment period. MHE 711 Population and Reproductive Health An introduction into the various techniques of demographic analysis topics such as fertility rate, mortality rate, rate of natural increase, etc. should be covered. An examination of the inter-relationship between population and reproductive health in Sub-Saharan Africa. 109 Faculty of Education Ph.D DERGREE PROGRAMME PHYSICAL EDUCATION, EDUCATION AND GENDER POPULATION EDUCATION HEALTH The Ph.D degree programmes are designed to provide opportunities and learning experience that would enable the student: 1. To explore specific areas of study and research interest 2. To acquire the tools and abilities for extension of his knowledge in his chosen area of interest 3. To develop the professional skills essential for leadership roles in his area of specialization 4. To equip learners to be able to promote awareness among in-school and out-ofschool individual in the problems of Physical, Health, Gender and Population and their effects on development. 5. To be able to educate young people on fitness, health and gender population problems and also develop intervention programmes to evaluate identified problems. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT INTO THE Ph.D DEGREE PROGRAMME To be admitted into the Ph.D degree programme, a candidate must possess a Masters degree in Physical or Health Education, Demography and Public Health Education and allied areas from recognized Universities. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME All candidates must register and pass all the courses prescribed to attain the Ph.D Degree. Every candidate will be required to register for a minimum of 15 units or a maximum of 24 units to enable him or her obtain the Ph.D, degree. A candidate must write a project on an approved topic in Physical Education, Health Education or Gender Population Education. Approval will be conveyed after a successful defence of the proposal by a Panel of Examiners set up by the Department. Ph.D PHYSICAL EDUCATION AREAS OF SPECIALISATION SPECIALIZATION COURSES PED 800 Advanced Research in Physical and Health Education PED 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical and Health Education PED 803 Seminar in Physical Education PED 804 Independent Study PED 899 Thesis AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION Each candidate must take 1 (one) course in his area of specialization ADMINISTRATION PED 814 Administration of Physical Education and Sports PED 815 Planning and Management of Physical Education and Sports Facilities PED 816 Curriculum in Physical Education 110 UNITS 3 3 3 3 6 UNITS 3 3 3 Faculty of Education CURRICLUM AND INSTRUCTION PED 814 Administration of Physical Education and Sports PED 816 Curriculum in Physical Education PED 817 Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education UNITS 3 3 3 Ph.D DEGREE IN HEALTH EDUATION CORE COURSES / AREA OF SPECIALISATION Each candidate must take the following core courses and any 1 (one) from his / her area of specialization. PED 800 Advanced Research in Physical, Health and Population Education 3 Units PED 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health and Population Education 3 Units PED 815 Internship 3 Units PED 803 Seminar in Health Education 3 Units PED 804 Independent Study in Health Education 3 Units SPECIALISATION COMMUNITY HEALTH EDUCATION HED 814 Community Health Education HED 815 Internship GPE 815 Population and Family Life Education 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION HED 816 Administration of School Health Education HED 817 Substances and Drug Abuse GPE 899 Thesis 3 Units 3 Units 6 Units Ph.D DEGREE IN GENDER AND POPULATION EDUCATION CORE COURSES: AREA OF SPECIALISATION Each candidate must take the following core courses and any 1 (one) from his / her area of specialization. GPE 800 Advanced Research in Physical, Health and Population Education 3 Units GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health and Population Education 3 Units GPE 803 Seminar in Gender and Population Education 3 Units GPE 804 Independent Study in Gender and Population Education 3 Units GPE 815 Internship 3 Units AREA OF SPECIALISATION GPE 814 Gender issues in Physical, Health and Gender Population Education 3 Units GPE 815 Population Family Life Education 3 Units GPE 817 Population and Reproductive Health in Sub-Saharan Africa 3 Units GPE 899 Thesis 6 Units 111 Faculty of Education GENERAL COURSE DECRIPTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION GPE 800 The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research. Different types of research design will be discussed GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical in Physical, Health and Population Education Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis of factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis, and discriminate analysis. GPE 802 Gender Studies in Population Education A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and physical education. GPE 803 Seminar in Physical Education This is to enable the learner present a written paper of his / her choice in his / her discipline of study focus on current issues affecting the discipline and proffer workable suggestions on how to remedy the situation. Student to present a paper before colleagues and course lecturer. GPE 804 Independent Study in Physical Education A critical examination of vital issues and problems related to the administration of various aspects of Physical Education. Students will complete an independent study as approved by the course co-ordinator GPE 899 Thesis Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his / her chosen topic. The Thesis shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be such that the student is able, in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as show a group basic analysis techniques relevant to the topic. Such a thesis must represent contribution to knowledge ADMINISTRATION PED 814 Administration of Physical Education and Sports. A study of administrative principles and their application to both Physical Education and Sports setting. The Management of Sports at the three tiers of government will be carefully studied and evaluated. PED 815 Planning and Management of Physical Education and Sports Facilities A detailed study of how Physical Education and Sports facilities could be planned and managed in Secondary and Tertiary Institutions and community. Emphasis will be placed on facility planning, development and management. 112 Faculty of Education CURRICULUM PED 816 Curriculum in Physical Education A critical analysis of the foundation and conceptional basis of Physical Education Curriculum. Students will be exposed to the theoretical basis and structure of the Physical Education Curriculum Organization. Emphasis will be placed on Curriculum Development and Improvement in Physical Education. PED 817 Teacher Education and Teaching in Physical Education A detailed Examinations of issues, concepts, models and problems relating to teacher education and supervision in Physical Education. Students will be able to differentiate the teacher education Programme from other types of Programmes in Physical Education and develop competency necessary for designing, implementing and supervising Teacher education in this field. Students will be exposed to teaching research. GENERAL COURSE DESCRIPTION HEALTH EDUCATION GPE 800 Advanced Research in Physical, Health and Population Education The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in educational research. Different types of research design will be discussed GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical and Health Education and Population Education Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis of Factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of co-variance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniques-multiple regression, pat analysis canonical analysis. HED 802 Seminar in Health Education This is to enable the learner present a written paper of his/her choice in his/her discipline of study with focus on current issues affecting the discipline and proffer workable suggestions on how to remedy the situation. Students are to present papers before colleagues and course lecturer. HED 899 Thesis Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his/her chosen topic. The Thesis shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be such that the student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as show a grasp of basic analysis techniques relevant to the topic. Such a Thesis must represent original contribution to knowledge HED 804 Independent Study in Health Education A critical examination of vital issues and problems related to the administration of various aspects of Health Education. Students will complete independent study assignment as approved by the Course Co-ordinator. HED 815 Internship Attachment to a Health Institution for orientation and participation; students are expected to submit a report after the attachment period. 113 Faculty of Education HED 816 Administration of School Health Programme Coordination of various components of Community Health Services, Ecological Framework for Programmes, Management, Budgeting and Human Relationship as they affect administration and supervision of School Health Programmes, methods of programme evaluation with particular reference to the school. HED 817 Substance and Drug Abuse Problems and issues of chemical dependence and tolerance in the school. The course will focus on the techniques of identifying drug users in the school so as to reduce dependency. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF GENDER AND POPULATION EDUCATION GPE 800 Advanced Research in Physical and Health Education and Population Education. The nature, problems and limitations of empirical research in education. Problems of validity and reliability of instruments and research design in Educational Research. Different types of research design will also be discussed. GPE 801 Advanced Statistics in Physical, Health and Population Education. Research designs, randomized designs, factorial design up to (Paper design). Analysis of factorial research design including factorial analysis of variance and analysis of covariance. General linear models and introduction to basic multivariate techniquesmultiple regression, pat analysis, canonical analysis and discriminate analysis. GPE 803 Seminar in Gender and Population Education. A study of the statistics and current practices in population studies in schools and colleges both in Nigeria and other countries. GPE 899 Thesis Each student shall be expected to write a Thesis on his/her chosen topic. The Thesis shall be assessed as a 6 unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be such that the student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as show a grasp of basic analytical technique relevant to the topic. Such a Thesis must represent original contribution to knowledge. GPE 804 Independent Study A critical examination of vital issues and problems related to the administration of various aspects of Gender and Population studies. Students will be expected to complete an independent study assignment as approved by the Course Co-ordinator GPE 814 Gender Issues in Physical, Health and Population Education A study of factors inhibiting female participation in sports and Physical Education. GPE 815 Family Life and Population Education This is a detailed discussion of the foundation for a stable family, reproductive health and sexually transmitted diseases HED 815 Internship Attachment to a Health Institution for orientation and participation; students are expected to submit a report after the attachment period 114 Faculty of Education GPE 817 Population and Reproductive Health in Sub-Saharan Africa A study of the various techniques of demographic analysis of topics such as fertility rate, mortality rate of natural increase, etc. should be covered. An examination of the inter-relationship between population and reproductive health in Sub-Saharan Africa. 115 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENTS CIVIL ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRODUCTION AND MATERIAL ENGINEERING 116 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING INTRODUCTION The Department offers programmes leading to M.ENG and PhD. with specialization in (i) Structural Engineering (ii) Water Resources and Environment Engineering OBJECTIVES The objectives of the graduate programme in Structural Engineering are to help Engineers to apply the latest advances in knowledge to the design and construction of structures, to improve their understanding of behaviour of complex structures and to further their knowledge of modern methods of analysis. The objectives of the graduate programme in Water Resources and Environment Engineering are: (i.) The acquisition of ability to access water resources and waste treatment problems. (ii.) To design the control, distribution and affluent systems including coastal aspects. (iii.) To teach Engineers the techniques for the planning, analysis and development of water resources to meet the required quantity and quality at any given time. COURSES AVAILABLE M.ENG. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING Courses: Core First Semester CIE 710 Structural Design CIR 711 Computer Method CIE 712 Structural Mechanics CIE 713 Stability of Structures CIE 714 Dynamic of Structures CIE 715 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis CIE 716 Foundation Engineering Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Optional Courses CIE 717 CIE 718 Advanced Finite Element Methods Plenix Structural Analysis 3 3 Courses: Core CIE 720 CIE 721 CIE 722 CIE 799 Second Semester Experimental Stress Analysis Structural Materials Laboratory Work Project 2 3 2 6 117 Faculty of Engineering and Technology One Optional Course From CIE 724 Space Structure CIE 725 Advanced Prestressed Concrete Units 3 3 REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To satisfy the requirement for the award of the master’s degree, a student must accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which shall include all the compulsory courses and the project. He must give at least one Departmental Seminar on his research during the period of his study. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES First Semester CIE 710 Structural Design Aims of structural design: philosophy of safety: basic concepts of limit state design; assessment of structural loadings. The design process and project management. Structural steel design; element design; bolted and welded joints; fatigue effects, open web and lattice construction, erection and fabrication factors in design, dome, grid and other space constructions. Reinforced concrete; beam design at ultimate limit state including plastic analysis of continuous beams and hinges rotation checks, serviceability check for deflections and crack widths, yield line and Hillorbrg equilibrium approaches. Slab design, recent developments in flat slab design and column design. Fundamentals of design in prestressed concrete, structural timbers, aluminium, brick work/wood work and reinforced polymers. CIE 711 Computer Methods FORTRAN programming using on-line computer system. Computer hardware, computer software, graphs, data logging and process control programme and data structure, programme design methods. Numerical integration, linear equations; iterative and direct methods eigen problems. Interpolation in one and two dimensions, least squares, numerical approximation functions. Finite difference method: weighted residual and variational approaches. Computer implementation of stiffness method for skeletal structures, solution of large problems. Substructures. optimization, linear programming simplex method, nonlinear programming. CIE 712 Structural Materials Stress at a point and on an inclined plan. Equilibrium of stresses at a point, strain displacement relationships, generalized Hooke’s law and compatibility relationships. Two dimensional idealizations, stress function and solution of problems in both rectangular and polar co-ordinates. Eigen values of the stress matrix, maximum shear stresses and failure criteria. Torsion and the warping of cross-sections. Plate theory, bending and buckling problems. Rayleight Rayleight –Ritzy and Calerkin methods. Large deflection theory of plants. CIE 713 Stability of Structures Introduction to the general theory of elastic stability; classification of structural systems; equilibrium and stability criteria; configuration space; equilibrium paths; classification of bucking behavior, effects of imperfections. Stability of assembles of structural elements; Numerical methods for evaluation of critical loads and post buckling behaviour. 118 Faculty of Engineering and Technology CIE 714 Dynamics of Structures Vibration of systems with one degree of freedom; free vibration with and without damping; forced vibration with and without damping; response to transient disturbance. Vibration of systems with several degrees of freedom; matrix form of the equations of motion; the Rayleign quotient; decouping of the equations of motion; nature of earthquakes; response and spectra and their application to the design of earthquake resistant structures. Design of foundations of vibrating machinery. CIE 715 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis Determinants; matrices and vectors; rank and equivalence; theory of linear simultaneous equations; linear transformations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors; quadratic forms. Stiffness method, conformable and non-conformable constraints; techniques for analysis of large structures, techniques for analysis of symmertric structures; imposition for relations constraints; lack of fit and temperature analysis, finite element. CIE 716 Foundation Engineering A review of basic principles of soil mechanics covering soil properties, shear strength consolidation, bearing capacity, earth retaining structures. Types of spread foundations; allowable bearing pressure; settlement of foundations; types of piled foundation; bearing capacity of a single pile for various soil conditions; group action; negative skin friction; piles carry horizontal forces; choice of type pile; foundation example from practice. OPTIONAL COURSES CIE 717 Advanced Finite Element Methods Plan stress triangle, virtual work and total potential energy methods, basis functions and shape, functions, nodal forces, numerical integration, plan-stress rectangle, platebending rectangle; analysis of box structure. Variational crimes; non-conforming elements, reduced integration, patch test and mechanism test. Shape functions for refined elements, isoparametric elements, plate-bending triangle, shell elements. Fluid elements, Galerking method, weight residual method. Finite strip, axisymmetric elements, boundary integral method. Stress and hybride elements. Unified theory for finite difference and finite element methods. Non-linear finite elements analysis, tangent modular and stiffness matrices, increments and iteractions, solution procedures. Preparation and solution of problems using commercial software. Current research in finite element methods. SECOND SEMESTER CIE 720 Experimental Stress Analysis Basic theorems of model analysis; direct and indirect methods; design and construction of models, characteristics of suitable materials, dimensional analysis; mechanical and electrical resistance strain gauges; brittle lacquer techniques; replica techniques; two and three dimensional photoelasticity; photoelastic coating, Moiré fringe technique. 119 Faculty of Engineering and Technology CIE 721 Structural Materials STEEL Welding processes in use for structural applications, liquid and solid phase reactions; ductile and brittle failure of steel; effects of metallurgical variables; high strength structural steels. CONCRETE Review of concrete properties using composite materials approach. Dimensional changes and treatment by codes of practice. Fibre-reinforced concretes. PLASTICS Physical and chemical properties of elastomers and polymers; fibre/matrix composites; glass and carbon fibre-reinforced polymer; mechanical properties, weathering characteristics; inservice performance properties of reinforced polymers, creep behavior, basic concrete of sandwich construction. ALUMINIUM Aluminum alloys, their properties and applications. TIMBER Botanic structure of timber, factors affecting the strength, working stresses, glue laminates; adhesives; plywood. CIE 722 Laboratory Work Students undertake laboratory work mainly in connection with experimental stress analysis and structural materials. CIE 799 Projects Students are required to undertake project work in different subjects during the course. Each student also carries out a theoretical or experimental investigation into a particular aspect of structural engineering. This investigation is presented in the form of dissertation. OPTIONAL COURSES CIE 724 Space Structure Modern trends and recent developments in three-dimensional frameworks with detailed discussion of the structural behavior of flat grids, double-layer grids, braced barrel vaults and domes, folded plates, stressed-skin structures, suspended systems and gable nets. Principal methods of analysis of three dimensional frameworks, plate and shell analogies applicable to skeletal space systems. Modern constructional techniques and joining systems; influence of new materials on the design of space structures; review of the most important space structure built in recent years. CIE 725 Prestressed Concrete II Analytical treatment of the effects of shrinkage and creep. Final prestressing force limit state of statistically determinate structures. Slabs analysis of box girder bridges at service loads and at collapse. Fatigue methods of bridge constructions. Joints review of recent research on the characteristics of prestressed members. End-block design. 120 Faculty of Engineering and Technology WATER RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT ENIGEERING COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Core Courses Units CIE 730 computational Methods in surfaced and Ground –water Hydrology 3 CIE 731 Water Resources System Planning and Analysis 3 CIE 732 Surface Water Hydrology 2 CIE 733 Hydraulic Structures 3 CIE 734 Water Supply Engineering 3 CIE 735 Plus One Optional Course 3 OPTIONAL COURSES CIE 736 CIE 737 Second Semester CIE 740 CIE 741 CIE 742 CIE 743 CIE 799 OPTIONAL COURSES CIE 745 CIE 746 CIE 747 Advanced Hydro-Mechanics Modelling and Control of River Quality 3 3 Core Courses Groundwater Hydrology Solid – Waste Management Pollution Transport System Laboratory Work Project Plus one Optional Course 3 2 2 2 6 3 Water Waves Hydrodynamics of Coasts and Estuaries Sediment Transport Mechanics 3 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION CIE 730 Computational Methods in Surface and Groundwater Hydrology Introduction to programming for FORTRAN, Numerical integration, linear equations; interactive and direct methods; eigeproblems. Interpolation in one and two dimensions, least squares numerical approximation of functions. Finite difference methods, weighted residual and variational approaches. Time series analysis, multidimensional implicit equations, boundary value problems (elliptic partial differential equation), and initial value problems (parabolic partial differential equation), applications of hydrology. Economic benefit – cost objectives, multi-objective models in water resources planning. Deterministic River Basin Modelling. CIE 731 Water Resources System Planning and Analysis Introduction to water resources planning, water resources system analysis, Engineers and policy makers, characteristics of system analysis and costs. Planning model and solution procedures; language multipliers, Dynamic programming, linear programming. Simulation and search methods. Economic benefit – cost objectives, multi objective models in water resources planning. Deterministic River Basin Modelling. 121 Faculty of Engineering and Technology CIE 732 Surface Water Hydrology Occurrence and movement of water over the earth’s surface, precipitation and stream flow measurement and characteristics, frequency analysis of precipitation and runoff, relationship between rainfall and runoff, flood routing, time series analysis, and stochastic data generation models. CIE 733 Hydraulic Structures Design of earth dams, Gravity dams, spillways, stilling basins and piplines, hydraulic model laws resting. CIE 734 Water Supply Engineering Physical, chemical and microbiological aspects of surface, ground and treated waters. Principles of conventional and advanced water treatment methods for public water supplies. Water conditioning for industrial uses. Design of water supply system. CIE 735 Wastewater Engineering Wastewater surveys, characteristics, and laboratory and analysis. Ecology, metabolism and population kinetics, domestic and industrial waste water treatment methods. Design of waste water treatment and deposal systems. CIE 736 Advanced Hydro-Mechanics Flow kinematics, strain and vorticity, stress tensor, Naiver-stokes equations, exact solution to Naiwe-stoke’s Equation, High Reynolds Number Flow-boundary layer, oscillatory boundary layers, turbulence entrainment, wakes and plumes, open channel flows. CIE 737 Modelling and Control of River Quality Engineering practice in simulation, analysis and management of river water quality. Transport and assimilation of pollutants; water quality indicators, numerical fluid flow and mass transfer. Some specific existing water quality models. Use of models in river basin quality management. CIE 740 Groundwater Hydrology Introduction of principles of groundwater flow, including steady and transient flow through porous media, numerical analysis, pumping tests, ground water geology, contaminant transport, and design of water contaminant systems. CIE 741 Solid Waste Management Quantitative analysis of solid water generation and characteristics, conventional and advanced methods of treatment and disposal alternatives of solid waste. CIE 742 Pollution Transport System Pollution in air, land and water environment. Analysis and solution to the problems of air, land and water pollution. Pollution measurements. CIE 745 Water waves Theories of periodic gravity waves, wages spectrum concept and applications such as wave – sediment interaction, costal modeling, costal morphology and design of structures such as rubblemound breakwaters and caisson breakwaters. CIE 746 Hydrodynamics of Coastals and Estuaries Equilibrium theory of tides, tide recording, tide analysis and prediction, one and twodimensional tidal computation in estuaries and seas, salinity, sediment, pollution in estuaries, storm surges and sunamis, and tidal inlets. CIE 747 Sediment Transport Mechanics Sediment transport in rivers, estuaries and closed conduits. Measure techniques, modeling of river systems, river mechanics. 122 Faculty of Engineering and Technology DEPARTMENT OF ELECTICAL/ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING The Graduate programmes available in the Department are M.ENG and Ph.D in the Following areas: i. Electrical Power and Machine ii. Control and Instrumentation iii. Electronics and Telecommunication 1. OBJECTIVES The objectives of the programmes are: (i) To give the student advanced Electrical and Electronics Engineering concepts (ii) To acquire experience in applying these concepts to actual Engineering problems. 2. AIMS The aims of the programmes are: (i) To foster independent scholarship and competence in research (ii) To foster in depth knowledge in a chosen area of specialization 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To satisfy the requirements for the award of the master’s degree, a student must accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which include all the compulsory courses and the project. In addition, a student must give at least one Departmental Seminar on his research project during the period of the study. M.ENG PROGRAMME COURSES AVAILABLE Compulsory courses Common to all Students ELE 701 Advanced Experimention / Design / Seminar ELE 702 Mathematics and Computer Science ELE 799 Project 4 4 6 Electrical Power and Machines Core Courses (At least any four of the following) ELE 704 Electrical Machine Theory ELE 705 Electrical Machine Design ELE 706 Power System Analysis ELE 707 Relays and Power System Production ELE 708 Energy Conversion and Utilization ELE 709 High Voltage Technology and Electrical Materials ELE 710 Optimization and Control of Integrated Power System ELE 711 Surges and Installation in Power Systems ELE 712 Statistical Methods in Power System Reliability ELE 713 Electrical Drives: Dynamics and Control ELE 714 Power Electronics and Transducers 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 123 Faculty of Engineering and Technology Optional Courses (At least any two of the following ) ELE 715 Systems Design, Planning and Equipment ELE 716 Unified Theory of Machine and Special Machines ELE 717 Digital and Hybrid Systems ELE 718 Computers and Electronic Equipment Design 3 3 3 3 Control and Instrumentation Core Courses (At least four of the following) ELE 719 Control Theory and Application ELE 720 Modern Control Theory ELE 721 Industrial Instrumentation ELE 722 Instrument and Measurement Analysis ELE 723 Control System in Industry ELE 724 Protection and Speed Control ELE 725 Control Mathematic and Application ELE 726 Digital and Hybrid Systems ELE 727 Computers and Electric Equipment Design ELE 728 Pulse Circuit Design 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Optional Courses (At least any two of the following) ELE 729 Advanced Electronics and Integrated Circuits ELE 730 Power Electronics and Transducers ELE 731 Electric Drivers: Dynamics and Control ELE 732 Digital and Logical Systems 3 3 3 3 Electronics and Telecommunications Core courses (At least any two of the following) ELE 733 Information Theory, Coding and Noise ELE 734 Computers and Electronic Equipment Design ELE 735 Advanced Electronic & Equipment Design EIE 736 Analogue Communication Systems ELE 737 Antennas ELE 738 Digital Communication Systems ELE 739 Pulse Circuit Design 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Optional Courses (At least any two of the following) ELE 740 Propagation and Microwave Electronics ELE 741 Power Electronics and Transducers EIE 742 Digital and logical Systems ELE 743 Solid State Engineering 3 3 3 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ELE 701 Advanced Experimentation and / or Design Concurrently with the theoretical courses, at least two experiments or aspects of design work of a reasonable degree of difficulty shall be performed (or solved) and the report written up by each candidate. Allocation will normally be by the project supervisor. 124 Faculty of Engineering and Technology ELE 702 Mathematics and Computer Science Basic logical operations, logic and elements and memories, numbering systems and codes. Hardware implementation or arithmetic and control operations. Central processor and structures and features. Machine language: Assemblers, compilers and operating systems. Peripheral devices and device characteristics, interrupt and direct core assess arrangement; special purpose facilities, Mnemonic code; assembler language; higher level language, Fortran IV. ELE 703 Transform Methods-Laplace and Systems Definition and properties of laplace transformation, transform relations for linear systems; force and free responses; transfer function; poles and zeros; stability; inverse laplace transformation methods of residues; distributed systems. Electrical and mechanical transmission lines; sampled systems, the x transform; synchronous sampling theorem. Statistics Probability theory; frequency and probability distributions, expectation and movements; classical distributions; binomial, poison, gaussia, exponential; central limit theorem and its significance; estimation hypothesis testing; significance tests, confidence limits; regression and correlation. ELE 704 Electrical Machine Theory Basic rotating machine theory; energy flow, magnetic field and inductance relationships including electromechanical energy conversion; torgue equation, commentator actions. Flux and distributed winding mmf relations. A study of steady state and transient operations of D.C and A.C. machines. Electromechanical dynamics. The two axis theory of electrical machines and the differential equations forms of electrical machines. Characteristics of synchronous machines; steady transient, power angle, excitation, synchronizing torque, and stability relationships. The Asynchronous machine characteristics methods of analysis and advanced treatment of circle diagram, large three-phase transformers and their cooling problems. Machines modeling in power systems. ELE 705 Electrical Machines Design Principles of electrical machines and design. The output equation, the calculation of machine parameters, saturation problems in machine design, specific electric and magnetic loading related to cooling machines specific design problems and computer aided design of electrical machines. Definition of classification of windings, coil construction and insulation; physical problems connected with single and double layer winding; voltage analysis of windings, distribution factors, interspersing, pitch factors and electrical short pitching; fractional slot windings; slot star diagram; MMF analysis of windings; fundamental and harmonic rotating fields; principles and analysis of close ration pam windings; three-phase summarization. ELE 706 Power System Analysis Review of Circuit Theorems Power system network representation. Pre-unit systems. Solution of networks by mesh-current, branch, current, and nodal-voltage equation. Formulation of nodal admittance matrix for digital computer solution. Methods of solution using elimination matrix, inversion and interactive techniques. Acceleration and convergence. 125 Faculty of Engineering and Technology Load Flow and Fault Analysis Load Flow analysis of large systems and use of digital computers. Three phase faults in large systems symmetrical components and unbalanced fault analysis. Power System Stability Transient stability analysis using step-by-step and numerical integration methods. Comparison of digital computer and network analyzer solutions for power system problems. ELE 709 High Voltage Technology and Electrical Materials. High Voltage Technology and Testing Methods. H.V. cascaded transformer and series resonant testing; d.c. multiplier circuits, impulse generation and analysis; sphere gasps potential dividers and measurements; insulator strings and voltage distribution surges in transformer winding, corona, and ratio interference. High Voltage Dielectric Phenomena Calculation of electric fields on solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, avalanche and steamer breakdown in gases, dielectric loss, relaxation and special problems associated with high voltage apparatus. Electric Materials Introduction to conducting magnetic and insulating materials; structure and properties of thin films, electronics transportation properties of solid characteristics of dielectric materials, conducting material and introduction to super-conductivity; theoretical and experimental magnetism, preparation and properties of materials. ELE 710 Optimization and Control of Integrated Power Systems Requirement of Economic Dispatch, Systems with Transmission Losses, Coordination using the digital computer. Economic operation inter-connected systems, load-frequency control, combined effect of steam, hydro and gas-turbine power generating systems. Introduction to state space, solution of matrix differential equation concepts of controllability. Consideration of the stability of non-linear modelling techniques. ELE 711 Surges and Insulation in Power Systems Review of calculation methods of skin effect, effective resistance inductances and capacitances of overhead lines and cables. Traveling waves, operational and transform methods; distributed and non-linear parameter; theory and mechanisms of lighting discharges; circuit interruption and resultant transient effects; impulse discharges, impulse breakdown of insulation; insulation co-ordination; insulation of HV machines and systems; line design and protection of terminal equipment, effect of system earthling. Corona, (the use of lightening arrestors and their characteristics). ELE 712 Statistical Methods in Power System Reliability Statistics Basic probability theory; the binomial distribution. Poison and normal distribution. The exponential distribution, meantime to Markov processed. Statistical Generating Capacity, Reliability Evaluations: The loss of load method, frequency and duration method, reliability evaluation of spinning generation capacity 126 Faculty of Engineering and Technology System Reliability Advanced topics in the composite system reliability, evaluation and the reliability, evaluation of interconnected systems. ELE 713 Electric Drives: Dynamics and Control: Control Theory Review of differential equations and their solutions. Transfer functional and frequency response functions. Bode diagrams, diagrams and stability Nyguist theorem. Nicholas chart Root locus methods. Use of these techniques in the design of electric drive system. Drive Systems (Steady Stated and Transient Characteristics) Fundamental of electric Drives, Speed Control of Electric Drives; Motor power rating, selection and load diagrams, Automatic Electric drive systems; Open-loop and closed loop automatic drive control system. Typical controls of electric drives. Transients and dynamics of drive systems. ELE 715 System Design, Planning and Equipment: Power System Planning and Design World energy resources. Methods of electrical power generation. Load forecasting and source analysis. Principles and practice of HVAC transmission and distribution. Mathematical methods used in planning of source utilization and of transmission network. Generation scheduling. Power System Equipment Alternators: factors affecting size and design. Special problems of turbo and hydroalternator construction and operation. Transformers: design construction and operation. Switch-gear: principles of circuit breaking, types, layout of substation. Overhead lines and cables: fabrication, erection and use. ELE 716 Unified Theory of Machines and Special Materials Unified Theory of Machines Unified theory of machines and representation; methods of machine analysis, steady state performance characteristics of A. C. machines, general equations of A.C. machines, the D.C. machines. Special Machines Homopolar machines, induction machines, stepped motors; induction regulators and generators, rectifiers and inverters, introduction to linear motors, PAM motors, superconducting machinery. ELE 719 Control Theory and Applications: Basic Control Theory (Review) Principles of closed loop control system: block diagrams and transfer function analysis; frequency response methods: Nyguist, inverse and Bode diagrams; transient response analysis, root locus design of compensating networks. Advanced Control Theory Classical analysis and synthesis of D.C. and A.C. control systems. Analysis and synthesis of sampled data systems by transform methods sampling and data construction processes. Analysis and synthesis of non-linear control systems, effects of non-linearities on stability. ELE 720 Modern Control Theory Introduction to modern control theory, state space and state function methods of systems analysis, general solution of state equations, controllability and observability, Design of control systems using sate variable feed back. Optimum control theory. 127 Faculty of Engineering and Technology ELE 721 Industrial Instrumentation: Instrumentation Components Survey of passive and dynamic components and electrical materials employed in electrical and mechanical devices. Specialized devices employed as components in measurement systems. Industrial instrumentation e.g. (steel, cement and refineries). Electronic Instrumentation: Fundamental techniques: the broad requirements of electronic instrumentation systems; the extension of use of commercially available small scale analogue and digital devices to larger systems; illustrations taken from current application; the digital frequency meter and the digital voltmeter transfer, encoders, data recording instruments; data logging and storage. Nuclear Instrumentation Statistics of nuclear counting devices: of gas filled detectors; scintillation counters; scintillator for various types of radiation, use of alkali-halides for gamma ray spectroscopy, resolution; seminconductor dectors; silicon surface barrier and lithium drifted types for alpha and beta radiation: scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance measuring devices. High Speed Measurement and Instrumentation: High speed measurement and control of voltage and current; measurement of electrical conductivity and specific heat of metals, digital and analogue data storage and retrieval. ELE 722 Instrumentation and Measurement Analysis Advanced treatment of errors in measurement, analysis of bridge measurements, principles of the measurement displacement, flow, pressure, temperature and pH. Gas analysis. Transducers acoustic, ultrasonic, photoelectric, optical variable impedance, electro-mechanical. Detailed studies of instruments and apparatus including radiometers, pacemarkers, defibrillators, stimulators, flow meters, electrical watt-hour meters. ELE 723 Control System in Industry Thyrister applications in position and speed control systems. General process control concepts, role of control in steel mills, cement factories, oil refineries, etc. component and system design concepts. Microprocessors and Applications: Nature and function of microprocessors. Architecture of microprocessor and micro computer systems. Microprogramming and assembly languages; cross assemblers and simulators. Inputs, outputs and interrupts. Designing control systems with microprocessors. ELE 724 Protection and Speed Control System Protection Steady-state and transient behaviour of current voltage transformers; linear couplers: characteristics and operation of relays; distance protection a carrier and pilot wire protection schemes for complete systems. Principles of relay design. Speed Control of Motors The characteristics of induction, synchronous and do motors with special reference to speed control; the characteristics of triacs and thyristor-diode pars as applied to induction motor voltage control; the operating principle of full-controlled and semicontrolled 3-phase bridge convectors; the do link and 128 Faculty of Engineering and Technology cycloconvertor; frequency control of induction and synchronous motors, slip power recovery using convectors. Thirster control of do motors: transistor assisted commutation commutator less do motto. ELE 725 Control Mathematics and Application: Control of Infinite Dimensional Systems Introduction of the theory of control as applied to linear partial differential equations, input output models, quadratic variational problems, oscillations, and stability. Certain results from functional analysis developed as needed. Identification, estimation and control of Dynamics Systems Modeling of stochastic dynamic via state vector, autoregressive, moving average and frequency-domain models. State and parameter estimation, linear and non linear fostering (Winner and Kalmar) smoothing. System identification, time series analysis, forecasting. Stochastic control. Applications to power systems, man machine systems, industrial processes, econometrics, aerospace and environmental systems. ELE 726 Digital and Hybrid Systems, Engineering Application of Analogue and Hybrid Computer Programming of system equation, optimization techniques, application to the study of control systems. Digital Systems Analysis and Design Analysis and synthesis of multiple-output combinatorial circuits; theory and realizations of sequential machines; threshold logic, advanced computer architecture including stack machines and pipeline structures; real time design considerations; survey of application oriented computers. ELE 733 Information theory, Code and Noise: The concept of information measure, information content and information transfer in discrete noiseless and noisy channels. Entropy definition, channel matrix and channel capacity, coding to match source of channel distributed by white addictive, Gaussain noise. Capacity of a band-limited channel. Coding for Noise Channels Systematic Block codes: Hamming distances; minimum distance groups and rules for optimal groups. Algebraic code: General generator matrix, message matrix purity check matrix, error syndrome. Cyclic codes generation of cyclic codes using shift registers. Decoding for cyclic codes meggitt decoder error trapping decodes. Noise Stochastic processes: statutionary process (strict and wide sense). Properties of Gaussain and poison processes, Gaussain Noise and impulsive Noise as Stochastic Processes. ELE 727 Computers and Electronic Equipment Design Analogue Computing Basic analogue techniques for system simulation: simulation of non-linear systems, time and amplitude scaling methods, checking procedures; control of the analogue computer, use of logic and hybrid systems. Micro-Computer Nature and functions of microprocessors: architecture of a microprocessor and microcomputer systems: instruction sets and assembly languages: cross assemblers and simulators; inputs and interrupts: typical applications. 129 Faculty of Engineering and Technology Design of Electronic Equipment Need for a rational approach to design problems in electronic engineering. Basic elements of design, technical economic ergonomic and aesthetic. Design by evolution and innovation. Elements of the theory of reliability. Reliability and its economic significance. Relationship between designing, development and production. Maintenance and organization of maintenance service. ELE 729 Advanced Electronics and Integrated Circuits: Electronic Analogue Device The ideal operational amplifier: physical limitations; considerations of gain, bandwidth, CMRR: a working model; common configurations: inverting, noninvesting, difference modes other application: voltage and current sources; the oscillators; rectifier: buffer, comparator: balanced; unbalanced systems; noise from external fields; choice of configurations: the instrument amplifier, use of guard system; diode function generator, square low and multiplication; division; transconductance methods; log function generator: multiplication: temperature effects analysis and design of active filter circuits; stability of feedback configurations, compensation circuits. Digital Integrated Circuits Properties of available commercial devices: evolution of the integrated circuits; transistor-transistor logic in small, medium and large-scale packages: MOS devices: construction and utilization of systems based on digital integrated circuits, manipulation of digital signal, conversion of signals from analogue to digital form, digital storage of information. ELE 736 Analogue Communication System: Television T V signals, monochrome vision, photometry, illumination, colour vision and colourimetry TV systems, transmission of monochrome vision and chromiance values. Telephony General principles of telephony and telegraphy and the description of the public telephone systems, relays; construction, types, and performance characteristics. Signaling; introduction, principles and types. Switching, manual and automatic, selector mechanism, cross-bar and electronic exchangers. Traffic and trucking distribution frames. Satellite Communication Introduction, design of satellite systems, multiple access techniques, modulation techniques, ground station, future trends, and the Nigerian domestic satellite system. ELE 737 Antennas Electromagnetic Theory Review of Maxwell’s equations. General theory of wave propagation radiation, scattering and diffraction with appropriate introduction to the mathematical techniques used. Antennas Factors determining the design of antennas, calculation of radiation patterns of arrays of current elements and radiating apertures. Control of beam shapes sidelobes. Complementary antennas. Radiation resistance and input impedance. 130 Faculty of Engineering and Technology Power gain, microwage antennas. Scanning. Wideband antennas. Adaptive antennas. Practical antennas. Practical forms of antennas in the band 30kHz-30GHz. ELE 738 Digital Communication System Review of digital signal representation and coding A/D and D/A converters. Information theory; Harley Law, Nyquist information rate, diversity techniques. Modulation and keying methods, PAM, PPM PDM delta-modulation, SK, FSK, PSK, DPSK. Detection of signal in noise: characteristics and effects of Gausian noise, matched filter, correlation, coherent and noncoherent methods of detection, intersymbol interference. Global Communication Communication: The individual and society. The technical medial and heir basic effects. The post-war communication explosion, public and private spheres. Traffic growths; interrelations. International planning and control through ITU and other agencies. Correlation of communication media and wealth, values to the developing countries. Modems Time division multiplex. Design and description of typical modems. ELE 739 Pulse Circuits Analysis and the response to pulse signals of linear and non-linear net works; properties and ratings of circuit elements used in pulse system, pulse properties of semi-conductor device; semi-conductor switching theory; prediction of transient performance; circuit; design analysis; characteristics and integrated circuit; monolithic, thick and thin film applications, optimum scale of integration; problems of interconnection of high speed circuits; interfacing between systems; the design of gating systems; speed power rational noise immunity voltage and current amplitude comparators; accuracy and speed of operation regenerative circuit; application of the negative resistance concept; hysteresis analysis of transition between states and mechanism triggering; multi-state circuits. ELE 740 Propagation and Microwave Electronics; Microwave Circuits Behaviour of wave guide modes; transmission line analogies, discontinuity. Waveguide junctions and the scattering matrix. Properties and design of microwave components; synthesis techniques; microwave measurements. Radio Wave Propagation Propagation of radio waves over the ground; effect of ground constants and surface irregularities. Tropospheric propagation; effects of obstacles and weather. Propagation using scatter techniques. Impact of propagation consideration on the planning of communication systems in the band 30KHz-30GHz Microwave Electronics Microwave tubes, basic introductory concepts, space-charge wave theory and velocity modulation; Klystrons and performance characteristics; parametric amplifiers; p-n diodes and Manley-Rowe relations, characteristics and types of parametric amplifier linearised equations, negative-resistance parametric amplifiers. 131 Faculty of Engineering and Technology ELE 741 Power Electronics and Transducers Power Electronics Properties of thyristors and power transistors. Controlled rectifier line cumulated inverted circuits. A.C. to D.C. power conversion using time ratio control, the control of D.C. machines. Impulse commutated inverters, waveform synthesis techniques, control circuits. Transducers The principle and characteristics of transducers: strainguage and their application to force and pressure measurement: Piezo and ferroelectric materials for velocity and acceleration measurement; associated electronic equipment; charge amplifiers. Transducers for temperature and field measurements; optical devices for machine control. ELE 742 Digital Logical Systems The processing of information in digital form, the analysis and synthesis of logical systems; combinational and sequential systems: switching algebra, systematic method simplification switching networks; optimization of combinational and sequential systems: race barzards, digital arithmetic processes; the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division digital information encoding and decoding error detection and correction. ELE 743 Solid State Engineering Semi-conducting Materials Significance of semi-conducting materials; intrinsic; impurity, compound semiconductors; conduction mechanism, holes and electrons, drift; diffusion; internal potential difference; the p-n junction properties by impurities, do characteristics, depletion and diffusion capacitances, transient charges storage effects; transistors operation and parameters; origins of quantum theory of electron energies, Fermi level; application of foregoing theory of metals, insulators and semi-conductors; the tunnel effects; metal to semi-conductor contact; the Schottky diode; physical mechanism of field effect transistors: Hall effect. Fabrication of semi-conductor Devices Diodes; transistors. C.M.O.S. TTL and ECL integrated circuits. Analogue devices: multipliers, operational amplifiers, modulators, microprocessor chips using large scale integration 132 Faculty of Engineering and Technology DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The Department offers two degrees of Masters programmes. The first is Master of Mechanical Engineering with specialization in any of the following options: (i) Applied Mechanical / Engineering Design (ii) Thermofluids The second is Master of Engineering materials with specialization in any of the materials groups. (i) Metals (ii) Ceramics (iii)Electrical and Electronics Materials (iv) Polymer’s (v) Elastomers (vi) Glasses Structure of the programmes The two programmes consist of taught courses, seminars and research objects. In the case of materials Engineering, there would be design, fabrication and testing of equipment relevant to any of the major materials discipline. Requirement for graduation To satisfy the requirement for the award of the degree of masters, a student must accumulate a minimum of thirty (30) credit units which shall include the compulsory course, electives and research project. In addition, a student must give at least one seminar on his research project during the period of study. COURSES AVALIABLE M. Eng. (Application Mechanics / Engineering Design) Core Courses Course Code Title MEE 701 Numerical Methods in Engineering I MEE 702 Engineering System Dynamics MEE 703 Advanced machine Design and manufacture MEE 704 Advanced strength of materials MEE 705 Design methodology and optimization MEE 799 Project Units 3 3 3 3 3 6 Elective Courses MEE 706 Matrix methods in vibration Analysis MEE 707 Random vibration MEE 708 Numerical methods in Engineering II MEE 709 Synthesis of linkages MEE 711 Theory of lubrication and Bearing Design MEE 712 Experimental mechanics 3 3 3 3 3 3 133 Faculty of Engineering and Technology M. Eng. (Thermo-Fluids) Courses Core Courses MEE 701 Numerical methods in Engineering I MEE 713 Heat Transfer I MEE 714 Heat Transfer II MEE 715 Advanced Fluid mechanics MEE 799 project Elective Courses Core Code Title MEE 708 Numerical methods in Engineering II MEE 716 Gas Dynamics MEE 717 Power plants MEE 718 Turbo machinery MEE 719 Refrigeration, Air-condition and ventilation MEE 721 Combustion Theory MEE 722 Energy Conversion and Utilization MEE 723 Solar energy systems MEE 724 Ideal fluid flow MEE 725 Boundary layer Theory Units 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Description Course for M.ENG. APPLIED MECHANICS / ENGINEERING DESIGN MEE 701 Numerical Methods in Engineering I Topics from analysis having application in the solution of practical engineering problems. Linear and non-linear mechanical systems. The algebraic eigenvalue problem. Initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and pedal differential equations. Tensor methods and application. Design of experiments. Statistical analysis. MEE 702 Engineering System Dynamics I Vibration as a nuisance in engineering systems and in the human environment. Characteristic parameters of vibration. Single degree of freedom lumped-parameters systems, potential energy and stability. The vibration energy balance. Lowest natural frequency in beam-like structures. Raleigh energy methods. Energy dissipation mechanism. Analytical modeling of hysteretic dump. The keended-panue reception plot. Hysteretic damping as a criterion for selection design materials. Force/motion transmissibility. Design of anti-vibration mountings. Non-harmkonic excitation. Impact and shock. Design of supporters to withstand impact. MEE 703 Advanced Machine Design and Manufacture Design and manufacture of machine, elements for strength, rigidity, creep and fatigue. Design of gears, hydraulic and pneumatic systems design. Design of figs and fixtures. Design of machine tools, computer aided design. 134 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MEE 704 Advanced Strength of Materials: Elasticity: Three-dimensional analysis of stress and strain stress equilibrium. Strain Displacement and compatibility equations The Balrami Michael Equation and its applications in solving various types of problems. Stress conceation problems axially symmetrical problems. Plasticity Yield criteria, behaviour of materials in plastic zone-mathematical modeling. Application in Bending and torsion problems. Plastic flow. Plates and shell Small deflection theory; strain energy methods; plates, stability, Buckling of thinwalled tubes. MEE 705 Design Methodology and Optimization A discussion of all those topics which make for a systematic and organized approach to design, problem solving. Optimum design. MEE 706 Matrix Method in Vibration Analysis General characteristics of multi-degree of freedom system. Matrix notation and algebra Lumped parameter modeling. Generalized coordinates. Deprivation of the equation of motion. The LaGrange’s energy method. Principal coordinates. The system matrix-jacobi method of diagonalisation. Properties of the eigen solution. Response via model super-position.Forced damped vibrations. Receptance, impedance mobility. Inertance. Bean receptance, point receptance, cross receptance coupling. Mobility testing. MEE 707 Random Vibration Natural occurrence of random vibration as opposed to the idealized time harmonic vibration. Random process. Probability density/distribution functions, statistical parameters, stationary/ergodic process, antocomelation. Spectral analysis; power spectral density broad/narrow bands, with noise fatigue and failure in random vibration. MEE 708 Numerical Methods in Engineering 11 Calculus of variations numerical linear algebra. Applications to vibration, diffusion, heat transfer, wave propagations, membranes, plates, fluid flow and celestial mechanics, simulation and dynamical system. Analogue computation. MEE 709 Synthesis of Linkages Kinematic synthesis of mechanism, dimensional synthesis, finite displacement theta including concepts of poles, circle point curve, centre point curve and burmesters point. Introduction to space mechanisms, modern kinetic analysis and methods of performance evaluation. Curvature theory and instantaneous invariants, cams, kinetic design of gears gear trains. MEE 711 Theory of Lubrication and Bearing Design Basic theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, hydrodynamic thrust and journals, lubrication flow and heat dissipation in finite bearings, factors in bearing design, hydrostatic, the theory of lubrication, hydrostatic design, bearing materials, optimum design methods. 135 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MEE 712 Experimental Mechanics Photoelastic techniques of two and three dimensional stress analysis problems. Interferometry, holography, moiré fringes and their application in stress analysis, strain gauge techniques transducers. Brittle coatings. COURSES FOR M.ENG. THERMO FLUID MEE 713 Heat Transfer 1 Fundamentals of Heat Transfers Introduction to heat transfer, modes of heat transfer, basic layer of heat transfer, units and dimensions combined modes of heat transfer; analogy between heat transfer and electrical energy transfer. Conduction Heat Transfer Steady state one-dimensional heat conduction with and without internal heat sources; steady state two and three dimensional heat conduction; unsteady-state heat conduction. Radiation Heat Transfer Thermal radiation, absorption, reflection and transmission of radiation; Kirchoffs laws and Black Body radiation; radiation intensity and emissive power; heat transfer between black and grey surfaces, heat transfer by radiation in black or grey enclosures; radiation from gases, vapours and flames, solar terrestrial and atmospheric radiation. Measurements Methods of measuring temperature and heat flow in solids, liquids and gases; surface temperature measurement; radiation pyrometers; thermocouple; heat flow methods. MEE 714 Heat Transfer II Convection Heat Transfer Fundamental principles of viscous fluid and boundary layer flow fundamentals of convective heat – transfer coefficient; the Nusselt number; evaluation of coefficient; the Nusselt number; evaluation of convective heat transfer coefficient; dimensional analysis applied to heat transfer; laminar and turbulent. MEE 716 Gas Dynamics Fundamental concepts of gas dynamics, kinematics of fluid-flow equations of motion for perfect fluids; classical thermodynamics and statistical mechanics applied to compressible fluid flow; speed of sound stationary sock-wave in perfect fluids; one dimensional steady flow; non-steady one-dimensional and quassi – one- dimensional flow perfect fluids; non-steady flows of perfect fluids with discontinuities; spatial supersonic steady flow of perfect fluids, flows with viscosity and heat transfer; methods of measurement. MEE 717 Power Plants Energy sources and their availability, fuels and combustion, energy cycles. Steam Power Plants Combustion methods and systems (gas oil) – and coal fired systems, fluidized –bed systems steam generation dust collection; prime inovers; condensers; calling towers; sper critical pressure steam plants. Nuclear Power Plants Power reactor systems; design; operation and control of power reactions; nuclear fuels; fast bredder reactors; disposal of nuclear wastes; nuclear safety. 136 Faculty of Engineering and Technology Hydroelectric Power plants Hydro-power station and auxiliaries site selection Miscellaneous Power Plants Solar and geothermal plants; small-scale hydro-plant .Environmental considerations. Particulate emissions. Power-plants wastes and their environmental effects. Power Economy Load curves; plant selection; overall station performance; energy rates. Gas Turbine Power Plants Open cycle-single- shaft and twin-shaft arrangements; compounding; closed cycles, aircraft population, application, gas turbine design. Ideal cycles losses; design point performance. Performance of practical cycles; gas turbine cycles for mobile and stationary applications; combustion systems, prediction of plant performance. Economics of Gas Turbine Plants Reciprocating internal combustion, engines; criteria of performance, performance characteristics, fuel and combustion processes in internal combustion engines; fuel systems; the air fuel ratio and the volumetric efficiency; supercharging; modern developments and applications; economics of internal combustion engine application. MEE 718 Turbo-Machinery Introductory concepts, definition, units and dimensional analysis and similitude, performance laws and characteristics; specific speed; cavitation-thermodynamic and fluid dynamic concepts; efficiency. Two dimensional cascades; two-dimensional axial flow turbines, two dimensional axial flow compressors; pumps and fans; threedimensional flows in axial turbo machines, centrifugal compressors; pumps and fans; radial flow machines. MEE 719 Refrigeration, Air-conditioning and Ventilation Building of environmental engineering role of air-conditioning and ventilation in environmental control; ventilation; properties of the air and applied psychrometry, airconditioning processes; flow of air inducts: air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment; air-conditioning applications; automatic control in air conditioning systems; air movement in rooms; principles of product refrigeration. MEE 721 Combustion Theory Fuel – solid, liquid, gas. Types and formation of hydro-carbon. refining process. Properties and grades of gasoline. Combustion of fuel or hydrocarbons; application of the first and the second laws of thermodynamics. Heat of reaction or calorific values and adiabatic combustion. Heats of formation and Hess’s Law. Chemical potential, Chemical Stoichiometry and Dissociation. Chemical Equilibrium and Chemical Kinetics. Methods for calculating Equilibrium constants, applications in engines. Ionization of gases, Saha equation for ionized gases. Electric sparks or plasma formations. Droplets ignition and combustion application in engines. Combustion phenomena: flame speeds, laminar and turbulent burning velocities, quiescent and turbulent explosions. Limit of inflammability. Confined or non flow explosion, flow or continuous combustion pollution; pollution from engine control. 137 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MEE 722 Energy Conversion Utilization The energy crisis; consumption, units and energy and power, growth rates; fossilreserves. Limitations to usage of available energy- terrestrial and thermodynamic limitations; energy from fossil; hisropower nuclear energy. New and renewable energy sources-solar; wind energy, biomass energy; geothermal sources. MEE 723 Solar Energy Systems Introduction and Historical development. Solar radiation, Thermal Collectors. The flat plate collector, intermediate temperature collectors (up to 2000C). High temperature collectors. Thermal application space heating and cooling power production. Other thermal applications, energy storage. Photovoltaic system. Biological energy conversion. Economic, social and legal issues. Wind power systems. MEE 724 Idea Fluid Flow Introductory concepts. Bermoulli’s theorem, two dimensional flows rectilinear vertices; the circular cylinder as an airfoil-Joukoski’s transformation; twodimensional airofoil thin serofoil theory; induced velocity; airofoil with finite aspect ratio; the lifting line theory, the lifting surface theory; propullare and windmills; wind tunnel correction, subsonic and supersonic firms. MEE 725 Boundary Layer Theory Concept of the boundary layer; separation and vortex formation; turbulent flow in dusts and boundary layers. Laminar Boundary Layers Two-dimensional boundary layer equations; general properties of the boundary layer equations, exact solutions of the steady-state, the dimensional boundary layer equations, axially symmetrical and three-dimensional boundary layer, non-steady boundary layers, approximate methods for the solution of the boundary layers equations; boundary layer-control; thermal boundary layers: boundary layers in compressible flow. Turbulent Boundary Layers Transition from laminar to turbulent flows including the origin of turbulence. Fundamentals of turbulent flows; turbulent flows through pipes; sin friction drag of a flate plate at zero incidence; roughness; turbulent boundary layers with favourable and adverse-pressure gradients; free turbulent flows. DOCTORATE DEGREE (Ph.D) PROGRMME The Ph.D programme will be by research only: MATERIALS ENGINEERING Course Description MTE 701 Materials Research Equipment Basic laboratory: X-ray diffractometer, X-ray fluorescent analysis, Electron microprobe analysis, SEM, LOM, TEM etc. detailed laboratory procedure for characterizing materials, metallography, ceramography, etc. 138 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MTE 702 Physical Materials Process The processing of materials: metallurgical processes, ceramic processes, polymer processing, materials processing using lasers, advanced treatment. The fabrication properties of metals, ceramics and refractories. MTE 703 Glasses and Amorphous Materials Nature and structure of glasses: nucleation and crystal growth theories. Raw materials, processing properties. Optical fibers: CVD, MCVD, AVD, etc. glass coatings, electronic glasses and Cxynitride glasses, Chalcogenide glasses and elctrooptic materials. Metallic glasses. MTE 704 Traditional Ceramic Materials Raw materials preparation, forming techniques, phase diagrams; triaxial ceramic compositions, properties and quality control, SQC, TQC. MTE 705 Polymer Technology Polymer processing, extrusion and injection moulding of polymers. Process monitoring and control. Mould and die design. Extrusion vulcanization of elastromers MTE 706 Advanced Ceramics Processing of advanced ceramics materials for mechanical applications (Turbine blade Tools piston valves, textile thread guides, etc). Sintering theory and practice. Properties, flexural strength, wear and high temperature resistance. MTE 707 Mechanical Metallurgy Theory of Brittle and ductile fracture Mechanical working of metal and novel processing techniques. MTE 708 Electronic Ceramics Uses of ceramics in electronic devices. Principles of sensors, dielectric, piezoelectric, hydroelectric, ferroelectric, opto-electronic, ferromagnetic and ferromagnetic materials; emphasis is on the synthesis of electronic ceramics. Superconductors (from Hg to high Tc La-Sr-Cu oxides). Application of superconductors superconductive microelectronic devices. Thin and thick film, MLCC. MTE 709 Materials Equipment Design Design, fabrication and testing of equipment used for materials processing and handling. Use of different design packages, CAD-CAM. Selection of materials. Management of design by time planning and other techniques. Design and environment compatibility. MTE 710 Composites Processing Processing and modeling of composite materials resistant foams, hydride wall materials. Mechanical properties of expoxy, polyester, polyurethane and cement matrices reinforced with sheres and E-glass. Carbon and aramid fibres. Classceramics as an example of a composite material. Other composites. MTE 711 Engineering Management Review of existing knowledge in management procedures. Investment analysis, data collection and cost estimating. MTE 712 Material Protection Factors affecting and determining performance of materials under corrosive and abrasive conditions. Design for corrosion and wear control by use of surface protective treatments, environment modifications and special property materials. 139 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MTE 713 Foundry Technology Ferrous and non-ferrous casting. Design of patterns and moulds. Treatment of solidification of steel and alloys investment casting, centrifugal and other casting methods. MTE 714 Power Metallurgy Power preparation, consolidation techniques. Properties and application of power metallurgy products. Quality control. MTE 715 Computational Materials Engineering Computer simulation of structure of materials. Finite element method. New methods of calculations. Estimation of properties by calculations. Quantitative stereological measurements. Modeling of crack, creep and fatigue (computer Simulation of Fracture). Computer calculation of Phase Diagrams (CALPHAD) MTE 799 Research/Design Project 140 Faculty of Engineering and Technology DEPARTMENT OF PRODUCTION AND MATERIAL ENGINEERING 1. Introduction The Department of Producation and Materials Engineering (MPE) is devoted to activities that improve the development and performance management in organization, and also other programmes that affect the well being of people living in both rural area and urban communities. The Department offers specialized programmes that encourage the integration of technological, environmental, social, economic, and management inputs for effective and sustainable development. Our Department is a pioneering leader in the development of integrated Graduate Development Scheme (IGM) in Africa. The IGDS includes M.Sc and Ph.D degree programmes, short practical and special courses for groups and individual study. All programmes are designed to meet the education and training needs of individuals involved or intending to become involved in planning, provision and/or management of physical infrastructure for development. All programmes on offer are suitable for engineers and non-engineers (e.g. holders of degree honours in building, chemistry, computer science, physics and social sciences). The Department of Production and Materials Engineering is aware of the present gender imbalance amongst management and technical personal in the various sectors of the African economy. In addition, the Department recognizes that the involvement of both men and women in all phases of development is essential if progress is to be effective and sustainable. To help address these issues, the Department particularly encourages women to participate in our technology management programme to enable them actively take part in the pacing of economic and technological development in Africa. 2. The Programmes Our modular programmes include: a. M.Sc in the following areas: Production and Materials Engineering Technology Management b. Ph.D in the following areas: Production and Materials Engineering Environmental Management and Technology Technology Management The M.Sc programmes are for two semesters, while the Ph.D programmes are for six semesters. Both programmes are by course work and research project. The production and Materials Engineering Programme combines an understanding of the physical, mechanical and chemical basis of solid materials with an appreciation of management and manufacturing process and the economic and social constraints in which they operate. The programme prepares students for careers in manufacturing industries where new materials are taking the place of traditional materials. The Technology management programme is a multidisciplinary course with a roughly equal balance between appreciation of the human, economic and social framework in which business and industrial activity take place and study of technologies used in modern industries. The programme is aimed at giving the students an understanding of the interactions between technology, development and society and also an appreciation of technology as the engine of economic development. 141 Faculty of Engineering and Technology 3. Admission Requirement Admission is open to graduates who have obtained a good honours degree of not below second class lower in Chemistry, Engineering, Geology, Materials science, Physics, Polymer science, and technology from a recognized institution of higher learning. However, candidates with lower qualifications but have adequate relevant experience may be admitted into a four-semester M.Sc. degree programme. Only candidates with master’s degree in Engineering and Technology may be registered for the Ph.D. programmes. However, candidates with good Master’s degree in petroleum economics, but have adequate relevant experience may be admitted into the technology management or environmental management and technology programme. 4. M.Sc Course Structure The programmes are based on the credit system. Students are required to obtain a total of 30 credit units, comprising 24 units from the instructional components of the course and a further 6 credit units from the research project module. Each instructional credit represents 20 hours of lectures with associated laboratory, design and course work. Candidates following the part-time basis may undertake their instructional credits over four semester, and can extend their project over the same period. Six compulsory courses are taught on the programme, four of which are taken by all students in the semester while the remaining two are taken in the second semester. 4.1 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Production and Materials Engineering Programme First Semester Course Code Course Title Units MPE 701 Engineering Materials 3 MPE 702 Surface Engineering 3 MPE 703 Materials Handling 3 TEM 703 Management of information Technology 3 TEM 704 Technology and Marketing Strategy 3 TEM 705 Management of Technological Innovations 3 Second Semester Course Core Course Title MPE 711 Materials Research Equipment MPE 712 Materials Processing MPE 713 Seminar MPE 714 Project Work MPE 715 Technology Acquisition and Accumulation of Domestic Capacity Units 3 3 3 3 3 MPE 701 Engineering Materials (3 Units) Main components include: metallic materials, ceramic materials, polymeric materials, electronic and magnetic materials, and matrix composites. 142 Faculty of Engineering and Technology MPE 702 Surface Engineering (3 Units) Main components include: structure of surface and interfaces, surface energy, adhesion theory, adhesives, vacuum science, liquid phase deposition, solid phase deposition, behaviour of engineering materials under plasticity, creep, fatigue and fracture conditions. MPE 703 Materials Handling (3Units) Main components include: terminology and principles of materials handling, analysis of materials handling problems, features of materials handling systems, selection of materials handling systems, and material handling equipment. MPE 711 Materials Research Equipment (3Units) The major thrust in the area concerns the procedures and techniques used in the characterization of materials that are of special interest to materials engineers. This includes: x-ray diffractometer, x-ray fluorestcent analysis, electron microprobe, transmission electron microscope, optical microscope, and sample preparation techniques. MPE 712 Materials Processing (3 Units) Main components include: injection moulding of polymers, adhesives, metal matrix composites, fibre-reinforced composites, welding of metals and polymers, ceramic processing methods, glass manufacturing, and property evaluation techniques. MPE 713 Seminar (3 Units) Each student will be required to attend all Departmental seminars. In addition, each student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work.. MPE 714 Project Work (3 Units) Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects are carried out in areas of particular interest to the students or their sponsors. 4.2 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme First Semester Course Code Course Title units TEM 701 Introduction to Technology Policy 3 TEM 702 Management of Technology Change 3 TEM 703 Management of Information Technology 3 TEM 704 Technology and Marketing Strategy 3 TEM 705 Management of Technological Innovations 3 TEM 703 Materials Handling 3 Second Semester Course Code Course Title Units TEM 711 Organisation of Production and Work 3 TEM 712 Technology / Acquisition and Accumulation of Domestic Capability 3 TEM 713 Seminar 3 TEM 714 Project Work 3 TEM 715 Technology, Industrial Competitiveness and International Trade 3 143 Faculty of Engineering and Technology TEM 701 Introduction to Technology Policy (3 Units) Main components include: basic definitions, origin of technology policy, generation and nature of scientific knowledge, technology policy and economic analysis, economics of organisation and technological change, relationship between science and technology, and society, science and technology indicators, science and technology in developing economies, and national policy on science and technology development. TEM 702 Management of Technological Change (3 Units) Main components include: scientification of government Departments and industry, evolutionary theory of firm, innovations at firm level, technology change and strategies of firms, managing the risk and cost of technological change, managing inter-institutional technology generating endeavours, the role of research and development/promotion of technology change, and public policy towards technological change. TEM 703 Management of Information Technology (3 Units) Main components include: introduction to computer systems, data processing techniques, data structure, computer languages, problem analysis, algorithms, appreciation and research potentials of computers in management environment. TEM 704 Technology and Marketing Strategy (3 Units) Main components include: marketing overview, context of marketing descision/controllable marketing decision variables, diffusion theory of technological change and consumer behaviour, technology and marketing segmentation, marketing research and sales forecasting, product promotion and distribution decisions, market control/review. TEM 705 Management of Technological Innovations (3Units) Main components include: sources of innovation, innovation and technical change, process of generating and developing technological innovation, place of the market in innovation endeavour, risk of technological innovation, funding of technological innovations, innovation and the project champion, technology and industrial agenda. TEM 711 Organisation of Product and Work (3 Units_ Examines the nature and changing institutional forms of production and work orgagnisation in capitalist economies and provides a through assessment of competing perspectives in political economy, modern economic analysis and history. Major topics include: emergence of the factory, technology division and labour, formation and structure of labour markets, globalization of production, nature and impact of state intervention. TEM 712 Technology Acquisition and Accumulation of Domestic Capability (3 Units) Major topics include: technological innovation as a synthesis, technological paradigms, technological guideposts and technology development, concept of technology transfer and acquisition, pre-requisites for effective technology transfer and acquisition, administrative and legal aspects of technology transfer, technology skills learning processes, technology acquisition in firms, and the role of the state in effective technology acquisition. 144 Faculty of Engineering and Technology TEM 713 Seminar (3 Units) Each student will be required to attend all Departmental seminars. In addition, each student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work. TEM 714 Project Work (6Units) Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects are carried out in areas of particular interest to the student or their sponsors. TEM 715 Technology, Industrial Competitiveness and International Trade Main components include: concept of competitive advantage, need for a new paradigm, determinants of competitive advantage, dynamics of national competitive advantages, globalization and international trade, competitive advantage of industries, international trade in services, barriers to trade in services, and some trade policy issues. 5. Ph.D Course Structure Our doctorate degree modules offer an expanding programme of opportunities for candidates who want to update and extend their knowledge and skills. The programmes are designed to produce high-level personnel capable of breaking through new grounds, through training and research, thereby making worthwhile contribution to knowledge. Students may choose six credit units from the course offered; with the approval of the Department and a further nine credit units from the project work and seminar. The choice must reflect the interest and the programme of study chosen by the students. Course Outlines/Descriptions for Materials and Production Engineering Progamme First Semester Course Code Course Title Units MPE 801 Advanced Properties of Engineering Materials 3 MPE 802 Manufacturing Strategy 3 MPE 803 Advanced Materials Processing 3 MPE 801 Interface Management 3 Second Sixth Semester Course Code Course Title Units MPE 811 Seminar 3 MPE 812 Project Work 6 MPE 801 Advanced Properties of Engineering Materials (3 Units) Main components include: strength of materials, friction and adhesion, lubrication and wear, corrosion technology, fatigue and fracture, electrical and optical properties, materials selection and design. MPE 802 Manufacturing Strategy (3 Units) The major thrust is in the areas of overall company competitive strategy and its implications for manufacturing management, technology audits in the evaluation of current performance in manufacturing systems, development of manufacturing system improvement priorities, implementation procedures, use of task forces in changing manufacturing systems, quality management techniques and procedures, 145 Faculty of Engineering and Technology standardization and cost of varieties in manufacturing systems, and assessment of manufacturing system flexibility. MPE 803 Advanced Materials Processing (3 Units) Main components include: new polymeric materials, product composition and formulations, manufacturing processes, self-reinforcing polymers and structural forms, engineering ceramics, metallic alloys, and composites development from metals, ceramics and polymers. MPE 811 seminar (3 Units) Each student will be required to attend all departmental seminars. In addition each student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work. MPE 812 Project Work (6 Units) Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects are carried out in areas of particular interest to the students or their sponsors. 5.2 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme First Semester Course Code Course Title Units TEM 801 Interface Management 3 TEM 802 Information Technology 3 TEM 803 Technology, Strategy and Competitiveness 3 TEM 804 Human Resources Management 3 Second Semester Course Code Course Title TEM 811 Seminar TEM 812 Project Work Units 3 3 TEM 801 Interface Management (3 Units) Main focus includes: organizational interfaces, approaches to interface Management, selection of managerial instruments, research and development interfaces, interface at project level, and role requirements in interface management. TEM 802 Information Technology (3 Units) Offers a complete understanding of all aspects of computer technology, emerging technologies in information management, concepts of telecommunications, role of information in project management, information usage in strategic decision making process and network management, web administration and management. TEM 803 Technology, Strategy and Competitiveness (3 Units) Introduces basic concepts in: technology changes, management’s missing dimension in marketing strategies, benefits and threats of technological changes, strategies for managing competition, dichotomy of technology and management, management paradigms in competition, and strategic architecture of technology management. 146 Faculty of Engineering and Technology TEM 811 Seminar (3 Units) Each student will be required to attend all Departmental Seminars. In addition, each student is also expected to present at least one seminar his or her research work. MPE 812 Project (6 Units) Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects are carried out in areas of particular interest to the students or their sponsors. 5.2 Course Outlines/Descriptions for Technology Management Programme First Semester Course Code Course Title Units EMT 801 Environmental Economic 3 EMT 802 Environmental Chemistry 3 EMT 803 Environmental Pollution Science and Technology 3 EMT 801 Interface Management 3 Second – Sixth Semester Course Code Course Title Units EMT 811 Seminar 3 EMT 812 Project Work 3 EMT 801 Environmental Economics (3 Units) Concerns: market failure and environmental goods, treatment of environmental factors in investment appraisal, theory and practice of pollution control, green taxation, sustainable environmental development, intergeneration equity and discount rates, economics of renewable resources, environmental issues in sector policies, e.g. agriculture, oil exploitation and exploration. EMT 802 Environmental Chemistry (3 Units) Main topics include: chemistry of dilute solutions and the development of methods to remove toxic impurities from effluents, transport of potential toxic species in ecosystems/waste management, heavy meal uptake in single cell organisms as environmental probes, aluminum-silicon interactions in solution, methods of extraction of metals from waste materials and low-grade ores. EMT 803 Environmental Pollution Science and Technology (3 Units) Concentrates on: the atmosphere and use of pesticides, water pollution, solid waste disposal and land dereliction EMT 811 Seminar (3 Units) Each student will be required to attend all Departmental seminars. In addition, each student is also expected to present at least one seminar in his or her research work. EMT 812 Project Work (6 Units) Each student will be expected to submit a compulsory research report, which will be written up as a thesis under the supervision of a senior academic staff. Such projects are carried out in areas of particular interest to the students or their sponsors. 147 FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DEPARTMENTS ARCHITECTURE GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONALPLANNING 148 FACULTY OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE The Department offers courses leading to the degree of: (i). Master of Science (M.Sc.) Architecture (ii). Doctor of Philosophy (Ph. D) Architecture AIMS The degree of Master of Science in Architecture is awarded on the successful completion of a two-year programme of studies. The curriculum in Architecture as developed in Ekpoma is aimed at providing the student with the various tools an Architect requires in solving environmental design problems and opportunity to explore one or two subject areas in considerable depth. OBJECTIVES The two years of study are devoted to complex architectural design problems and building technology. The objective of the system of specialized architectural design modules practiced in the department to enable in-depth inquiry into building design types, thus allowing the student to develop the beginning of a specialized career within the board field of architecture. The other objectives of the programme are to develop the student’s ability in problem analysis and creative thinking which tools are indispensable to successful architectural career. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The programme of study leading to the degree of Master of Science in Architecture enables the student to concentrate in the special fields of design such as Industrial Buildings, Housing, Institutional Buildings, Rural and Urban Design. The specialized fields of design are arranged in module, each module having a specific emphasis as mentioned above. Written examination for the award of M. Sc Degree are completed in the first year of the two years programme. The second year is devoted to the completion of a live project organized in Physical Planning Unit, Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma during the first semester and an Architectural Design Thesis in the second semester. A candidate for the degrees is expected to complete all courses of instruction in form of lectures, seminars, studio and any other forms of instruction as may be prescribed. All studio assignments are carried out in the studio. A Candidate is expected to pass all written examinations before commencing the design project. The minimum pass mark for both written examinations and workshop/studio assignments is 50%. REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION A candidate admitted into the M.Sc. degree course shall be required to pass the following before the award of the degree. (i). Written examination in all prescribed courses (ii). Workshop or Studio assignment (iii). Design project. 149 Faculty of Environmental Studies PROJECT EVALUATION The Thesis of the individual candidate on submission is assessed by a Board of Examination/Jury of external and internal examiners approved by Graduate School Board. COURSES AVAILABLE 1st Year 1st Semester ARC 701 Advanced Architectural Design 1 ARC 702 Advanced Building Construction 1 ARC 703 Advanced Building Service 1 ARC 704 Professional Practice and law 1 ARC 705 Specification Writing 1 ARC 706 Advanced Landscape Design 1 ARC 707 Advanced Structure 1 ARC 708 Advanced Construction Management 1 ARC 709 Quantity Surveying ARC 710 Architectural Application nd 2 Semester ARC 711 Advanced Architectural Design II ARC 712 Advanced Building Construction II ARC 713 Advanced building Services II ARC 714 Professional Practices and Law II ARC 715 Specification writing II ARC 716 Urban Design II ARC 717 Advanced Structures II ARC 718 Advanced Construction Management II ARC 719 Quantity Surveying ARC 711 Building Maintenance 2nd Year 1st Semester ARC 751 Advanced Architectural Design III (Live project) 1 Arc 752 Design/Research Seminar 2nd Semester ARC 799 Master’s Design Project Units 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Units 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Units 2 2 Units 24 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ARC 701 Advanced Architectural Design 1 (8 Units) Comprehensive design of complex building types with working drawing and details. ARC 702 Advanced Building Construction I (2 Units) Structural systems in Architecture; Structural behaviour Forces on building and their effects. The behaviour of building elements under load; lactic Irusses; Grids; grid plates; grid decks, space frames. ARC 703 Advanced Building Service I (2 Units) Design and production of drawing on: Water supply, drainage and sewage disposal installation, ventilation, heating and air-conditioning system 150 Faculty of Environmental Studies ARC 704 Professional Practice and Law I (2 Units) The ecology of Architectural practice in Nigeria; code of professional conduct and the architects scale of fees; Organisation of urban development; planning laws; planning authorities and planning approval processes; building regulations; easements, dilapidation; litigations and arbitration; pre-contract architectural services. ARC 705 Specification Writing I (Units) Architectural aspects of town designing; the industrial city; analysis of new towns and factors influencing development. Basic concepts guiding the designing of cities and their components, residential neigbourhood, civic space, central business district, shopping centers, industrial areas and the relationship among the components, group form and magestructure. Aesthetic analysis of settlement in African with consideration emphasis on Nigeria. Extensive reading assignments and class discussion. ARC 707 Advanced Structure I (2 Units) Introduction to prestressed concrete design. The design of steel beams, girders, cantilevers, welded and reverted connections. Columns bearing plates, etc. the plastic method of design. Studio work in calculation and layouts of simple steel buildings. ARC 708 Advanced Construction Management I (2 Units) Project planning and control, (C.P.M. PERT, BAR, CHART) Scheduling Crashing, Optimal solution, construction Management, project conception and initiation, project definition and design, construction policy, utility data and time-cost curves, linear programming and use of computers. ARC 709 Quantity Surveying (2 Units) Definition of Quantity Surveying. Types of construction, Contracts and relevance of quantity Surveying, Preliminary sketch design estimates by the area method and cube method. Building trades and method of measurement in accordance with the standard method of measurement for building works, course work: Substructure. ARC 710 Architectural Appreciation I (2 Units) Examination of the aesthetic quality; chronological survey of architectural masterpiece in Nigeria and the tropical architectures as a whole; method of architectural presentation; Architectural rendering. ARC 711 Advanced Architectural Design II (8 Units) Comprehensive design of complex building types; with construction documents, working drawings and details. ARC 712 Advanced Building Construction II (8 Units) Folding, plants, suspension structures; shells; miscellaneous specialized structure; volumetric component structure, Hull core building, pylons, silos, towers. ARC 713 Advanced Building II (2 Units) Air-conditioning, Design of air-conditioning requirements for cooling, humidity control and types of air-conditioning systems. Refrigeration, advantages and disadvantages of air-conditioning systems. Principles of air-movement, special ventilation devices. Power supply systems and electrical installation. ARC 714 Professional Practice and Law II (2 Units) Building contracts and tendering procedure. Building contract management. The architect and his office. Current trends in architectural practice. 151 Faculty of Environmental Studies ARC 715 Specification Writing II (2 Units) Specification clauses. General conditions of contracts; Preliminary clauses; materials and workmanship clauses in respect of new works, alteration work, use of the quantity surveyor and improvement grant works. ARC 716 Urban Design Survey of Urban Design Process: Survey evaluation criteria, the idea of Urban Design process Criteria, Imageable physical concept, comprehensiveness of Design, Design fit-A balance between preservation and Development, Public Sector emphasis; process criteria;- Goals, Polices and Strategies, Interagency Coordination, Awareness and Participation. Implementation of Action Programmes and Application of Controls. Investigation of wide range of Urban Design Concepts and Issues. ARC 717 Advanced Structures II (2 Units) Introduction to composite construction and design: General Principles; Composite section; Shear Connections: Applications of composite construction. Theory of stabilization of Multi-story and high-rise Building against horizontal forces and lateral sway. Application to special design-stadium, High-rise office buildings; industrial buildings, storage facilities, etc, selected building structures, problems. ARC 718 Advanced Construction Management II (2 Units) Approximate estimating, cost in use, building development cost control techniques, economy of residential development and valuation. ARC 719 Quantity Surveying (2 Units) Bill of Quantities format and units of management. Engineering method of estimating contrasted with professional Bill of quantities. Prime Costs of Provisional sums, preambles contingencies. Mechanical and electrical works (water supply, drainage, artificial lighting, air conditioning documents,) course work: Superstructures. ARC 720 Building Maintenance (2 Units) Building Maintenance is designed to acquaint the students with the following: Defects identification, physical and written documentary analysis to establish causes and danger imposed. Construction and structural solutions and the general environment when work commences. Cost implication and evaluation, forms of contract, contract documents and suitable tendering process. ARC 751 Advanced Architectural Design III (Live Project) (2 Units) Comprehensive design of complex building types. Prerequisite: ARC 711 ARC 752 Research/Design Seminar (2 Units) Students are offered the opportunity to discuss environmental and architectural problems with emphasis on general architectural characteristics. A chosen topic is researched by each student within the perimeters that should include design concepts, forms, space and activities, acoustic and fire hazards, thermal comfort interior finishes, lightening systems and landscape duties. The main objective of this exercise is for the student to demonstrate his knowledge of research methods and building to handle and research topic within the context of environmental and architectural problems. ARC 799 Master’s Design Project A theses or a dissertation is prepared under staff supervision during the last semester of the final Year of the postgraduate course, proceeded by one term course in research methods, but candidate for a Master of Science in Architecture degree, selects an area for investigation previously approved by the Department in the 152 Faculty of Environmental Studies semester proceeding the thesis. The thesis or dissertation may involve experimentation, accumulation of physical data, consultation with recognized authorities, or surveys of opinion, and is expected to add significantly to the existing knowledge of the chosen subject. Alternatively, a candidate may create a live situation for which an architectural solution is provided. Ph.D IN ARCHITECTURE (A) BY COURSE WORK AND RESEARCH 1. DOCTORAL PROGRAMME IN ARCHITECTURE The doctoral programme in Architecture is designed to develop high level manpower resources for the expanding field of architectural education in the country. It is also aimed at meeting the demand for highly qualified researchers capable of serving the needs of the country in the environmental design specialty. The programme is designed as a new platform for specialized academic development tailored to accommodate student’s personal goal and objectives. 2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE The overall objective is to train students in conducting significant, original research and make important contributions to knowledge of value to the environmental design discipline. The programme therefore involves both a depth and breath of scholarship, and competence in research and other academic skills. 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To obtain a Ph.D in Architecture, a candidate must fulfill the following requirements: (a) Complete successfully the prescribed taught courses (course work). (b) Present an approved research proposal (c) Conduct a significant research (d) Present an acceptable thesis to the Department. (e) Pass the final oral Examination. PROGRAMME OF STUDIES The doctoral programme requires the satisfactory completion of required course work, field research and thesis (dissertation). The course work consists of: (i) The Core Courses (ii) Research skills and techniques (iii)Specialization (iv) Elective Component (i) THE CORE COURSES This component of the programme deals with area or field provided by courses, seminars, modules or experiencee which contribute to the interpretation, understanding and resolution of architectural problems. Courses in this area are compulsory for all doctoral students irrespective of area of specialization. The courses in this area are as follows:ARC 801 Recent Development in Architecture 3 Units ARC 802 Architectural Research 3 Units ARC 803 Contemporary Problems in Architecture 3 Units ARC 804 Directed Studies 3 Units ARC 805 Writing Publication 3 Units ARC 806 Ph.D Thesis 3 Units 153 Faculty of Environmental Studies (ii) RESEARCH SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES This component includes a variety of courses of experiences aimed at equipping the candidate with a number of research skills and techniques. One of the courses is compulsory for all candidates. At least two others should be selected to support the research objectives of the individual student. The main courses in this component are as follows:ARC 806 Research Methods in Social Science (compulsory) 3 Units ARC 807 Elements of Scientific Research 3 Units ARC 808 Quantitative Methods 3 Units ARC 809 Qualitative Methods 3 Units ARC 810 Teaching of Architecture in Higher Institutions 3 Units (iii) SPECIALIZATION The component of the programme is aimed at developing depths of understanding, sharpening of analytical skills and gaining of mastering of developments within the student’s intended area of specialization. In consultation with the Supervisory Committee, a student may select areas from those developed in the Faculty or devise his own specialization. The Specialization component will consist of a minimum of four graduate level courses carefully selected to meet the students’ need. Major Areas of Concentration or Specialization Include: (a) Traditional Architecture, Preservation and Conversation (b) History and Philosophy of Architecture; (c) Social and Behavioural Science in Architecture; (d) Environmental Technology and Building Material Research; (e) Housing and Community Development Approved Courses for each Concentration are as Follows: SPECIALIZATION COURSES ARC 811 Industrialized System of Building 3 Units ARC 812 Twentieth Century Architecture 3 Units ARC 813 Masters of Modern Architecture (Le Corbusier, Frank Lloyd Writing and Walter Groupies) 3 Units ARC 814 Post Modern Architecture 3 Units ARC 815 Materials and Technology 3 Units ARC 816 Issues in Architecture Practice 3 Units ARC 817 Managing an Architectural Firm 3 Units ARC 818 Building Maintenance in the Tropics 3 Units ARC 819 Philosophy of Architecture 3 Units ARC 820 Methodologies of Design in Architecture 3 Units ARC 821 Cost Control in Buildings 3 Units (IV) ELECTIVE COMPONENT The component is made up of a variety of courses relevant to the individual student’s requirement. A minimum of two (2) and a medium of four (4) electives will be chosen by a student under the guidance of his supervisor. 154 Faculty of Environmental Studies ELECTIVE COURSES ARC 822 History of Africa up to 1880 A.D. ARC 823 History of Africa since 1880 A.D. ARC 824 Culture Change ARC 825 Economic Problems of Africa ARC 826 Rural Settlement and Land Use (Geo 513). ARC 827 Rural Development and Planning (GEO 513) ARC 828 Urbanization Process (GEO 516) ARC 829 Art History of Sub-Sahara ARC 830 Nigeria Land Law (LAW) ARC 831 Contract Law ARC 832 Micro Climatology ARC 833 External Relations of the City (GEO 520) ARC 834 Planning Library Buildings ARC 835 Regional Geology of Nigeria ARC 836 Principles of Accounting (Acctg.) ARC 837 Urban Housing (URPGEO) 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units 3 Units (v) RESEARCH PROPOSAL A detail research proposal and thesis prospectus must be submitted to the supervisory committee for approval before the students embark on field work. The proposal must show methodological adequacy and interpretative sophistication expected of a doctoral work. The thesis prospectus is a brief outline of the thesis containing: 1. Clear statement of proposal research; 2. Indication of questions to be answered by research; 3. Methods to be employed; and 4. Contribution of study to knowledge (xiv) FIELD WORK This involves intensive directed work at an approved location to obtain needed data towards writing up of the Ph.D thesis; must be based on substantial problem which is clearly defined in the proposal. The problem to be investigated must possess professional value, societal importance and utility or it should have theoretical and conceptual validity prior to field work. The student must demonstrate competence in structuring the topic and organization of a clear plan. (XV) DOCTORAL THESIS IN ARCHITECTURE The thesis represents the culmination point of the doctoral work. It should be an organized scientific contribution to existing body of knowledge in a specialized area of architecture or a comprehensive analysis of theory and practice in specific area of architectural endeavour. The material must be presented in the appropriate format, readable, clear and devoid of all redundancies. The length of the thesis must be appropriate to the effort and information value of the work. Conclusions must be clearly presented and in a systematic manner. The thesis should be accompanied with an abstract of 600 works summarizing the essence of the work. 155 Faculty of Environmental Studies (viii) ORAL EXAMINATION The candidate must orally defend his thesis before a panel of internal and external examiners appointed by the Senate for this purpose. A candidate may not take the oral examination on his thesis until all requirements for the degree have been satisfied. He is expected to display mastery of his subject matter, a sophistication of oral presentation, clarity of expression, composure and dignity expected of a holder of Doctoral Degree. The oral examination should cover the thesis and the general field of study. An internal preliminary examination may be conducted by the Department before inviting the External Examiner to ensure readiness of the candidate for final examination. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ARC. 801 Recent Development in Architecture Analysis of activities, ideas, and resources which affect the future development of architectural practice, research and education in general. Presentation by prominent individuals in architectural practice, government education, industry and other institutions. (Requirement: Attendance and a Seminar Paper) ARC. 802 Architecture Research Analysis of architectural research within the framework of policies, direction, methods, priorities, resources, peculiarities and interdependencies. The study of selected projects, case studies and research undertakings in the field of architecture and interrelated areas. (Requirement: Participation and a Seminar Paper) ARC. 803 Contemporary Problems in Architecture Analysis of aspects of urbanization, industrialization and modernization is it affects Architectural development in Nigeria. Investigation on the impact of economic development, political situation and technology on architecture, man and society. (Requirement: Participation and a Seminar Paper) ARC. 804 Directed Studies Research in the selected area of concentration designed to give the individual student a sound grasp of his area of interest. Involves the study and review of at least five important and current publications in the student’s area of specialization. ARC. 805 Writing for Publication. The course focuses on the development of writing skills and on channels of publication. Topics include preparation of scholarly manuscripts, research proposals, organization of materials, rules of citing; use of visuals, bibliography, revising for publication and so on. (Requirements: Attendance and Examination). ARC. 899 Doctoral Thesis in Architecture The thesis represents the culmination point of the doctoral work. It should be an organized scientific contribution to existing body of knowledge in a specialized area of architecture or a comprehensive analysis of theory and practice in specific area of architectural endeavour. The materials must be presented in the appropriate format, readable clear and devoid of all redundancies. The length of the thesis must be appropriate to the effort and information value of the work. Conclusion must be clearly presented and in a systematic manner. The thesis should be accompanied with an abstract of 600 words summarizing the essence of the work. 156 Faculty of Environmental Studies RESEARCH SKILLS AND TECHNIQUES ARC 806 Research Methods in Social Sciences Systematic analysis and classification of research procedures, appropriate techniques for analysis data evaluating evidence. Basic study of survey research process with emphasis on problem confronted by a researcher in Nigeria. Theorizing formulating research problems, feasibility of project, data collection, data analysis, inferences and repeatability. (Requirements: attendance and examination or seminar paper) ARC 807 Elements of Scientific Research An introduction to scientific method from a practical point of view. Principles, maximum, procedures and techniques useful to researches in the “hard sciences.” Includes choice and statements, design of apparatus, execution of experiments, measurements, analysis of experimental data and report of results of research in the sciences. ARC 808 Quantitative Methods An introduction to statistical methods needed for basic data analysis in architecture; includes distribution of variables, measures of central tendencies, variability and hypothesis testing techniques. A sound grasp of analysis of variance, estimation and correlation. A grounding in both theoretical and computational skills is required. (Requirements: Attendance and Examination) ARC 809 Qualitative Methods Theory and practice of qualitative research methods. Interviews, observations, unobtrusive measures etc, analysis of validity, reliability objectivity and generaliseability from qualitative data. Contrasts naturalistic with conventional inquiry and describes conditions under which each is appropriate. ARC 810 Teaching in Higher Institutions A course for postgraduate students who are teaching staff or who are intending to teach after graduation. Basic skills of teaching in the university and other institutions of higher learning. Principle, practice, problem of teaching in such environment. Particular problems facing the architectural educationist in the studio and classroom, materials, literature evaluation techniques, standards and the determination of essential of content. (requirements: Attendance and Examination) SPECIALIZATION OR CONCENTRATION COURSES ARC 811 Industrialization System Building Examination of development of industrialized building systems. Consideration of effective project delivery techniques, user requirement, cost, time and quality of systems. Examples of realizations in Europe, USA USSR and in Nigeria will be examined. (Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper). ARC 819 Philosophy of Architecture To develop an awareness of the nature of architecture in the student and to cultivate creative insight and critical judgement. The course contents include: Sign and symbols, order, form and proportions, spatial concepts, expression and communication, ethics and aesthetics, marility, education etc (Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper) 157 Faculty of Environmental Studies ELECTIVE COURSES ARC 822 History of Africa up to 1800 AD Seminars on generalized introduction to pre-colonial history of the African continent with emphasis on Africa South of the Sahara. Examination of African societies and cultures from the beginning of Iron Age to the dawn of colonial era, to include prehistory, Iron Age, state formation, empires trade pattern, external influences and internal changes, studies in the role of Islam, triangular trade and early European explorers. (Requirements: Attendance and Seminar Paper) ARC 823 History of Africa since to 1800 AD Seminars on general historical development since the dawn of thee colonial era. To include partition of Africa, European conquest, resistance movements, colonial rule, independence movements and independence. Examination of the post independence era, power struggle, economic development, neocolonialism, military intervention etc. (Requirements: Attendance Examination) ARC 824 Culture Change Seminar on the process and pattern of culture change Emphasis will be on thee impact of industrialization. Urbanisation, commercialization and international contact as they affect traditional societies. (Requirements: Participation and Seminar Paper) ARC 825 Economic Problems of Africa (Econs) Seminar on the major problems facing the less developed countries of Africa. Examination of factors, such as, low technology, slow production growth, population explosion, rapid urbanization, neocolonialism, relationship with world market and multinationals. (Requirements: Attendance and Examination) ARC 826 Rural Settlement and Land Use Models and topologies of rural settlement with emphasis on spatial organization of activities in the rural environments. Rural – urban interface and integration, rural service centers and land patterns. Defiance of rural land use and future trends in Nigeria. ARC 827 Rural Development and Planning Models of rural development, Strategies, institutions and concepts of rural development in Nigeria. Empirical analysis. ARC 831 Microclimatology Examination of the influence of Local factors in environment with particular emphasis on the energy budget. To include the influence of slopes, valleys, mountains, plants, water bodies and buildings on local climate conditions. (Requirements: Attendance and Examination) ARC 832 External Relations of the City Urban interlands. Basic and non-basic theories of city growth and development. The city in the context of regional and national space economics. Impacts and constraining effects of cities to national economic development and regional exchange. 158 Faculty of Environmental Studies (B) Ph.D IN ARCHITECTUREE BY RESEARCH 1. DOCTORAL DEGREE The doctoral programme is designed to devolve high-level manpower resources for the expanding field of architectural education in the country. It is also aimed at meeting the demand for highly qualified researchers capable of serving the needs of the country in the environmental design specialty. The programme is designed as a new platform for academic development tailored to accommodate students’ personal goals and objectives. 2. PROGRAMME OBJECTIVE The overall objective is to train student in conducting significant, original research and make important contribution to knowledge of value to the environmental design discipline. The programme therefore involves both in-depth and breath scholarship, and competence in research and other academic skills. 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION To quality for a Ph.D by research in architecture, a candidate must fulfill the following requirements: (a) Must possess a relevant M.Sc/M.Arch. in the relevant discipline or area of study. (b) Must have made a minimum average score of 60% 4. PROGRAMME DURATION The Ph. D programme is a minimum of two years (24 calendar months) beyond the masters level, a maximum of three years duration for full-time students. A minimum duration of three years (36 calendar months) for part-time students and a maximum of five years duration (60 calendar months) for part-time students. 5. SPECIALIZATION (ONE COURSE) This component of the programme is aimed at developing the depth of understanding, sharpening of analytic skills and gaining or mastering of development within the student’s intended area of specialization. In consultation with the supervising committee, a student will select areas from those developed within the faculty specialization areas as listed below. 6. Ph.D RESEARCH PROPOSAL A detailed research proposal and thesis prospectus must be submitted to the supervisory committee for approval before the methodological adequacy expected of a doctoral work. The thesis prospectus is a brief outline of the thesis containing. (i) Clear statement of proposal research. (ii) Indication of questions to be answer by research; (iii) Method to be employed; and (iv) Contribution of studies to knowledge The proposal to the Department must be in 20 copies to accommodate the Graduate School and the Departmental distributing quota. 159 Faculty of Environmental Studies 7. FIELD WORK This involves intensive directed work at an approved location to obtain needed data towards writing up the Ph.D thesis; must be based on a substantial problem which is clearly defined in the proposal. The problem to be investigated must possess professional value, societal importance and utility or it should have theoretical and conceptual validity. Prior to the field work, the student must demonstrate competence in structuring the topic and organization of a clear plan. 8. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS. The Ph.D degree is awarded to a student who successfully satisfies the graduation requirements in the following order: (i) Presentation of a minimum of two seminar papers in the area of specialization (ii) Presentation of Research proposal to the Department (iii)Preparation of a Ph.D Thesis (iv) Successful defence of the Ph.D thesis in a viva 160 Faculty of Environmental Studies DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING 1. INTRODUCTION The Department currently offers academic degree programmes at the Masters and Doctorate levels in the following areas of specialization: (i) Agricultural Geography (ii) Rural Development Planning (iii) Cartography (iv) Remote Sensing (v) Climatology (vi) Geomorphology (vii) Industrial Geography (viii) Urban Geography (ix) Environmental Resources Management 2. AIM Graduate training in the Department is aimed at producing Geographers with acquired research skills and a sense of judgement from which original geographic knowledge can emanate. 3. OBJECTIVES The basic objectives of the programme are:(i) To inculcate in the student a broad knowledge of the theories and concepts governing geographical phenomena. (ii) To provide a basis for the student to apply himself in the formulation, conceptualization and evaluation of geographical problems. (iii)To inculcate in the student a sense of independent skills and creativeness to embark on original research into spatial problems. 4. M.Sc PROGRAMME 4.1 Admission Requirement: Applicants with Bachelors (B.Sc) degree in Geography or in a related discipline from Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other recognized university can be admitted into the M.Sc. Programme. Applicants with third class Bachelors degree plus Post graduate Diploma in Geography and related disciplines can also be considered. 4.2 Programme Duration The M.Sc. Programme is a minimum of two years for full time students and a maximum of Five years for part-time students. 4.3 Registration of Course During the first year, students are expected to register for all the courses as follows: - GRP 701 3 Units - GRP 702 3 Units - Three courses in area of specialization 15 Units 4.4 Second Semester - GRP 703 - GRP 704 - Three courses in area of specialization - GRP 799 (Research Thesis – Proposal) - 161 3 Units 3 Units 9 Units 6 Units 21 Units Faculty of Environmental Studies Student are expected to present their research proposal to the Department after taking and passing all core courses and at least twelve (12) units in the area of specialization. During the second year, the students are required to register for GRP 799 (Research Thesis) only. They are expected to carry out detailed field work, do write-up and defend the final thesis. All this is to be done under a close supervision of the supervisor(s). 5. Requirement for Graduation The award of M.Sc. Degree in the Department is subject to the successful completion of a minimum of 30 credit units, made up as follows: (i) 2 Units of core courses (ii) 8 Units from courses available in area of specialization (iii) 6 Units of research project. Students may be expected to satisfy all other requirements as stipulated in the regulations of the School of Postgraduate Studies. 6. Summary of Courses Core Courses Units GRP 701 Philosophy of Geography 3 GRP 702 Research Methodology` 3 GRP 703 Quantitative Techniques 3 GRP 704 Theoretical Geography 3 GRP 705 Research Thesis 3 COURSES IN AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 1. AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 710 Agricultural Development Planning GRP 711 Agricultural Systems GRP 712 Agricultural Location Theories GRP 713 Rural Settlement and Land Use GRP 714 Rural Development Method GRP 715 Land Resources Evaluation GRP 752 Industrial Development Planning Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2. RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 712 Agricultural Location Theories GRP 713 Rural Settlement and Land Use GRP 715 Land Resources Evaluation GRP 716 Rural Settlement and Land Use GRP 752 Industrial Development Planning Units 3 3 3 3 3 3. CARTOGRAPHY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 720 Theoretical Cartography GRP 721 Automated Cartography GRP 722 Applied Cartography GRP 723 Cartographic Methods in Research GRP 728 Geographic Information Systems Units 3 3 3 3 3 162 Faculty of Environmental Studies 4. REMOTE SENSING COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 724 Remote Sensing and Geography Studies GRP 725 Principles of Manual Image Analysis GRP 726 Principles of Digital Image Analysis GRP 727 Remote Sensing System GRP 728 Geographic Information System Units 3 3 3 3 3 5. CLIMATOLOGY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 730 Advanced Climatology GRP 731 Micro/Meso Climatology GRP 732 Urban Climatology GRP 724 Remote Sensing Systems in Geographic Studies GRP 742 Water Resources GRP 743 River Basin Studies Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 6. GEOMORPHOLOGY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 741 Erosion and Soil Management GRP 742 Water Resource GRP 743 River Basin Studies GRP 744 Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology GRP 745 Geomorphology in Environmental Management GRP 746 The Geomorphic System of Humid Tropical Environment GRP 747 Development in Geomorphic Thought GRP 715 Land Resources Evaluation GRP 715 Remote Sensing Systems in Geographic Studies GRP 744 Advanced Fluvial Geomorphology Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 7. INDUSTRIAL GEOGRAPHY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 750 Industrial Location Analysis GRP 751 Industrial Structure and Dynamics GRP 752 Industrial Development Planning GRP 710 Agricultural Development Planning GRP 711 Agricultural Systems GRP 732 The Urbanization Process Unit 3 3 3 3 3 3 8. URBAN GEOGRAPHY COURSES AVAILABLE GRP 760 The Urbanization Process GRP 761 Urban Land Use Planning GRP 762 Urban System Analysis GRP 763 The Urban Spatial Interaction GRP 764 The Internal Structure of the City Units 3 3 3 3 3 163 Faculty of Environmental Studies GRP GRP GRP 765 750 732 The External Relations of the City Industrial Location Analysis Urban Climatology 3 3 3 ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT GRP 766 Ecology of Natural Resources 3 GRP 743 River Basin Studies 3 GRP 741 Erosion and soil Management 3 GRP 742 Vegetal Resources 3 GRP 768 Energy and Mineral Resources 3 GRP 769 Environmental Planning and Management 3 GRP 770 Tourism Planning and Management 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GRP 701 PHILOSOPHY OF GEOGRAPHY The scope of the History of geographic thought, Approaches to the study of Geographic thought. Definition of the History of Geographic thought. Ancient geographic thought: Nature of the earth, Description, Charting, Mapping and Measurement. Ancient Geography, Geography during the middle ages-AD-1400 (The period of Western Christendom-AD 800-1400 (The age of Discovery) MODERN GEOGRAPHY - Foundation of modern geography - Definition of modern geography, method of geographical analysis, identification of area units. Contribution of Alexander, Von Humbodt and Carl Rifter. School of Modern Geography The German, French, British and American School of Geography. Geography in the Twentieth Century. Danwin and the Environmentalism and geography possibilitism and determislism in Geography Dualism in Geography. GRP 702 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Selection of research topic. research frame, statement of the problems, objectives of the study. hypothesis, research methodology, methods of data collection and relevant statistical techniques to be used in the analysis of the dataspatral and literature theoretical/conceptual framework and literature review. Capitalization. students are expected to present a term paper each involving practical examples. GRP 703 QUALITATIVE TECHNIQUES Spatial sampling design. Field surveys and instrumentation. The integrative approach to research. Point analysis. Indices for assessing concentration and diverstation. Probability theory and applications to geographic events and processes, Analysis of variance. Analysis of multivariate data. Multiple correlation and regression. Factor and principal component analysis. Prediction techniques. Linear programming and computers in Geography. GRP 704 THEORETICAL GEOGRAPHY Modern schools of geography and the philosophical undertones in developed and developing countries. Major parading shifts. The scientific methods and geography. Hypothesis, models and theories in geography and systems analysis. Explanations in geography. Classification and Regionalization. Spatial dynamics-forms and processes. 164 Faculty of Environmental Studies GRP 710 AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING Multifarious problems especially in developing counties with special reference to Nigeria. Physical, fiscal and social aspects of planning that are relevant to agricultural development. Significance of research in promoting effective development of agricultural statistics for planning purposes. GRP 711 AGRICULTURAL SYSTEM Different agricultural systems in terms of the constraints to productivity and the feasible solution to these constraints. Major agricultural systems: rotational bush fallowing, arable crop production, tree crop production, irrigation, plantation and forestry. The contribution of each of these systems of agriculture to national economy. GRP 12 AGRICULTURAL LOCATIONAL THEORIES Importance of location in agricultural studies. Major theories: Von Thunel’s theory, theories of agricultural land potential, diffusion theories, Markov chains, games theory, regional model of development, trend surface analysis and model of continuous techniques, principal component analysis and factor analysis. GRP 713 RURAL SETTLEMENTS AND LANDUSE Model and typology of rural settlement. Empirical analysis of Nigeria rural settlement with emphasis on the spatial organization of rural activities, rural-urban interface and linkages. Rural service centres and land use patterns. Defiances of rural land use and future trends in the developing world. GRP 714 RURAL DEVELOPMENT MODELS Model of rural development. Strategies, institution and concepts of rural development in Nigeria. Empirical analysis. GRP 715 LAND RESOURCES EVALUATION Types of rural land resources and management techniques. Demand and supply of rural land. Landscape analysis, measuring and evaluating rural land carrying capacity. Natural hazards in rural environment. Progress and problems of research in rural land resources evaluation. GRP 716 RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING Ideologies and theories of rural development - Concept of rural development - Capitalist approach - Socialist approach Rural Development Planning - Objectives and factors involved - Planning for human service and facilities Rural Development Strategies - Land reform, agricultural extension services, community development and self help etc. political economy and self help in Abiod world counties. - Resource allocation and rural development - Political power and rural development - Regional economic integration and rural development - Rural development in Nigeria. Problems and prospects. GRP 720 THEORETICAL CARTOGRAPHY The concept of map, assumptions of statistical maps. Different components of the cartographic communication channels, and factors influencing them. Numerical map analysis. Relation of map data to geographic system. 165 Faculty of Environmental Studies GRP 721 AUTOMATED CARTOGRAPHY The development and appreciation of computer cartography. The logic of computer graphics and the employment of various mapping software programmes for the production of various maps, using various output devices. GRP 722 APPLIED CARTOGRAPHY The development of cartography from the ancient times to the present. The evolution of national surveys and development of mapping in Nigeria. Uses of maps in geographic studies. Map as a model of the world for evidences, prediction and hypothesis generation and testing. Errors in maps. Fieldwork and laboratory exercises. GRP 723 CARTOGRAPHIC METHODS IN RESEARCH The various uses of maps in geographic studies, maps as a model of the world for evidence, prediction and hypothesis generation and testing. Errors in maps and assumptions of statistical maps. Course will involve lectures, fieldwork and laboratory exercises. GRP 724 REMOTE SENSING SYSTEMS IN GEOGRAPHIC STUDIES Review of the basic concepts and principles of remote sensing. Remote sensing systems, e.g. aerial photographs, radar system and satellite remote sensing devices. Applications in agriculture, urban and rural settlement patterns, industrial land use, hydrology and watershed management. GRP 725 PRINCIPLES OF MANUAL IMAGE ANALYSIS Image analysis paradigm, basis of manual image interpretation; image interpretation tasks; elements of manual image analysis; aids and techniques. GRP 726 PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL IMAGE ANALYSIS The basics of digital image processing; processing concepts, image restoration, enhancement and image classification procedures. GRP 727 REMOTE SENSING SYSTEMS An examination of all remote sensing systems. Aerial photography, satellite remote sensing systems, radar systems and their application. GRP 728 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) Basic concepts in GIS. Policy and Institutional issues in GIS. Hardware and software for GIS. Database design and creation. Presentation and Quality management in GIS. Applications of GIS. GRP 730 ADVANCE CLIMATOLOGY Atmospheric heat balance and moisture. Principles and concepts relating to weather and general circulation in the tropics and temperate regions. Drought, precipitation, desertification, climatic changes - local and global. GRP 731 MICRO/MESO CLIMATOLOGY Soil temperature and moisture. Evaporation from homogenous surfaces. Wind flow over homogenous and non-homogenous surfaces. Turbulence and turbulent transfer of heart over and from homogenous surfaces. Forest climatology, the atmosphere over large lakes. Land and sea breezes. Valley and mountain winds. GRP 732 URBAN CLIMATOLOGY Scope and contents of urban climatology. The analysis of urban climate on different times and spatial scales. Air pollution. Urban weather in relation to human comfort, housing, food and industries, precipitation. 166 Faculty of Environmental Studies GRP 740 GEOMORPHOLOGIC RESEARCH TECHNIQUES Method of geomorphological investigation; advanced morphometry. Material properties of rocks, weathering, slope, river, glacial and desert processes, methods of dating. GRP 741 EROSION AND SOIL MANAGEMENT Soil erosion; factors, mechanism and types of soil erosion, soil survey, classification and mapping. Topographic, social and economic consequences of soil erosion. Soil erosion model of the humid tropics. Soil conservation; theory, techniques and national policy; need for conservation. GRP 742 WATER RESOURCES Exploration and exploitation of surface and ground water resources. Urban and rural water supplies. Conflicts in water uses. Water Resources development and management, water pollution and water law. GRP 743 RIVER BASIN STUDIES The drainage basis as a fundamental planning as well as a geomorphic unit. Drainage basin characteristics and processes. Drainage basin instrumentation; analysis of drainage basis. Small and large watersheds. Drainage modeling and reponse. Floods. GRP 744 ADVANCED FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY Dynamic principles, theories and processes guiding the activities of rivers and their resulting land forms. The role of tropical rivers in landscape development. GRP 745 GEOMORPHOLOGY IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT. Aspects of geomorphology in environmental management. Interaction between cultural activities and geomorphic systems. Development of appropriate methodology for environmental and geomorphic impact assessment. GRP 746 THE GEOMORPHIC SYSTEM OF THE HUMID TROPICAL ENVIRONMENT. Fundamental environmental conditions and problems of humid tropical denudation system: delimitation of the humid tropics; the concepts of humid tropical geomorphology; the humid tropical environment. Humid tropical processes-weathering, removal and disposition. Major land of forms of the humid tropics. Environmental geomorphology of the humid tropics. GRP 747 DEVELOPMENT IN GEOMORPHIC THOUGHT Origin of current theories and concepts in geomorphology; examination of the development of significant geomorphic thought; contributions of Nemer, Hulton, Playfair, Lyell Remsay, Powell, Gilbert, Davis, Penck to the evolution of geomorphic concepts and theories. GRP 750 INDUSTRIAL LOCATION ANALYSIS Industrial location theories and models, role of industrialization in development; Acquisition, preparation, and analysis of field data. Case studies of selected industries and industrial regions. GRP 751 INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE AND DYNAMICS Classification of industries according to capital, employment, value added etc. The dynamics of industrial growth; development and propoliveness; industrial project analysis. GRP 752 INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING Problems of industrial development especially in developing countries with Nigeria as a case study. Processes generating spatial inequality in industrial development 167 Faculty of Environmental Studies Implication of government policies for industrial development and environmental industrial complexes and estates. GRP 760 THE URBANIZATION PROCESS Historical analysis of urbanization; urban explosion and the demographic transition theory. Urbanization pattern in Africa. The informal sector in the urban economic population mobility and rural-urban linkages. Quality of life in urban Nigeria. GRP 761 URBAN LANDUSE PLANNING Techniques of identifying space demands. Projection of future land use. Methods of Land use planning. wastes disposanl, location of social and recreations facilities. Housing development and slum clearance. New towns. GRP 762 URBAN SYSTEMS ANALYSIS The City as a system. Central place systems and Rank-size relationship. The nature of cities; classical models, factorial ecology and microeconomic explanations of urban spatial structure. Mathematical Modeling of urban systems. GRP 763 URBAN SPATIAL INTERACTION Urban trips and urban traffic flows and interaction. Accessibility and traffic congestion. Mass transit system. Urban route and transportation planning. GRP 764 THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF A CITY Theories and models of City form Residential differentiation. Land use types and problems. Impact of land on urban development planning and management. GRP 765 THE EXTERNAL RELATION OF A CITY Urban hinterlands. Basic and non-basic theories of city growth and development. The city in the context of regional and national space economy. GRP 766 ECOLOGY OF NATURAL RESOURCES Man, Nature and resource relationships. Principles of conservation and resource use. Ecosystems. Man’s use of resources. Mineral and energy resources: pollution and the environment. Limits of man’s economic growth. GRP 767 VEGETAL RESOURCES Plant evolution and distribution. Methods of regulation mapping and analysis. Nature and type of vegetal resources. Exploitation and management of vegetal resources. Afforestation. Game reserve management GRP 768 ENERGY AND MINERAL RESOURCES Nature and types of energy and mineral resources. Perspectives of government policies and programmes. The management of environmental hazards arising from the exploitation of minerals. GRP 769 ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT Principle of resource planning and environmental management with specific reference to environmental impact assessment and ecodevelopment. Environmental power in resource planning and environmental management. GRP 770 TOUISM PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT Types and place of tourism in development. Tourism demands the supply of facilities. Tourism planning impact of tourism land use. Case studies of various tourism plans. GRP 779 RESEARCH PROJECT Presentation of thesis proposal, field work, write up, and thesis defence. 168 Faculty of Environmental Studies DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D GEOGRAPHY) 1. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS: Applicants with Masters (M.A, M.Sc. or M.Phil.) degree in Geography or in a related discipline from Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma or any other recognized university can be admitted into the Ph.D progamme. 2. PROGRAMME DURATION: The Ph.D programme is a minimum of two years (24 calendar months) beyond the Master’s level for full-time students and a maximum of 3years (36 calendar months) for part-time students 3. REGISTRATION OF COURSES: During the first year, students are expected to register for seminar courses in four areas of geography; three in core (common) areas and one in area of specialization, as listed below: (a) COMMON COURSES: these are: GRP 801 Research Methodology in Geography 3Units GRP 802 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Geography 3Units GRP 803 Philosophy and Theoretical Geography 3 Units (b) AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION (ONE COURSE): GRP 804 Agricultural Geography 3 Units GRP 805 Cartography 3 Units GRP 806 Climatology 3 Units GRP 807 Environment Resources Management 3 Units GRP 808 Geomorphology 3 Units GRP 809 Industrial Geography 3 Units GRP 810 Remote Sensing 3 Units GRP 811 Rural Development Planning 3 Units GRP 812 Urban Geography 3 Units The four courses involves lectures (optional), as well as independent reading and library research by the student under close supervision. Before the second semester of the year ends, the student is expected to have presented a seminar in his area of specialization outlined above. At the end of the first year, the student must take and pass the Ph.D. candidacy examination in the four areas. (c) GRP 899 (Ph.D. THESIS) After passing the Ph.D candidacy examination, the student will embark on the Ph.D thesis, following the steps outlined in the University Graduate Programme in terms of: (i) Presentation of thesis proposal to the Department. Thirty copies of the research proposal and title of Thesis must be sent to Graduate School for approval before proceeding to the next step. (ii) Detail field work (iii)Write-up (iv) Thesis defence During the period of thesis preparation, the student will be expected to attended seminars and occasionally present papers (particularly to the supervisors) which represent progress report of his work. 169 Faculty of Environmental Studies 4. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The Ph.D degree is awarded to a student who successfully satisfies the graduation requirement in the following order: (i) Registration for seminar courses in GRP 801 and GRP 802, GRP 803 and one of the special areas (GRP 804 to GRP 810). (ii) Registration for GRP 899 (Ph.D Thesis) (iii) Presentation of one Seminar paper in his area of specialization. (iv) Taking and passing the Ph.D Candidacy examination (v) Presentation of Research Proposal to the Department (vi) Presentation of a Ph.D Thesis (vii) Successful defence of the Ph.D Thesis in a viva. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GRP 801 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN GEOGRAPHY The integrative approach to research. Research problem formulation, Hypothesis models and theories in Geography. Data collection, manipulation and presentation. Spatial dynamics – forms and processes Explanation in Geography. GRP 802 ADVANCED QUALITATIVE TECHNIQUES GEOGRAPHY Techniques in handling the large number of variables in geographic studies. Probability theory. Multivariate data analysis – classification, correlation, regression, factor/principal components analyses. Indices, Linear prediction Techniques. Use of Computer in Geographic analysis. Trend surface Analysis. GRP 803 PHILOSOPHIC AND THEORITIAL GEOGRAPHY The history of Geographic thought, Ancient and modern Geography, Schools of modern geography, and geography in the twentieth century. The concept of environmentalism in geography, paradigm shift in geography. Scientific revaluation in geography. Hypotheses, models, theories and laws in geography. Explanation in geography, classification and rationalization in geography; spatial dynamics – forms and process. GRP 804 AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAHY Nature of Agricultural Geography. Supply and demand for rural recourses. Recourse Management. Agricultural development planning. Research Methods in Agricultural Geography. Review of Literature. GRP 805 CARTOGRAPHY The development of Cartography and Geographic information system. Application of geoinformatics in Regional land use, environmental management, topographic map production and revision. Topical issues in remote sensing, cartography and GIS. Multimedia cartography and electronic maps. Mapping on the internet and the Worldwide Web (www). GRP 806 CLIMATOLOGY Solar radiation and how it can be estimated. Factors responsible for spatial differences of solar radiation over a surface; climate or vegetated and non-vegetated surfaces; climate of non-uniform terrain: Climates of man-modified surfaces and process of investigation; the measurements and instrumentation for determining boundary layer climates; Climatological models and their application in climate studies; Statistical methods in climatology, evapotranspiration, wind vectors, precipitation, etc. Evaporation and evapotranspiration, in relationship to agricultural planning, water supplies and deficit especially in marginal areas like the Sahel of West Africa. 170 Faculty of Environmental Studies GRP 807 ENVIRONMENTAL RESORUCES MANAGEMENT The concepts of Environmental Resources and Management. Components of the Environment. Environmental hazard-pollution, soil and coastal erosion, flood, draught and desertification. Environmental Impact Assessment (E.I.A), Social Impact Assessment (S.I.A.), Ozone Depletion. World Organizations (e.g. UNO, NATO, WTA, World Bank, etc.) and regional organizations and Environmental profession. CASE Studies. GRP 808 GEOMORPHOLOGY Development of geomorphic thoughts, tropical geomorphology, fluvial geomorphology, slope studies, environmental management, and field research methods and techniques. GRP 809 INDUSTRIAL GEOGRAPHY Nature of industrial geography. Literature review on patterns of industrial development, socio-economic and environmental impact of industrialization; political policies and industrial development, etc. GRP 810 REMOTE SENSING Development of remote sensing and GIS. Application geoinformatics in regional land use inventory and analysis, geomorgraphical, soil and environmental degradation assessment. Topical issues in remote sensing, cartography and GIS. GRP 811 RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLANNING The concept of rural areas, Development and Planning Defined. Rural Systems, Rural Economy, Rural Characteristics, Regional economic integration and rural development project or case studies or rural development in Nigeria. Planning the location of variables in rural areas. GRP 812 URBAN GEOGRAPHY Nature of Urban Geography, Literature review on urbanization processes, land use types and development planning and management. 171 FACULTY OF LAW DEPARTMENTS COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL LAW 172 FACULTY OF LAW DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The programme aims to offer to the student who has an aggressive intellectual stance and who wishes to advance the frontiers of knowledge, a challenging, if somewhat, arduous discipline. The course of study for the award of the LL.M degree differs from the traditional courses generally offered by law faculty in the country. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME A unique feature of the programme is a requirement that every student must offer at least 8 units but not more than 16 units of core subject(s). It is expected that the student will successfully defend his dissertation/thesis on a topic chosen from an area covered by one of the subjects or fields of law comprised in his study before a board of examiners approved by School of Postgraduate Studies. This dissertation will in addition offer him experience of sustained, sustained, intensive, personal work on specific legal problems. We consider this to be substantial aspect of the legal education of our graduate students. COURSE OF STUDY i. Course for the LL.M degree shall be chosen from the list of subjects referred to in these regulations as core and elective subjects; together with a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words. ii. The course of studies will normally be for a period of not less than 2 semesters after initial registration. EXAMINATION (i) (ii) Examinations for the LL.M degree shall be by: Written examinations at the end of period of study in all subjects selected by, and approved for, the candidate. 0Oral examination for a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To fulfill the requirement for the award of the LL.M degree, a candidate must: (i) Register for and pass a minimum of 40 units of course work including a thesis. (ii) Obtain a mark of 50% (C) in each of the written examinations. (iii) Defend the thesis for the LL.M degree in oral examination. Faculty of Law 173 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCIAL AND PROPERTY LAW LL.M. DEGREE PROGRAMME B. COURSES AVAILABLE CORE COURSES FIRST SEMESTER CPL 701 Advanced Corporation Law CPL 702 Law of Civil Remedies CPL 703 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation CPL 704 Advanced Property law CPL 705 Labour Law ELECTIVE COURSES CPL 707 Environmental Protection Law I CPL 708 Law of Carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea (Transportation Law) CPL 709 Law of Business Taxation CPL 710 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property CPL 721 Shipping Law CPL 722 Law of Restitution CPL 723 Law of Succession CPL 724 Customary Law A Candidate may not offer CPL 703 together with CPL 722 SECOND SEMESTER CORE COURSES CPL 711 Advanced Corporation Law CPL 712 Law of Civil Remedies CPL 713 Advanced Law Civil Obligation CPL 714 Advanced Property Law CPL 715 Consumer Protection Law CPL 716 Labour Law CPL 799 Thesis ELECTIVE COURSES CPL 717 Environmental Protection Law CPL 718 Law of carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea (Transportation Law II) CPL 719 Law of Business Taxation II CPL 720 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property II CPL 731 Shipping Law CPL 732 Law of Restitution CPL 733 Law of Succession CPL 734 Customary Law A candidate may not offer CPL 734 together with CPL 732 174 Units 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Faculty of Law II. CPL 701 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FIRST SEMESTER Advanced Corporation Law (4 Units) Students offering this course must have studied company law or the law of business association at the LL.B. level. The course will concentrate on how collective undertakings of all sorts are organized, funded, and governed. It will examine the structure and characteristics of both domestic and multinational or transnational corporations and the legal issues of their control and accountability. Relevance of the corporate identity and the ultra vires principles; administrators, managers and shareholders, hierarchy within the corporation. The application of fiduciary principles in efforts to control the behaviour of corporate insiders. CPL 702 Law of Civil Remedies (4 Units) This course seeks to examine in detail the nature, functions and dynamics of civil remedies in an integrated contest. It is expected that this novel approach will increase the awareness in the profession, heighten students understanding and grasp of remedies and so throw up advanced issue in doctrine and practice. A critical appraisal of the efficacy of existing remedies will be encouraged. CPL 703 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation (4 Units) The main focus in this course is on delictual contractual and restitutionary obligations at common law. Also to be examined are the institutions such as the trust and property which results in obligations. (i) Introduction sources of Law of Obligations. Early Common Law of Obligations and Roman Law of Obligations. Theories of Obligation and Formalism. (ii) Promissory Obligation – the nature of contractual obligation, nature of promises and their effect of law – Prof. Atiyah’s theory on the law of contractual Privity of contract. (iii) Delictual Obligation – nature of tort liability of fault based liability, non fault based liability and strict liability vicarious liability. (iv) Resituationary obligation, unjust enrichment and basis of obligation. CPL 704 Advanced Property Law (4 Units) This course will subject the institution of property to rigorous legal analysis while stressing the relationship between the legal aspect of property and property of social and economic phenomena. Topics to be treated include traditional property concepts in Nigeria, erosion of the trusteeship idea, the decline of fiduciary standards on the reaction of the post – colonial governments to the erosion of the trusteeship idea. 175 CPL 705 Consumer Protection Law (4 Units) Overview of the law of and economic rationale consumer protection regulation in Nigeria including advertising, disclosure of terms of sale, technique conditions, warranties and the impact of credit law of the consumer. (i) Regulation of advertisement of consumer goods and services in the print and electronic media, effect of disclaimer of truth or reliability in an advertisement. (ii) Consumer protection within the framework of the sale of goods ACT 1983 or sale goods law, 1959 laws of western Nigeria. Defectiveness under the sale of goods law and general tort law, sellers’ obligations to supply quality goods, scope of express and implied conditions and Warranties contractual and judicial remedies. (iii) Impact of Regulatory Agencies e.g. Food and Drug Agency, Standards Organization of Nigeria and of Public Law on Consumer Protection. The International Legal Order and Consumer Protection-the problem of dumping of goods in third world countries. CPL 706 Labour Law (4 Units) The programme is designed to give the student a deeper understanding of selected topics in the general law of employment to enable him cope with the continually rising problems involved in public and private employment. Accordingly, the study of Labour Law at the undergraduate level is a prerequisite if a student is to derive maximum benefit from the course. ELECTIVE COURSES CPL 707 Environmental Protection Law (4 Units) (i) Dimensions of Environmental Problems, Legal, Social and Economic. (ii) Economic consideration in the selection of pollution control- Legislations; Legal causes of Environmental Problems, Pollution Control Objective: Alternative forms of Control. (iii) Administrative and Judicial Control on Pollution of the Environment. (iv) Statutory Environmental Control Technical, Coercive Measure, Criminal Sanctions and Ministerial orders; Prior Authorizing (licensing), Effluent Charges, Fiscal Incentives for Pollution abatement and Property Rights. CPL 708 Law of Carriages of Goods By Land, Air And Sea (Transportation Law 1) (4 Units) Common and Private Carrier P.O.R. Contracts F.O.T. Contracts C.I.F. Contracts F.A.S. Contracts Charter Parties Bills of landing Air Consignment Notes Consignor’s Rights and Obligations. CPL 709 Law of Business Taxation 1 (4 Units) (i) Nature of Business Taxation: Classification (ii) Company Taxation – Nature and Sources Company, Tax Construction Of tax Statutes. The Company Income Tax act, 1961 and subsequent amendments. Federalism of Taxation of Companies. Residence Corporate Bodies, Dormant Corporations. (iii) The Charge of Income Tax – Definition of Income, Foreign Income; Profits Chargeable: Meaning of Trade ; Meaning of Business: Rent Protection Dividends 176 (iv) (v) (vi) CPL (i) (ii) CPL CPL (i) (ii) (iii) (b) Interest; Discounts, Charge Annuities; Other Annual Profit, Undistributed Profit; Exempted Profits; Artificial. Transactions; Income from Investment of Pensions. Basis of Taxation, e.g. the territorial Sources of profits; Distribution – Recipients of the Distribution(s) (a) Individual Shareholder; the Recipient Company. Computation of profits –receipts; capital or revenue receipts Non–Mading dispositions of trading stock, sums payable, stock in trade and works in progress; trading expenses allowed; wholly and exclusively incurred; deductions not allowed; bad debts, capital expenses; the ascertainment of assessable profits; the basis period ; accounting year and accounting data; new trades and business, cessation of trade or business. Capital allowance-qualifying expenditure, machinery and plant; first year allowance; annual allowance; balancing allowance; balancing charges; special cases; leases, hire- purchases. Losses of trade/ business, pioneer companies; reconstituted companies. 720 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property Aims and Objective:- the law of industrial and intellectual property embraces patents, trade marks, copy right and designs. It deals mainly with the protection of inventions, trademark and activities, published and unpublished materials in the literary, dramatic and musical works. Introduction – general survey of forms of industrial and intellectual property: a need for protection, nature of protection ; comparative advantages of each form of protection . Copyright – international conventions – main works protected, viz; unpublished works, literary works, dramatic and musical works, artistic works, sound and T.V. broadcast – ownership or copyright viz; authorship, joint authorship, commission works, employee’s works, assignment, licenses – infringement of copyright, remedies for infringement; copyright, and the press. 721 Shipping Law (4 Units) Maritime law and common law – origin of maritime law, admiralty jurisdiction ; other special jurisdiction; the public control of shipping and navigationregistration and safety of ships, dealings in ships, such as sale mortgage, liens, the master and the crew, carriage of goods by sea, contracts and documents, parties, bills of lading voyage; charter parties, bills of lading; exclusion and limitation of liability; general average; carriage of passengers. The navigation of ships and safety at sea-collision regulation; lights and shapes. Restricted visibility; steering and sailing rules: notice to mariners; traffic separation schemes, pilots and pilotage; light houses and other aids to navigation; harbours; dock and piers, 722 The Law Of Restitution (4 Units) Introduction – restitution and quasi- contract; the legacy of history; the “implied contract theory” the principle of Unjust Enrichment; personal and proprietary claims; the classification of proprietary claims. Proprietary claims: trace at common law and in equity. The right to restitution:- Mistake; money paid under mistake of fact; money under mistake of law , restitution for services rendered under a mistake; restitution for chattels (excluding money transferred under a mistake); restitution for land transferred under mistake ; rescission; rectification; reopening accounts. Recovery of benefits conferred under duress; categories of duress; economic duress; duress and submission to honest claims; effect of recovery of an alternative remedy; failure to tender amends. 177 (c) (d) (e) Recovery of benefits conferred under undue influence; limits to the relief. Relief from unconscionable bargains in equity; in admiralty and by status statute The right to contribution and recoupmentt. Where there is liability in sodium and where of there is no such liability; compulsory discharge of another liability. (f) Restitution at common law- agency of necessary necessitious intervention by a stranger (g) Maritime salvage (iv) Ineffective transactions: contracts void for wants of authority; contracts void for mistake or uncertainty- (for ambiguity in or incompleteness of contractual terms; non- correspondence between offer and acceptance; failure of condition precedent or some essential terms of where there has been a successful plea of non est. factum); contracts affected by statutes of frauds, illiterate ordinances; void bill of sale; illegal contracts; contracts affected by incapacity discharge by frustration, or breach, anticipated contracts which do not materialize. (v) Restitution of benefits conferred under trusts which do not exhaust the trust or which fail. (vi) Attormennt in respect of money or chattels. (vii) Subrogation; categories of subrogation, general principles. (viii) Claims under a will or intestacy or under an inter vives trust CPL 723 Law of Succession (4 Units) Testate succession- wills (i) Sources of Wills Law (ii) The scope of Wills Law-Choice of Law (iii) The Nature of Will (iv) Testamentary Contracts and Promises (v) Joint and Mutual Wills (vi) Making of Wills a. Privileged Wills b. Mental Elements and Capacity (vii) Privileged Wills (viii) Revocation, Alternations, Repudiation and Revival. CPL. 724 Customary Law (4units) Sources, main principles and development of customary law system in Nigeria and subSahara Africa. (i). Types of Traditional Political Structure:- The Customary Law of selected traditional societies e.g. Yoruba, Edo, lgbo, Ltsekiri and Urhobo; their sources and character. Custom, law and morality, legislation in traditional societies. (ii) The Judicial Process:- Indigenous system of adjudication, conciliation and arbitration, customary procedures and modes of proof, precedent and remedies. (iii) The Law of Wrongs:- Distinction between criminal and civil wrongs. Categories of crime and civil wrong. Obligation arising from contracts and status in customary law. CPL. 711 Advanced Corporation Law (4 Units) Legal issues of control and accountability, ministerial control of public corporation – powers of appointment and dismissal of board members, power to make rules and issue general directions and powers to grant or withhold consent in special cases. Attention will be given to such domestic corporations as small private or large limited liability companies; finance houses such 178 Faculty of Law as the banks and insurance companies; universities; hospitals, the Lagos stock exchange securities and exchange commission; the role of corporations in society as reflected in statutes and judicial decisions. CPL 712 Law Of Civil Remedies (4 Units) This course seeks to examine in detail the nature, fountains and dynamics of civil remedies in an integrated context. It is expected that this novel approach will increase the awareness in the profession, heighten students’ understanding issues in doctrine practice. A critical appraisal of the efficacy of existing remedies will be encouraged. CPL 713 Advanced Law of Civil Obligation (4 Units) (i) Public law statute law as sources of civil obligation (ii) Extinction and modification of obligation – cessation, contributory Negligence, discharge, etc. (iii) Transfer and Enforcement of Obligations CPL 714 Advanced Property Law (4 Units) The involvement of the state in land ownership; land uses – the land use act 1978 incidence of ownership; eminent domain; boundary disputes – state and ethnic factors. CPL 715 Consumer Protection Law (4 Units) (i) Sale credit – credit sales, hire purchase transaction , hire purchase act 1965 with amendments (ii) Loan Credit – characteristics of consumer loan transactions. Rights of consumer borrower and of lender consumer credit facilities– money lenders’ ordinance; peoples bank, finance houses , etc, disclosure of cost of borrowing. Lenders remedies- garnishment, proceedings against guarantors, extra judicial debt collection practices. CPL 716 Labour Law (4 Units ) Legal status of trade union; relationship between union and members; the rule book. Industrial conflict – collective bargaining agreement; the right to strike; the role of industrial arbitration and panel and national industrial court; ministerial role in industrial peace – making. Industrial democracy: basic concept and objectives; attendant problems of reconciling the conflict between the concept and the principles of contract. Economic torts – conspiracy; intimidation, inducing breach of contract; picketing. ELECTIVE COURSES CPL 717 Environmental Protection Law (4 Units) (i) (ii) Private remedies for pollution damage. Special consideration will be given to selected problems in oil pollution, water quality management, emission from industries, and automobile pollution. Population as a factor in environmental problems iii Development of pollution control legislation (vi) International protection of the environmental CPL 718 Law of Carriage of Goods by Land, Air and Sea (Transportation Law 11) (4 Units) 179 Faculty of Law Common law and statutory duties and liabilities of carriers Rights of carriers Loading, discharge and delivery of goods Exclusion of carrier’s liability General average Demurrage and freight Claims for non-delivery, misdelievery, and loss. CPL 719 Law of Business Taxation 11 (4 Units) CPL Relief from income tax: Introduction – reliefs for civil war damages. Pioneer companies relief. Common wealth income tax relief. Double taxation relief. Oil company taxation – petroleum profits tax: ascertainment chargeable profits: capital allowances; persons chargeable; administration of petroleum profit tax. Capital gains tax – history; meaning of capital gains tax; chargeable assets; disposal of assets; exemptions from capital gains tax. Computation of capital gains Taxation of groups and consortia; close companies definition; consequences of close company status; extended meaning of distribution; loans to participators. 720 Law of Industrial and Intellectual Property 11 (4 Units) 1. Trade Marks 2 Patents (i). (ii) (iii). (iv) CPL 731 Shipping Law (4 Units) Collision and liability for damage; irrecoverable losses; remoteness of damage and economic loss; Limitation of liability; other liability; salvage towage and wreck; marine pollution control; Oil pollution. Dumping at sea. Liability for oil pollution; marine insurance – indemnity and insurance interests; utmost good faith; types of policies; perils insured against; losses; rights of insurer, assuagement of policies; mutual insurance. CPL 732 The Law of Restitution (4 Units) (i) Fraudulent and voluntary disposition off property and avoidable preferences; avoidance of creditors, or subsequent purchasers, or to defeat claims by spouses to financial relief; avoidance of transactions entered into by persons who thereafter become bankrupt. (ii) Perfection of imperfect gift in favour of intended done. (iii) Waiver of tort – what torts can be waived, nature of the enrichment; election; advantages of waiver. (iv) Benefits accruing to a criminal from his crime; criminal succession to property on death; benefits acquired by reprehensible means. (v) Benefit sacquired in breach of fiduciary relationship; benefits acquired in breach of another’s confidence. (vi) Breach of contract (vii) Defence – Res Judicata and selection; statures of limitation and laches; bona fide purchase; change of position and Estoppel, special cases – recovery from agents and persons in an analogous position. Bills of exchange. Note: A candidate may not offer this course together with advanced law civil obligations (CPL 713) Faculty of Law 180 CPL 733 Law of Succession (4 Units) (i) Construction of will (a) General considerations (b) Fundamental Principle (c) Meaning of words and phrases (d) Subsidiary General principles of construction (e) Use of Extrinsic Evidence (f) Gift to persons and property (ii) Testamentary Freedom (iii) Intestacy (a) Introduction – The role in Cole V. Cole – the “Inherent incident Theory V. The Manner of life theory” (b) The statutes of distribution, 1670 and 1685 and the interstate Estates act 1890. (c) Lagos state, West and Bendel – the Administration of Estate law, (d) Statutory Trusts for Sale (e) (f) Northern and Eastern state – The Rule in Attorney – General of the East V. Egbuna Partial intestacy. (iv) Probate (a) (b) (c) (d) (v) a b Grant of Representation Appointment of Executors and administrators Non-contentious business Renovation of grants The Position of Personal Representatives The nature of the office Realizing assets c Personal representatives without a grant d Discharge of Debts and Liabilities e Executor de son tort f The liability of personal representatives g Taxation during the administration period h The position of beneficiaries and distribution among beneficiaries. Faculty of Law (vi) Succession in Customary Law 181 CPL 734 Customary Law (4 Units) (i) The Basic Principles of the Law of Persons legal Personality, status and capacity. The status and capacity of females and minors family and other grouping based on legal significance and functions, domestic authority guardianship, and legitimacy (ii) The Law of Property :Customary land use and land owing systems – title of property, communal and individual right in land, the position of custmary law of property in modern Nigeriam law . (iii) (b) (a) Harmonization of custmary law with common law and statute law –the Nigerian, and other African experiences. The future of customary law toward codification and institution of customary law CPL 799 Long Essay (15,000 Words) (8 Units) This is required of all candidates for the degree of Master of Laws in all the Departments in the Faculty. The essay may be written in one field of Law or where the need arises, the essay may straddle several fields of law or a field of law and an area in the social sciences DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) IN LAW INTRODUCTION The Ph.D programme shall normally be solely by research resulting in a thesis in any of the areas listed under the LL.M programme in the Faculty THESIS SUPERVISION. A candidate shall indicate his intended area of specialization at the time of registration for the programme. A special topic for the thesis must be selected within 6 months of registration. REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To satisfy the minimum requirement for the award of the degree of Ph.D in Law a candidate shall submit and defend a thesis in accordance with the General Regulations Governing Higher Degree of the of Ambrose Alli University. Where appropriate, a candidate shall, in addition, satisfy the examiners in any prescribed taught courses. 182 Faculty of Law DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL LAW AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The programme aims to offer to the student who has an aggressive intellectual stance and who wishes to advance the frontiers of knowledge in a challenging and somewhat arduous discipline, the course of study for the award of LL.M degree, at a time when there is a feeling that academic standards in the country are falling STRUCTURE OF THE GRADUATE PROGRAMME A unique feature of the programme is a requirement that every student must offer at least 8 units but not more than 16unit of core subject (s). It is expected that the student will successfully defend his dissertation/thesis on a topic chosen from and an area covered by one of the subjects or fields of law comprised in this study before a Board of Examiners approved by Graduate School. The dissertation will in addition offer him experience of sustained, intensive, personal work on special legal problems. We consider this to be substantial aspect of the legal education of our Graduate Students. COURSES OF STUDY (i) Courses for the LL.M degree shall be chosen from the list of subjects referred to in these Regulations as core and elective subjects, together with a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words (ii) The courses of studies will normally be for a period of not less than 2 semester after initial registration. Examination for LL.M Degree shall be by: (I) Written examination at the end of period of study in all subjects selected and approved for the candidate. (ii) Oral examination of a thesis which shall not be less than 15,000 words. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To fulfill the requirements for the award of the LL.M degree, a candidate must: (i) Register for and pass a total of 40 Units of course work including a thesis (ii) Obtain a mark of 50% (C) in all written examination including the long essay (iii) Defend the thesis the LL.M. degrees inn a viva COURSES AVAILABLE Core Courses, First Semester Units PIL 701 Comparative Administrative Law 4 PIL 702 Trans- National Investment Law 4 PIL 703 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory 4 Elective Courses PIL 704 Law of International institutions PIL 705 International Economic Law 4 PIL 706 International Law of the Sea 4 PIL 707 Air and Space Law 4 PIL 708 Law of Armed Conflict 4 183 4 PIL 709 Comparative Constitutional Law 4 PIL 710 Comparative Criminal Law 4 PIL 721 Principles of Civil Litigation 4 PIL 722 Law of Personal Taxation 4 CORE COURSES, SECOND SEMESTER Units PIL 711 Comparative Administrative Law 4 PIL 712 Trans- National Investment Law 4 PIL 713 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory 4 PIL 799 Thesis 4 Elective Courses PIL 714 Law of International Institutions 4 PIL 715 International Economic Law 4 PIL 716 International Law of the Sea 4 PIL 717 Air and Space Law 4 PIL 718 Law of Armed Conflict 4 PIL 719 Comparative Constitutional Law 4 PIL 720 Comparative Criminal Law 4 PIL 731 Principles of Civil Litigation 4 PIL 722 Law of Personal Taxation 4 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Core Courses First Semester PIL 701 Comparative Administrative Law (4 Units) Historical development of the common law and civil law aspects of the subject. The course would focus attention on public law and political institutions in common and civil law systems. The Administration – terminology and definition with particular references to the scope and functions of Administrative law. The structure of Central Government in common law countries having federal or unitary system of government. Particular emphasis would be laid on the decentralization of powers, rationalization of the Centre Executive, the functions of the Central Government, policy implementation, allocation and the civil service. The legislative powers of administration, classification of functions. Students would be expected to lay emphasis on judicial powers of the administration. in this regard, attention will be focused on administrative tribunals, public incurious domestic tribunals, Conseil d’Estate Faculty of Law 184 PIL 702 Trans-National Investment Law (4 Units) Attention will be focused on the law relating to natural resources development and foreign investment; emphasis will be placed no the theories of ownership, control, concessions, joint ventures, service contracts and production in agreements. PIL 703 Jurisprudence and Legal Theory (4 Units) The history of Legal Theory and modern schools of the thought concerning the nature, origin and function of law in the society; tort; contract; quasi-contract and restitution, crime (in relation to morals), negligence, recklessness, strict liability, vicarious liability, mistake, malice, abuse of rights, public policy. Elected Courses PIL 704 Law of International Institutions (4 Units) (i) General aspects of international institutions, definition, development, sources, functions and types (ii) Non-Comprehensive International Institutions; (a) Judicial International Institutions with special reference to the Permanent Court of Arbitration and the International Countries to these courts, Organization, of functions, Jurisdiction, Procedure Awards, Judgments, Advisory opinions and Execution. (b) Administrative International institution with special reference to pre - 1714 International Unions and International rival Organization. (c) Functions, membership organization and powers. Quasi–Legislative International Institutions with special reference to conferences and the relevant aspects of International Labour Organization. Functions, Membership, Organization, Jurisdiction and Powers, Attitude of African counties to these institutions. PIL 705 International Economic Law (4 Units) Economics sovereignty, the co – existence of sovereign economics; extra territorial effect of economic legislation. Immunities from economic sovereignty. Economic and fiscal aspects of the immunities of the state organs and state property. Economic aspects of “territorial” extra- territorially. Exemptions from territorial jurisdiction, free zones and free post. Economic unions; freedom of navigation; freedom of the seas and claims to the continental shelf. The problems of international economic public policy. The principles of international economic law on the level of international institutions, international law and underdevelopment (i) Standard of International Economic Law Function; the minimum standard; the standard of reciprocity; the most – favoured – nation standard. The standard of national treatment. The standard of economic good– neighbourliness. The inter–play of standards. The circumvention of standards. The standard within the framework of the United Nations. The standard of International Economic Laws on the level of International Institutions. (ii) International Economic Transactions General principles. Economic aspects of transactions (with special reference to and continuity of States). Unilateral Acts. Treaties of commerce agreements. Communications, Barter Agreement. Loans, monetary and payment agreements. 185 Bilateral agreements on nuclear energy. Foreign aid convention. Mutual defence assistance agreements. Double Faculty of Law taxation conventions. State bankruptcy. Financial guarantees. Techniques of international financial control. The International Economic Law of Tort (with special reference to the Cairo clause). International Economic Criminal Law PIL 706 International Law of the Sea (4 Units) (i) Introduction – History and Sources (ii) Delimitation of the relevant areas – internal waters, and territorial sea and the contiguous zone, bays, harbour works and roadsteads, international straits and waterways. The high seas, the continental shelf and exclusive economic zone, the sea bed and sub-soil beyond National jurisdiction (iii) The principle of the freedom of the seas–ordinary and extra–ordinary rights of jurisdiction in time of peace, special reference to piracy and the slave trade, coercive measures short of war, limitations and exemptions. (iv) Uses of the high seas and the sea–bed navigation, fisheries, exploitation of other resources, scientific research and experiments, disposal of radio active waste, pipe lines, cables, mechanical installations and other uses. (v) Jurisdiction over maritime areas adjacent to the coat the regime of ports and international water, the regime of territorial sea and the contiguous zone, the regime of the continental shelf. The right of hot pursuit, ships in distress (vi) The legal regime of the high sea, the exclusive economic zone, the continental shelf, and the sea bed and sub-soil beyond National jurisdiction as the common heritage of mankind. (Vii) Fishing rights in the seas, scientific research pollution regulations. (viii) Access to the sea for States without sea coast, use of ports and the territorial sea of neighbouring States, rights to sail on the high sea. PIL 707 Air and Space Law (4 Units) (i) Institutions and organs for the creation and administration of Air Law – National Organization – of civil Aviation, International Institutions – membership, organs functions. Non-governmental institutions. (ii) The right to fly – sovereignty over the Air space. Air transport agreements; nonscheduled flights; unauthorized entry. Paris Agreement, 1956; scheduled Air Service; Multilateral and Bilateral Agreement Transit Rights; Transit; Right; Traffic Rights and Ancillary Rights. Route planning capacity control and ratefixing. (iii) The legal regime of crew, passenger and cargo incenses of personnel, international standards and recommended practices; owners of aircraft; operators; aircraft commanders; crew, entry and clearance regulation; facilitation; cargo restriction; mails; sanitary regulation. (iv) The legal regime of aircraft- definition and classifications of aircraft, legal nature of aircraft; state aircraft; nationality and registration: certificate of airworthiness; documents to be carried and notices to be exhibited; jurisdiction over aircraft; crimes on board aircraft; customs; seizure and arrest, wreck and salvage; investigation of accidents. 186 Faculty of Law PIL 708 Law of Armed Conflict (4 Units) (i) Characteristics of War; Cause, Kinds and Ends of War, The Laws of War; the Regime of War; Belligerent; The Armed Forces of the Belligerent; Enemy Character. (ii) The outbreak of war- commencement of war, declaration of war; ultimatum and prohibition of war; acts which begin a war; effects of the outbreak of war. (iii) Warfare on land – land warfare in general; violence against enemy persons; “Treatment of wounded and dead bodies; captivity, appropriation and utilization bombardment; espionage; treason ruses; occupation of enemy territory. (iv) Warfare on sea – sea fare in general; attack and seizure of enemy vessels; appropriation and destruction of enemy merchantman’s violence against enemy persons. Treatment of wounded and shipwrecked; espionage; treason ruses; requisitions; contribution, bombardment; interference with submarine telegraphic cables. (v) Air Warfare – Rules before the First World War; the Hagua Rules of Air warfare; Instruments of force In aerial warfare; aerial bombardment and non combatants; attack on enemy civil aircraft and on enemy merchant vessels; liability of civil aircraft to capture (vi) Non-Hostile relations of belligerent - fides etian host servants; different kinds of non-hostile relation, licenses to trade passports safe guards; flags of truce; cartels and cartel ships. A capitulation and simple surrender ; armistices. (Vii) Means of Securing Legitimate Warfare – Complaints, Good Officers and mediators; intervention; Reprisals; Punishment of War Crimes; Taking of Hostages; Compensation. PIL 709 Comparative Constitutional Law (4 Units) The study will be based on the constitution of Common Wealth countries but wherever possible reference will be made, on a comparative basis, to the constitutional laws of Francophone and other African sates. (i) The constitutional structure and development of selected African countries (in outlines only). The problem of constitutional evolution. (ii) The Problem of Autochthony (iii) Comparative constitutional structure of individual state (a) Federal and Unitary Constitutions distinction of power and relations between the centre and the states in Federation. Devolution within unitary system. Diarchy (b) (i) Cabinet Government (ii) Presidential Government (iii) The Executive Government (including the police and armed forces and the civil service) (iv) The Legislature (v) The inter-relationship of (i) -(iv) above (iv) Party System Constitutional Safeguards and Protection: Faculty of Law Bills of Right Independence of the Judiciary Electoral Systems Public Accountability Status of the opposition and the abuse of majority power. 187 Faculty of Law PIL 710 Comparative Criminal law (4 Units) Consideration of the main principles of Nigeria criminal law (under both the Criminal and Penal Codes) and problems arising from codification. (i) The principles of criminal responsibilities and the general defense to crime (ii) Strict liability offences (iii) The above aspects of the criminal law to be examined in comparison with the following: The English Common Law and The Statutory Law of crime The Ghana Criminal Code The Queensland Criminal Code The Sudan Panel Code The Indian Penal Code The Panel Code of Kenya PIL 721 Principles of Civil Litigation (4 Units) The general principles and nature of civil litigation. Psychology of litigation. Comparison of the organization, jurisdiction procedure and functions of the various courts and tribunals. Relationship of Federal and State Courts. The specialist courts. The structure of the legal profession. PIL 722 Law of Personal Taxation (4 Units) The general structure and administration of income tax and capital gains tax in Nigeria and the residence rules relating to individuals and trustees for tax purposes. Jurisdiction of Federal and State Governments over taxation of income in Nigeria. The definition, ascertainment and computation of income for tax purposes in relation to income from profession or vocation; employment income and the deductions and allowance (excluding capital allowances and loss relief) which may be set against income. The rules for applying income tax to individuals, income from trusts and estates and residence. Uniform taxation in Nigeria and the agencies for administration for uniformity- Joint Tax Board. The definition, ascertainment and computation of changeable gains and losses for capital gains tax and the rules for applying capital gains tax to individuals. Second Semester Core Courses PIL 711 Comparative Administrative Law (4 Units) Judicial review of administrative actions- the application and/or exclusion of the principles of natural justice, ultra vires doctrine and the exclusion of the principles of natural justice, ultra vires doctrine and the exclusion and /or restriction of judicial review of administrative functions. The course will examine administrative remedies under section 42 of the constitution- certiorari, the prohibition mandamus, habeas corpus declaration and injunctions, common law actions for remedies in tort, remedies under Droit administrative and in particular, the problem of locus standi. Extrajudicial control of administrative action – the public complaints commission (ombudsman) or parliamentary commissioned public corporations – powers and functions, state liability in tort, and contract and liability of public officials. Faculty of Law PIL 712 Trans-National Investment Law 188 (4 Units) The course will offer an exposition and analysis of the problems faced by developing countries and transnational companies in the negotiation or review of Copper, oil, timber and national resources exploitation agreements. Theories and practice of nationalization and bases of compensation assessment will be considered alongside technical assistance agreements. Case studies will be made of “concession” agreement signed by countries like Ghana, Indonesia, Liberia, Papua New Guinea, Sierra-Leone and Zambia. Elective Courses PIL 714 Law of International Institutions (4 Units) (i) Comprehensive International Institutions: - The League of Nations and the United Nations; Functions, Membership, Organization, Jurisdiction, Powers and Procedure. (ii) African Regional Institution: - Regionalism within the universal systems, O.A.U., O.C.A.M., Arab League, African Technical Organizations, etc. (iii) Non –African Organizations: - The Council of Europe, The North Atlantic Treaty Organization, The Western European Union, European Coal And Steel Community, The European Economic Community – American Organizations. PIL 715 International Economic Law (4 Units) (i) Law of Economic Warfare: - Economic Reprisals peacetime economic “warfare”. The law relating to trading with the enemy. The laws of economic warfare on land and at sea. The international economic law of military occupation (with special reference to the treatment of property and public finance). Rights and duties of neutral powers. The protection of neutral property. War Claims, Restitution, and Reparations. (ii) Law of International Economic Institutions: -Representation of economic interest abroad. International adjudication of economic claims, economic and financial unions (with special reference to monetary customs unions, the Geneva agreement of 1774 and the Havana Charter). The Economic and social council (with special reference to the organization of technical assistance. Administrative machinery for the application of international economics sanction). The bank of international co-operation in the field of nuclear energy, non-universal economic organization (with special reference of America states, the organization for economic co-operation and development, the economic commission for Europe, the European communities and the European free trade association. International economic co-operation with soviet orbit. GATT (General Agreement on tariffs and trade 1747). The organization for trade cooperation. Declarations and conventions on economic human right, inter-African Economic Organization. PIL 716 International Law of the Sea (4 Units) (i) The legal regime of the ship – nationality of ships, flags of convenience, warships and other government owned ships on non- commercial service, government owned merchant ships, privately owned merchant ships collision, wreck and salvage. Stateless ships and private ships. (ii) The legal regime of crew, passengers and cargo jurisdiction, condition of labour, consular jurisdiction over sea-mean aboard, safety of life at sea. Faculty of Law iii. Rules for securing safety at sea- rules for the prevention of collision at sea, assistance at sea. Load-line convections, pollution, safety of life at sea. 189 iv. Marine law in the time of war-prize law and prize courts, rules of maritime warfare, the law of maritime nentratily. v. International maritime institutions – types, functions, organizations and jurisdiction. vi. Settlement of disputes. PIL 717 Air and Space Law (4 Units) (i) Airport and other navigation facilities- licensing of aerodromes; customs aerodromes; sanitary aerodromes; provision of airport and any navigation facilities; international standards and recommended practices; international technical and financial assistance; international use of aerodromes and other navigation facilities. (ii) Liabilities arising from operation of aircraft and air services - trespass; nuisance; surface damages; collision. Death and injury to passengers. Loss of property and responsibility therefore. (iii) Air law in time of national emergency and war state and effects of national emergency and war effect on air transport agreement; prize neutrality; angry; hospital and medical aircraft; rules of air warfare. PIL 718 Law of Armed Conflict (4 Units) (i) End of war and postliminum - Termination of war in general modes of termination and cessation of hostilities, subjugation; treaty to peace; effects of treaty of peace; performance of treaty of peace; postliminum. (ii) Neutrality- Development of institution of neutrality and the general for the renunciation of war, neutrality of the United Nations; characteristics of neutrality, different kinds of neutrality; common. PIL 719 Comparative Constitutional Law (4 Units). (i) Emergency powers (ii) Procedures for constitutional amendments (iii) Judicial review of the constitutionality of legislation (iv) The place of traditional elements, modern constitutions a. The problem of the minority; succession and its constitutional implications (b) The traditional rulers and institutions (c) The problem of stability (d) (a) iv (a) above (e) Coups d’ etat and their cons implications. (f) Regional Co-operation and Sovereignty. PIL 720 Comparative Criminal law (4 unit) A comparative examination of selected offences: Parties in crime Homicide Stealing and kindred offences Sexual offences and offences against morality, Offences involving fraud, corruption, armed robbery, drug Trafficking, economic sabotage PIL 731 Principles of Civil Litigation (4 Units) The enforcement of judgments and orders; pretrial procedures. The trial, assessment of damages. Other consequential relief. The right of appeal. Procedure on appeal and the structure of Appeal Courts. A comparative examination of the social and economic effects and value of the system of civil litigation. PIL 732 Law of Personal Taxation (4 Units) 190 PIL Income from offices and employment – what constitutes employment, income valuation and taxation of benefits in kind. Deductible expenditure; share option and incentive schemes; golden handshake and exemptions to charges; pensions/ pensioners and personal taxation provisos. Income from government securities–annuities interest, dividends and foreign income- the remittance relief for interests; overdrafts; other interests, nature of annual payments and taxation. 799 Long Essay (15,000 Words) (8 Units) This is required of all candidates for the degree of Master of Laws in all the Departments in the Faculty. The essay may be written in one field of Law where the need arises, the essay may saddle several fields of law or a field of Law and an area in the Social Sciences. DOCTOR IN PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) IN LAW INTRODUCTION The Ph.D. programme shall normally be solely by research resulting in a thesis in any of the areas listed under the LL.M programme in the Faculty. Thesis Supervision A candidate shall indicate his intended area of specialization at the time of registration for the programme. A special topic for the thesis must be selected within 6 moths of registration. Requirement for Graduation To satisfy the minimum requirement for the award of the degree of Ph.D in law, a candidate shall submit and defend a thesis in accordance with the general regulations governing higher degrees of the Ambrose Alli University and where appropriate, a candidate shall, in addition, satisfy the examiners in any prescribed taught course. MASTER’S DEGREE PROGRAMME IN INTERNATIONAL DIPLOMACY AND STRATEGIC STUDIES (MDS) INTRODUCTION The programme is planned to offer candidates the opportunity to have a good foundation in understanding and analyzing international issues. The course is primarily designed for practitioners or those who want to make a career in the media, foreign service or other related agencies with external constituencies. Objectives The course aims at: (1) Enabling the participants acquire skills and knowledge in international relations, so as to be able to investigate and analyze international problems and issues with relative ease. (2) Developing a critical outlook on questions and issues relating to international diplomacy as well as strategic studies from the management approach. (3) Exposing participants to the political, cultural, strategic and economic matters at the international level and a firm grasp of strategic and security management. 191 Duration The programme will run for 4 semesters. The fourth semester will be dissertation STRUCTURE OF THE MDS PROGRAMME First Semester Code Units Description MIDS 801 3 International Polities and its Management MIDS 802 3 International Economic Relations and its Management MIDS 803 3 International Economic Relations and its Management MIDS 804 3 Africa in Sub-regional, and Global issues MIDS 805 3 International Institutions Second Semester MIDS 810 3 Theories of International Relations MIDS 811 3 Diplomacy MIDS 812 3 Contemporary Strategic Theory and Problems MIDS 813 3 Nigeria’s Foreign Policy MIDS 814 3 War and Diplomacy in Per-colonial, Colonial and Independent Africa. Third Semester MIDS 850 3 Human Rights, Technology Ecology and Environmental Issues MIDS 851 3 Research Methodology MIDS 852 3 Conflict and Peace Studies Fourth Semester MIDS 899 6 Essay and Diplomatic/ Strategic Issues or Care Study on Contemporary National, Regional or Global Flash Points. COURSE DESCRIPTION MIDS 801 International Politics and Management The emergence of International State System. Evolution of the contemporary international system with particular emphasis on its Eurocentric origins as well as factors which have led Faculty of Law to its globalization uptill 1945. Contending approaches to the study and understanding of international relations. The setting of international politics. The basic units, structure and actors in international society. Concepts and theories, state activities, goals and instruments in International Relations MIDS 802 International Economic Relations and its Management International economic relations links between politics and economics in international arena; global current international problems; International Trade and Development problems of the Third World States. Theory of International Trade, GATT & UNCTAD compared, international monetary system; IMF balance of payment problems; economic theory and decision making processes etc, Other economic organizations –EEC, Andean Pact Comecon, Lome convention, etc. Political aspects of international economic relations, New International Economic Order, East-West Economic Relations Sources, and Organization of National Economic Power, the Economic factors in the formulation of foreign policy. MIDS 803 International law, Principles and Practice Comparison between International Law and Municipal Law. International personality of States, non-self governing territories. International organizations and 192 the position of individuals. Jurisdiction over territorial seas. International waters and space. Treaty making and its validity, termination, etc. Dispute and international claims; law of war and protection of Human Rights. MIDS 804 Africa in Sub-Regional, Regional and Global Issues Pan- Africanism and the OAU, problems of national Integration and the State frontiers. The concepts of non-alignment. Neutralism and neo-colonialism; apartheid; special relationship with Commonwealth, Britain, France, EEC, Middle East. Problems concerning foreign trade, foreign aid and debt policies within the UN; great power policies towards Africa. MIDS 805 International Institutions Analysis of the various conceptual approaches to international institutions. Historical evolution; relationship between sub regional and global organisations, illustrating with the UN, OAU, EEC, ECOWAS, etc. Changing role of international institutions in post cold war order. Nigeria’s role in international institutions. MIDS 810 Theories of International Relations Recent trends and development in the study of international relations and associated disciplines. Problems of methodology and epistemology. The system perspective and attempts to apply it to world society. Peace research and the growth of futurology. Policy formation and implementation, values, images and perception; communication and decision making; empirical research and content analysis. MIDS 811 Diplomacy The meaning and historical development of diplomacy. Classical Greece, Rome, Ancient China and Africa. The contribution of individual to the development of diplomacy. Congress of Vienna (1815), A lachapel (1818), Vienna conference in diplomatic intercourse and Faculty of Law immunities (1961), principles of modern diplomacy. Structures and instruments of diplomacy, different types of diplomacy, traditional, conference, preventive or crisis diplomacy, types of open versus secret diplomacy. Task of diplomacy. Functions and limitations of diplomacy. Functions of diplomats, functions of diplomatic missions, diplomatic ranks, protocol and procedures, privileges and immunities of negotiation, bargaining tactics, case studies of bargaining. Diplomacy as state craft, Diplomatic customs, etiquette and conduct diplomacy and intelligence operation of propaganda system. Propaganda and psychological warfare. Economic warfare, conversation, functions of intelligence services, intelligence collection and counter intelligence, organization of the intelligence mission; profiles of secret agents, intelligence mission; intelligence in a democracy. Impact of technology on diplomacy and intelligence. MIDS 812 Contemporary Strategic Theory and Problems Origin and approaches to strategic studies, relations between strategic studies and other disciplines, key concepts and theories Evolution of war and warfare, nature and consequences of war, kinds of war, non–military forms of conflict, masters of traditional military thought; IZU; Machiavelli, Von Clause Witz, Liddell - Hart, Shaka the Zulu, Andre Beaufre. Conventional warfare, nuclear war, guerrilla war, air and maritime, limited and unlimited, internal war, military alliance and non- military forms of coercion and conflict. 193 MIDS 813 Nigeria’s Foreign Policy Basic principles underlying Nigeria’s foreign policy. Determinants (domestic and external) .The foreign policy case studies for in-depth study such as the reason to abrogate Anglo –Nigerian Defence pact (1961). The reasons to severe diplomatic relation with Israel in October 1973, policy towards decolonization with special emphasis on the recognition of MPLA in 1975, independence for Zimbabwe in 1980, the Namibian independence in 1990, etc. Policy towards apartheid and racism; economic integration in Africa with reference to the ECOWAS. Africa economic community, economic diplomacy. Abacha’s China card, Nigerian- East Policy and New Franco- Nigerian entente. MIDS 814 War and Diplomacy in Pre- Colonial Africa and Colonial Africa War and organization of society in pre-colonial Africa, concepts and practicesYoruba, Kanuri, Hausa, Tiv, Ibo, Dahomey kingdoms, etc. The Zulu nation under Shaka. Strategy and tactics of European conquests in Africa, negotiations, agreements, confrontations, etc. The Anglo-Boer wars, anti-colonial struggle and guerrilla war in Portuguese colony, anti-apartheid struggle in South Africa . Internal wars in independent Africa–Biafra, and wars in Sudan, Ethiopia., Eritrea, etc; the Tutsi revolution in Central and East Africa, causes and consequences. MIDS 850 Technology, Human Rights and Environmental Issues World in transition, changing nature of sovereignty, hegemony, power and authority in the international system. Technological change to diplomacy. Ecological challenges; new social movements; international polities of the environment. Interconnectedness of the international system and security. Current trends and future possibilities. Historical and political background; the emergence of the modern state and man’s position on it with particular Faculty of Law reference to English and French writers since the Reformation; especially Hobbes, Cooke and Rousseau. Basic principles, the three generations of human rights; regional human rights organizations. International non-governmental organizations. Promotion protection by the UN; references and human rights; population and human rights–human rights and development of human rights and foreign policy. MIDS 851 Research /Methodology Basic concepts, research sources and materials. Primary sources (of official publications, speeches, memoirs), secondary sources (e.g. books, articles, periodicals, newspapers). Analytical tools; formation of hypothesis MIDS 852 Conflict and Peace Major conflicts in the Globe. The Napoleonic wars, the 1st and the 2nd World wars. The Gulf crisis , Nigerian civil war, Congo crisis, the Rwanda crisis, Yugoslavian crisis, etc. The major peace pacts, the Vienna conference, the Versailles treaty, the San Francisco treaty (league of nations and the UNO), etc. Emphasis will be on various disarmament treaties. 194 FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES DEPARTMENTS BANKING AND FINANCE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 195 FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT SCIENCES MASTER’S DEGREE IN BANKING AND FINANCE (MBF) INTRODUTION This programme is planned to offer the candidate the opportunity to have a good foundation in the fields of Banking and Finance, and produce the much needed manpower appropriate to the needs and requirements of the dynamic world of banking in Nigeria. OBJECTIVES The requirements are as follows: (i) (ii) (iii) To train and groom middle and top management personnel in the Banking and Finance Industry. To develop and improve students’ understanding in Banking and Finance problems in general. To expose the students to modern day theoretical development, acquaint them with decision making devices and modern management techniques in the field. Lectures are expected to be held during week-ends. C. REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXAMINATION Apart from satisfying the general university examination conditions, students are expected to meet the following requirements:(i) Students are expected to pass all courses as well as mandatory electives to be entitled to an ABMA degree. The level of pass most not be below 50%. (ii) A candidate who passes all the courses at the end of the first academic year shall proceed to the second academic year. (iii) A student who accumulates at least 18 credit units pass at the end of the first academic session but fails some credit units courses may proceed to the second academic session and carry over those courses not passed. Those failed courses must be registered first. (iv) Any student who accumulates less than eighteen credit units at the end of the first year shall be required to withdraw from the programme. B. EXAMINATIN SCORING AND GRADING The grading system shall be as follows: Marks Letter 70% and above A 60% to 69% B 50% to 59% C 0 to 49 D Remarks Excellent Very good Pass Fail 196 Faculty of Management Sciences REQUIREMENT FOR THE AWARD OF A MASTERS IN BANKING AND FINANCE A Master’s of Banking and Finance will be awarded to candidates who have successfully completed the programme by passing all the prescribed examinations in the core and mandatory elective plus the project. STRUCTURE OF THE MBF PROGRAMME The programme is structured as follows:YEAR ONE First Semester Code MBF 701 Economic Analysis MBF 702 Accounting for Managers MBF 703 Quantitative Methods in Banking MBF 704 Monetary Theory and Policy Second Semester MBF 711 Economic Analysis II MBF 712 Management Accounting MBF 713 Introduction to Computer MBF 714 Financial Management Units 3 3 3 3ME 12 3 3 3 3ME 12 YEAR TWO First Semester MBF 705 Financial Markets and Institutions MBF 706 Bank Management MBF 707 Project Analysis and Evaluation MBF 708 Public Finance Second Semester MBF 715 Investment Management and Portfolio Theory MBF 716 Bank Laws and Institutions MBF 750 Project Work 3 3 3 3ME 12 3 3 6 12 COURSE DESCRIPTION YEAR ONE First Semester MBF 701 Economic Analysis 1 (Micro–Economics) This course centres on the advanced treatment of aggregate output, employment, price level and the balance of payments. Emphasis shall be placed on the classical, the Keynesian and the neoclassical macro-models. The topics will include: the classical macro-models, 197 Faculty of Management Sciences Keynesian revolution, the monetarist revolution, national income accounting. The consumption functions, monetary and fiscal policies and multiplier analysis. Growth theories, investment theory and theory of international trade, the general equilibrium ( IS-LM ) analysis. MBF 702 Accounting for Managers Topics include the review of company accounts, concepts, and conventions underlying account measurement; special problems in accounting measurement fund and flow statement analysis, financial statement analysis, acquisitions consolidated statements and price level adjustment. MBF 703 Quantitative Methods in Banking and Finance The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence in the use quantitative techniques to solve and analyze business problems. An overview of mathematics and matrix algebra. It will also involve the use of basic differential and integral calculus in the analysis and evaluation of business decisions. Other topics covered will include linear programming, mathematical programme, queuing theory, inventory theory and Markov chains. MBF 704 Monetary Theory and Policy An advanced treatment of the role of money in the classical, Keynesian and the monetarist models. The theory of money. The factor determining the supply and demand for money and financial assets. The determinants of money stock, the theory of interest, the term-structure of interest rates. The relationship between money and price level, employment and interest rates. The meaning of monetary policy, stabilization policies, objective conflicts and trade offs. The structure and functioning of financial system and markets. An appraisal of financial institutions and the role in the economy. Second Semester MBF 711 Economic Analysis II This course provides an advanced treatment of mainstream microeconomic concepts. The topics covered will include: the theory of consumer behaviour, the theory of demand and the concept of elasticity. Theory of the firm, the theory of cost and theory of production; the theory of distribution; welfare economics and introduction of general equilibrium analysis. MBF 712 Management Accounting The course is aimed at acquainting the student, first with the principles of costing before proceeding to management accounting. Topics include cost behaviour and control, relevant cost and special decisions, budgeting and variance analysis, capital investment appraisal and decisions under certainty, responsibility accounting and management control structure. MBF 713 Introduction To Computer Historical development leading to computers. Introduction to computer concepts. The black box analogy, computer confirmation: use and limitation, binary arithmetic, octal and hexadecimal representation. Computer software: (1) programming languages – Cobol, Fortran and Basic: (2) Packages – Word perfect, Dbase, Lotus, Computer hardware: Combination topics and Boolean Algebra. The CPU, Printer, Readers. MBF 714 Financial Management Embraces the conceptual and practical problems associated with financial management of the corporate entity. It includes, the integration of the management of 198 cash flows with management of firms, current assets and liability position. Other topics covered include: Capital budgeting; Current assets and Fixed Assets management; Sources and Application of funds; Inventory policies; Financial and asset structure; Dividend policy; Valuation of share, etc. YEAR TWO First Semester MBF 705 Financial Markets and Institutions A survey of the structure and operation of the markets for medium and long-term securities. The course will examine the nature, type, sources and uses of securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions and practices of institutions such as the stock exchange, acceptance houses, trusts and community banks. Profit sharing banks, people’s band, insurance companies and international financial institutions. The course will also examine the economic and legal aspects of capital market, analysis of interest rate, cost of capital, price of securities, risk, dividend policies and their implications for investment decisions. MBF 706 Bank Management This is based on case studies and analysis in dealing with the management policies of commercial banks and other financial institutions. It focuses on the lending, investment and liquidity management policies of these institutions. MBF 707 project Analysis and Evaluation Topic covered include: Economic justification of public investment. The analysis of technical, economic and commercial feasibility of public and private project. Public goods, externalities and income distribution. The theoretical basis of cost benefit analysis, shadow pricing and input-output analysis. Measures of commercial profitability, and assessing the social desirability of public projects. MBF 708 Public Finance This course examines government in general and takes an in-depth study of economic activities of government, the determination of the level of government activities, how the expenditures and revenues meant for the activities are raised and their effects on the economy. The study will essentially be devoted to examining the Nigeria public finance Second Semester MBF 715 Investment Management and Portfolio Theory This course involves the survey characteristics of different types of investment securities, the techniques of analyzing and managing investment and investment portfolios under varying management conditions. The courses focuses no portfolio measurement of those phenomena in respect of different types of securities MBF 716 Bank Laws and Institutions Tropics covered include: Law of contract, agency, sales of goods, hire purchase, carriage of goods, negotiable instrument, money lending surety ship and guarantees, basis provisions of laws governing insurances and banking institutions in Nigeria. Laws relating to bankruptcy, deeds of arrangement, voluntary and compulsory liquidations, disposition of property by will and letters of administration, etc. Types of companies, company formation procedures and documentation issues and transfer of shares and debentures, prospectus and statutory books; 199 meetings and resolution duties of officers (directions, secretary, etc.); provisions relating to disclosure in corporate accounts; reconstruction, amalgamations and takeovers. Faculty of Management Sciences MBF 750 Project Work MASTERS OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION INTRODUCTION This programmer is planned to offer the candidate the opportunity to have a good foundation in the management of modern business and produce the must needed manpower appropriate to the needs and requirements of the dynamic world of business in Nigeria. OBJECTIVES The objectives of the programme include: (i) To introduce student to the tools, concept and principles of decision making and their use and application in managerial contexts. (ii) To expose students to modern management techniques required in a dynamic business environment. STRUCTURE OF MBA PROGRAMME The programme is structured as follows: CORE UNIT / STATUS DESCRIPTION FIRST SEMESTER MBA 701 3(M) Accounting for Managers MBA 702 3(M) Managerial Economics I MBA 703 3(M) Management and Organizational Theory MBA 704 3(M) Quantitative Techniques for Business MBA 705 3(M) Capital Markets and Institutions MBA 706 3(M) Advertising and Consumer Behavior SECOND SEMESTER MBA 711 3(M) Managerial Accounting MBA 712 3(M) Managerial Economics II MBA 713 3(M) Business Research Methods MBA 714 3(M) Financial Management MBA 715 3(M) Operational Research MBA 716 3(M) Industrial and Labour Relations THIRD SEMRSTER MBA 708 3(M) Business Policy and Strategy MBA 709 3(M) Entrepreneurial Development MBA 720 3(E) Nigerian Economy MBA 721 3(E) Product System and Management Marketing Management MBA 722 3(M) Marketing Management 200 FOURTH SEMESTER MBA 717 3(M) Behavioural Science for Business MBA 718 3(M) Statistical Analysis and Computer Application to Business Problems MBA 719 3(M) Business Law MBA 730 3(M) Human Resource Management MBA 750 6(M) Project (Original Essay) M= Mandatory, E = Elective REGULATIONS GOVERNING EXAMINATION Apart from satisfying the general university examination conditions, student are expected to meet the following requirements: Students are expected to pass all the mandatory courses as well as at least two elective courses to be entitled to an MBA certificate. The level of pass must not be below 50% A candidate who passes all the courses at the end of the first academic year shall proceed to the second academic year A student who accumulated at least 30 credit units pass at the end First Academic Session but fails some credit units of mandatory courses may proceed to the second academic session and carry over those courses not passed. The failed courses must be registered first. Students who pass less than 30 credit units shall be required to withdraw from the programme. The maximum number of academic sessions that a student is expected to register is 3 after which his/her studentship of the programme would lapse. COURSE DESCRIPTION MBA MBA 701 Accounting for Managers This is an accounting course designed to introduce the students to basic accounting concepts, practicals and procedures. The major tropics to be covered include: introduction and definitions of accounting concepts and conventions. Double entry system for assets and liabilities; trial balance; double entry system for expenses and revenues. Error and accounts journal entries and correction journals. Trading profit and loss account, and balance sheet. Accounting for fixed assets – purchases, disposals and depreciation. Accounting for bad debts; petty cash and cash books; bank reconciliation; partnership accounts; company account; and interpretation of financial statements. MBA 702 Managerial Economics I This course deals with business decision–marking the firm, with the behaviour of individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces and with the consequences of alternative market structures and business policies. Topics covered include supply and demand analysis, value and distribution, and partial and general welfare equilibrium MBA 703 The Process of Management The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of management in complex organizations. The approach will be both historical and comparative drawing heavily on empirical evidence and experience. The major focus will be the Nigerian work 201 Faculty of Management Sciences organizations with evidence provided by other contexts as points of departure. The course will among others address the following issues; the role and nature of management in different socio-economic systems; analysis and specific theories of the management process; special theories of the management, process, the functions of management, human factors in management, approaches to the measurement and control of organizational performance, organizational efficiency and effectiveness, the handling of delegation and time in organization and management development, organization design problems of management in the under-developed as well as developed countries and emergent perspective and practices. MBA 704 Quantitative Methods for Business The purpose of this courses is to develop basic competence and judgment in using quantitative techniques to solve and analyze decision problems in business fields. The course will consist of : 1. Elementary set theory: Functions, inequalities, graphs and elements matrix operations. 2. Concept of optimization: Which includes the formulation of mathematical methods, basic notion of differential and integral calculus with business applications and general treatment of application analysis. 3. Statistical Analyses: Which includes basic notion of probability, descriptive data analysis, statistical inference and simple regression analysis. Emphasis will be placed on problems stature and formulation where possible, standard computer programme will be used in obtaining solutions. MBA 705 Capital Markets and Institutions A survey of the structure and operation of the market for medium and long-term securities. The course examines the nature, types, sources and user of securities as well as the nature, objectives, structure, functions and practices of institutions such as the stock exchange, acceptance houses, trusts, investment banks, insurance companies, and international finance institutions. Economic and legal aspects of the capital prices of securities, risk dividend policies and their implication for investment decision and income are also studied. MBA 706 Advertising and Consumer Behaviour This course is intended to enable the student understand the basic and nature of consumer purchasing and consumption behaviour, the formulation and implementation of effective advertising programmes and thus prepare him for better marketing decision-making. The course is interdisciplinary relying heavily on concept and theories borrowed and adapted from other behavioural sciences, especially psychology, social psychology, sociology, economics and anthropology. Topics covered include the role of advertising in the marketing mix, advertising and the process of communication, influence of buyer behaviour on the character of promotional efforts, determining basis, promotional strategy: Choice of appropriate methods to achieve desired objectives: planning creative strategy: effective execution of promotional programmes, measuring the results of promotional efforts; budgeting and the evaluation of advertising expenditures, the agency and the media; consumer needs motivation perception, learning, family influences, personal influence and opinion leadership, social class, and culture influences as they affect consumer motivation and behaviour. The course will emphasis behaviour and their implications for marketing management. Pre-requisites BUS.731 202 Faculty of Management Sciences MBA 711 Management Accounting and Information Systems This is a course in accounting for management decision and control. Emphasis is on accounting as a provider of information for management decision – making. It necessarily includes, elements of cost accounting, measurement of performance, profit planning and control, financial structure, investment, analysis, pricing decisions, capital budgeting, setting up and evaluation information systems, etc. This is terminal course in accounting majors. MBA 712 Managerial Economics II The emphasis on this course is on the macro, or aggregative aspects of the economy. Topics include national Income accounts; the determination of the legal of aggregate output, employment and prices, the monetary system: monetary as fiscal policies, economic growth and international monetary economics. MBA 713 Business Research Methods The course is designed to improve the ability of students to carry out empirical research and to evaluate published research. Topics covered include the nature of scientific research, theory building, and concept definition, formulation hypothesis, validity and reliability measurement and scaling methods, concepts, and problems in data collection and sampling, criteria for casual inferences, Studies and control groups, considerable time will be devoted to report writing including editing, foot noting, etc. MBA 714 Financial Management Embraces the conceptual and practical problems associated with financial management of the corporate entity. It includes integration of the management of cash flows with management of the firm’s current asset and liability position. Items covered include capital budgeting, current assets management, funds acquisition and development, sources of finance. Inventory, policies, accounts receivable and payable policies, Financial and Asset Structures. The approach will rely on case analysis and assigned readings in addition to the usual lectures. MBA 715 Operation Research This course is concerned with formulation and analysis of mathematical models for decision making. Emphasis on the scientific approach to the study of queuing theory problems: inventory management problem, dynamic programming; game theory and other problems dealing with allocation of resources. Topics are also selected from linear programming; integer programming and search techniques. The computer is expected to be used in solution of specific problems or management decision. MBA 716 Industrial And Labour Relations This course combines a review of labour market structures, theory and research in wage determination, wage differentials in the private and public sectors, the impact of government incomes and regulatory policy on the labour market, with a study of the industrial relations in Nigeria, legal framework of industrial relations, central problems in the negotiation and administration of collective agreements and a comparative analysis of industrial relations system in countries at various stages of development. MBA 708 Business Policy and Strategy The course aims at providing the participants an integrated. view in the management of organization and exposing them to situations requiring utilization of 203 multidimensional approach. Care would be taken to provide them with necessary skills and attitudes for formulation and implementation of corporate basic policies and strategies in the context of organizational goals, opportunities and challenges. MBA 709 Entrepreneurial Development This course seeks to develop entrepreneurial orientation and skills among students and to reduce the dependence of the MBA graduate on the existing employment market. Specially, attempts would be made to encourage students to explore the possibility of employing the abundant resources in the country in the capacity of an entrepreneur. The focus of the course is on the techniques of decision making policy formulation and implementation, environmental analysis for the identification of profitable business opportunities, project analysis and evaluation, small, medium and large business managerial growth and survival strategies, the determinants of success, and the problem of succession in Nigeria. Students will be encouraged to examine the inhibitions to cooperation among Nigerian businessmen and the prospects of the cooperative philosophy in the country. MBA 720 The Nigerian Economy The course, which is compulsory for all MBA students, covers the following topics: The national development plans and their implications for growth and economic development. The ideological conflicts in economic planning – capitalism, socialism, mixed economics, international, trade and bilateralism, economic cooperation in West Africa, major economic infrastructures: the Nigerian capital and money markets; economics of housing and urban development; the indigenization decree; the problem of growth and investment opportunities and public corporations; the politics of oil and OPEC; the Agricultural Development Programmes; Nigerian cooperatives; functions and accomplishments; land tenure and its impact on agricultural development; manpower development, shortages and implications; the supply/demand situation in Nigeria. MBA 721 Production Systems and Management The primary objective of the course is to provide adept of understanding in the vital planning and control elements of the production management function. The course focuses on the recurrent problems, concepts and techniques which are encountered in managing the flows of materials, services and information in organization, the development and application of analytical techniques that are relevant in effective planning and control of operating situations are stressed. Specific topics include producing forecasting; flow analysis and facility balance in continuous and intermittent operating systems; aggregate production planning, inventory models, management of inventory system: project scheduling. MBA 722 Marketing Management The course is intended to equip the student with wherewithal for the formulation and effective implementation of marketing programmes in the context of a flux-fixed and opportunity-generating environment. It adopts the managerial approach, relying heavily on the use of case studies. In the analysis of cases the student assumes the role of a top marketing executive engaged in marketing planning; decision marketing and problem solving. The course begins with a study of the underlying forces, which shape marketing decisions such as the marketing systems, demand, consumer motivation and behavior, and the economic, legal, political and socio cultural contents within which all marketing decisions must be made. Considerable attention is devoted to the analysis of the components of a good marketing strategy (garget-market selection, product, price promotion and 204 Faculty of Management Sciences distribution decisions) and the integration of these elements into an internally and externally consistent whole. Other topics covered include marketing intelligence and social and ethical issues in marketing as they relate to marketing plan formulation and implementation. MBA 717 Behavioural Science for Business Analysis The purpose of this course will be to provide students with an understanding of key concepts and theories provided by the behavioural sciences which are relevant for understanding human behaviour, action and performance in work organization as well as work organization themselves. In particular, key concepts and theories will be examined from both applied and theoretical psychology, social psychology, sociology, political science, organization theory, economics and psychology. The course should also provide a background knowledge of the organizational context in which the concepts and theories of the behavioural sciences are expected to be applied. Topics covered include (not necessarily limited to):Learning, personal attitude and attitude change, values, power and its uses, group dynamics, social structure, the nature of conflict and its resolution, the design and change of organizations, evolution of modern organizations, and the problem of control, alienation, organizational goals and ideology, man and society, theory of knowledge, etc. Role-playing and ideology, man and society, theory knowledge, etc. role-playing and simulations, structured experience, films; class lectures and discussions will be used to increase the students awareness and understanding of behaviour. MBA 718 Statistical Analysis and Computer Application to Business Problems The course include basic notion of probability, descriptive data analysis, statically inference and simple regression analysis. Emphasis will be placed on problem structure and formulation, while when possible, standard computer programmes will be used in obtaining solutions. Statistical inference include multiple regression, analysis of variance, non-parametric techniques. Computer application: topic includes computer history hardware and software; computer programming and use of timesharing systems (if these facilities are available); use of computer programming packages available in the computer centre. MBA 719 Business Law The aim of this course is to develop a basic working knowledge of the aspects of Nigerian and international legislations, which govern the conduct of business. Topics covered include laws of contract, agency, sale of goods, hire purchase, carriage of goods, negotiable instrument, money lending, surety ship and guarantees, basic provisions of laws governing insurance and banking institutions in Nigeria. An introduction to sources of Nigeria law, administration of justice in Nigeria, civil and criminal liability, real and personal property, partnership law, cooperate personality and the doctrine of ultra vires. Types of companies, company formation procedure and documentation issues and transfer of shares and debentures, prospectus and statutory books, meetings and resolutions, duties of officers (directors, secretary, etc) provision relating to disclosure in corporate accounts, reconstructions, amalgamations and takeovers; law relating to bankruptcy, deeds of arrangement, voluntary and compulsory liquidations, disposition of property by wills and letter of administration, etc. 205 MBA 730 Human Resource Management The most valuable and most dynamic of all resources is the topic of this course. The students would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the procurement, utilization, and compensation of human resources. Topic covered include: modern organisation theories; forecasting and planning of human resources; the relevance of productivity and the concept of its measurement. Recruitment and selection, including tests and interview, job analysis and evaluation, performance appraisal leadership and satisfaction theories and practice. Wages-theories, and administration, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the international context; collective bargaining, factory administration, etc. MBA 750 project work (long Essay} Topics are selected in consultation with advisers. 206 Faculty of Management Sciences DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The Department offers courses leading to the award of Master in Public Administration. The postgraduate programmes were designed to strengthen the candidates academic and professional knowledge of Public Administration and its areas of specialization. The programmes provide in-dept training for candidates who wish to refine their research, analytical and administrative skills through experimental learning, advanced and professional instruction in the discipline. The Ph.D programme of the Department is by directed/independent reading and by research. The student will be expected to write comprehensive examination in three areas – major, minor areas and methodology. The student is expected to carry out his research under the supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant research and teaching experience in the area. Requirement for Graduation Ph.D Programme To graduate, a student shall be required to: (i) Perform satisfactorily in written qualifying comprehensive examination in the three areas- major, minor and mythology. (ii) Present and defend dissertation proposal. (ii) Perform satisfactorily in a final oral examination, which is a judgment on the dissertation and the candidate’s defense of it. B. Masters in Public Administration To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 units including Core and Elective courses and Seminar. In addition, he must successfully defend the mandatory research thesis. COURSES AVAILABLE Masters in Public Administration First Semester Units MAP 701 Methodology 3 MAP 704 Seminar on Public Administration 3 MAP 705 Administrative Theory 3 MAP 706 Advanced Students in Local Government 3 MAP 707 Personnel Management 3 MAP 717 Public Policy Analysis 3 Second Semester Units MAP 721 Quantitative Method 3 MAP 724 Public Budgeting 3 MAP 725 Administrative Law 3 MAP 727 Statistics 3 MAP 728 Administration of Government Parastatals 3 MAP 799 Research Project 6 COURSE DESCRIPTION MAP 701 Methodology Consist of all aspects of the research design – the units of analysis, the multivariate techniques, and the manner in which time and processual change is conceptualized and measured. The multivariate techniques include sampling techniques, simple correlation and other measures of association, analysis of variance, multiple regression and path analysis, basic probability and normal distribution. Generally, the 207 research design will cover areas such as cross sectional model, a lagged crosssectional model and a time series analysis. Parametric and non parametric statistics. MAP 705 Administrative Theory This course examines the nature of theory and review of major administrative theories. Emphasis will be on classical, neoclassical and modern theories. Theories from behavioural sciences as they apply to the understanding of the role of the individual as a member of organisations and to the effects of organisation upon members. Organisational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority and decision making in groups. MAP 706 A Study of Governance In The Localities The course emphasizes comparative institutions and political processes of local governments in Nigeria and elsewhere with attention of methodological and theoretical problems. MAP 707 Public Personnel Management This course is designed to familiarize the student with the process of effective manpower management. The main focus of the course is recruitment, selection, training, motivation and labour management relations. Examples will be drawn from both public and private sectors. MAP 717 Public Policy Analysis This course is designed to provide the student with the techniques for policy analysis, formulation, implementation and evaluation. The course examines the relationship between bureaucrats, technical experts, interest groups and political executive in the policy process. MAP 724 Public Budgeting Analysis of the budgeting process including political aspects. Budgeting programmes and performance budgeting. MAP 725 Administrative Law Case studies of legal adjustments of administrative authority and individual liberty. Judicial control of over-administration. Personal liability of offers, scopes and limit of administrative powers. Due process measurement of administrative procedure. MAP 728 Administration of Government Parastatals The problems of specifying and estimating the costs and benefits relevant for project and programming evaluations. Including discussions of the differences between private and social consequences, the treatment of uncertainty, the discount rates for long term public parastatals and alternative choice criteria. 208 FACULTY OF NATURAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENTS BIOCHEMISTRY BOTANY CHEMISTRY MATHEMATICS MICROBIOLOGY PHYSICS ZOOLOGY 209 FACULTY OF NATURAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY The Department of Biochemistry offers M.Sc, Ph.D degrees with specialization in the followings areas: i. Nutritional Biochemistry ii. Clinical Biochemistry iii. Lipid Biochemistry Graduation Requirements To graduate, a student must pass a minimum of 30 units which should include core and special courses and research thesis. In addition, a student shall be expected to deliver at least one seminar on a current topic in biochemistry related to the research project as approved by the Department during the during the course of study. This is different from seminar based on the candidate’s research thesis project. Courses Available First Semester Courses Core BIC 701 Advanced General Biochemistry BIC 702 Biochemical Instrumentation and Techniques Special BIC 703 Nutritional Biochemistry BIC 704 Food Biochemistry BIC 705 Advanced Lipid and Membrane Biochemistry BIC 706 Clinical and Tissue Biochemistry Second Semester Courses Core BIC 711 Biostatistics and Experimental Design BIC 712 Seminar BIC 799 Thesis Special BIC 713 Biochemical Toxicology BIC 714 Plant Microbial Biochemistry BIC 715 Biochemical Engineering BIC 716 Advanced Protein Biochemistry BIC 717 Carbohydrate and Fermentation Biochemistry Units 4 3 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 BIC 701 Advanced General Biochemistry (4 Units) This course is built on the B.Sc (Hon) background and involves in-depth study of thermodynamics, bioenergetics structure and function of enzyme and mechanisms of enzymes catalysis. The molecular biology of macromolecule. Regulation of important enzymes. Membrane and sub-cellular organelles. Control of intermediary metabolism and the biosyntheses compounds of biological interest. BIC 702 Biochemistry Instrument and Techniques (3 Units) The course will involve a review of the principles of the following techniques: Polarimetry, spectrophotometer, turbidimetry, stomic and emission absorptiometry, palaeography Uv and IR spectroscopy, mass spectroscopy, NMR Electrophoresis, isoelectoc focusing Scintillaion spectrometry, extraction and purification techniques. Experiment will be designed to Faculty of Natural Sciences 210 demonstrate the use of the techniques to resolve some specific fundamental biochemical problems. BIC 703 Nutritional Biochemistry (3 Units) Digestion and absorption of foodstuff. Fat and water soluble vitamins: Chemical and biological nature, absorption and transport. Role of binding proteins and their functions and transport. Mechanism of action including recent concepts. Trace elements: metabolism, deficiency, functions, requirements and toxicity. Protein, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism and their nutritional importance. Dietary disturbances and aetiology of malnutrition. Energy and protein requirement. Biochemical evaluation of nutrition status of a population. Topics of current interest with repects to the role of disease and strong emphasis towards understanding the underlying biochemical principles. BIC 704 Food Biochemistry (3Units) Basic constituents of food and their interaction. Biochemistry of plant pigments and their toxicology. Flavours chemistry and flavourmatics. Natural and synthetic vitamins. Food additives, chemical changes in food that affect handling, processing and storage of food. Role of water in food systems. Comprehensive discussion of parameters which affect enzyme activity in foods. Use of enzymes in food processing. BIC 705 Advanced Lipid and Membrane Biochemistry (3 Units) Chemistry and structure of complex lipids and lipoproteins, cellular fractionation, membrane structure, transport and assembly. Cell surface mediated processes. BIC 706 Clinical and Tissue Biochemistry (3 Units) Molecular basis of inborn errors of metabolism, e.g. diabetes, sickle cell anaemia, amino aciduria, etc. Classical examples of disease associated with carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acid metabolism. Haemoglobin related compounds, vitamins and hormones. Clinical functional tests of liver, kidney and pancreas. Urine and faecal pigments including drug poisons. The liver structure, glucostatic function and nitrogen metabolism, tests for the assessment of the liver. The kidney structure and functions including electrolyte nutrient re-absorption and acid-base balance. Mechanism of tubular transport (sodium pump). The muscle structure and function. Muscle contraction and its energetic Calcium Pump. Neuro Chemistry, the brain, structure and function of the brain. Structure of nerve fibre, neuro transmitters, and mechanism of transmission of nerve impulse. The blood composition, function and biosynthesis. Blood diseases. The bone: calcium and phosphorus metabolism. The eye: structure and function. The biochemistry of vision. Biochemistry of cardiac tissue and hormone secretion. BIC 711 Biostatistics and Experimental Design (3 Units) Classification and tabulation of data. Test of accuracy and differences: chi-square, test of significance, regression and correlation, ANOVA etc. Principles of experimental design and layout: randomized block design, factorial experiment, etc. as may be relevant to Biochemical research. Faculty of Natural Sciences 211 BIC 712 Seminars (3 Units) A student shall be expected to present a seminar on a current topic in biochemistry as approved by the Department at least once in a session. This is different from seminars based on the candidate’s research project. BIC 713 Biochemical Toxicology Biochemical action of toxicants. Advances in food additives, cardiohepato, and pulmonary toxicology and mode of action of radio-nuclides, heavy metals, toxins indigenous to plants and animals, solvents and propellants, insecticides and halogenated hydrocarbons. Recent advances in the mechanism by which drugs and other foreign chemicals are metabolized to active and/or inactive products. The importance of metabolic pathways to therapy/ toxicity. Assessments of cellular damage by biochemical measurements. BIC 714 Plant Microbial Biochemistry (3 Units) Cell and sub-cell, ribosomes, the nucleus and other cell organelles. The primary cell wall (lignin, cutting etc.) Carbohydrate metabolism: relationship between glycogenesis and carbohydrate oxidation in higher plants, sucrose metabolism, structure, synthesis and enzyme degradation of starch, insulin and other reserved polysaccharides. Sites of synthesis of polysaccharides. Recent advances in the chemistry and biochemistry of plant lipid. Special aspects of the metabolism of proteins and nucleic acids in plants. Absorption, secretion, translocation, cell wall biogenesis, mineral metabolism, sulphate reduction, nitrate metabolism, phytochrome, biochemistry and action of plant hormones, growth and differentiation of plants. Senescence, terpenes and terpenoids, porphyry’s alkaloids, flavonoids, bitalins and tannins. Chemotaxonomy. Biochemistry aspects of plant parasite relationships. Regulation of plant metabolism. Photosynthesis. Nitrogen fixation. Selected aspects of the biochemistry of economic plants grown in Nigeria. Bacteria nutrition. Use of carbon and nitrogen hormones. Growth of bacteria. Mathematical models of batch culture. Product formation models. Mixed culture. Immobilized enzymes and cells. Micro- organism- in the production of foods, industrial chemicals. BIC 715 Biochemical Engineering (3 Units) Fermentation enzymes reactor designing and food recessing engineering. Chemical engineering including process analysis and computing. Microbial metabolism and genetics physical biochemistry techniques. Students are expected to visit industrial establishments where relevant processes can be demonstrated. BIC 716 Advanced Protein Biochemistry (3 Units) A discussion of the chemical approaches to the elucidation of the structure of simple and complex proteins. Fragmentation of polypeptide chain and sequential degrading Determination of end group. Determination, interpretation and calculation and amino acid data. Determination of the 3-dimensional structures of protein; of special interest – heamoglobin, immunoglobulin and collagens Active site chemistry, chemical modification of enzyme activity, metalloproteins, coenzyme – enzyme interaction, organization of enzyme system. Special topics will include comparisons of the crystal structure of proteins with functional group reactivity and susceptibility to limited proteolysis. 212 Faculty of Natural Sciences BIC 717 Advance Carbohydrate and Fermentation Biochemistry (3 Units) Structure and chemical characteristics of carbohydrates. Biochemical characteristics and foundations of structural carbohydrates. Storage polysaccharides and sugar derivatives. Chemistry of fermentation. Chemical control of fermentation. Specific application of fermentation in industrial and domestic food processing. Mention should be made of the production of alcohol, vinegar, spirits and malt beverages. Attention should be given also to the fermentation of protein rich foods. 213 Faculty of Natural Sciences DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY The Botany Department offers M.Sc and Ph.D postgraduate programmes with specialization in the following areas: (i) M.Sc (Wood Science) (ii) M.Sc and Ph.D Mycology / Plant Pathology (iii) M.Sc and Ph.D in Plant Physiology (iv) M.Sc and Ph.D Plant Ecology REMEDIAL COURSES A student without B.Sc degree in Botany or other Science related discipline would be required to register for and pass remedial courses before proceeding to the M.Sc degree programme. These remedial courses carry no credits towards the M.Sc degree but a student must score at least 40% in each of the courses REMEDIAL COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Units BOT 302 Plant Ecology 3 BOT 303 Interdictory Mycology 3 BOT 304 Plant Physiology and Tissue Culture 3 Second Semester BOT 311 Comparative Anatomy of seed PLANTS 3 BOT 312 Plant Physiology 3 BOT 313 Plant Pathology I 3 BOT 411 Conservation and Development of Resources 3 BOT 414 Plant Pathology II 3 Students are expected to select courses from the above according to their areas of specialization. The full description of the remedial course are in the undergraduate handbook the faculty of Natural Sciences. Graduation Requirement A student will be required to pass a minimum of 30 units which should include four core courses (12 units ) and four elective courses (12 units) and a research thesis (6 Units). In addition, a student should organize at least one Seminar. COURSES AVAILABLE 1. Wood Science First Semester Code Tile Units Remarks BOT 701 Biostatistics 3 R BOT 702 Seminar in area to Specialization 3 C BOT 703 Advanced Plant Taxonomy 3 R BOT 704 Applied and Developmental Anatomy 3 C 214 Faculty of Natural Sciences Second Semester BOT 705 Techniques in Plant Anatomy and Histochemistry 3 C BOT 706 Wood Technology 3 R BOT 3 C 6 C 707 Tropical Forest Resource BOT 799 Project 2 Plant Ecology First Semester BOT 701 Biostatistics 3 R BOT 702 Seminar in Area of Specialization 3 C BOT 703 Advanced Plant Taxonomy 3 R BOT 709 Advanced Plant Ecology 3 C BOT 710 Plant Biogeography 3 C Second Semester BOT 799 Project 6 C BOT 722 Environmental Pollution 3 R BOT 723 Population Dynamics 3 R BOT 724 Plant Ecophysiology 3 C BOT 725 Wood Biology 3 C BOT 724 Ecology of Aquatic Communities 3 C 3. Plant Pathology / Mycology First Semester BOT 701 Biostatistics 3 R BOT 702 Seminar in Area of Specialization 3 C BOT 711 Methods in Plant Pathology 3 C BOT 712 Epidemiology and Control of Plant 3 R Diseases Second Semester BOT 713 Physiological Plant Pathology 3 C BOT 714 Plant Virology 3 C Faculty of Natural Sciences 215 BOT 715 Environmental Pollution 3 R BOT 799 Project 6 C 4. Plant physiology First Semester BOT 701 Biostatistics 3 R BOT 702 Seminar in Area of Specialization 3 C BOT 719 Biochemistry of Carbohydrates 3 C 3 C Proteins and lipids BOT 702 Biochemistry and Physiology of Plant Growth Regulation Second Semester BOT 721 Applied Plant Physiology 3 C BOT 722 Plant Ecophysiology 3 R BOT 723 Environmental Pollution 3 R BOT 799 Project 6 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES BOT 701 Biostatistics Significance tests for difference of means, chi-square test. Analysis of variance. Correlation coefficients. Multiple correlation, testing for randomness inclusive of poison probabilities. Experimental designs and their analysis. BOT 702 Seminar Topics in Area of Specialization A review of current research topics in the area of specialization. BOT 703 Advanced Plant Taxonomy The concept of characters, evolutionary interpretation of comparative taxonomic data. Experimental taxonomy. Regional / taxonomic studies and monographic studies of species complex . BOT 704 Applied and Developmental Plant Anatomy Structure of the cells, tissues and organs of woody plants. Morphogenesis. Marco and microscopic identification of wood, Physical and microanatomical characters of wood, chemical composition of tropical woods. BOT 705 Techniques in Plant Anatomy and Histochemistry Advanced study of various techniques in pant anatomy. Photochemical analysis of wood and wood products. Determination of physical properties of wood. BOT 706 Wood Technology Variability of wood within species. Detects in wood associated with growth, seasoning and machining. Wood deterioration. Wood durability, preservation and grading. Wood enduses. Faculty of Natural Sciences BOT 707 Tropical Forest Resources 216 Tropical forest formations. Distribution and utilization potentials. Structure dynamics and siliiviculture. Forest conservation in lowland tropical West Africa. BOT 708 Project BOT 709 Advanced Plant Ecology (a) Autecology: Conditions of adoptions. Area and habitat. Chemical and physical factors. Biological response, Vigour vitality, dispersal, integration. Environmental limitations in ecosystem development. Dynamic aspects of ecosystems. Man’s impact on the ecosystems. (b) Synecology: Succession and the climax kinds of succession climax theory. Directional change (Progressive, retrogressive and cyclics). Physical changes during succession. Community structure and dispersal, interactions between members of same and of different topic levels. Community variation along environmental gradients community concepts; old and new. BOT 710 Plant Biogeography Physiogeography and climate of Africa including recent climatic changes. High forest flora. The flora of African high mountains. Mangrove flora. Vegetation mapping. Preparation of distribution maps and bioclimatic requirement of individual tax. BOT 711 Methods in Plant Pathology Techniques used in the study of plant pathogens including bacterial, fungal and nematode diseases. Diagnosis of plant diseases in the tropics. BOT 712 Epidemiology and Control of Plant Disease Assessment of economic losses due to plant disease. Sources and perenation of plant pathogens. Methods used in plant diseases control. Pesticides and their application. BOT 713 Physiological Plant Pathology The physiological and biochemistry of plant parasite disease. Phytoaloexins. BOT 714 Plant Virology Principle of viral classification and nomenclature. Composition site of synthesis, replication and movement of viruses. Extraction, purification and assaying with emphasis on serological methods. Multicomponent viruses, defective viruses, viroids and other agents including symptoms similar to those caused by viruses. The infection processes and how viruses causes diseases. BOT 719 Biochemistry of Carbohydrates, Proteins and Lipids and advanced treatment of selected topics in carbohydrates, protein and lipid biochemistry. BOT 720 Biochemistry and Physiology of Plant Growth Regulation Chemistry, biosynthesis and action of phytochromones. Phytochrome and phtomorgenesis. Role of nucleic acid metabolism and protein synthesis in hormone and light regulated growth in developmental phenomena Physiology of flowering. BOT 721 Applied Plant Physiology Water relations in crop plants. Mechanism of translocation to plant metabolic sinks. Interrelationship among photosynthesis. Respiration and movement of carbon in developing Faculty of Natural Sciences crops. Physiological responses to nitrogen in plants. Development, differentiation and yield. Environmental manipulation for higher yield. 217 BOT 722 Plant Ecophysiology Solar radiation and plant life; plants and heat balance, temperature and growth; tolerance, of temperature extremes. Water in the environment – air and soil. Stress effects and their economic implication. Sources of energy; energy and life radiant energy and balance; energy flow in the ecosystem. Limits to growth; limiting factors; the physical environment; chemical factors; biological effects. BOT 723 Environmental Pollution Emphasis will be laid on monitoring and assessing pollution on soil and vegetation. Pollution indicators in aquatic and terrestrial environment. Effects of industrial and domestic effluent. Radiation ecology. BOT 724 Weed Biology Weeds in relation to man. Origin and life cycles of weeds. Propagation and weed dissemination. Weed growth, development and establishment. Competitive ability of weeds. Weed-crop association in the tropics. Weed control, chemical and biological. Selectivity of herbicides. The problem of aquatic weeds and their control. BOT 725 Ecology of Aquatic Communalities (3 Units) The salient features of phytoplankton, aquatic and macrophytes and their environment. The structure and physiology of emergent leaves, floating leaves, submerged and underground organs. Vegetative polymorphism and the problem of heterohplly, reproduction and prennation. A survey of major tropical aquatic macrophytes and phytoplankton. Course will include collection and identification of aquatic vascular plants and phytoplankton of water bodies in and around Benin City. BOT 728 Population Dynamics (3 Units) Environmental elements and limiting factors. Population growth rate and generation time. Population integration. Patterns of dispersion. Effects of intraspecific factors on population dynamics. Population interaction. Models of population dynamics. Population energy flow. Population evolution including variation, group selection and socialization. BOT 799 Research Project ( 6 Units) Faculty of Natural Sciences 218 DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INTRODUCTION The graduate programme in the Department leads to the award of Master of Science (M.Sc) and Doctor of Philsoshy (Ph.D) degrees in the following areas: (i) Analytical/Environmental Chemistry (ii) Inorganic Chemistry (iii) Organic Chemistry (iv) Physical Chemistry AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME The graduate programme in Chemistry involves prescribed course work carefully designed to expose the student to advanced theoretical chemical concepts. Such a background will considerably assist the student in the understanding, interpretation and analysis of his/ her experimental results obtained from laboratory research. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME (a) A student on the graduate programme in chemistry is normally required to achieve satisfactory performance in specified number of taught courses. (b) He is also expected to undertake some original research for a thesis in the following areas: (i) Natural Products Chemistry (ii) Physical Organic Chemistry (iii) Analytical Chemistry (iv) Electro- Chemistry (v) Polymer Chemistry (vii) Synthetic Organic Chemistry (vii) Physical Chemistry and ( viii) Inorganic Chemistry (c) All courses and their corresponding examination shall be completed within the first year of the graduate programme. (d) All courses shall be registered for according to the Graduate School Regulations. (e) Research project shall be embarked upon mainly in the second year of the M.Sc graduate programme. (f) A compulsory seminar shall be given by each graduate student for the M.Sc on his/her research work after completion the research work. REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To qualify for the award of M.Sc degree in Chemistry, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 units including core course. Compulsory courses, complementary courses and research thesis. In addition a student shall present at least a seminar. No student shall be allowed to proceed with his/her research project without passing all the necessary taught courses. Research Thesis A student for the M.Sc degree programme shall be expected to undertake a research under two supervisors. Research project shall normally be approved by the Department Graduate Committee chaired by the Head of Department. Faculty of Natural Sciences 219 A student shall be expected to successfully defend the thesis in accordance with the Graduate School regulations. COURSES AVAILABLE CORE course COMMON TO ALL M.Sc. STUDENTS First Semester Units CHM 701 Separation Techniques 4 CHM 702 Applied Spectroscopy 4 Second Semester CHM 703 Analysis of Experimental Data 2 CHM 718 Seminar 2 CHM 799 Research Thesis 6 (i) INORGANIC / ANALYTICAL / ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY: DEGREE OPTION COMPULSORY course First Semester CHM 704 Hydride Chemistry and Interstitial Compounds 2 CHM 705 Co-ordination Chemistry 2 Second Semester CHM 706 Electrochemical and Optical Methods of Analysis 2 CHM 707 Advanced Environmental Chemistry 3 (ii) ORGANIC CHEMISTRY: DEGREE OPTION COMPULSORY COURSES First Semester CHM 708 Polyfunctional groups and Aromatic Chemistry: Mechanism of Reaction 4 Second Semester CHM 709 Pericyclic reaction, heterocyclics and naturally – occurring compounds 4 iv. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY DEGREE OPTION COMPULSORY COURSE First Semester CHM 710 Advanced Chemical Kinetics 3 Second Semester CHM 711 Molecular Spectroscopy 3 CHM 712 Radiation and Photochemistry 3 (v) COMPLEMENTARY COURSES TO THE DEGREE OPTIONS First Semester CHM 713 Reactions in non-aqueous, inorganic solvent systems 2 Faculty of Natural Sciences 220 CHM 715 Physical Organic Chemistry 2 Second Semester CHM 714 poly-acid and Silicates, soil Chemistry 2 CHM 716 advanced Polymer Chemistry 2 CHM 717 Organo – Metallic Chemistry 2 (C ) Physical Chemistry CHM 610 advanced Chemical Kinetics CHM 611 Molecular Spectroscopy CHM 612 Radiation and Photochemistry Detailed Courses for M.Sc Degree in Chemistry CHM 701 Separation Techniques Fundamental concepts; definitions and law; instruments for measuring absorption of radiation: UV, Visible, infrared, and n.m.r. spectroscopy; mass spectrometry; limitations of spectrometry. CHM 703 Analysis of Experimental Data Evaluation of analytical data; statistical treatment of small sets of data; types of errors in quantitative measurements; precision and accuracy; experimental. CHM 704 Hydride Chemistry and Interstitial Compound Hydrides of the elements of main groups I-IV; synthesis; physical properties and reactions; some interstitial and non – stoichiometric compounds; carbides; nitrides; borides and silicides. CHM 705 Coordination Chemistry Historical development of coordination compounds; coordination numbers; ligands; bonding; stereochmeical aspects; complex structures, spectra; magnetic properties. CHM 706 Electrodemical and Optional Methods of Analysis Electrodes processes; ion selective electrodes; current potential, equations, D.C.A.C and pulse paleography; instrumentation of spectrometric analysis; polarimetry; refractormety and microscopic methods; their recent developments. CHM 707 Advanced Environmental Chemistry Water chemistry; ecological aspects of surface and ground water chemistry; sources and characteristics of municipal and industrial wastewaters; water and wastewaters; sampling and analysis for chemical and bacteriological parameters. Water pollution control measures – biological and physio–chemical methods of treatment for disposal/ recycling. Physical, chemical, mineralogical and biological properties of soil, sources and nature of solid wastes, pollution and residual toxicity from application of pesticides and synthetic fertilizers. Disposal and management of solid wastes and their recycling. Chemistry of the lower atmosphere; air pollution; method of analysis of air for various parameters. CHM 708 Polyfunctional Groups and Aromatic Chemistry with Mechanism of Reactions. The chemistry of aromatic compounds compared with their aliphatic counterparts, nitrile, gringnard reaction, chemistry of bifunctional compounds. Aldol and related reactions. Energetics, Kinetics and the investigation of reaction mechanism. Simple alicyclic carbon compounds an their synthesis. Representative polycyclic compounds surveyed. Nomenclature and structure. Faculty of Natural Sciences 221 CHM 709 Pericyclic Reactions Hetherocyclics and Naturally Occurring Compounds and Synthetic Methods Ring forming and ring fission reaction and woodwor-Hofman Rules. Signatropic shifts. Indole, quinlines, imidazole and selected monocyclic hetercycles with 2N, NS and O, introductory alkaloid, terpenoid, coumarin and flavonoid chemistries and biogenesis, chemical fossils, organic synthetics strategies illustrated by the syntheses of three or more complex natural products; survey on general synthetic reactions and methods. CHM 710 Advanced Chemical Kinetics Experimental methods in gas phase and fast reactions in solution. Theoretical interpretation of reaction rates and application-vant Hoof equilibria for chemical equation and forcing functions, chemical relaxation times, amplitudes and enthalpies. Temperature jump techniques including state, stopped-flow and temperature jump spectrophotometer. CHM 711 Molecular Spectroscopy Application of quantum theory to the interpretation of absorption and emission spectra in terms of molecular properties, theory of electronic absorption and emission (florescence and phosphorescence), special intensities, and polarization and transitions. Theory of vibrational and rotational spectra – IR, Raman, Resonance Raman, F.S.R and NMR. Hyperfine splitting and g-factor Simple magnetic resonance spectra. CHM 712 Radiation and Photochemistry Interaction of radiation with matter; Radiolysis of gases; liquids and solids; Excited states; production and detection of free radicals, measurement of radical yield; application of radiation chemistry such as polymerization; sterilization; food preservation and radiobiology. Laws of photochemistry; intra- and intermolecular processes; fluorescence and phosphorescence; thermo- and chemiluminescence’s; photosynthesis; photoelectron – chemical cells; lasers. CHM 713 Reaction in Non-aqueous , Inorganic Solvent Systems. Non-aqueous solvent systems such as liquid ammonia; liquid H2S; hydrogen cyanide; hydrogen luoride and SO2 reactions; uses CHM 714 Ploy-acids and Silicates, Soil Chemistry Condensation processes in polyacds; systems; heteropolyacids; structure of plyacids; Polyphosphoric; Silicates; Aluminosilicates; Zeolites. CHM 715 Physical Organic Chemistry Physical methods of investigating reaction mechanism. Molecular orbital theories with emphasis on the Huckel theory and their chemical application; structure properties correlation; Mammett equation applications and modification – Okamoto and Brown Taft Nishioka an Fujita, etc. Solvent effects and catalyses. CHM 716 Advanced Polymer Chemistry Polymerization reactions, condensation and addition: Polyesters; resins, fibres; polyamides and linear and non-linear polymers; molecular size; its control and reactivity; kinetics and molecular weight distributions ring formation; cross linking; gel point; Ring – scission; electronic structure montion, termination and transfer; degree of polymerization transfer constant; cationic polymerization; anionic polymerization; living polymers; stereospecific polymerization; block and graft coploymerization. 222 Faculty of Natural Sciences CHM 717 Oranometalic Chemistry Synthesis; structure and reactivity, bonding in transition metal compounds. Metal carbonyls, arenas; arenes; aryls; alkyls, cyclopentadienyls. Uses of organometallics commercially and in synthertc chemistry. CHM 718 Seminar CHM 799 Research Thesis DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES 1. INTRODUCTION The Department of Mathematics runs postgraduate programmes at the Diploma, Masters and doctorate degrees with specialization in any of the following areas: (i) Applied Mathematical Analysis (ii) Scientific Computing in any of Mathematics, Physics, Statistics or Engineering (iii) Engineering Mathematics (iv) Business Mathematics 2. OBJECTIVES The main objectives of the postgraduate programme in the Department is to equip the prospective research students with essential tools needed in discovering and solving mathematical and statistical problems arising from the sciences, engineering and industries. To this end, the courses are designed in conformity with the 1992 curriculum of the National Mathematical Centre which is the minimum curriculum for graduate studies in mathematics in Nigerian Universities. The postgraduate Diploma Programmes also provide opportunities for reorientation on the part of Land Surveying, Physics, Education, engineering and Chemistry students whose background in Mathematics is not usually strong enough to pursue a Masters degree in mathematics. Te postgraduate courses are designed to equip the students not only with basic knowledge of theory and practice but also an understanding of recent developments in what are rapidly changing subjects and applications. 3. ENTRY REQUIREMENTS (i) For Postgraduate Diploma in Mathematics, B.Sc. or HND (CREDIT) Mathematics, Economics, Statistics, Computer Science. Engineering, Land Surveying, Chemistry and Physics. (ii) For Masters degree, a candidate with a minimum of second class (lower division) Honours degree in Mathematics from this university or a recognized University may be admitted into M.Sc programme. 223 Faculty of Natural Sciences (iii) A candidate with less then second Class (lower division ) Honours in Mathematics may be admitted into the M.Sc programme provided such a candidate possesses postgraduate diploma in Mathematics of this University or of any other recognized university. (iv) A candidate with M.Sc. Mathematics (Scoring 60% and above) may be admitted into the Ph.D programme. 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 4.1 Postgraduate Diploma (i) Pass all the core courses with a score average not less than 50% (ii) Pass a minimum of 7 elective courses with a score not less than 50% (iii) Project with defence score not less than 50% 4.2 Master of Science (M.Sc) (i) A student will be required to accumulate a minimum of 30 units, which should include the core courses, special courses and seminar. (ii) A student shall present a research dissertation which must be successfully defended by the student at an oral examination. 4.3 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D) (i) The first stage requires a prospective doctoral candidate to pass MAT 804 and any two other courses from the our courses: MAT 802, MAT 803, MAT 805. (ii) A candidate: must give at least three (3) seminars on his work either in the Department or at any conference of NMS, MAN, CAN in which any of the doctoral supervisors is present or at any national, International or University conferences on Mathematical sciences in which any of the doctoral supervisors is present. Each seminar is 2 units leading to a total of 6 units. 5. MODE OF PARTICIPATION 5.1 For the Postgraduate Diploma and M.SC. Programmes The programme is run on both FULL-TIME and PART-TIME basis, for prograduate and masters programme. FULL-Time is one year duration. The PART-TIME programme is carried out during week-ends to enable qualified working staff take full advantage of current employment. Part–time in each of these cases is 2 years. 5.2 Doctorate Degree For Ph.D full-time is 3years while part time is 4years in full consonance with NUC guidelines for higher degrees. 6. COURSES AVAILABLE 6.1 Post Graduate Diploma in Mathematics Course Code Course Title Units State MAT 601 Algebraic Structures 3 C MAT 602 Metric Space Topology 3 C MAT 603 Fundamentals of Differential Equations 3 C MAT 604 Real Analysis 3 C MAT 605 FORTRAN Programming 3 C MAT 606 Linear Programming 3 C MAT 607 Applied Linear Algebra 3 C MAT 608 Statistical Inference 3 C 224 MAT 609 Probability Theory 3 B,E.M,S MAT 610 Ordinary Deferential Equation 3 MAT 611 General Topology 3 MAT 612 Function Analysis 3 MAT 613 Calculus of Variations 3 MAT 614 Partial Differential Equations 3 MAT 615 Lebesgue Measure and Integration 3 MAT 616 Comp. Differential Equations 3 B,E,M,S MAT 617 Optimization Theory 3 B,E,M,S MAT 618 Applied FORTRAN Programming 3 MAT 619 Applied Word processing 3 MAT 620 Complex Analysis 3 MAT 621 Mechanics 3 MAT 622 Seminar 3 MAT 623 Project 3 6.2 MASTERS DEGRE COURSES IN MATHEMATICS Course Code Course Title Units MAT 701 Advance Analysis l 4 MAT 702 Advance Analysis ll 4 MAT 703 Harmonic Analysis 4 MAT 704 Applied Function Analysis 4 MAT 705 Ordinary Differential Equations 4 MAT 706 Partial Differential Equation 4 MAT 707 Integral Equations and Transforms 4 Mat 708 Advance Numerical Analysis 1 4 Mat 709 Advance Numerical Analysis 11 4 B.E.M.S Mat 710 Group Theory 4 B.E.M.S Mat 711 Calculus of Variation 4 B.E.M.S Mat 712 Optical Control 4 B.E.M.S Mat 713 Optimization Theory 4 Mat 714 Systems Theory 4 Mat 715 Statistical Methods 1 4 Mat 716 Statistical Methods 11 4 Mat 717 Operations Research 4 Mat 718 Seminar 4 Mat 719 Dissertation 6 6.3 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY COURSES IN MATHEMATICS Course Code Course Title Units Mat 801 Numerical and Applied Analysis 4 Mat 802 Computational Differential Equations 4 Mat 803 Optimization Theory and Techniques 4 Mat 804 Programme Development and Implementation 6 225 M M M E,M,S E,M,S M B,E,S B,S E.M.S. E C C Status M E.M. E.M. B.E.M C E.M E.M C C B.E.S C B.E.S B.E.S C C Status E,M E,M B,E C Mat Mat Mat KEY: C 805 Operations Research 806 Seminar 807 Thesis 4 6 10 B C C Core Faculty of Natural Sciences ELECTIVE OPTIONS SUITABILITY B Business Mathematics E Engineering Mathematics M Mathematical Analysis S Scientific Computing DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MAT 601 Algebraic Structures (3 Units) Re 301 Group definition examples including permutation groups, sub-groups, cosets. Lagranges Theorems and application cyclic group, Rings, definition, example including z.z ring of polarization matrices. Integral domains, fields, Polynomial rings factorization. Euclidean algorithm for polynomials (H.C.M and L.C.M of polynomials). MAT 602 Metric Space Topology (3 Units) RE 302 Set, matrices and examples. Open spheres (or balls) open sets and neighbourhood. Closed set interior, frontier, limit, points and closure of a set. Dense subset and separate spaces. Convergence in metric space. Homomorphism continuity and compactness, conceitedness. MAT 603 Fundamentals of Differential Equation (3 Units) Re 205 / 304 First order ordinary differential equations. Existence and uniqueness, second order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. General theory of order linear differential equations. Fundamentals of Partial Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms, solutions of initial value problem by Laplace Transforms, solutions of initial value equations in two independent variables. Application of ODE and PDE to physical life and social sciences. Series solutions of second order linear equations. Bessel, Lagenderes and hypergeometric equation and function. Gamma and Beta functions. Stumullonovelle problems, orthogonal polynomias and functions. Fourier-Based Bessel and Fourier-Legemdre. Fourier basedtransformation solution of Laplace wave and heat equation by Fourier method. MAT 604 Real Analysis (3 Units) Re 313 Riemann integral of functions R. continuous mono positive functions of bonded variations. The Riemann Stetges integral point wise and uniform convergence of sequences and series of function. R-R. Risesz representation theorem, effects on limits (sums) when the functions are continuous, differentiable or Riemann integrable, power series weiestrass approximation theorem. MAT 605 FORTRAN Programming (3 Units) Interaction to problem solving methods and algorithm development designing, coding, debugging and documenting programme using techniques of a good programmining language and programming Algorithm development. MAT 606 Linear Programming (3 Units) The linear programmining problem, properties of solution generating extreme point solutions. The simplex method: the theory and computational approaches Discussion on (i) Basic feasible solutions (ii) Artificial basis Technique (iii) Slack 226 and surplus variables (iv) Degeneracy, Redundancy, inconsistency conversion: minimization – maximization problems. Parametric linear programming revised simplex method. Applications. The transportation problems. Diet problems, production scheduling and inventor-control problems. Network Flow problems. TEXT (I): Linear Programming, Saul 1 Gass, Chapter 1–11 PUB: McGraw Hill Kogakushiu Faculty of Natural Sciences TEXT (II) Linear Programming G.Hardley, Chapter 1-13 PUB: Additson – Wednesday Publishing Co MAT 607 Applied Linear Algebra (3 Units) Re 315 Gaussian elimination. Jacobi iteration and Gauss-Siedel iteration methods. Decomposition methods for solving systems of equations. The eigen value problem; norms and ill- conditioning Band matrices. Transformation and iterative methods for computing eigen values, over determined systems of linear equations. MAT 608 Statistical Inference (3 Units) Use of the Neymann Pearson Lemima, Hypothesis testing the power of a test. Point and interval estimation (testing and estimation of large samples and in some standards, small sample situation ) binomial, poission normal, contingency tables. Goodness of – fit test. Point estimation by teast square and maximum, likelihood method. Properties of point estimation, unbiasedness. Rao-Cranner inequality, constituency, efficiency, best asymptotic normality, confidence intervals and regions. General method of finding a Markoy and Fisher Cochrams; Test of hypothesis. Neymann Pearson Lemma. MAT MAT MAT 609 Probability Theory (3 Units) Combinational analysis. Probability models for the study of random phenomena, infinite sample spaces. Probability distribution of discrete and continuous random variance. Expectations and moment generating functions. Cebyschev’s inequality. Brief revision of basic concepts. Probability generating function. Univariate characteristic functions formula, various models of convergence. Laws of large numbers and the culture limit theorem using characteristic functions, random walk and Markoy chains. Introduction to position poission. 610 Ordinary Differential Equations (3 Units) Sturm’s separation theorem and combination theorems. Sonin-polya theorem: existence and uniqueness of solutions of ordinary, differential equations, theory and properties of their solutions stability and phase portraits of systems. Floquent’s theorem for periodic linear process. 611 General Topology (3 Units) Re 404 Topological space, definition, open and close set, neighbourhoods, coarser and finer topologies. Bases, separation axioms, compactness, connectedness, construction of new topology spaces from given ones, sub spaces quotient spaces, continuous function, point wise uniforms convergence. 227 MAT 612 Functional Analysis (3 units) Re 405 Definition and examples of normzed linear space, continuity of linear transformations compactness, completeness and separability. Elements of Branch and Hilbert spaces, parallelogram law and polar identity in Hilbert spaces, properties of operation , open mapping and closed graph theorem . Dual spaces. Hann Banach theorem and Fiesez representation theorem. MAT 613 Calculus of Variations (3 Units) 406 Calculus of variation , Lagranges functional and associated density, necessary conduction for a weak relative extrenum. Hamilon’s principles, lagrange equations and geodesic problem. The Du Rois - Raymond equation and corner conditions . Variable and points related theorem. Sufficient conditions for a minimum isoperimetric application to solutions of differential equations. MAT 614 Partial Differential Equations (3 units) Re 407 Theory and solution of first order equation, second order linear equations. Classification, characteristic, canonical forms, Cauchy problems, Elliptic functions, poisson’s Forjula, properties of harmonic functions. Hyperbolic equations Wave equation, retarded potential transmission line equation: Riemann,, method, parabolic equation . Diffusion; singularity functions, boundary and entail value problems. MAT 615 Lebesgue Measure and Integration ) 3 Units) 412 Lebesgue measure measurable bounded non-measurable sets; measurable functions; lebesgue integral; integration of nonnegative functions; the general integral convergence theorems. MAT 616 Computational Differential Equation (3 Units) 414 Linear multi-step method Rational integrator, and methods of linear derivation. Error analysis, convergence and stability analysis, application of predictor-corrector pairs. The problem of stiffness and singularity. Introduction to computational methods in practical differential equations. MAT 617 Optimization Theory ( 3 Units ) Re 406 Brach and bound methods 1. Programming problem. Decomposition of large programming problems, optimization of functional with integral and differential constraints, optimization of steady system. Dynamic inventory system invitatory model with special cost assumption. Markovian decision process. 228 Mat 618 Applied FORTRAN Programming (3 Units) Transport programming style, advanced features of sub programmes programming designed and run using research problems drawn from integral equation ordinary and partial differential equation, chemistry, statistics, linear algebra, mathematics physics, group and theory and optimization. Mat 619 Applied Word Processing ( 3 Units ) Introduction to word processing and the computer . Selection of relevant word processing software most suitable to the student’s area of need. For example, Microsoft word, WordPerfect or, graphics paces for mathematics oriented works, lubricant and various graph design. Student will see various Scientifics, engineering and business papers for particles and final examination. Mat 620 Complex Analysis ( 3 Units) Functions complex variable. Limits and continuity of function of a complex variable. Deriving the Cauchy. Riemann equations. Analytic functions. Bilinear transformation confirm, mapping contour integral Cauchy’s thermo and its main consequences, convergence of sequence and series of functions of a complex variable power series, Taylor series, Laurent expansions, isolated singularities and residue theorem and applications to evaluation of integrates and to summation of series, maximum and modulus principles . Argument principles of analytic to continuation, multiple valued functions and Riemann surface. MAT 612 Mechanics (3 Units) Static’s system of line vector , couples and wrenches, principles of virtual works stability of equilibrium. Dynamics definition. Elastic string, Hooks law. Motion inn resting media. Changing mass. Motion along a curve frenets formulae. MAT 622 Seminars ( 3 units)s Student shall give seminar based on his project. MAT 623 Project (3 Units) The student shall undertake a project based on any of the major areas, and produce a moderately long essay on the topic to show the individual student’ ability to investigate and write report. MAT 701 Advanced Analysis I(4 Units) 229 Complex measures total variation. Absolute continuity, consequence of Random – Nikodmy theorem. Differential Derivative of measure, the fundamental theorem of calculus. Differentiable transformation.Integration on product space: measurability on Cartesian products, product measure. TEXT REAL AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS, WALTER RUDIN chapter 6 –6 Pub. McGraw Hill Books Company. MAT 702 Advanced Analysis II Selected topics from the maximum modulus principles, approximation by rational functions, conformal mapping, zeros of holomorphic functions, analytic continuation and uniform approximation bys polynomials. TEXT REAL AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS WLATER RUDIN chapter 12-15 and 20 Pub. McGraw Hill Books Company. MAT 703 Harmonic Analysis ( 4 Units) Fourier transforms: Formal properties, the inversion theorem the pahnchere theorem , the Banach algebra L1 . Elementary properties of Holomorphic function: complex differentiation, integration over paths, the local Cauchy theorem, the calculus of residues. Harmonic function: the Cauchy Riemann equations, the poison integral, and the Mean value property. Boundary behaviour of poisons integrals. Representation theorems. TEXT REAL AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS WALTER RUDIN chapter 911 and 20 Pub. McGraw Hill Books Company. MAT 704 Applied Functional Analyses (4 Units) Benach spaces: Hann-Benach theorem convex space. Lp spaces, duality convolution and regulation. Hilbert Space: Orthogonality and projections with application to optimization. MAT 705 Ordinary Differential Equation (4 Units) Existence and uniqueness theorem, global solution green’s functions, perturbed differential equations, asymptotic behaviour, stability instability of differential systems, lyapunov methods, periodic solution of linear systems, boundary value problem, differential equation with singularity. MAT 706 Partial Differential Equation (4 Units) 230 Basic concept of partial differential equations. The wave equation, the equations of telegraphy, vibration of rods, laplace equations, equation of thermal condition. MAT 707 Integral Equation and Transforms Method (4 Units) Fredholm and Volterra equations methods of solution of equations with separable, weakly singularly singular and L2 kernel Fixed points and existence theorems, Fourier transforms, convolution plancherel and inversion theorem. Hankel, Laplace, Mellin, and Hilbert transform, applications dual integral equation with application to mixed boundary – value problems. MAT 708 Advanced Numerical Analysis (4 Units) Linear and non- linear algebra equations. Solution, ill conditioning, comparisons and development of appropriate computer programmes for full matrices and various types of special spare metrics. Initial – value problem: linear multi – step methods, nonlinear multi-step methods . Stiff integrator, Boundary value problem: finite difference, finite elements methods of continuation. MAT 709-Advanced Numerical Analysis II ( 4 Units) Partial differential equation. Derivation convergence, stability, consistency of finite difference methods as appropriate to parabolic equation, hyperbolic equation and elliptic equation. Introduction to weighed residual and finite and finite elements. Development of appropriate computer programmes. Integral equation; Fredholm and Volterra integral equations: iterative methods and the development of appropriate computer programmes for the integral equation. MAT 710 Group Theory (4 Units) Groups of isometrics, group of mobitis transformations, symmetries of an algebra structure homomorphism theorem, finite group, Abellian groups Permutation representation. Free groups and representations. MAT 711 Calculus and Variations (4Units) Functional. Geodesic curve, isoperimetric problems. Euler equations, problem in parametric from. Parametric representation of arcs. Formulation or the parametric of the parametric problems, first necessary conditions for a minimum and the externals. Problem with variable end-point. 231 MAT 712 Optional Control (4 Units) Linear times control problem. Existence of time-optional control. External control. The Bang-Bang principles. The general maximum principles pontriagin maximum principles. Constrained continuous and discrete optional control problems and methods of solutions. Sensitivity analysis. Euler-Lagrange and HamiltonJacobi equation with constraints. MAT 713 Optimization Theory (4 Units) The optimization problem and classical optimization. Constraints and Lagrange multipliers. Optimization with inequality Onedimensional search techniques. Penalty– function methods theory of games. MAT 714 System Theory ( 4 Units) Ordinary differential equations linear control system. The ideal of system and control. Classical and modern control. Controllability. Observability and linear feed back control. Discrete and stochastic linear systems. Stability theory. Stability of dynamical system Iyapunov stability theorem. Stability of autonomous and non-autonomous stem systems. Deterministic and probabilistic system. Constrained and unconstrained optional control problems governed by dynamics of solution Linear operators. MAT 715 Statistical Methods I (4 Units) Non- parametric test; the sign and median test. Wilcoxon’s signed rank test of goodness of fit’ test for several independence samples. Run’s test theory of last square. MAT 716 Statistical Methods II (4 Units) Linear statistical inference is using the invariable general linear models, with applications to regression analysis, analysis of variance and analysis of covariance. Practical application ands use of digital sequential methods; sequential probability ration test. Properties and application, sequential medical trials. MAT 117 Operation Research (4 Units ) Advanced treatment of linear programming. Non-inter programming inventory control forecasting techniques’ queuing theory and replacement theory. 232 MAT 718 Seminar (4 Units ) The student shall given a seminar of at least one hour duration based of his or her dissertation. The dissertation in itself must contain at least 3 references of materials not more than three years old. MAT 719 Dissertation (4 Units) Every student must develop of dissertation is any area of his mathematics touch, the dissertation shall contain materials with reference of at least three sources that are not more- than years old. MAT 801 Numerical and Applied (4 Units ) A survey of current research work and new techniques. Discussion and reading assignment. MAT 802 Computation Differential Equations Modern computation method for differential system. Applicable problem drawn from chemical kinematics, engineering process etc. MAT 803 Computation Differential Equations Recent development in optimization methods Optimization in Banach and Hilbert spaces. and techniques. MAT 804 Programme Development and Implementation Advanced programming for high system of equation draw for illconditioned matrices, problem eigen value problems, differential system and solution of equation. All reference work must be from published research results such as operation. Optimization theory etc. MAT 805 Operation Research A survey of current work and new techniques. Applicable problem drawn from statistics, production industrial and the military. REMARK: The 600 and 700 level course are strictly based on fall lectures while the 800 level courses are essentially base don directed reading with problem solution drawn from current trends in research publications. DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY PHILOSOPHY 233 The graduate programmes in Microbiology are signed to produce manpower required for scientific and technological growth through research that is anchored on systematic observation accurate documentation and interpretation data. AIMS AND OBJECTIVES The graduate programme in the Department of Microbiology include prescribed courses at Master level designed to exposed students to advanced and current topics at Microbiology, in addition to cutting edge researches leading to the award of Masters Degree ( M.Sc.) in Medical, Environmental , Food and Industrial Microbiology and Degree ( Ph.D) in Microbiology . The specific objectives are To produce highly skilled manpower with a strong background in the various areas of Microbiology. To exposed students to current trends in Microbiology To inculcate in students the skills and acknowledge necessary for productive research and teaching . To train students to acquire skills including molecular biology techniques necessary for advanced research in the field of Microbiology To produce manpower with optimal technical know-how to function effectively I the academic and the private sector . GRADUATE REQUIREMENT A student will be qualified for the M.Sc. degree after he or she has passed 30 units including Core courses , Thesis and Electives. He or she must in addition, organize at least one seminar on the subject of the research work. COURSES AVAILABLE Courses Code First Semester Units MCB 701 Advanced general microbiology 3 MCB 702 Microbiology Method 3 MCB 703 Biostatistics 3 MCB 704 Advanced microbial physiology and biochemistry 3 Electives MCB 705 Immunology and Immunochemistry 3 234 MCB 706 Pharmaceutical Microbiology 3 MCB 707 Medical Bacteriology 3 MCB 708 Soil Microbiology 3 MCB 709 Water and waste Microbiology 3 Core Courses Second Semester Units MCB 711 Seminar 3 MCB 799 Elective MCB 713 Medical virology 3 MCB 714 Medical Microbiology 3 MCB 715 Petroleum Microbiology 3 MCB 716 Environmental Toxicology 3 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The Programmes is Meant for Candidates i Who have a 3rd or pass degree certificate in Microbiology from Ambrose Alli University or nay other University of recognized standing in the relevant discipline such as Biology, Bio-chemistry and Food Technology. ii Holder of FIMILS and AIMLS certificates in sciences related areas. TYPES OF ADMISSIONS Admission shall be time or part times. DURATION Full time Diploma 2 Semesters Part time Diploma 4 Semesters REGISTRATION COURSES All students shall register both first and second semester courses during the first two weeks or resumption. To be eligible fro registration, candidate shall be required to provide evidence of payment of prescribed school fees. Late registration may be allowed upon payment of the recommended penalty fees by the University. EXAMINATIONS (i) Cost Examination Examination will normally consist of a 3 hour paper on each of the courses taken (ii) Post Graduate Seminar Every candidate shall be expected to give a seminar to satisfy Post Graduate school requirements for graduation. 235 (iii) Thesis A thesis based on original research work and written according to standard prescribed by the board of Post Graduate School shall be submitted by the candidate. An assessment of the Thesis together with the performance of the candidate at an oral examination will be taken into account in recommending the award of the degree. Course Available First Semester Units PGDM 501 Medical Microbiology 3 PGDM 502 Clinical Microbiology 3 PGDM 503 Immunology 3 PGDM 504 Virology 3 PGDM 505 Industrial Microbiology 3 PGDM 506 Microbiology Techniques 3 PGDM 507 Environmental Microbiology 21 Second Semester PGDM 511 Food Microbiology 3 PGDM 512 Antimicrobial Agents ad chemotherapy 3 PGDM 513 Microbial Genetics 3 PGDM 514 Microbiology Physiology 3 PGDM 515 (BCH 413) Biosynthesis 3 PGDM 516 Plant Physiology and Tissue Culture 3 PGDM 517 Project 6 24 COURSES DESCRIPTION PGDM 501 Medical Microbiology 3 Units Host-parasite relationship pathogenic Micro organisms and disease etiologist, virulence factors, epidemiology, pathology, pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis, control and selected micro organisms Etiologic agents to be considered include Phylogenic cocci and cocobaccilli spirochartis, Mycoplasmas, ricketsia Chlamydia, leptospiral, pathogenic fungi, parasites and viruses. PGDM 502 Clinical Microbiology 3 Units Design concept of Microbiology Lab collection, transportation and processing Clinical Specimens, Ear, Nose and Throat infections emerging pathogens. PGDM 503 Immunology 3 Units 236 Basic concept of immunology, classical structure and classification of imunoglobulin and antibodies antigen antibody interaction: Immuno response hypersensitives, immunogrophylaxie. Modern lab. Techniques in immunology and Immunochemistry. PGDM 504 Virology 3 Units Structure and classification of viruses pathogenesis epidemiology, diagnosis and control of selected viral disease of man and animal. modern lab techniques in virology. PGDM 505 Microbiology Techniques 3 Units Microorganism of industrial of importance and their biology culture techniques, maintenance of starter culture. Aspects biochemistry engineering batches continues culture. Extracellular enzymes recovery techniques and purification brewing. PGDM 506 Microbiology Techniques 3 Units Origin and development of microbial techniques, Preparation, preservation and maintenance of microorganism. Identification of the microorganisms selected advanced microbiological techniques . PGDM 507 Environmental Microbiology 3 units Microbiology of sanction and sanitary practices as related to water, air, soil, and food. Water supply and swage. Eutophication concept of biochemical 02 demand Aerobiology soils profile ecology. Oil exploration impact control of public health, importance of food handling. PGDM 511 Food Microbiology 3 Units Overview of micro organism important in food microbiology contamination/spoilage and preservation. Microbiology of fermented food e.g. Ogi, Gari, Palm, Wine, Burukutu etc, singe cell protein food poisoning intoxication/ contamination, lab diagnosis of food borne disease. PGDM 512 Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy 3 Units History and development of antimicrobial agent types. Types and nature of antimicrobial agents general principle of antimicrobial agents. 237 General of chemotherapy factors to be considered in administration of chematheragentic agents, antimicrobial susceptibility resting. PGDM 514 Microbial Physiology and Metabolism 3 Units Review of microbial cell structure and funding functions growing of death of micro-organism. Microbial nutrition. Biosynthesis of macromolecules, election transport system in bacterial. Regulation of metabolism. PGDM 515 Biosynthesis of Macromolecules 3 Units The structure, classification and chemical properties of carbohydrate’s proteins, nuclei acids fats and lipid . Functions of polysaccharides, mucopoly saccharides, glycoprotein, bacterial and nucleic acids in terms of their structure and physicochemical properties. PGDM 516(BOT 413): Plant physiology and tissue culture 3 Units Plant growth and development. Hormones and growth regulator , auxins, gibberellins, cytokines, ethylene and abscisic. Pant tissue culture the physiology of flowing. Photochrome and photomorphogenesis, photoperiod, periodism and environmental physiology and stress physiology. PGDM 517 Project 6 Units PREPARATION OF THESIS The length of the “ introduction” should be about 1/3 of the volume of the thesis. REMEDIAL COURSES Students without B. Sc degree in Microbiology would be required to register for and pass remedial courses, before processing to the M.Sc degree, but a student must score at least 40% in each of the courses. REMEDIAL COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester MCB 302 Microbial physiology MCB 303 Food Microbiology I MCB 402 Industrial Microbiology II MCB 403 Soil Microbiology MCB 401 Molecular Biology Second Semester MCB 311 Industrial Microbiology I MCB 312 Microbiology ecology MCB 411 Food Microbiology II MCB 412 Environmental Microbiology Units 3 3 3 3 3 Units 3 3 3 3 238 MCB 413 Microbial Genetics 3 MCB 414 Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 3 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOR MASTER’S DEGREE MCB 701 Advanced General Microbiology Ecology and cultivation of bacterial. Classification and identification techniques in bacteriology Micro-organism as allies of man in the environment and various industries. Bacterial as agents of spoilage and disease. General structure and organization of viruses. emerging problem in virus classification. Parasites of medical importance. MCB 702 Microbiology Methods Sterilization, Iyophilization, cultural methods storage of micro- organism, anti sera and vaccine production. MCB 703 Biostatistics. Measure of central tendency. Basic notion of probability . discrete and continuous probability distributing. Sampling, distribution including student distribution, chi square distribution. Estimation and taste of Hypothesis. Chi square tests, analysis of various and factional anysis. Linear and multiple regression analysis. MCB 704 Immunology and Immunochemistry Detailed study of the bacterial cell. Classification scheme for bacteria. Microbial growth, preservation and metabolism including metabolic pathways. Microbial enzymes and antibiotic as well as their production. Single cell protein production. Role of microbial genetics in the improvement of strail quality. MCB 705 Pharmaceutical Microbiology Classes and mode of an action of chemotherapeutic agents. General principles governing selectivity of an action drugs as the basis of chemotheraphy. Development of resistance. Biochemical and genetic basis. Pasmids and resistance. MCB 706 Medical Bacteriology Detailed study of the classification and morphology characterization, pathogenesis, diagnosis, epidemiology and control of selected bacterial diseases of man and animals. Antibacterial agents. 239 MCB 707 Soil Microbiology Microbial flora of the soil, ecological interrelationships. Mineral transformations. Nitrogen fixation and nitrogen economy in soil. Mycorrhiza. Soil-plant growth pesticides application and microbial growth in soil. MCB 708 Water and Wastes Microbiology Natural water. Microbiological studies of surface and ground water. Sampling techniques water treatment techniques. Microbiology of marine waters and sediment: waste water; their treatment, and uses in agriculture, aquaculture, industry and for municipal purposes. Waste water and pollution of aquatic environment. Water borne disease and their control . Role of phytotoplankton and zooplankton in aquatic system. MCB 709 Advanced Microbial Physiology and Biochemistry Microbial nutrition and growth. Bath and continuous culture of microorganism . Growth kinetic and bioenergetics . Biosynthesis and biooxidation and macromolecules. Enzymes and use of micro-organisms in bioassays. Genetic organization and control of gene expression in micro-organisms. DAN techniques and improvement in strain quality. MCB 711 Seminar Each student will present seminar on selected topics an topic related to the student’s project agents. MCB 713 Medical Mycology Classification, and morphological characterization, pathogenesis, pathology diagnosis, epidemiological and control of selected fungal disease of man and animals . Antifugal agents. MCB 714 Medical Virology History and development of petroleum microbiology. Physical and chemical chrematistics of petroleum. Environmental factors on the toxicity of chemicals, especially to aquatic organisms. Microbial toxins: biology evaluation of toxic substances. MCB 799 Research Project 240 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS INTRODUCTION The Department of physics offers M.Sc and Ph.D Degrees with specialization in the followings areas:(a) Geophysics (b) Solid State Physics COURSER AVAILABLE COMPUTER / CODE COURSES FOR ALL M.SC. STUDENTS Core code First Semester Units Status PHY 701 Mathematics Methods of Physic 3 C PHY 702 Advanced Quantum Machines 1 3 C Core Code Second Semester Units Status PHY 703 Advanced Electromagnetic Theory 3 C PHY 738 Seminar C PHY 799 Research Thesis 6 C Geophysics Option Special Courses Core Code Second Semester Units Status PHY 721 Physics of the Earth’s Interior 3 C PHY 7323 General Geology 3 C ELECTIVE COURSES Core Code Second Semester Units PHY 714 Numerical and Computational Methods 3 PHY Geopotential fields 3 SOLID STATE PHYSIC OPTION COURSES First Seminar Units Status PHY 704 Advanced Statistics Mechanics 3 C PHY 726 Advanced Solid State Physics 3 C Second Semester PHY 711 Mathematics Methods of Physics II 3 C PHY 733 Advanced Solid State Physics II 3 C Elective Courses PHY 712 Advanced Quantum Mechanics II 3 PHY 714 Numerical and computation Methods 3 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A student reregistered fro the M.Sc. Degree programme shall pass a minimum of 30 units which shall include the Core Courses , Electives. Special courses and Research Project. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES First Semester Courses PHY 701 Mathematics Methods of Physics Functions of complex variable and the properties and consequences of analcity; techniques of analytical continuation applications, calculus of residues . complex integration . Conformations. Systematic methods of obtaining exact solution of O.D.E, in closed forms . Local and global analysis of initial and boundary layer theory, WKS, and to-time scaling methods. Application will include solution of eignevalues of Schrodinger type equation, the classical enharmonic oscillator . introduction to partial differential equation methods of characteristics for solving first order p.d.e, the concept of shock waves and application. Transforms methods and application to the solutions of initial and boundary value problems. PHY 702 Advanced Quantum Mechanics Review of simple Schrodinge equation solution bound state Dirac delta function scatter problem , phase shift analysis . Born approximation. Time dependent approximation, discrete and continuous representation of the vector space . Heisenbege and Schrodinge picture, equation of 241 motion for density operation, coherent states of the harmonic oscillator ; angular momentum coupling. Clash-Godon coefficient, Wigner-Echart Theorem and selection rules. PHY 704 Advanced Statistics Mechanics Elementary probability concept, random walk mane square dispersion probability distribution; Brownian motion; statistics description of a system of particles; statistic ensemble . Interaction between macroscopic system, quasi-static process, statistics thermodynamics. Reversible and irreversible process. Heat reservoir. Application of Canonical distribution; paramagnetic, magnetic moment, magnetic susceptibility; Humbolt free energy, entropy; grand canonical ensemble. The grand partition function Applications of statistics mechanics; partition function , Gibs paradox Maxwell distribution; system with several components and in a single phase. PHY 721 Physics Of The Earth Interior The component of the earth. The physics characteristics of earth’s material mechanical, electricity and magnetic properties. Earth’s gravity and the earth’s figure and interior. Further evidence from seismology geothermal state, and geomagnetics. Doedynamics- global picture of he dynamics earth. Plate theory mechanics of earthquakes and the new global technics . Felid and laboratory investigation especially high pressure geophysics. PHY 722 Rock Physic Physical characteristic of rocks with relevance to goe-engineering and geo-exploration applications. Mechanical properties of rock – strength deformability, porosity, permeability of sample and in situ rock. Electrical properties of rock – the conduction mechanism in sedimentary crystalline rocks and magmas . Cross coupling ( eletro-mechanical) phenomena in rocks with applications. PHY 723 General Geology Geology description of the planet Earth. Plant tectonics. Geological classification of minerals and rock . erosion and deposition . Ancient sediments. Valcanicity- Ancient and modern. Earth. Movement geological time . Life in the past . Geological maps . Mineral deposit and foils fuels . Geology in the service of man. PHY 724 Applied Geology A classification of geophysical techniques for investigating the earth’s crust Unified approach to geophysics data acquisition, analysis and interpretation: planning staking , mapping presentation of results analysis and interpretation techniques. Magnetic and goeelectronics. Field and laboratory techniques. (Instrumentation will involve particular geophysical instrument which will be selected every year. PHY 726 Advanced Solid State Physics I Crystal structure, their symmerities and determination; lattice vibration normal modes and their quantization, an harmonics effects interaction of phones with electromagnetic – radiation and thermal neutrons mosssbauer effects; electrons in solids Bom-Oppenheimer approximation properties of electrons gas , modification by crystal periodic potential, Block thermo , Band structure, correlation, cohesion, plasmas, optical phenomena in metals and non – metals , dielectrics phenomena, Cooperative phenomena, ferromagnetism, ferroeletricity, order disorder transitions, superconductivity. PHY 728 Nuclear Structure Methods of studying the nucleus. Electromagnetic methods neutron scattering methods; atomic effects mass effects, volume effects – meson atom ; average potential energy; nuclear mass formula. Isobars in delay; shall model individual particle model; liquid drop model and “Effective meson model”. 242 PHY 729 Nuclear Reaction Types of unclear reactions, reaction dynamics Q-value, elastic scattering reaction non- relativistic case, reaction cross section resonance, compound nucleus, statistical theory of nuclear reaction, option model. 2ND Semester Courses PHY 703 Advanced Electromagnetic Electrostatics field Cause’s theories Poison and Lapiace’s green’s thermo , Dirichet and Neumann boundary conditions method images; orthogonal function and expression.. Multiple expression, magntostaic, biot and savat law , force between current loops , differential equation of magntostatics, vector potential, magnetic filed of a localized current distribution, Faraday’s law of induction, Galilean transformation energy in the magnetic field; Maxwell’s equation Poynthing’s theorem, Maxwell stress tensor; magnetic monopoles, Dirac quantization condition; plane wave in a non-conducting medium; propagation in the ionosphere” reflexivity of metal, waves in a conducting media. PHY 711 Mathematics Methods of Physics Thermo of finite groups theory of representation reducible and irreducible representatives theory, of characters; irreducible tensor operation and calculation of group theory to perturbation theory in Quantum Mechanics and molecular vibration sets; space. PHY 712 Advanced Quantum Mechanics Quantum Electrodynamics (QED), free filed quantization. Time evolution operator, transition rates U (t,to) application and examples line widths and level shift in QED. Relativistic wave qua equation, Klein-Gordon equation, Dirac equation, Relativistic covariance, spin: Hydrogen atom , fine structure, conical quantization elementary QED process theory: weak interactions. PHY 714 Numerical and Computation (a) Interpretation scheme the algorithm least spare fit. (b) (c ) (d) (e) (f) Lagragian representative, Aitken Alternative processes. solution of linear equation. Gaussian elimination inversion of matrices Fourier series and harmonic analysis Difference equations. Numerical integration and differential equations, step by step methods, Kutta predictors methods, partial differential equation, simple wave propagation, forward difference, backward difference, center difference in time, the implicit scheme, conditions for stability, e.g diffusion equation, hyperbolic. PHY 731 Geopotential Fields Potential field theory in geophysics; multiple expansion, method of images upward / downward continuation, introduction to Geomathematics. Electrical properties of the earth’s interior. Investigations of the upper mantle and mantle core system; seismology long wavelength E.M and gravity fields and geothermal fields. Phases transiting, equation of state and cross-coupled properties, thermoplastic, thrimo-visc-elastic, magneto elastic; etc. PHY 733 Advanced Soiled State Physics II Wave packets in solid, effective mass therorem of an electron in a sound, band shapes in real semi-conductors, impurities in semi – conductors; density of stats, equilibrium carrier concentration. Intrinsic semi- conductors and extrinsic semi-conductors, compensated semi-conductors, drift mobility, current density. Transport properties of semi-conductors in a magnetic field . 243 PHY 734 Super Fluid Physics General aspect of super fluidity, quantum liquids; occurrence of superfluity, Liquid He II, the – phase transition, two – fluid model Ginzuring -landau theory; Elementary excitations in He II Hydrodynamical equations, Kinetic Phenomena; Impyrities in He II, Imurities motion of charged impurities in He II, he-He Solution, Hydrodynamic equations, Kinetic Phenomena in He-He; superconductivity in simple metals, transition metals, in dilute. Magnetic alloys; Josehson effect High-T o superconductors. PHY 735 Radiation and Matter. Planck’s radiation law, Einstein’s coefficients, fluctuation in photon number, time – depredating perturbation theory; line broadening, Doppler broadening, collision broadening, radioactive broadening; Time dependence o a chaotic light beam, laser systems. PHY 736 Unclear Spectroscopy Isomerism and energy level study. Mossbauer spectroscopy; practical applications, interaction of radiation with matter. PHY 737 Nuclear instrumentation Desimentry, Absorbed does, dose Equivalent; practical calculations of the dose rate, calculation of flux; Exposure are constant; Approximate formulae for calculating dose rate; Concept of risk, Annual dose equivalent limit; Radiation detectors, spectrometric electronic units; monitoring equipment; Neutron generator system; counting systems. PHY 738 Seminar A student shall be exacted to resent a seminar on a current topic in physics as arrived by the Department at least once in a session. This is difficult from seminars based on the candidate’s research project. 244 DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY INTRODUCTION The Department of Zoology Offers M.Sc and Ph.D degrees in the following areas: (i) Entomology (ii) Hydrobiology and Fisheries (iii) Parasitology The department also offers postgraduate Diploma in Applied Zoology (PGDAZ) GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS (i) M.Sc Degree To graduate and qualify for the Masters of Science Degree (M .SC), a student will be required to pass a minimum of 30 units including all core courses and where applicable two Elective Courses and the requires course in Biostatistics research Thesis form a project. In addition, a student will present at least one seminar. (ii) Ph.D Degree The Ph.D programme shall normally be solely by reach resulting in a thesis. To obtain a Ph.D in Zoology, a student must fulfill the following requirements: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Present and approved research proposal Conduct a significant research satisfactorily Organize at least one seminar to present an acceptable Thesis to the Department. Pass the final oral examination. COURSES AVAILABLE ENTOMOLOGY IST SEMESTER Course Code Title ZOO 701 ZOO 702 ZOO 703 Units Remarks 3 3 C 3 R Insect Taxonomy Insect Ecology Modern Concepts in Applied Entomology ZOO 704 Pesticide Science and Toxicology ZOO 706 Principles of Pest Control and Management ZOO 708 Stored Products entomology 3 PHY 799 Research Project Faculty of Natural Science 2ND SEMESTER Course Code Title Unit ZOO 705 Advanced Biostatistics ZOO 707 West of West African Crops ZOO 709 Medical and Veterinary Entomology ZOO 710 Seminar 245 C 3 3 C C C Remarks 4 3 3 C E C 3 C ZOO 799 Research Thesis HYDORBIOLOGY AND FISHERIE 1ST SEMESTER 6 Course Code Title Unit ZOO 712 Applied Limonology 4 ZOO 713 Aquatic Productivity 3 ZOO 714 Systematic Aquatic Animals 3 ZOO 715 Fish Biology 3 ZOO 716 Environmental Pollution 3 ZOO 717 Physical and Chemical Liminology 3 C Remarks C C E C E C 2ND SEMESTER Course Code Title Unit ZOO 705 Advance Biostatistics 4 ZOO 718 Fish Physiology ZOO 719 Aquaculture 3 ZOO 720 Fisheries Technology 3 ZOO 721 Mollusce of Economic Importance 3 ZOO 710 Seminar ZOO 799 Thesis 6 Remarks C 3 C C C 3 C C C PARASITOLOGY 1ST SEMESTER Course Code Title ZOO 709 Medical And Veterinary Entomology ZOO 724 Research Techniques In Parasitology ZOO 725 Parasitic Protozoa ZOO 726 Epidemiology and Transmission Of Tropical Parasitic Diseases ZOO 728 Physiology And Biochemistry Of Parasites Faculty of Natural Science Faculty of Natural Science 2ND SEMESTER Course Code ZOO 705 ZOO 710 ZOO 799 Title Units Advance Biostatistics Seminar Research Thesis 246 Unit 3 3 Remarks C C C 4 3 C 4 C Remarks 4 3 6 C C C DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ZOO 701 Insect Taxonomy Principle of taxonomy principles and method of insects; classification techniques of insect collection; preservation and museum display; construction and use of key studies on elected insect of economic importance. ZOO ZOO ZOO ZOO ZOO ZOO 702 Insect Ecology Insect and their environment; distribution of insects; principle of sampling equipment; the dynamic of insect spices, predator-herbivore relationship. 703 Modern Concept In Applied Entomology The past concept and its components of productivity; crops loss, livestock loss; price theory; extension services; organization and management. 704 Practical Science And Toxicology Presticides; chemistry, formulation marketing and legislation; mode of action; resistance to insecticide; metabolic transformation of pestisides, biological magnification; insecticide testing standardization and use of bioassay; technique in toxicology, insecticide potency, toxic natural products, extraction and essay. 705 Advance Biostatistics Experimental design and their analysis, significance test for different of means. Chi-square tests. Analysis of variance, correlation coefficient multiple correlation. Tests for randomness inclusive of poison probabilities. 706 Principles Of Pest Control And Management Methods of pest control; biological, pheromone, antifeedants, repellents, sterile techniques, resistant varieties, cultural, chemical methods of pesticide application and equipment, integrated pest management. 707 Pests of West African Crops Survey of insects associated with West African Agricultural Crops with emphasis on major pest species. ZOO 708 Stores Product Entomology Mode of infestation; stores products pests including wood damaging species and their bionomics and distribution. Crop harvesting and principles of storage, preventive measures and control. ZOO 709 Medical and Veterinary Entomology Systematic and bionomics of insects of medical and veterinary importance, vectors and diseases, methods of vector control especially mosquitoes and malaria eradication. ZOO 710 Seminar Each students will present seminar on selected topics and related to project. ZOO 799 Research Thesis HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES ZOO 712 Applied Limnology 247 Introduction technical and applied limnology; Biota and Environmental conditions in inland waters. Biological self purification, predictions of the water quality; pollution load capacity of inland water, Reaction of water bodies to disturbances, reaction of damaged water ecosystem (sewage treatment and water treatment. Student should write two essay and present a seminar on any essay topic. ZOO 713 Aquatic Productivity Advanced topics on secondary production form alloch-thonous organic resources, invertebrate and fish production, estimation of secondary production methods and limitations. ZOO 714 Systematic of Aquatic Animals Taxonomy of important vertebra and invertebrates aquatic ecosystems collection preservation and preparation of animals for taxonomics study, procedures in systematic zoology with reference to pacific groups, construction and use of dichotomous keys; illustration techniques for research publications in systematic. ZOO 715 Fish Biology Systematic of fish. Functional morphology forms and life style, locomotion and navigational aids: anti-predation devices. Good and feeding habits adaptation to diets. Modes of reproducing; eggs and larval development gonadal differentiation. Determination of age and growth fish migration, Territorial behaviour and schooling communication. ZOO 716 ZOO 605: Environmental Pollution Concept and philosophy of pollution principles and techniques of biological monitoring to the general principles of econotoxicology; Bioassay techniques, dose-response curves and analysis of toxicity. General principles of pollution controlling including transfronter problems. Strategy of prevention rather than cure, best practicable environmental options, hazards definitions management. Types, sources, routes of environmental entry and biological effects of pollutants relevant to Nigeria e.g. pesticides, crude oil/petroleum products, acid rain, photochemical smog, heavy metal, radioactivity etc. ZOO 717 Physical and Chemical Limnology Practical: 15 Labs (3h/Lab) Estimation of all the important physical and chemical factors both qualitatively and quantitatively. Interpretation and presentation of data for research publications. ZOO 718 Fish Physiology ZOO 720 Aquaculture Principles of Aquaculture, hatchery managements for fish seed production; water chemistry of fish pods and reservoir, ponds construction and management, fish feeds-principles and formulation, economics of Agriculture ZOO 720 Fisheries Technology 248 Fish production in Nigeria fish muscle, composition and structure; deterioration; handling and preparation; fish preservation techniques; fish processing; fish utilization, fish by- product; fish microbiology; plant hygiene and sanitation. ZOO 721 Molluscs of Economics/Importance Classification of molluscs and other selected aquatic communities, their general biology and distribution species of local importance, mollusks as food, vectors of disease, fouling agents pests, etc ZOO 710 Seminar ZOO 799 Research Thesis PARASITOLOGY ZOO 724 Research Techniques in Parasitology Preparation of parasites for study, calibration of the micro-scope, measurement of parasites, concentration methods of ova, large and adults parasites, cryopreservation, arthtopods maintenance of arthropods medical and veterinary importance; experimental design and data presentation, immunediagnostic techniques. ZOO 725 Parasitic Protozoa Parasitic amoeba, flagellate and amoebaflagellates of medical and veterinary importance; scoccidian Eimeria Isospora, Toxaplasma, sarcocystics etc, expensive treatment of conccidiosis in domesticated Animals, Haemosporina Plasmodia: Haemoporotus and leucocytozoon; piroplasms. Babesia, theileria, haematozennus, cytonzoon, micropsporeans of medical and veterinary importance, emphasis on parasites integrated control of topical parasitic diseases. ZOO 727 Helminthology Helminthes of medical and veterinary importance in West Africa and particularly Nigeria. ZOO 728 Physiology and Biochemistry Of Parasites Feeding and nutritional physiology reproduction; establishment and growth carbohydrate, protein and lipid metabolism in parasite; ultrastructure in relation to physiology, culture techniques hypobiosis, self-curd mechanism in helmithic infection. Host/parasite relationshipimmune responses immunity to parasitesprotozoa and helminthes, evasion of immune responses; immunopathology; immunization against parasitic infections. ZOO 710 ZOO 799 Seminar Research Thesis 249 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENTS ECONOMICS POLITICAL SCIENCE SOCIOLOGY 250 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS INTRODUCTION The department runs graduate programmes leading to the award of the following higher degree, i Master of science in economics ii Master in banking and finance iii Masters business administration iii Doctor of philosophy in economics The areas of specialization are as follows: a Econometrics b Monetary economics c Project evaluation d Development economics e Public sector economics and f International trade and Finance PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES The basic the degree programme philosophy underlying these programmes is to produce and develop qualified professional economists for a career in the private and public sectors, and highly qualified economists imbued with an enthusiasm for research and equipped with theories and techniques which will enable them to advance economic knowledge and to solve economic problems. The programmes therefore aims at providing highest level economic manpower for the Nigeria, African and world community, and at preparing economist for career in teaching and research in universities and research organizations, and in research administration in government, industry, finance, commence and labour. MASTER OF SCIENCE (M.SC.) ECONOMICS THE STRUCTURE OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME There shall be a continuation of core as well as elective courses each of which carries 3 units. The dissertation shall carry 6 units. The course work as well as the dissertation shall be examined like any other written courses. There shall be one supervisor assigned to each candidate. Candidates are expected to register for and pass 15 units per semester. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To graduate, a student is expected to register for and pass a minimum of 30 units including core and elective courses and the dissertation /research thesis which should be a minimum of 10,000. Words. COURSES AVAILABLE CORE COURSES FIREST SENESTER UNITS ECO 701 Microeconomic Theory 3 ECO 702 Quantities Techniques (Econometrics And Statistics 3 Elective (Specialized Fields) ECO 703 Development Economics 3 ECO 704 International Trade Theory 3 ECO 705 Public Sector Economics 3 ECO 706 Industrial Economics 3 251 ECO ECO 707 708 History of Economics Thought Applied Economics 3 3 Core Courses Second Semester ECO 711 Microeconomic Theory 3 ECO 712 Project Analysis And Investment Planning ECO 799 Dissertation / Research Thesis 3 Elective (Specialized Field) ECO 713 Monetary Theory And Policy 3 ECO 714 International Finance 3 ECO 715 Labour Finance 3 ECO 716 Banking And Finance 3 ECO 717 Operation Research 3 ECO 718 Applied Statistics 3 DECRIPTION OF COURSES ECO 701 Microeconomic Theory The course seeks to familiarize the student with the analytical techniques of advanced price theory and to illustrate the usefulness of these techniques by applying them to the problems of business and government policy. The content includes; theory of firm; market and equilibrium; the invisible hand, equilibrium in organized market, Walriasian Tatonnement, the stability problems; transaction costs and market equilibrium, general competitive equilibrium, the pure theory of international exchanges; richardo, hechsherohlin; arrow-debreu theorem; microeconomic policy; theory and applications market failure, externalities and the cases theorem; incomplete markets; optimal intervention theory; tax-subsidy-tariff policy; second best; applications; competition policy and trade policy in practice. Eco 711 Microeconomic Theory (Econometrics And Statistics) The course has an applied flavour (focusing on Qm for planning) and covers: an introduction to matrix algebra and econometrics; economic model building and simulation; the input-output model and its used for forecasting; linear programming and its application. The course also covers an introduction to the classical linear regression model, and method of least squares and maximum likelihood estimation, linear hypothesis testing and constrained estimation; the general linear regression model applied to problems of heteroscedasticity, weighted regression, and autocorrelation; introduction to autoregressive and moving average error processes and stochastic difference equations; distribution lag models; and system of “seemingly unrelated equation”. The course will also cover the geometric interpretation of methods and their asymptotic justification, cointegration and error correction medals ECO 703 Development Economics. The course provides a thorough exposure to the main theories of economic growth and development and an analytical framework for formulating and evaluating development strategies in the light of key development choices facing the developing countries today. Macroeconomics of developing countries-structuralist macroeconomics, etc. –economic 252 stabilization policies in developing countries, industrialization, rationale and transfer of technology, regional development and planning plan implementation, the machinery of planning plans organization and monitoring. ECO 704 International Trade Theory The course covers the following topics, designed to give the students a good grounding in international economics and trade; a survey of international trade theory: commercial and international trade policies the balance of payments and the adjustments mechanism, theory practice of international of international investment, development financing and resource flows; exchange rate systems; international economy and developing countries. ECO 705 Public Sector Economics The course covers issues in public sector growth, public sector investment, pricing and financing, budgeting, taxation, welfare and economic development. ECO 706 Industrial Economics The course covers discussions of the element of market structure, market structures, market conduct, and market performance. Alternative theories of the firm behavior including saves revenue and growth maximization, concentration of industry, economics of sales barriers to entry, mergers, monopoly power and performance, oligopoly theory and control of restrictive practices. ECO 707 History Of Economic Thought The first part of the course deals with the economists who have developed comprehensive theoretical models of majors importance in the history of economics: richardo, Marx, walras, marshal, and Keynes. The second part of surveys some of the more important topics that are not adequately covered in the first part: international trade, the ramifications of marginal productivity theory, monetary, capital theory, and the revolt against theoretical economics. ECO 708 Applied Statistics Te topics to be covered in the course are: Simple Random Sampling, Sampling Proportions and Percentages, Estimation of Sample Size, Stratified Random Sampling Ratio Estimators. Systematic Sampling, Chustes Sampling and Sources of Errors in Surveys. ECO 711 Microeconomic Theory The seeks to give the student an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory. Content includes macroeconomic issue and controversies; the macroeconomic system fixed price Keynesian model; equilibrium in the closed economy; the limitation of the islm model and the budget constraint; macroeconomic policy problems; inflation and unemployment; the Nigeria experience, unemployment and rational expectations, unemployment and labour market equilibrium, more recent approaches to employment policy; economic modeling, models and macroeconomic policies. ECO 712 Project Analysis and Investment Planning The course discussed the project concept, project analysis and the presentation of project reports, financial appraisal and comparison of various investment criteria, the rationale of economic appraisal, different methodologies (Unido, World Bank OECD) estimation and use of shadow price, distributional aspects of projects; problems of risk and uncertainty; the relationship between projects and approaches to planning; issues of implementation; monitoring the evaluation. ECO 713 Monetary Theory And Policy The course begins with the core propositions of monetary theory, followed by an intensive treatment of monetary issues in an international context (IMF, etc) and the 253 implementation of monetary issues in an open economy, monetary policy in developing countries. ECO 714 International Finance The courage discussed aspects of the theory and practice of corporate behavior with regard to investment decision and portfolio selection; international financial markets and associated monetary arrangements; multinational firms in international finance. Finance in developing countries. ECO 715 Labour Economics The course will be a discussion of both micro and macro aspects of labour market theory, the theory of human capital, and related policy issues. ECO 716 Banking and Finance The topics to be covered in the course include elements of banking, practice of banking law relating to banking financial accounting, advanced accounting, international financial system, investment analysis, finance of international tread and management. ECO 717 Operations Research The topics to be covered in this course include measuring uncertainly, queuing problems, business forecasting, simulation and Monte Carlo methods, stock and production control models, resources allocation, planning projects, analyzing decisions, operational gaming and other operational research techniques. \ ECO 718 Applied Econometrics The course seeks to provide a link between economics theory and econometrics methods of examining a range of contemporary empirical applications. The course is designed to expose students to the art of structural model building for the purpose of advancing economic theory. Application of econometrics of policy appraisal will also be covered. ECO 799 Dissertation Each student shall be expected to write dissertation on his/her chosen topic. For this, the student shall be assigned to a supervisor(s) for regular con salutations. The dissertation shall be assessed as a 6- unit coresss. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be that the student is able, in minimum of 10,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as well as shown a grasp of basic analytical techniques relevant to the topic. The quality of the dissertation should such that it is at least publishable as a journal article. 1 i ii iii DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph. D) ECONOMICS STRUTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The Ph.D degree programme shall have a course work component and a component devoted to thesis-writing and oral examination based not the thesis. The course work shall cover a period of one academic session. Student shall offer two course per semester. These courses shall be organized through lecture/seminal and through guided reading of the relevant literature. Students shall be require to write Ph.D course-work examinations in the prescribed courses at the end of each semester. The examination shall consist of an end-of-semester examination and a continuous assessment examination. Students shall be require to present one paper in each of the prescribed courses at the department staff seminal per semester. The departmental graduate studies 254 iv v vi committee shall evaluate the seminal papers, and each evaluation shall form the continuous assessment examination in the course. Students shall be required to defend their Ph.D. thesis proposal at a departmental staff seminal at least one mouth after the successful completion of the Ph.D course-work. Students shall be assigned to principal supervisor and other supervisor(s) who must be consulted regularly by the students. Ph.D oral examination based on a thesis written under supervisor shall be conducted be the board of examiners approved be the graduate school on the recommendation of the department. COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Unit ECO 801 Issues in ECONOMIC theory I 3 ECO 802 Economic research techniques I 3 Second Semester ECO 8011 Issues in Economic Theory II 3 ECO 8012 Issues in Economic Theory II 3 GRADUATION REQUIREMENT To graduate, a student must have passed all the prescribed courses. The pass mark shall be a minimum of 50% and successfully defend the Ph.D. thesis in an oral examination. COURSES AND DECRIPTION ECO 801 Issues In Economic Theory I Current methodological crises and controversies in economic demand theory consumers surplus and sovereignty. Theories of economic exploitation and issues in welfare economic information theory: consumer chose and search theory; firms and markets. Financial theory of the firm. Rational expectations, controversy. ECO 802 Economic Research Techniques I Nature of economic research techniques. Matrix algebra, input-output models. Optimization as a special variety of Equilibrium, Analysis, Constrained Optimization, Dynamics and Interpretation Differential Equitations, Difference Equations, Linear Programming and Game Theory Techniques of Project Analysis. ECO 811 Issues In Economic Theory II Models of general equilibrium. Optimization and game theories. Neoclassical, Keynesian and post-Keynesian macroeconomic model. Marxian dynamic models. Capital theory: production functions measurement of capital and straffian revolution, growth and income distribution theories. Monetarism and fiscalism. Major issues in economic development theory and development panning. ECO 812 Issues In Economic Theory II Problem and prospects of modeling in developing countries, macro-economic models, specification problem, estimation and statistic inference, comparative review of different models (case studies), forecasting and the analysis and forecast performance in practice, general linear models versus simultaneous models and simulation models (some case studies). 255 ECO 899 Thesis Each student shall be expected to write a thesis on his /her chosen topic. The thesis shall be assessed as a 6-unit course. The scope and depth of the dissertation shall be such that student is able in at least 25,000 words, to demonstrate adequate familiarity with the theoretical and empirical literature on the chosen topic as a well as shown a graph of basis analytical techniques relevant to the topic. Such a thesis must represent original contribution to knowledge. 256 Faculty of Social Sciences DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE The Department offers courses leading to the award of M.Sc. in Political Science, Master’s degree in Public Administration, Master’s degree in International and Strategic Studies, and Ph.D. in Political Science. The post graduate programmes are designed to strengthen the candidates’ academic and professional knowledge of political science and in the areas of specialization. The programmes provide in-depth training for candidates who wish to refine their research, analytical and administrative skills through experimental learning, advanced and specialized professional instruction in the discipline. The Ph.D Programme of the Department is by directed/independent reading and by research. The student will be expected to write comprehensive examination in three areas-major, minor and methodology. The student is expected to carry out his research under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant research and teaching experience in the area. Requirements for Graduation A. Ph.D Programme To graduate, a student shall be required to: (i) Present three seminar papers in the students major, minor areas and methodology. (ii) Perform satisfactorily in written qualifying comprehensive examination in the three areas-major, minor and methodology. (iii) Present and defend dissertation proposal. (iv) Perform satisfactorily in a final oral examination, which is a judgment on the dissertation and the candidates defence of it. B. M.Sc. Political Science To graduate, a student shall be required to pass a minimum of units including core and elective courses and seminar. In addition, he must successfully defend the mandatory research thesis. COURSES AVAILABLE M.Sc. POLITICAL SCIENCE First Semester Units POS 701 Methodology POS 712 Comparative Political Bahaviour POS 713 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought POS 715 Issues in Nigeria Government and Politics Second Semester Units POS 721 Quantitative Method in Political Analysis POS 722 Modern Political Thought POS 723 African Political Thought POS 726 Local Government POS 799 Research Project (Dissertation) M.P.A. (MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) Faculty of Social Sciences 257 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 First Semester Units POS 701 POS 704 POS 705 POS 707 POS 706 POS 717 Second Semester Methodology Seminar on Public Administration Administration Theory Political Personnel Management Advanced Studies in Local Government Political Policy Analysis 3 3 3 3 3 3 Units POS 721 Quantitative Method 3 POS 724 Public Budgeting 3 POS 725 Administrative Law 3 POS 727 Statistics 3 POS 728 Administration of Government Parastatals 3 POS 799 Research Project 6 M.I.S.S. (MASTERS IN INTERNATIONAL AND STRATEGIC STUDIES) First Semester Units POS 701 Methodology 3 POS 708 Theories of International Relation 3 POS 709 Foreign Policy Analysis, with reference to Foreign Policy of African states 3 Any of CDS courses CDS 701 Modern Strategic Thought (1) 3 CDS 702 Defence and Internal Security Management (1) 3 CDS 703 Security of African States (1) 3 Second Semester Units POS 721 Quantitive Methodolology 3 POS 729 International Law and Diplomacy 3 POS 731 The Military in World Politics 3 POS 732 Inter-Government Relations 3 POS 799 Research Project 3 Any of CDS Courses CDS 721 Modern Strategic Thought II 3 CDS 722 Defence and Internal Security Management 3 CDS 723 Security of African States II 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION POS 701 Methodology Consist of all aspects of the research design-the units of analysis, the multivariate techniques, and the manner in which time and processual change is conceptualized and measured. The multivariate techniques include sampling techniques, simple correlative and other measures of association, analysis of variance, multiple regression and path analysis; basic probability and normal distribution will be taught. Generally, the research design will cover areas such as cross sectional model, a lagged cross-sectional model and a time series analysis. Parametric and non parametric statistics. POS 712 Comparative Political Behaviour 258 Faculty of Social Sciences This course identifies and examines in a comparative manner segments of political life susceptible to behavioural study. Areas to be examined include political participation, voting and electoral behaviour, political socialization, political leadership, political culture and violence. Emphasis will be place on comparative examples from developed and developing countries drawn up for analysis. POS 705 ADMINISTRATIVE THEORY This course examines the nature of theory and review of major administrative theories. Emphasis will be on classical, neoclassical and modern theories. Theories from behavioural sciences as they apply to the understanding of the role of the individual as a member of organizations and the effects of organization upon members. Organizational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority and decision making in groups. POS 707 Public Personnel Management This course is designed to familiarize the student with the process of effective manpower management. The main focus of the course is recruitment, selection, training, motivation and labour management relations. Examples will drawn from both public and private sectors POS 717 Public Policy Analysis This course is designed to provide the student with the techniques for policy analysis, formulation implementation and evaluation. The course examines the relationship between bureaucrats, technical expects, interest group and political executive, in the policy process. POS 708 Theories of International Relations The various theories and approaches to international relations will be examined. The primary objective is to provide students with the basic analytical tools for better intellectual grasp of international relations POS 709 Administrative Theory The evolution of the science of foreign policy making, control and execution. The various concepts used in foreign policy analysis; transaction flows, techniques of bargaining in peace and in crisis situations. Comparative analysis within supper powers and the new nations. POS 713 Ancient and Medieval Political Thought The course is basically concerned with an exposition of the dominant mode of thought from what is regarded as the classical to the medieval periods. Some selected themes and enduring concepts of political thought, as reflected in the works of outstanding classical and medieval political thinkers. Particular emphasis would be given to the consideration to concepts and theme relating to “the state”, “justice”, “power”, “authority”, “quality”, “freedom” and “citizenship”. Attempts will be made to examine the irrelevance to contemporary political thinking in the developing countries. POS 715 Issues in Nigeria Government and Politics The course examines issues such as amalgamation and nationalist movement; constitutional development formation of political parties, state creation, military rule, religion and state relationship, representation to local, state and national assembles, Nigeria foreign policies and revenue allocation. 259 Faculty of Social Sciences POS721 Quantitative Method Introduction to quantitative goals used in political science including topics in set theory and functional analysis. Generally this course is designed to give students in this programme basic quantitative statistical skill necessary for computation of data collected at field-work. POS 722 Modern Political Thought The central focus of the course is built around a consideration of the historical conditions and force which gave rise to liberalism as a philosophical movement. Particular attention is given to an examination of the enduring aspects and continuing significance of liberalism, especially in reaction to the socio-economic and political systems and conditions in Africa. Emphasis is also given to a consideration of the theoretical nature and significance of dialectical and historical materialism the state, ideology, religion, class and class struggle, democracy, contradictions, revolution, property, capitalism, imperialism and colonialism. In all, the theoretical framework for the course is provided by the ideals and works of such prominent liberal philosophers and locks, Rousseau, J.S Mill, Moutesquieu, Hamilton, Madison, Dicey, Russel and Bertrend, as well as those radical political thinkers such as Karl Marx and as espoused and applied by Engles, Lennin, Mao-Tse-Tung, Plekhanov and Fidel. POS 723 African Political Thought This examines socio-economic and political ideals held by African and those of African descent. It will examine the socio-political and historical forces that give rise to them. Emphasis will be placed on the study of individuals and trends. POS 724 Public Budgeting Analysis of the budgeting process include political aspects. Budgeting programmes and performance budgeting. POS 725 Administrative Law Case studies of legal adjustments of administrative authority and individual liberty. Judicial control of over-administration. Personal liability of offers, scope and limit of administrative powers. Due process measurement of administrative procedure. POS 726 Local Government A study of government in the localities. The course emphasizes local government in Nigeria and elsewhere with attention of methodological and theoretical problems. POS 728 Administration of Government Parastatals The problem of specifying and estimating the costs and benefits, relevantce for project and programming evaluations. Include discussions of the differences between private and social consequences, the treatment of uncertainly, the discount rates for long term public parastatals and alternative choice criteria. POS 729 International Law and Diplomacy This course will looks at the principles of the international law and how these influence and shape the behaviours and actions of states in their relationship with one another. POS 731 The Military In World Politics The course focuses on analysis of the roles of the military in the politics of different countries. It emphases the factors and forces which predispose and determine intervention of the armed forces in politics, growth and models of paractorian 260 Faculty of Social Sciences regimes, comparative performance of military regimes, model of civil military relations and conditions and processes of transition form military to civil politics. Experiences are drawn from historic societies and contemporary Latin America, Africa and Asia CDS COURSE DESCRIPTION CDS 701/ CDS 721 Modern Strategic Thought 1 &11 (6 Units) This course is meant to familiarize the students with not only the contemporary problems of international peace and security, but also the main trends in the evolution of modern strategic thought and some of the leading strategic thinkers who have made outstanding contributions to the development of the subject. The course has three main aspects as shown below: Evolution of modern strategic thought: to deal with the main trends in the development of modern strategic thought and the main strategic thinkers from the era of total war popularized by Chaka the Zulu and Clausewitz up to the modern war of national liberation. Technology and modern strategy: to concentrate on the major developments in military technology and their impacts on contemporary strategic issues and modern warfare. Theories of international peace and security: the theories to be discussed under this aspect of the course include both the coercive and non-coercive theories of international peace and security, such as appeasement and deterrence, disarmament and arms control, crisis management, alliances and collective security, safe-determination and world economic harmonization. CDS 702/ CDS 722 Defenses and Internal Security Management I & II (6 Units) This course covers defence and security management not only at national levels, but also the management of security of institutions and organizations within the state. In this sense, defence and security are being conceived in broad terms to include the security of the nation as well as that of the individuals, institutions and organizations within it. Issues to be covered include the following: Approaches to national defence and internal security management: the coercive and noncoercive approaches; Institutional and organizational security management; Management of national defence apparatus; the Armed forces and the para-military, such as the National Guard; Management of internal security enforcement apparatus; the police, the customs, the immigrations, the intelligence services and the prisons, as well as the private security organizations. Impact of modern technology on national defence; and internal security management in selected states. CDS 703 / CDS 723 Security of African State I & II (6 UNITS) This course will concentrate on the security problem in Africa, and the manner in which these problems are being managed by African states. The course has three main aspects as indicated below: The Geo-Political and Strategic situation in Africa: This will involve a general survey of all main sub-regions in African, including North, East, West, Central and Southern Africa, as well as the surrounding oceans and island states. 261 Faculty of Social Sciences Threats to African security: issues to be covered include military threats, which will be group under internal, inter-African and extra-African; and non-military threats, such as under-development, external dependency, mismanagement of resources, low level of integration and subversive penetration. OAU and the management of African security: the main areas to be covered include the following. (a) Minimization of conflicts in the continent; (b) Diplomacy and peace-keeping (c) Collective defencee efforts; and (d) Cooperative with other Third World Regions. CDS 799 Thesis (6 Units) A dissertation of about 20,000 words on defence and security-related topics is an additional requirement for the M.Sc. in strategic studies. Research work on the dissertation is done under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant experience in the student’s chosen topics. 262 Faculty of Social Sciences DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 1 INTRODUCTION The postgraduate programmes in Sociology are designed primarily to prepare students for the award of the M.Sc. and Ph.D degrees in sociology. These programmes are designed to emphasize the quantitive approach to the study of sociology. There is therefore the understandable emphasis on sociology theory, methodology, social studies and computer application to the study of sociology. The Department offers courses at the M.Sc. and Ph.D levels in the following areas of specialization: (i) Population and Demography (M.Sc, Ph.D) (ii) Industrial and Labour Relations (M.Sc, Ph.D.) (iii) Political Sociology (M.Sc. Ph.D.) (iv) Social Sociology (M.Sc, Ph.D.) (v) Criminology and Deviance (M.Sc, Ph.D.) (vi) Sociology of Development (M.Sc, Ph.D.) 2 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS M.Sc. Sociology A student shall be required to pass a minimum of 30 units in two semesters which should include mandatory/core and elective courses and thesis based on original research. 3 GENERAL/CORE REQUIREMENT FOR ALL SYUDENTS st 1 Semester Units SOC 701 Anthropological Theory 3 SOC 702 Advanced Sociological Theory 3 SOC 703 Intermediate Statistics 3 nd Core Courses 2 Semester Units SOC 711 Advanced Statistics 3 SOC712 Mathematical sociology 3 SOC 713 Advanced Research Methods 3 SOC 799 Thesis of not less than 20,000 words 6 4 ELECTIVES In addition to the core courses listed above, candidates shall be required to register for at least two elective courses per semester in their intended area of specialization provided they registry for a minimum of 15 units in one semester. All core and elective courses shall count towards the evaluation of the candidates overall performance. N.B: all students are required to be in attendance at all Departmental Graduate Studies Seminars which shall hold regularly. 5 AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION POPULATIONS AND DEMOGRAPHY OPTION 1ST SEMESTER SOC 704 The city: urbanization and urbanism 3 SOC 705 Population and human ecology 3 SOC 716 Labour Laws and Labour Disputes 3 Industrial disputes, the nature and scope. Government intervention in industrial disputes in Nigeria. Comparison between Nigeria and other countries. SOC 717 Human Resources Management 3 263 Faculty of Social Sciences Human resources management, decision making; personnel and productivity technology and resources management. POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY OPTION SOC 708 Political Sociology I An examination of the social bases for political behavior as developed by classical and contemporary theorists. Examination of electoral behaviour, nationalism and nationalist movement; community power structure; problems of political development in new Nations. SOC 709 Political Sociology II A consideration of the problem of order in society, especially those of emerging Nations, Politics and National economy. SOC 718 Ideology and Political Development Theories of ideology, leading ideologies in historical perspective. The roles of ideology in socio-economic and political development of Nations. (iv) SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OPTION SOC 721 Social Psychological Theories 3 Units Examination of current theories in Psychology such as learning, group identification, personality language and communication perception, interaction, attitudes and cognition, measurement of attitudes field theories. SOC 722 Social Motivation 3 Units The structure of functional autonomy, social reinforcement, social deprivation. The concept of balance, congruity and dissonance. Personality social influence, leadership. SOC 731 Psychology And Social Conflict 3 Units Patterning of social interaction in groups and organization stress and conflict in groups. SOC 732 Group Dynamics Origins of group dynamic, group processes, power influences and motivation in group, structural properties of groups. Competition, accommodation, etc, inter-ethnic relations, international relations. (v) CRIMINOLOGY AND DEVIANCE OPTION SOC 723 Theories of Crimes and Deviance 3 Units The growth of Scientific view on crime and Deviance. The Classical, positivist’s school, interactionalist perspective. Sociological theories of crimes and deviance. Leading authorities on Crimes. Victomology; its origin and prospects. SOC 724 Penology Punishment and institutionzation of offenders. Traditional versus modern concept of justice. Sentencing and its implication. Juvenile justice. The penal institutions in Nigeria. Problems of penal institutions. SOC 733 The Police The development of policing. Comparative examination of police system in West African. Evaluation of police performance. Changing roles of the police. SOC 734 Applied Criminology Crime and statistics. The problems of recording and record keeping. Crime and the police. 264 Faculty of Social Sciences (vi) SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT OPTION SOC 725 Theories Of Social Change Definition of social change, development theories of social changes classical evolutionary theory; equilibrium theory; conflict theory; “rise and fall” theories. Theories of modernization, colonialism and social change in Africa Social movement. SOC 726 The Colonial and Post Colonial Situation 3 Units Theories of undevelopment of African, rural transformation and the emergence of urban centers. The consequence of the colonial situation. Technologism and modernization. The advent of technism. SOC 735 Measurement Of Development And Modernization 3 Units Indices of development and modernization. Modernization theory, multinationals and social change, crisis of conceptualization. SOC 736 Development in Nigerian Using various theories to assess development or underdevelopment in Nigeria. Assessment of growth without development. DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D) REMEDIAL COURSES All Ph.D students (except Master’s degree holders of Edo state university degree in sociology) MUST register for and pass the following courses in the first year of registration. 1st SEMESTER UNITS SOC 702 Advanced Sociological Theory 3 SOC 703 Intermediate Statistics 3 SOC 711 Advanced Statistics 3 SOC 713 advanced Research Methods 3 No Ph.D student except he/her is exempted from the course listed above would be allowed to proceed to the next stage of his programme without passing the four courses. There will be examination or seminar presentation at the end of the session. All Ph.D candidates will be required to pass a comprehensive examination in the following broad areas before proceeding with the thesis. (i) Theory and Methodology and (ii) Area of Specialization All Ph.D. students who have satisfactorily completed the course work/seminar shall proceed as follows after passing the comprehensive examination. (a) Presentation of seminar papers in the areas of specialization at the regular Departmental thesis panel, comprising members of the Departmental graduate committee. All Graduate students in attendance and representative the Postgraduate school. (b) Choice of a title and justification of the title for the Ph.D thesis (c) Presentation of a thesis proposal to the regular Departmental thesis panel. (d) Field work (e) Post field work seminal on results, findings and analysis to be presented to the regular Departmental thesis panel. (f) Defence of thesis before a thesis panel constituted specifically for this purpose. 265 Faculty of Social Sciences Requirement for Graduation A Ph.D candidate will be required to satisfy the following conditions before he/she is awarded the doctorate degree. (i) Pass comprehensive examination in theory and methodology and area of specialization. (ii) Earn a minimum of 12 units in coursework/seminars. (iii) Successfully defend the Ph.D thesis in an oral examination. 266 CENTRE FOR STRATEGIC AND DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (CSDS) Details of the master’s degree programmers offered at the center 1. M. Sc. In Strategic Studies Compulsory Courses: a CDS .701 Modern strategic thought b CDS. 702 Defense and internal security management c CDS. 703 Security of African state d CDS. 707 Research project (for a thesis of about 20,000 words). Elective Courses: Any one of the following: e. CDS. 704 Advanced public policy analysis f. CDS .705 Comparative development strategies g. CDS. 706 Management of strategies resources. 2 M.Ss. in policy and Development Studies Compulsory courses A. CDS. 704 Advanced public Policy Analysis b. CDS. 705 Comparative development strategies c. CDS .706 Management of strategic resources d. CDS .708 Research project (for a thesis of about 20,000 word). Elective Courses: Any one of the following e. CDS . 701 Modern strategic thought f. CDS. 702 Defense and internal security management g. CDS . 703 Security of African states NOTE: Each course carries six units. Postgraduate Diploma /M.SE. In Strategic Studies This comprises four course packages and a dissertation (for only the M.Sc. students) Modern Strategic thought Evolution of modern strategic thought; Technology and modern strategy; Theories of international peace zz and security; Defense And Internal Security Management. Approaches to National Defence and Internal Security Management; Defence and internal security planning and budgeting; Institution and organizational security management; Management of internal defence apparatus; crime control, public order and internal security enforcement agencies; management of internal conflicts and cries/simulation exercises; impact of modern technology on internal defence; and internal security management in selected state. Security of African State The geo-political and strategic situation in Africa; threats to African security; OAU/ sub-regional organizations and the management of African security; minimization of conflicts in the continent (confidence- building measures and peace- support 267 operations); integrated conflict management system; collective defence efforts at both regional and sub-regional levels; and cooperation with other third world regional Statistical Analysis and Computer Application Computer and statistical analysis, and Statistical and computer application. Thesis A dissertation of about 20,000 words on defence and security- related topic is an additional requirement for the M.Sc in strategic studies. Research work on the dissertation is done under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with relevant research experience in the student ‘s chosen topic Post- graduate diploma/ M.Sc. in policy and development studies This comprises four course packages: Advanced public policy analysis Theories of public policy analysis; Mythologies for analysis public policy ; The policy- making process, including the determinants of public policy; and Institutional provision for public policy-making. Comparative Development Strategies Theories of development; The political economy of development; Infrastructures for accelerated development; Different modes of development (capital, socialist, mixed grill, etc). Development trends/ patterns in third world countries; Obstacles to development in the third world Different approaches to the acquisition of technology; and Development strategies in selected counties Management of strategic resources Definition of strategic resources ; Analysis of some of the major strategic resources; The main suppliers and users major strategic resources; The inequality in supplies/ user relationship; Approach to redressing this inequality such, as through collective price bargaining in- source utilization, promotion of R &D among supplier nations etc; The importance of proper information management; and Analysis and of the state of the art in modern information technology. Statistical Analysis and Computer Application Doctorate Programmers Two doctoral programmers, conducted purely by research, are available at the center. These are: PhD in strategic studies; and PhD in policy and development studies Candidates can compete for the two fellowships endowed for the two programmes which are advertise both in national and international media every year. Candidates who could 268 not win the fellowship can undertake their research under self- finance or through any other sponsorship either on full-time or part-time basis. The fields covered in the canter’s doctoral programmes include conflict management, public order and crime control, and policy, defense., security ,development and related studies. The duration of the doctoral programmes at the centre is two years for all full-time student (who are also the only ones qualified to compete for the center’s fellowship/ grants ),and a maximum of five years for part-time student when an extension beyond two years is allowed for any full-time student enjoying the centre’ fellowship or grant, it shall be without financial grant. Research work at the centre for the PhD dissertation is conducted under the close supervision of one or two members of staff with reprise expertise and experience in the student’s chosen field. All diploma/ M.Sc. Holders from the centre are eligible to compete for the D fellowships of the centre. Other graduates with recognized equivalent qualifications could also compete. CSDS Endowed Chairs Three professional chairs are endowed at the center for the purpose of providing opportunity for eminent scholars too spend short periods of one to two years at the center to carry out serious research in the chosen field for which the relevant chair is established. These are: Professional chair in strategic studies; Professional chair in policy studies; and Professional chair in Development studies Each chair is tenable for one year; but could be renewed for another one year, should his become necessary for he incumbent o complete his research project. CSDS Staff The center’s programmes are basically multi-disciplinary in nature and need expertise from a variety of fields. To run its programmes, the center relies mainly on the relevant expertise spread across he various faculties of he university. In addition, the cense maintains a small core staff with expertise in the course areas of its activities, such as policy defense, internal security, conflict management, crime control and public order and development studies. All the offices of academic fellows working at the center are to be equipped with computers. Those without computer knowledge will undergo an orientation programme for them to be able to use computer for the processing of heir research materials independently. 269 INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION MASTERS DEGREE IN PERSONEL PSYCHOLOGY ( MPP) Statement of Philosophy and Objectives The masters degree in personnel psychology, has a primary aim of producing high level psychologists, trained to meet the challenges of the 21st century and beyond. Those to be trained should be able to combined the strategies of research methodology with tenacious assessment, treatment and evaluation of the clinician to manage the various maladaptive behavoiur which afflict mankind in organizations and public institution. Course Registration a candidates must register or pass all the prescribed courses at 700 level. b. sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the long vacation and second semester courses during the second long vacation. c. A candidate may be allowed to transfer not more than (15) units from any university approved by the senate. d. units in research methods and research project are not transferable. Courses MPP 700 Research methods 3 Units MPP 701 Statistics and introduction o computer programming 3 Units MPP 702 Psychology of adjustment and interpersonal relationship 3 Units MPP 703 Personnel testing 3 Units MPP 704 Organizational psychology 3 Units MPP 707 Job analysis 3 Units MPP 708 Practicum in personnel psychology 3 Units MPP 711 Organizational behavoiur management 3 Units MPP 712 Research project 3 Units MPP 713 Psychology of development 3 Units MPP 714 Human behavoiur and stress at work 3 Units MPP 715 Lab our law 3 Units MPP 716 Collective bargaining 3 Units 270 REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION COURSE REGISTRATION a. Candidates must register or pass all the prescribed course at 700 level. b. Sandwich students shall register for first semester courses during the first long vacation and second semester courses during the second long vacation. c. A candidate may be allowed to transfers not more than fifteen (15) units from any university approved by the senate. d. Units in research methods and research project are not transferable. COMPULSORY COURSES EDU 700 Research methods 3 Units EDU 701 educational statistic and introduction to computer programming 3 Units EDU 799 Research project 3 Units SPECIALIZATION COURSES 1. Personnel Psychology PPY 700 introduction to social psychology 3 Units PPY 701 psychology of personnel development units utilization 3 Units PPY 702 psychological tests in personnel selection 3 Units 2. Clinical child psychology CCP 700 Abnormal psychology 3 Units CCP 701 Psychology of childhood and adolescence 3 Units CCP 702 Principle of behavoiur modification 3 Units CCP 703 Psychology of learning disabilities 3 Units CCP 704 Family therapy 3 Units CCP 705 Theories of personality 3 Units CCP 706 culture and psychology 3 Units 3. Education Evaluation EVE 700 Introduction to measurement and evaluation 3 Units EVE 701 Principle of test construction 3 Units EVE 702 Observational techniques 3 Units EVE 703 Formative and summative evaluation of student Achievement / programmed 3 Units EVE 704 Statistics 3 Units EVE 705 intelligence and aptitude testing 2units Elective EVE 706 construction of questionnaire and rating scales 3 Units EVE 707 Research design in evaluation 3 Units EVE 708 Public examining in mathematics/ Science / humanities / social science/ Language 3 Units EVE 709 Curriculum evaluation 2units Elective 271 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management(PGDBM) Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (PGDENG) - Civil Engineering Electrical/ Electronic Engineering Materials Engineering Mechanical Engineering Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning (PGDGRP) Postgraduate Diploma in Zoology Institute of Education:- Postgraduate Diploma in Education 272 PART –TIME POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (PGDBM) INTRODUCTION The Department of Economics of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, offers a postgraduate diploma course in Business Management. This is in accordance with the University’s culture of utilizing its very rich man-power potentials to develop both middle and high management personnel for the productive sectors of the economy. The programme is specifically designed to promote and develop personnel in the area of Business Management from those whose initial qualifications are insufficient to properly manage modern business. OBJECTIVES: The PGDBM programme has the following objectives (i) The programme is designed to provide a general foundation in Management to persons who have university degrees or equivalent professional qualifications in disciplines other than Business Management or related fields and who wish to go into the carrier of entrepreneurship and management. (ii) To assist those persons who had 3rd class degree in the discipline and who wish to pursue post-graduate degree programme in the discipline. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme is intended to last for one academic session of two semesters STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME. The programme is structured as follows:FIRST SEMESTER Course Code Course Description Units PDM 601 Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 PDM 602 Basic Economic Analysis I 3 PDM 603 Element of Business Management 3 PDM 604 Quantitative Analysis for Management Decisions 3 PDM 605 Principles of Management 3 SECOND SEMESTER PDM 611 Small Business Management 3 PDM 612 Basic Economic Analysis ll 3 PDM 613 Introduction to Computer Science 3 PDM 614 Industrial Relations and Personnel management 3 PDM 615 Research Project 6 TOTAL 33 REGULATION GOVERNING RESULT: Students in this programmes are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general. University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements for the ward of a Diploma. (a) Pass all course with a minimum of 50% in each course (b) Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of Economics. 273 (c) Where a student fails in courses whose total units are not more than 12 units at the end to the session , the student may be allowed to take a resit examination. The maximum mark obtained in any course during resit is 50%. (d) A student who fails courses whose total units are more than 12 units at the end of session will be expected to withdraw from the programme. EXAMINATION SCORING AND GRADING The grading system for courses offered in the programme shall be as follows: MARKS LETTER GRADE GRADE POINT 70% and above A 5 60%-69% B 4 50%- 59% C 3 0%- 49% F CLASSIFICATION OF DIPLOMA CERTIFICATE The Diploma will be awarded to candidates who obtain a minimum of pass in all courses with the following classification. Overall Average (%) 70 and above 60-69 50-59 Diploma Classification Distinction Credit Pass. COURSE DESCRIPTION PDM 601 Introduction to Financial Accounting This course is aimed at introducing students to accounting concept, practice and procedures. Emphasis will be on the technique and theories of recording and reporting of financial data to external users of such information. It will include:The nature and purpose of accounting A preview of the balance sheet, Recording procedures. This will include preliminary matters, Cash and credit transaction, The preparation of the trial balance, Preparation of financial statements including adjustments, Depreciation and inventory valuation, Control Accounts and incomplete Records, Introduction to company Accounts, Manufacturing Accounts Accounts of Non-Profit Making Organnisation, Funds flow statement and Analysis of financial statements. PDM 602 Basic Economic Analysis I The course deals with business decision-making within the firm, with the behaviour of individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces. Analysis of the different market structures and business policies will de undertaken. Partial and general welfare equilibrium will also be treated. PDM 603 Elements of Business Management 274 The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of business Management in complex organisation. Topics to be covered include: meaning of Business management. Forms of business ownership. The business environment. Business ethics and social responsibility, business growth. Functional areas of business and management. Historical development of modern management. Fayol, Taylor, Grant. PDM 604 Quanatitative Analysis for Management Decisions. The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence and judgment in using quantitative techniques to solve and analyze problems in business field. The course will consist of: (a) Review of basic mathematical concepts such as set theory, indices & logarithms, equations and functions; inequalities, sequences and progressions; coordinate geometry and graphs; elements of metric operations permutations and combinations with business applications. (b) Introductory calculus in business management eg. Minima and maxima , producer and consumer surpluses, etc. (c) Benefit-cost analysis in investment decision, input/output analysis; business forecasting techniques, games theory and queuing theory. Linear programming. PDM 605 Principles of Management The principles of organisation, classical organisations theory, human relations, school, informal organisation, bureaucracy, politics and administration, administrative decision making, control and accountability; organisation of the job and staffing. SECOND SEMESTER PDM 611 Small Business Management The course focuses on the natured and operational character of the small business in Nigeria in terms of its socio-economic significance, operational procedures and problems. Topics covered include the natured of small business finance and the small scale industries credit scheme, investment strategies for the small business, production management, marketing the personnel administration in the small business, ensuring cost-effectiveness and greater productivity, planning for growth in the small business, succession crises, problem and future of small business in Nigeria. PDM 612 Basic Economic Analysis ll The objective of this course is to prepare the student for the application of economic analysis for evaluating economic business, as well as public policy problems. Topics to be covered will depend on the situation in the economy but may include: shortages of essential commodities, the nature, causes and effects of oil prices, the dangers of mono-product economics, labour scarcity in the midst of plenty economic sabotage, economic performance ideology and nationalism, public policy and business performance. 275 PDM 613 Introduction to Computer Science The topics here include computer history, hardware and software, computer programming and use of time sharing system, use of computer programming packages available in the computer centres. PDM 614 Industrial Relation & Personnel Management The most valuable and most dynamic of all resources is the topic of this course. The student would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the procurement, utilization and compensation of human resources. Topics covered include modern organisation theories, forecasting and planning of human resources, the relevance of productivity and the concepts of its measurement, recruitment, selection including tests and interviews, job analysis and evaluation, performances appraisal, leadership and satisfaction, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the international contexts, collective bargaining, factory administration, etc PDM 615 Research Project Topics are selected in consultation with advisers. But topics will generally be expected to relate to aspects of economics of management, industrial performance and public economic policy and the computer in modern industrial society. POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE PHILOSPHY OF THE PROGRAMME The philosophy of the diploma programme is primarily to produce middle level manpower in Computer Science who can effectively function at full postgraduate degree programme in Computer Science anywhere. The programme is also designed for other professionals who wish to be functional in the next millennium and who need more than an introductory course in computers. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME The objectives of the courses are: 1 To carry out computing tasks with minimum supervision. 2 To expose students to a variety of industrial Standard software now available to equip them. 3 To expose the student to Hardware problems and solutions and prepare them for routine maintenance in computer installations. The course structure has been designed to produce graduates that are versatile enough to fit any organization or beself-employed. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Candidate for the postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science must have: 1 At least a Third Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University or any other recognized Institutions in a science-based discipline. Other relevant professional qualifications may be considered on their own merit. 276 2 (i) (ii) (iii) HND from recognized Polytechnic or College of Technology. The postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science will be awarded after the fulfillments of the following conditions: A successful completion of prescribed course work. A pass in the prescribed examinations. Obtaining approval of a completed research thesis. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The Diploma programme will be 12 calendar months including two full semesters of course work and the last three months for project. The project should be geared towards solving existing computing problems in any chosen sector of the economy. STUDENT’S WORK LOAD Students shall be required to register for courses before they are allowed to take them. A student of the postgraduate diploma in computer science will be required to register for a minimum of thirty (30) credit units and a maximum of forty-eight (48) credit units. A credit unit is equivalent to fifteen contact hours of lectures or practical. REGISTRATION FOR COURSES All students shall register for both first and second semester courses during the first two weeks of resumption. To be eligible for registration, candidates shall be required to provide evidence of payment of the recommended penalty fees by the university. CHANGE OF COURSE. At the beginning of each semester, students may drop courses for which they have registered. The deadline for adding/deleting of courses shall be one(1) month after commencement of lectures. The Departmental Board of examiners shall consist of the Head of Department, as the chairman and all the academic staff of the Department. Course examination question shall be internally moderated by the Head of the Department and results shall be considered and approved by the Departmental Board of studies before publication as provisional results at the end of each semester. EXAMINATIONS: (i) Course Examinations: Examination will normally consist of a three-hour paper on each of the courses taken. (ii) Postgraduate Seminars: Every candidate will be expected to give a seminar to satisfy post-graduate school requirements for graduation. (iii) Thesis: A thesis based on original research work and written according to standards prescribed by the Board of Postgraduate School shall be submitted by the candidate. An assessment of the thesis together with the performance of the candidate at an oral examination will be taken into account in recommending the award of the degree. 277 PROGRAMME CO-ORDINATOR A programme co-ordinator shall be appointed by the Head of Department and He shall be responsible to the Head of Department for the day-to-day co-ordinaton of the programme and must be chosen from amongst the senior members of academic staff of the Department. Categories of Courses: There shall be two categories of courses, namely: (i) Core Courses: These are courses that students must pass before being qualified for the award of the Diploma. (ii) Mandatory (required) courses: these are courses that students must have registered for and attended before being qualified for the award of diploma. (a) Every course assessment must consist of 20% continuous assessment; 20% practical (computer lab) and course examination. (b) The pass mark for every course assessment is 50% (c) The grading system. The grade system is based on a four (4) point lettered grade as follows:Score (%) Letter Grade 70 – 100% A 60-69 B 50-59 C 0-49 F (d) Classification of Results: At the end of the one year programme, a grade point average shall be computed by dividing the sum of the grades by the total number of courses. Score (%) Letter Grade 70 – 100% Distinction 60-69 Credit 50-59 Pass Fail Course Code CSC 601 CSC 602 CSC 603 CSC 604 CSC 605 CSC 606 CSC 607 CSC 608 CSC 611 CSC 612 CSC 613 CSC 614 CSC 615 CSC 616 CSC 617 COURSE OUTLINE FOR FULL TIME PROGRAMME Course Title Units Introduction to General Computing 3 Compiler Construction 3 Quantitative Techniques 3 Management Information System 3 Advanced File Organisation 3 Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) 3 Data Structures 3 Operating Systems 3 Project 3 Digital Computer Communications 3 Computer Electronics 3 System Analysis and Design 3 Assembly Language Programming 3 Advanced Database Management 3 Accounting Methods 3 Total Units 48 278 COURSE OUTLINE FOR PART-TIME PROGRAMME (Three Semesters) FIRST SEMESTER Course Code CSC 601 CSC 603 CSC 604 CSC 605 CSC 606 CSC 607 Course Title Introduction to General Computing Quantitative Techniques Management Information System Advanced File Organisation Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) Data Structures Total SECOND SEMESTER Course Code Course Title CSC 602 Compiler Construction CSC 608 Operating Systems CSC 612 Digital Computer Networks CSC 613 Computer Electronics CSC 614 Systems Analysis and Design CSC 616 Advanced Database Management Total Units THIRD SENESTER Course Code Course Title CSC 611 Project CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming CSC 617 Accounting methods Total Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Units 6 3 3 12 COURSE DESCRIPTION CSC 601 Introduction to General Computing The computer, definition, part, types, and uses of computer, software and Hardware, definition, types, uses. Input, output, and processing devices, peripherals etc. introduction to windows (win 3:11/win 95/98), MS DOS; definition, internal and exinternal commends, functions etc, element of data processing, introductory computer packages, MS word/ AmiPro, lotus 123/ ms excel, coral Draw/ page maker, Dbase IV/MS Access etc. CSC 602 Compiler Construction Define, compare and contrast compiler, assembler and interpreters, compilation process, lexical analysis, syntax analysis code preparation table of information and error routine. Code optimization. Grammar and language. Grammar and language alphabet, string, phrase, syntax tree, ambiguous and unambiguous sentences. Relations; contains, transpose, reflex and transitive operation; head, first, last and within. Transitive closures and relations. Scanner tracers. Token and its internal forms. State diagrams applications. Write a scanner for a simple source program. Parsing techniques: pares scanners, output using syntax trees and polish notations. Use top- down and bottom-up to parse sentence. Triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Storage allocation techniques for draw and data area display for operands, storage requirement calculation for elementary data items- arrays and strings. Error 279 routine scanning and semantic error routine. Code generation for simple arithmetic expression-triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Code optimization during code generation CSC 603 Quantitative Techniques Statistics – basic probability and statistic deductive and inductive methods, sampling methods- why and how descriptive statistics, functional samples, frequency tables and graphs, centre of distribution, spread of distribution, liner transformation probability outcomes and their probabilities, events and their probabilities, condition probability, independence. Probability distribution discrete random variables, means and variance, the binominal distribution, continuous distribution the normal distribution. A function of random variable. Notations two random variable distribution, a function of two random variables co-variance and correlation, linear contribution of two random variable. Basic inference Estimating means, sampling, point estimation, interval estimation, hypo-thesis testing analysis of variance regression, least square solution multiple regression, correlation. Introduction to operation research and application. Operations Research. Linear programming standard form: slack and surplus variables initial feasible solution basic feasible solution simplex method. Tableau, duality, transportation transship algorithm. Schedule models; - PERT And CRM, queuing systems predator’s models; predicting the effects off a Rosemont- carol simulation, waiting line theory. CSC 604 Management Information System Concept of MIS – definition, importance and examples. Deterministic, probability, static, and dynamic systems. Open and closed loop system. Subsystems. Levels of information in terms of operation, planning decision making and information handling channels of communications with an organisation decision making techniques and project management tools – PER, grant charts, stokes etc objective of the total system rationalization of information flows timing and accuracy of destination of output. Effects of time lag on input and derivative from standard develop an MIS. CSC 605 Advance File Organisations Definition: bits, byte, character, field, record and file. Block of data, store, retrieve, maintenance operations. Seek read, write, fetch, insert, delete, update, e. t. c. file system performance. Characteristics and types of files. Heap (pile)sequential, indexed, indexed sequential, direct, indirect e.t.c. define pasting, activity ratio. Old master file new master file, transaction file, activity file e.t.c. concept of generation of a file storage. Devices and media punched card, paper tape, disk, diskette, cartridge, OMR OCR, MICR e.t.c. Access methods, sequential, random, direct access storage methods. Buffer: its function and calculated respect to a file. CSC 606 Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) Training in the FORTRAN programming language from person with no previous programming experiences. Basic concepts and properties of algorithms for solution for numerical and non-numerical problems, including running of program on a computer, survey of computer applications. CSC 607 Data Structures Data structure, data attribute name, value and range; data identification- character, fields, sub-fields, record and files. Graphs, data relations. Position relation- cell content, record 280 relation, transfer keys; order relation- record rank, cell rank. Data operation; precede, less than, point to more to, searches, change entry. Occupancy. Birth, death change of data. Fixed and variable length fields. Ordered lists; append, search, delete, sort, selection and exchange. Arrays, double linked list; queues, stacks, equine, trees. Push and pop. Storage mapping. String and string representation: character string length and values. Assignment sub-sting selection, insertion, deletion and replacement. CSC 608 Operating System Definition, importance, classification and examples of operating system in Micro, mini, and Mainframes computers. Definition and examples of multi-programming, multiprocessing, batch, real time, time sharing and networking operating system. Function of operating system in relation of memory management, processor management, device management, interrupt handling, information management characteristics of operating systems concurrency, sharing, long term storage and non determinacy. Feature of OS efficiency, reliability, maintainability and size. OS design-top down, bottom up, concept of process view – definition process state, table, wait, blocked, running and ready state. Queuing in OS – definition, traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO, LIFO, round robin e.t.c. interrupt mechanism in OS definition. Interrupt vectors and its use. Making, level of interrupt. I/O interrupt, program interrupts. Supervisor call instructions. Component of OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, e.t.c. JCL, MS-Dos, CP/M, OS2. CSC 611 Project Each student will be require to submit a professional report on his project. The project offers the student an opportunity to apply computer technology theory and concepts to a problem area of his choice either within the technology or any other area of application subject to the approval of post Graduate Board. CSC 612 Digital Computer Communications Definition of data communication. Need for communication between machines, equipment use in computer communication. Functions of on- line equipment, interactive terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of direct equipment – line controllers, line drivers, data set (modern digital service units) traffic clustering devices, multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front – end processors network nodes, Network monitoring device, diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions. Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexes and statistical multiplexing and comparison with concentrators. Simplex, half duplex and full duplex transmission, synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switched and leased telephone lines, twisted wires, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the type reliability, maintainability and size. OS design – top down, bottom up, Concept of process view – definition process, process state, table, wait, blocked, Running and ready state. Queuing in OS – definition traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO, LIFO, round robin etc. interrupting mechanism in OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, etc. JCL, MS-DOS, UNIX, PC_DOS, CP/M, OS2. CSC 611 Project Each student would be required to submit a professional report on his project. The project offers the student an opportunity to apply computer technology theory and concepts to a 281 problem area of his choice either within the technology or any other area of application subject to the approval of the post graduate board. CSC 612 Digital Computer Communications Definition of data communication. Need for communication between machines, equipment use in computer communication. Function of on –line equipment, interactive terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of indirect equipment – line controllers, line drivers, data set (modern, digital service units) traffic clustering devices, multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front-end processors, network nodes, network monitoring device diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions. Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexers and statistical multiplexing and comparison with concentrators. Simplex, half duplex and full duplex transmission, synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switch and leased telephone line, twisted wire, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the types CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming Definition: operation code (opcode) operand and instruction. Machine instruction and assembly language. Instruction format: register to register, register to storage, index register: immediate operand instruction, instruction sets: I/O instruction arithmetic instruction, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division instructions AND, OR and XOR instructions, conditional and unconditional branch instructions, bit manipulation instruction; move load, store, compare, EQU instruction etc. addressing mode: relative absolute, register immediate, indexed, deferred, and their examples. Listing options, program beginning and ending directive e.g. CSECT, END, START, USING, etc. (IBM 360,ICL 1004). Data and storage define statement, EQU instruction. Position of labels, operation code operands and comments. Free format and formatted source program. JCL in output. CSC 616 Advance Data Management Define data, database as collection of files, database management systems. Uses, merit and demerit of database models. Structure of database in terms of inter file relationship, multi-view of database, multiple files and database models. Define functional dependency, entity relation lexicon, references, reference relations artificial reference type. First, second, third, normal forms. Relational operations, join and projection, union, intersection and difference. Database structure: hierarchical, network and relational. Distributed database and its application. Scheme and it use. Diagrammatic representation of schemes. Structure within data elements and record. Schemas manipulation. Translation, compilation and with examples. Sub schemas and its derivation from schemes. Define data independence structure independence and program independence. Naming database elements, information hiding and security. Single and multiple application of database control. Develop and document a database using any available package. Database .administrator and its functions Query language, SQL, OBE etc and its use to insert retrieve, update etc. maintain a database. CSC 617 Accounting methods Book – keeping trial balance, trading profit and loss accounts, balance sheet. Receipt and payments, income and expenditure. Bank reconciliation and petty cash. Royalty account, join venture, consignment department, branch, hire purchase, income tax, partnership, 282 double accounting cash speed, stock investment management aids. And techniques. Arithmetic accounting. Interpretation of accounts. Balance sheet criticism, accounts rations, take over bid, budgetary control marginal costing aids. In mechanical data processing, electronics data processing (EDP), operation research, etc 283 INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PGDE) The institute of education offers programmes leading to the award of post graduate diploma in education(PHDE). ALMS The programmes is designed to prepare graduate teachers who are already teaching or who intend to teach in the secondary schools system without teaching qualifications to professionalize in the field of education. OBJECTIVES: To provide students with an in-depth knowledge in the theory and practice of education. To enable the students acquire the necessary knowledge and skills needed to teach their special subjects. To train students in the procedures and methods of research in the field of education. To provide training for the professional growth and personal improvement of serving teachers. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME The structure of the programmes consists of: Written course work examination for which a student must obtain at least 50% in each of the courses. Student on the theory and practice of education. Specialized procedures in the teaching of education Supervised practice in teaching Supervised project REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To qualify for the award of post- graduate diploma in education, a student must have successfully completed all the prescribed written courses examination, the teaching practice and the project and have accumulated a minimum of 30 units. FULL TIME Course Available Core Course 1st Semester Units PGD 601 Historical Foundation of Education 2 core PGD 602 Philosophical Foundations of Education 2 core PGD 603 Sociological Foundations of Education 2 core PGD 604 Education Physiology 2 core PGD 605 General Principles of Teaching 2 core PGD 606 Subject Methodology 2 core PGD 607 Measurement and Evaluation 2 core PGD 608 Introduction to Education Research 2 core PGD 609 Introduction to Special Education 1 Elective PGD 610 Introduction to Adult Education 1 Elective Core course 2nd semester Units PGD 611 School Organization and Administration 2 core PGD 612 educational technology 1 elective PGD 613 Introduction to Curriculum theory and Development 2 core PGD 614 Guidance and Counseling 1 Elective 284 PGD 615 Comparative Education 1 elective PGD 616 Teaching Practice 3 core PGD 617 Research Project 3 core PGD 618 Educational Supervision 2 core PGD 619 Guild Psychology 1 elective Part Time (Sandwich Courses) Course Outline First Year First Semester Units PGD 601 Historical Foundation of Education 2core PGD 602 Philosophical Foundation I of Education 2core PGD 603 Sociological Foundations of Education 2core PGD 604 Educational Psychology 2core PGD 605 General Principles of Teaching 2core Second Semester PGD 606 Subject Methodology 2core PGD 607 measurement and evaluation 1elective PGD 608 introduction to educational research 2core PGD 609 introduction to special education 1elective PGD 610 introduction to adult education 1elective First semester PGD 611 school organization and administration 2core PGD 612 educational technology 1elective PGD 613 introduction to curriculum theory and development 2core PGD 614 guidance and Counseling 1elective PGD 615 comparative education 1elective First Semester PGD 616 Teaching Practice 3core PGD 617 Research Project 3core PGD 618 Educational Supervision 3core PGD 619 Child Psychology 2elective Course Description PGD 601 historical foundation As an introduction to the history of education, the course is divided into two parts: Western Education Emphasizes the educational development and institutions from ancient times(Greek and roman education) to the present with particular reference to evolutionary trends relating to modern practices.\ Nigerian Education Emphasizes the history of education in Nigeria (and traditional education) and its evaluation in Nigeria from 1842 to the present day 2 Units-Core PGD 602 Philosophical Foundation of Education The philosophical ideas that have influenced development of education thought at least five philosophical schools such as idealism, naturalism, pragmatism, humanism are emphasism. 2 Units-Core 285 PGD 603 Sociological Foundation of Education The functions of the school in society education as a social process, socialization in the school. 2 Units-Core PGD 604 Educational principles as applied, to practice, and their relation to the Nigerian secondary schools. Emphasis on learning, theories, origin and nature of individual differences, motivation in learning, transfer of learning, cognition, remembering and forgetting. 2Units-Core PGD 605 General Principles of Teaching Analysis of the basic concepts, fundamental principle responsible for good teaching. Organize class and materials for effective teaching and learning. Focus on the importance of the child, teacher and environment in the teacher process, and factors that either enhance or hinder learning. Lesson plans and demonstrate various skills of teaching lesson preparation and evaluation of teaching. 2 Units-Core PGD 606 Subject Methodology Emphasis and analysis of various pedagogical principles, strategize, skill, techniques and methods as applicable to various discipline offerings such as the sciences, social sciences arts and technology. 2 Units-Core PGD 607 Measurement and Evaluation Emphasis on principles of testing examinations and the assessment of students contemporary methods and techniques employed by teachers in determining the progress of student both as individual and as groups and principles of continuous assessment are emphasized. PGD 608 Introduction to Educational Research Focus on analysis of types of research design, methods of data collecting, organizing and analyzing data, presentation and analysis of results. 2units-Core PGD 609 Introduction to Special Education Education for the mentally retarded, the blind, the deaf, emotionally and socially maladjusted, those with speech defects and others with orthopedic problems. Special education facilities and equipment, methods of treatment management and rehabilitation of the handicapped. 2 Elective PGD 610 Introduction to Adult Education The objectives, nature, scope and channels of adult education appropriate to Nigeria. The developmental stage in adulthood, problems of adult learning, adjustment and incentives. School Organization and Administration Prepare students for active and intelligent participation in school organization and management focus on line and stage relationship, the principal ship, the assistance to 286 position, heads of departments and other middle management roles in the school system . the roles and functions of the headmaster, principal, staff and student personnel business administration, management of discipline and school community relation. 2 Units-core PGD 612 Education Technology This is the application of the theories of communication to education and learning. It involves the systematic use of medial facilities for instructional purpose, with emphasis on systems and task analysis. 2 Unit-Core PGD 613 Introduction to Curriculum Theory and Development the principles and procedures in curriculum development including basic concepts on theories of development, patterns and curriculum and determination of objectives, selection and organisation of learning experience and evaluation process. Practicum curriculum development 2units-Core PGD 614 Guidance and Counseling. The general field of guidance and counseling, the concept and Psychological foundations of guidance and counseling, the need For guidance services, characteristics, rules and functions of the School Counselor, guidance services, educational, vocational appraisal, personal, social services, theories of counseling, the counseling interview and the organisation of school guidance programme. 1 Unit-Elective PGD 615 Comparative Education the concept of comparative education and the description and critical examination of the educational system of developed countries like user, France, Japan, U.K., China, U.S.A. etc).and selected developing countries (Nigeria, Gambia, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Togo, Tanzania, etc). The factors and traditions that determine the character and development of national systems of education. 1 UnitElective PGD 616 Teaching Practice supervised practice teaching in a secondary school where students learn by practical experience how to teach particular subjects (s), manage, a classroom and perform the other functions of good teacher. 3 Units-Core PGD 617 Research Project Student undertake any research project in any area of the educational programme/ subject. PGD 618 Educational Supervision The need for supervene for continuous improvement of instruction. Contemporary concepts of the role of the supervisor, methods and practices as they relate to educational goals. 2 Units-Elective PGD 619 Child Psychology Intellectual growth of children and its educational implication. Survey of various facets of adolescence development. Understanding biological, cultural and social basis for adolescence behavior. Characteristics of the stages of adolescence behavior and the 287 implications of the these for teaching- learning and adjustment of adolescence for the Nigerian society. 288 POSTGRADUATE DEPLOMA ENGINERRING (PGDENG) AIMS, STRUCTURE AND COMPLISORY COURSES. Programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in Engineering are offered with specialization in any of the following: i Civil Engineering ii Electrical/ Electronic Engineering iii Material Engineering iv Mechanical Engineering Details of these programmes are set out under each department in the subsequent pages of this handbook AIMS: The programmes are offered mainly to: i Meet the long-standing wishes of HAND/HNC graduate who wish to enhance their careers in Engineering. ii Engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function such as mechanical, thermal optical, electromagnetic, Electronic, chemical and biological. iii Offer practicing Engineers, technologist and scientists the opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects. iv Develop individuals who are capable of designing the various machines and apparatus used in material production. v Offered students who successfully complete the programme and whose result satisfy the standard required, opportunity for admission to the M. Eng. Degree programmes. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME i The programme which is run on part-time comprises four semester for taught courses and a project for part-time candidates. All courses are Core. ii The minimum requirement for a pass in any taught courses and the project is a score 50%. iii There will be written examination in all the taught courses at the end of the relevant semester iv Every student write a project report on his /her research project which shall be graded and moderated like any of the taught course v There will be continuous assessment through quizzes, tests, assignments, which will be weighted at 25% vi Every student shall give at least one/ departmental seminar on his/ her research project during the period of his/her study. vii A student who fails one or two taught courses at the end of the session will be asked to take the examination at he next available opportunity viii A student who fails one or two taught courses at the end of the session will be asked to withdraw. 289 REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To qualify for the award of the postgraduate diploma, a student must pass the taught courses and the project. The postgraduate diploma in engineering certificate will be classified on the basis of the cumulative percentage score average as follows : Class Distinction Credit Pass Cumulative Percentage Score (Average) 70-100 60-69 50-59 COMPULSORY COURSES: COMMON TO ALL STUDENTS All students are required to register for the following course which are compulsory: 1st SEMESTER UNITS GEE 601 Engineer in society 3 GEE 602 Engineering mathematics 3 nd 2 SEMESTER GEE 611 Engineer mathematics II 3 GEE 612 Computer engineering 3 DESCRIPTION OF BOMPULSORY COURSES 1. GEE 601 the engineer in society (3 Credits) Technology in Society Growth and effects of technology on the Society A historical development of modern society from early days through industrial revolution to the present. Impact of technogical advances –materials and manufacture, power and fuels, transportation and communication, etc. a review of the Nigeria situation. Role and responsibility of the Engineer in Society Community responsibilities –of the engineer –social, moral and legal responsibilities – giving evidence before public committees ,counts of law and arbitration panels. National development plans of Nigeria –outline of proposal, target and strategies. The rile of the engineer in national development and in a national defence. The professional bodies and engineering societies-aims and objectives, structure and functions. The role of the engineering societies in maintaining professional discipline, ethics and standards. Education and training of engineers The development of technological education –technical educations system direct .and sandwich course ,in universities and polytechnics, industrial training and pupilage. Industry Commerce And Management Introduction of operations research and its applications –decision, fees breakeven, linear programming, forecasting, investment appraisals, inventory management, project planning and evaluation scheduling and replacement of strategies. Transportation problem and cost interaction. Investment appraisal project, planning and evaluation. Simple flow analysis. The concept of petty cash. Development of simple balance sheet for income statement. Elements Of Business/ Industrial Laws The Nigeria legal system. Agency law, contract law –operation and professional hazards. Industrial safety laws. 290 Gee 602 Engineering Mathematics I Matrices: review of matrix operations Including matrix inversion Characteristics equation Eigen –values and Eigen -vector. Canonical Transformations and application.\ Linear Programming Problem formulation, simple method of solutions. Vector analysis Three-dimensional vector calculus. Gradient, laplocian operator. Green’s stokens and divergence. Theorems and applications. Probability and statistics review of probability and statistics conditional probability –bye’s theorem. Statistical influences and text of significance. Estimation theory-confidence interval. Statistical quality and control for mean, standard deviation, range, number and simple stochastic process regression. Complex Analysis Function and derivatives of complex variables. Laurent series, Taylor Cauchy –Riemann equations. Cauchy interv-theorem and formula. Analytical function –integrals and application. Conformal mapping. GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics II Review of Ordinary Differential Equation: Ordinary differential of second and higher orderchainrule, minimum and maximum. Lagrange multipliers. Leilniz rule. Euler’s differential equation properties of linear cautions simultaneous linear diffraction equation solution using D-operator and Lap lace transforms. Partial Differential Equation: Review of partial differential equation formations. Solution by separation of variables Poisson’s and lap lace solution with initial and boundary conditions Laplace transform method of solution. GEE 612-computer programming The Parts and Function of a Digital Computer: C.P.U main memory, input/output units, and others of peripheral devices. Programming techniques. A brief introduction to programming language such as FORTRAN, PASCAL, BASIC, COBOL,ALGOR, etc. soft –ware –language-machine language-computer language . Review of number of system. the basic. Logical operations arithmetic logic. Real and integer number, variables, constants operation and expressions looping and transfer of control saving data in disc files .lists ,arrays and virtual arrays Flow Charting and Building of Algorithms Review of numerical methods FORTRAN coding: FORTRAN statement -arithmetic control-input-output – FORMAT-DOS statement. Function, subscripted variable and matrix operations programme, for simple problems. Writing sub-routines and sub – programme for simple problems. Testing of simple and complex problems in a computer. 291 292 DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING The department of civil engineering offers programming leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in engineering . AIMS The programming is offered mainly to:i Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC graduates who wish to enhance their careers in civil engineering . ii offer practicing engineers ,technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects. iii Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results satisfy the standard required for admission the M.EMG degree programme, the opportunity . COURSES AVAILABLE COMPULSORY FIRST SEMESTER COURSES GEE 601 Engineers in society GEE 602 Engineer Mathematics 3 COUR COURSES CIE 601 Theory And Analysis of Structures CIE 602 Mechanics Of Solids And Foundation Engineering CIE 603 Hydrology And Hydraulics Engineering CIE 604 Project 3 ELECTIVE Any one to be taken from the following courses: CIE 621 Numerical And Matrix Methods Of Structural Analysis CIE 622 Irrigation Engineering 4 CIE 623 Pavement Design CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design COMPULSORY SECOND SEMESTER GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics 11 GEE 612 computer programming CORE COURSES CIE 611 Design Of Structure CIE 612 Highways And Resources And Hydraulic Structures 4 CIE 613 Water Resources And Hydraulic Structures CIE 614 Project 11 3 ELECTIVE Any one to be taken from the following courses: CIE 631 Theory Of Elasticity CIE 632 Environmental Engineering CIE 633 Transportation System And Traffic Engineering CIE 634 Construction Method Planning Estimating DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CIE 601 Theory And Analysis Structures 293 UNITS 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 UNITS 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 Units (Prerequisites: strength of materials) Theory: Determination of force in the members statistically determinate structures such as beams, cantilevers trusses and space frames using analytical and graphical method .influence coefficient ,and graphical methods. Influence coefficient, Macaulay ‘s methods area moment methods unit load method and conjugate beam method. Deflection of statistically determinate truss. Analysis of two hinged three hinged, fixed and braced arches. Settlement and temperatures effect. Suspension bridges force in cables, analysis of suspension bridges stiffening girders Analysis: Methods of analysis of indeterminate structures, slope-deflection moment-area ,flexibility coefficient, stiffness coefficient methods. Moment distribution matrix formulation for the flexibility and stiffness method and the relationship between them .plastic method of analysis .calculation of deflections by the finite difference and new work’s method .theory of thin plates with small deflection .circular ,square and rectangular plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. buckling of plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads buckling of plates classification of shells ,evolution and limitation of membrane theory .structural behaviour of folded plate structures. CIE 602 Mechanics of Solids and Foundation Engineering (Prerequisite: Soil Mechanics) (4 Units) Bearing capacity determination .shear strength of soils, Consolidation and earth pressure types of foundation- shallow spread footing raft, will and pile foundation including dynamically loaded foundation .stability of Machine foundations. In expansive soils-special treatments. Tunnels and shaft. Reinforcements and grouting. Conduits and buried structures. Design of structures buried in compressible soils loads on buried conduits rigid and flexible conduits, non-circular sections analysis of earth pressure and design. Rock Mechanics : Mechanical properties and behaviour of rocks-static properties ,time dependent properties theories of failures e.g. coulomb etc effect of moisture and pore water pressure ,testing of rocks for engineering use. Uniaxial compression test, flexural test, triaxial compression test. Determination of elastic constants static and dynamic methods. In - situ Measurement, design and stability analysis of structures in rock. Deep foundation – piles in sand-piles in clay –negative shear friction- pile group -Settlement of pile groups, slop stability –types and mechanic of slepe failure, theoretical and graphical solution of stability problems. CIE 603 Hydrology and Hydraulics Engineering (4 Units) Hydrology, Element Of Hydrology precipitation, infiltration, subsurface percolation, evapo-transpiration, energy balance (reservoirs). Analysis of stream flow (hydrographs), stream routing, frequency analysis, mass diagram. Reservoir routing, analytical and graphical methods and basin overflow. Probability in hydrographs flood probability, selection of data and theoretical distribution of floods. Precipitation probability; generalized rainfall-frequency. Data, rainfall frequency maps depth area duration relationship. Rational methods of estimation of over land flow. Morphology of river basin, watershed, characteristics and hydraulic geometry of basin. groundwater occurrence, geological formation and types of aquifers, ground water basins and movements. Flow lines and general equations. Well hydraulics, uni-direction flow, 294 recharge. Test holes and well logs. Methods of construction of shallow and deep wells. Safe yield, over craft computations, pumping equipment. Methods of surface and sub surface investigation for ground water. Ground water laws in Nigeria. Classifications, of rivers meandering, aggrading, degrading, and stable channels, river regime theory. River training and design of river training works; cutoffs, embankments, guide tanks, spurs, groynas and artificial cut – offs. Hydraulics: Types of flow; steady; uniform, laminar, turbulent, tranquil in close and open channels. Use of hydraulic equation; meaning. Haze-Williams, Ele- Book – white soobey formula. Turbulent flow, velocity fluctuation and Average velocity homogenous, isotropic turbulence. Prandit’s mixing length- hypothesis/ von karmans similarity hypothesis. Steady and unsteady flow in open channels. Translator and oscillatory waves and their characteristics. Compressibility effect of fluid flows, plastic wave through a compressible fluid, shock waves, water harmer and surges hydraulic jam. Dimensional analysis, similitude and model studies. CIE 613 Numerical and Matric Methods of Structural Analysis (4 Unit) Calculation of deflection by finite difference and Newmark‘s method. Matrix operations, the flexural and stiffness methods of structural analysis as applied to place and space frames and trumes. Solution by computer. CIE 614 Irrigation Engineering (4Units) General consideration of irrigation requirement in Nigeria –principles planning of irrigation system –irrigation techniques-water requirement for common crops. Canal irrigation systems- headwork’s regulators –main canals distributaries canal alignmentsediment transport –design of canal –hydraulic consideration. Structural feature- losses due to evaporation and sewage-control measures –canal maintenance. drainage cross drainage: cross drainage works, water logging effects preventive measures contraction of dams, barrages and weir for irrigation requirement –ground water irrigation system – ground water hydrology –development of the tube and bore wells yield determination – design of irrigation system for small farms. CIE 623 Pavement design ( 4units) Theoretical and practical design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and airfields pavement evaluation surveys . CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design ( 4units) Design philosophy general requirement of limit state design. Methods of prestressing shrinkage, creep prestressed concrete element: beams (single and continuous) slender column and slabs. CIE 611 Design of Structures (4units) Concrete Structure : Properties of reinforced concrete .limit state design of reinforced concrete members elastic theory and development of limit state :ultimate limit ,serviceability limit ,crack width and deflection design to CP 8100 for beams ,slabs column and foundations yield line theory virtual work and segment equilibrium method, corner mechanisms, strips method principles of prestressing analysis of processed concrete sections under working loads and design for serviceability limit state. Design of prismatic and non-prismatic prestressed concrete members in flexure, for shear and torsion. Leading of structures design of axially loaded members design of connection: bolted, riveted and welded design of plate and lattice girders for bridges ,design of column, column base connection and grillage foundation design of special structures: bunkers silos, chimneys water tanks design of light alloyed structures ,construction methods introduction to plastic theory limit state philosophy and design in timber ,elastic design in 295 timber connections trusses girder, bridges descriptive and elementary treatment of laminated timber structures. CIE 612 Highways And Transportation (4Units) Highways, history of development of highways –importance in relation to socio – economic development of a country-relevance to Nigeria planning, administration and financing of highways systems. Design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and airfield and pavement evaluation surveys. Joints in rigid pavement –special soils features of hill roads highways drainage, low cost road ,stabilization techniques .systems for the future :research and development ,short term improvement, slow speed innovation high speed system –specific high speed concepts ,level of service criteria for the above. Harbors and Docks: Harbors classification general design principles, design of breakwater ,jetties piers landing stages entrance channels –demarcation signal light houses . Dock: historical development –general design and layout of dock .types of dock wharf wall and their functions Railways: Historical development of Nigeria railways location and Alignment Standard : Gauges –choice and advantages of different gauges .permanent way function, construction and maintenance –typical cross section points and crossings –special fitting and safety devices Airports :classification –national and international standard for run way design length grades numbering systems ,clear zone-runway layout ,wind coverage wind rose taxi ways system master plan airport zoning –terminal building layout design of aprons hangers and others services ,building airports drainage CIE 613 Water Resources and Hydraulic Structures (3 Units) Water Resources: Estimating water requirement population forecasts sources of water supplies and water use, collection and conveyance works, intake pumping material layout jointing and testing of water main. Quality standard of drinking water. Treatment methods units’ operation and unit processes chemical and biological analysis of water for various uses. Distribution systems general requirement, method of analysis storage and distribution reservoirs. Sewage Sanitation: Collection system choice and rational forecasting method for wastewater quantities from domestic, industrial and other sources design of sewers. Hydraulic and structures design of buried conduits. Construction, testing maintenance and inspection of sewers and associated work. Principles of sewage treatment. Aerobic and anaerobic treatments significance of biochemical methods –biological fitters activated sludge and its modification, septic tank, effluent disposal in rivers and seas, stabilization ponds. Pollution: Effects on aquatic life, self-purification industrial waste hazard specific composition of wastewater for different industries And associated treatments. Legislatives control of water pollution in Nigeria. Hydraulic structures: reservoirs and dams, types selection design operations, control of seepage and causes of failure. Diversion weirs spillways and headwork’s types selection design (banes weighed creeps theory ) failures and protection of downstream bed. 296 Hydropower Station: Types site / plant selection, installation and appraisal of its significance marine structures: breakwaters wharf and jetties. CIE 604/614 Project (6 Units) An Engineering assignment related to a real field problem in any area of civil engineering. The student is expected to identify a problem collage, Analyze and interpret data, work out an engineering solution and present a detailed technical report for evaluation. Preferably student will be advised to choose project in the same areas as their technical electives. CIE 631 Theory of elasticity 4 (Units) Elasticity stress components of stress and stain, notation of stresses and strains plain stress and plain strain compatibility equations, differential equation of equilibrium. Twodimensional problem in rectangular co-ordinates solution by polymials and effects –saint –venant principles solution of two-dimensional problem in the form of a fully series. CIE 632 Environmental Engineering (4 Units) Water pollution, genesis of the problem, domestic and industrial effluent standard analysis and treatment methods for industrial wastewater stream pollution selfpurification of rives. Land pollution, disposal of sewage on land and farms associated problem solid waste management (Urban and Rural) resources recovery from refuse .air pollution ,contaminate dispersion into the atmosphere, control measures environment sanitation, engineering aspects of communicable diseases, control. Waste distribution networks. CIE 633 Transportation Systems Traffic Engineering (4 Units ) Transportation systems (highways railways waterways and airways) interrelationship planning design and co-ordination, transport corridors systems for the future research and development, short-term improvement, slow and high speed systems highways planning surveys, master plans traffic studies, traffic –operation intersection round –about traffic signal theory of traffic flow. Area traffic in towns land users rapid transit systems of road And rails facilities foe computer traffic, pedestrian movement ring road and bye-passes fly-over and differential level crossing high density traffic impact on the environment. CIE 634 Construction Methods Planning Estimating (4Units) Construction methods estimating cost time and materials planning scheduling and production control –critical path methods PERT Gantt chart equipment selection, capabilities earth moving and concrete production safety and quality control –financial problems encountered. 297 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING The department of electrical and electrics engineering offers programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in engineering. AIM The programmers is offered mainly to : i Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC Graduates Who wish to enhance their carrier in electrical and electronics engineering. ii Offer practicing engineers, technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve their skill and enhance their prospects. iii Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results satisfy the standard required for admission to the M.ENG degree programme the opportunity. COURES AVAILABLE First Semester Units Compulsory course GEE 601 Engineer In Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics 1 3 Core Courses ELE 601 Advanced circuit theory 4 ELE 602 Control Engineering 4 ELE 603 Advanced Electronics 4 ELE 606 Project 1 3 Electives Any one to be taken the following courses: ELE 604 Power System Engineering 4 ELE 605 Digital Electronic Engineering 4 SECOND SEMESTER Compulsory Courses GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics II 3 GEE 602 Computer Programming 3 Core Courses ELE 611 Electrical Machines 4 ELE 612 Power Electronic 4 ELE 615 project II 3 ELE 618 Material Science 3 Electives Any one to be taken from the following courses. ELE 613 High Voltage Engineering 4 ELE 614 Telecommunication System 4 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ELE 601 Advanced Circuit Theory Review of signal analysis –Fourier series representation of periodic signal in both trigonometric and exponential forms Fourier transform and its uses in the analysis of energy and power signal single and double –sided spectrum input and output power 298 density and energy density. perceive theorem. Review of transmission line equations (parameters ) standing wave ratio smith chart net-work topology –linear graph theory, network matrices fundamental loops and cut –sets network analysis Tallengens theory and duality theory Model and mosh analysis of linear passive network to impulse step ramp and sinsucidal inputs using Fourier and lap lace transforms actives network theory operational amplifiers phase correction compensation, all-pass equalization differentiating and integrating network introduction to non-linear circuits state equation for network. Review of three phase network –balance –balance, and unbalance network symmetrical components network electric filter theory active filter butter worth and chebychchew filter. Network synthesis –positives real function realization, and sarods graphical solution, synthesis of passive network in causer and foster. Analysis of two pore network and analysis of analysis, image transfer function. ELE 602 Control System Engineering (4 Credits) Review work on frequency response methods-bode analysis, logarithmic plots my quits and in worse inquest stability -stability criteria polar plots relatives stability. Closed loop frequency response (the Nichols chart signal flow analysis for milt-loop system design and compensation techniques-preliminary design consideration specification sensitivity function. Design procedure, necessity for compensation error criteria, head-leg compensation practical aspects –serves and drivers, transducers synchros and responses D.C servo mechanical digital control system sampled systems mathematics representation of the sampled signal. The transforms stability analysis of system. Direct digital control. Multivariable system. State variable and matrices. State variable equation for digital system non linear system introduction to non-linear system types and effects describing function analysis. Introduction to phase-plane analysis. Techniques for construction, trajectory, application of trajectories singular point phase–plane analysis of non-linear systems. ELE 603 Digital (4 Credits) Review of Boolean algebra and logic circuit simplification-laws of Boolean Algerian logic of propositions and truth tables diagram and its application, karnaugh-map techniques and its application to some simple design example. Flip flop. inputs, maters slave J.K. flip-flop. Binary counter-classification synchronous and asynchronous counters, lip-down counters, reversible counters, programmable counters. Application of counters Fegisters –shift around registers, some particle application of registers, parallel and serial input/output of data. Memory device –ROM, RAM, application of ROM and RAM microprocessor, interfering the microprocessor and solar devices. Digital converter digital to-analogue converters-logic level converter, series –parallel series converter, digital to-analogue converter, analogue –to-digital converter, binary to ECD converter (and vice –versa) interfaces and semi conductors. ELE 605 Advance Electronics (4 Credits) Electronic properties of solids. review of kinetic theory of gases, crystal lattices, x-ray diffraction, electronics in metals drift velocity, mobility, and free electron theory, density of state, fermi energy bands intrinsic and extrinsic semi counters, etc taned amplifiers, feedbank amplifiers. Wide band amplifiers. review of operational amplifier analysis and 299 circuit design using operation amplifier and non-linear operation, limiters, comparators and function generation, oscillators, -review of RC,LC negative resistance and crystal oscillators, relaxation and blocking oscillators, voltage controlled –oscillators. Phase – locked loops frequency synthesizers. linear waves, integrated circuits. ECR devices optoeleectronic devices, photo transistors, solar cells, LSDE, photo diodes. analogue computation, computer systems and interfaces design. ELE 604 Power Systems Engineering (4 credits) Lead flow solution methods (gauss-netwton raphson raphson ,etc ) fault level studies. Formulation of the optimum economic dispatch problem for loss less and lossy systems. Power systems stability –steady state and transient stability, formulation of swing equation, methods of solving swing equation and stability improvement. Frequency control of power system operation .the application of computers to analysis, design, control and simulation power system protecting, EHV transmission. ELE 611 Electrical Machines (4Credits) Transformer, equivalent circuits, vector groupings and transformer connections threewinding transformer, cooling method tap-changing synchronous machines steady –steady characteristics and equivalent circuits two-axis theory .excitation systems and automatic voltage regulators power angle relations and operation on infinite busbars. Power factor compensation, induction machines – operation characteristics speed -control methods frequency changers, induction regulators transient and dynamic performance of D.C. Motors cross-field machines (amplidyne and metadyne ) commlator motors design – output /machines constant magnetic and electric loading design of main dimensions of various machines. ELE 612 Power Electronics and Drives (4 Credits) The steady state control of electronics machines and apparatus by power electronics – current limiting devices converters and inverters, choppers and cycloconverters, control of DC and AC motors using thyristors frequency logic, circuits and convectors thyristors timing and counting circuit logic circuits and static switching control sensors for displacement, velocity power factor and reactive power lop transfer function. power semiconductor devices modelling and analysis ,introduction to devices (individual and group drives ) selection of motors for specific purposes thermal rating of motors dynamic performer of motors reluctance hysteresis and linear motors ELE 613 High Voltage Engineering ( 4 Credits) Importance of high voltage generation ,generation of high AC and DC and impulse voltage and currents ratings of high voltage equipment function of insulation system classification of insulation materials and standard test .BIL insulation coordination shielding by earth wires, surge protection of electrical machines surge diverters measurement and testing impulse voltage corona discharge radio interference (measurement and minimization). ELE 614 Telecommunication Systems ( 4 Credits) Random signal theory –discrete and continuous random variable examples probability density function systems and signal analysis ,classification of system, system response and filters signal representation using Fourier transform .Transform theorems power 300 spectral density :analysis signal transmission –linear modulation system DSB envelop modulation ,detection P efficiency and time division multiplexing commercial broadcasting noise in noise ratio .noise figure and noise temperature, communication services telephone Tele –noise temperature communication services telephone telegraph facsimile television data transmission .broadcasting system satellite system and radar system international regulation digital communication-introduction uniform quantisation .transmission requirements for quantised signal information measure and source coding theorem decision theory applied to communication system. Noise and interference in digital modulation systems. 301 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The Department of mechanical engineering the award of postgraduate diploma in any of the following. i Materials ii Mechanical engineering AIMS. The programmes are designed to: i Offer HND/HNC graduates in all fields of mechanical engineering such as material production power, plant, automotive etc. excellent opportunities to embank on worthwhile careers. ii Train engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function such as mechanical thermal optical, electromagnetic electronic chemical and biological. iii Give opportunity to practicing engineers, technologists and scientists to improve skills and enhance career prospects in this field. iv Offer students who successfully complete the programmes and whose results satisfy the standard require for admission to the M.Eng. degree programmes the opportunity. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATERIALS ENGINEERING PART-TIME PROGRAMME st FIRST SEMESTER-1 YEAR Compulsory Courses GEE 601 The Engineer in Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics I 3 Core Courses MTE 601 Materials and Their Properties Plus a four (4) Units course Selected from the following: 4 MTE 604 New Materials MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology 4 SECOND SEMMESTER, I Year Compulsory Course GEE 61 Engineering Mathematics II 3 Core course MTE 602 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials 4 MTE 603 Deformation and Fracture plus a four(4) Units Course Selected from the following: MTE 611 Modern Steels MTE 612 Physical Material Process THIRD SEMESTER , 2ND YEAR Compulsory Courses GE 612 Computer Programming 4 302 Units 4 4 4 Core Courses MTE 601 Ceramic Materials 3 MTE 608 Polymers MTE 609 Plant and Machinery 4 MTE 606 Project I 4 FIRST SEMESTER, 2ND YEAR MTE 610 Project II COURSE DESCRIPTION (M.ENG.) MTE 610 Materials and Their Properties. The relationship of the engineering properties of materials to their atomic starrier, bonding, crystal structure, imperfection and microstructure. The processing of materials to produce required structure and properties. Include consideration of crystal structure determination, phase diagrams, diffusion, phase transformations, solidification, heat treatment and deformation. MTE 602 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials Thermodynamics review of first and second laws, gas laws, humidity, thermo chemistry, entropy, reversible and irreversible processes, equilibrium criteria. Gibbs free energy, activity and acefficients, solution thermodynamics, roast’s and Henry’s Law, gibbesdurham equation, alloy phase equilibria, free-energy, composition, diagrams, elllingham diagrams. kinetics: empirical treatment for homogenous reaction rates, reaction order and specific rate constant, activation energy, arrhenius’ law, energy, distribution in reacting system, heterogeneous reactions. MTE 603 Deformation and Fracture Introduction to basic plasticity theory and its application to common metal forming and metal cutting processes. Fracture mechanics and its application in brittle and ductile fracture, creep and fatigue for purposes of design and analysis. MTE 606 and MTE 610 Project I & II Materials research project either in development work and problems-solving, or design, fabrication and testing of materials processing machinery and handling equipment. MTE 604 New Material A review of existing knowledge of new materials: rapidly solidified super alloys, biomaterials, composites, lithium aluminum alloys, advanced ceramic materials for engine and turbine components, selection of materials. MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology Bath production processes, hard vs soft automation, development of flexible manufacturing system (FMS) – cad - cam, robotics - integration. Traditional manufacturing processes, welding, riveting, soldering, fastening, MTE 607 CERAMIC MATERIALS Uses of traditional and advanced ceramic materials. Comparison of ceramics with metals and alloys. Processing: raw materials preparation, forming techniques, theory and 303 practices of sintering, quality control, properties, flexural strength, creep, corrosion and erosion and electrical. Magnetic, and optical properties. MTE 608 Polymers The structure , properties and processing of polymers (plastics). Includes its application and consideration of composites based- on polymers. MTE 609 Plant And Machinery Design and operation of materials processing plant, design of basic equipment for ore processing. Handling equipment, kilns and furnaces problems of safety and effluent disposal and environmental friendly designs. MTE 611 Modern Steels An overview of development in materials manufacturing processes and applications for modern steels. Classes and classification of steels, effects of alloy addition and control of micro-structure. Study of selected classes of steels. MTE 612 Physical Materials Processes Applications for diffusion theory too diffusion controlled processes, solidification principles and applications to foundry problems. Segregation in casting, heat transfer processes. Selected problems to illustrate to illustrate theory. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Compulsory Courses Units GEE 601 Engineer in Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering in Mathematics Core Courses ELE 602 Control Engineering MEE 603 Engineering Mechanics and Properties of Materials 4 MEE 604 Applied Thermodynamics and Combustion 4 MEE 608 Project I 3 Elective Any one to be taken from the following courses MEE 605 Metallurgy 4 MEE 606 Mechanical Vibration 4 MEE 667 Mechanical Power System 4 Second Semester Compulsory GEE 611 Engineering In Mathematics 4 GEE 612 Computer Programming 4 Core Courses MEE 613 Dynamic of Machines 4 MEE 614 Heat and Mass Transfer 4 MEE 615 Engineering Fluid Dynamic 4 MEE 619 Project 11 Electives Any one to be taken following courses: 304 MEE 616 MEE 617 MEE 618 Air -Conditioning an Refrigeration Manufacturing Processes Material Science 4 4 COURSE OUTLINE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MEE 603 Engineering Mechanic & Properties of Materials Column and struts: and long columns effects of ends conditions, equivalents and slenderness ratio, eccentric factors, secant formula. column formulae by Euler Rankine Gordon Johnson and other straight line formulae. Analysis of riveted and bolted connection: types joints and classification, modes of failure, strength of rivet and plates strength and efficiency loading of joints ,under tensional loading. Thick shell: stress and Trains under internal and external pressures compound cylinders ,shrink fit pressures ,determination of the thickness of materials . Bending of Beams : Build-in beams with central concentrated loads U.D.L. and off –central loads ,supports at different level ,continuous beams three moment theorem .bending of curved bears –stress in bars of shall and large initial curvatures deflection by direct method and strain energy . Unsymmetrical bending of beans –and products of inertia bean with unsymmetrical theorems of perpendicular axes and products of inertia beam with unsymmetrical bending –moments ,short columns with unsymmetrical loads .plastic theory of bending –bending beyond yield stress ,moment of resistance at the plastic hinge ,collapse loads simple supported and fixed beams ,combined and direct stress . Material Selection: The chemical, physical and mechanical properties f the more common engineering materials (ferrous metals, ceramics cements concrete composites wood and polymers) with particular reference to their application, corrosion and wear. Theories of fatigue and creep of metal: full qualitative discussion of fatigue (including effects of stress range, mean stress complex stress surface treatment and corrosion). Effects of time high and low temperature, viscoelasticity creep. Defect in Metallic Materials: Defects in crystals points defect, dislocation and grain boundaries effect of crystals defects on mechanical and physical properties. Yield Phenomena: Yielding in crystals, plastics range continuous yielding inelastic properties, properties in compression inelastic compression properties, plastic yielding, Maxwell (Von-mises) and tresca (maximum share stress) criteria of yield, yield locus . Theory of plasticity :elements of the theory of plasticity theory of slip line fields applications to processes such as indentation ,extrusion and forging. MEE 604 Applied Thermodynamics and Combustion Laws of thermodynamics: review of the zeroth, first and second laws. Their corollaries and application. Third law of thermodynamics. Validity: Validity and unavailable energy of system free energy ,effectiveness. 305 Power Cycle; Review of the Carnot and Ranking Cycles. Binary reheat and regeneration cycles. Deviation of the actual cycle from ideal .Air standard power cycle . Reversed Power Cycles; Vapour compression, Carnot and absorption refrigeration cycles. Steam jet refrigeration. Gas Dynamic ; One dimensional flow with area change, with friction and with or without heat transfer, isentropic flow, critical and stagnation of conditions . Sonic velocity and Mach number. Shock waves and flow through nozzles and diffusers. Elements of jet propulsion; [Laboratory experiments of pollution measurement, free and enclose flames, gas jets reciprocating expanders, sonic velocity and refrigerator . Combustion: Combustion process, combustion efficiency Dissociation flames ignition. Quenching combustion generated air pollution. measurement and control of polls-pollution [NO2, CO2 , SO2 . hydrocarbon , particulate orsat analyzer. Gas chromatograph . Some meters, catalytic and thermal converters. Exhaust gas recalculation . MTE 613 Dynamic of Machines General introduction, review of kinematics , rigid body kinematics , formulation of equation of motion , Newton laws , principles of virtual work . D’ Alembert’s principles concept of inertia force and inertia torgue , Hamilton’s principles , hamilton’s equations, Lag – range’s equation . system dynamics , state space formulation . Governors; Review of functions and principles of operations . Classifications and characteristics Effects of friction . calculation of equilibrium speeds and range of speeds Cams ; Cam mechanics –of f –set roller cam roller follower cam profiles Gyroscopes: Review of principle of the gyroscope . Gyroscopic couple and acceleration for a plane disc. Effects of gyroscopic couple whirling of shafts . Applications in automobiles, ships, aeroplanes and locomotives . Power Transmission: Methods of power transmission available , analysis of positive friction and Electromechanical drives. Hydrodynamic and hydrostatic fluid couplings. Balancing: Review of the balancing of rotating masses in the same plane and in different planes. Primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses. The effects of imbalance on the performance of vehicles and other machines . Friction and Lubrication: Review of friction in sliding and rolling , Analytical treatment of boundary and film lubrication . one –dimensional Reynolds’ equation in case of tilting thrust bearing and externally pressurized bearings. Lubrication and bearing materials. Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication as applied to slider and journal bearings. MET 614 Heat and Mass Transfer Heat Transfers Condition: Introduction to heat condition. Review of one-dimensional equation problems. Extended surfaces. Derivation of Fourier’s equation using the energy conservation approach. Analysis of steady and unsteady state 2-imensional heat condition Laplace (Laplace equations. Poison’s equation), using (1) graphical technique (2) numerical method (3) analytical method, and (4) analogue technique. Dimensionless variables of heat condition (biot number or Fourier number.) 306 Convection: Basic equation of heat convection (free and forced convection), graetz-nusselt problems dimensionless numbers and similarity (Reynolds prandlt gras grashof, Rayleigh, Stanton, nusselt, frouds, peclet and graetz number colbun j-factor), Reynolds, taylor-pradtl, Von karma and colbun analogues. Buckingham-pi. Theorems, boiling and condensation. Radiation: Electromagnetic spectrum, thermal radiation spectrum, emissive, reflectivity, transitivity, absorbivity emissive power. Real and ideal surfaces total and monochromatic radiation. The spectoradiometic curve. Kerchief’s law. Wienie’s displacement law. Stefanboatsman’s law` direct exchange in enclosures with non-participating medium. Radioactively adiabatic surfaces. Electrical network analogues. Heat Exchangers: Basic types of heat exchangers. Analysis and design of simple heat exchanger, using LMTD (logarithmic mean temperature difference) and NTU (number of transfer units) methods Mass Transfer: Diffusion in 2-component systems. Diffusivity, molar flux, concentration, flicks first and second laws. Mass transfer co-efficient. Mass transfer in 2-hase fluid systems, film and overall co-efficient. Mass of mass transfer. Heat mass transfer analogy. Sherwood numbers. MTE 615 Engineering fluid Dynamics Basic solutions and properties of the governing equation for ideal fluid flow and for compressible fluid flow. Description and design equation speed of sound, stagnation pressure, convergaent nozzle, shack waves, subsonic and supersonic flows, 2dimenesional and dimensional potential flows. Lift and drag. Momentum Transfer: Naiver Stockert’s equation. Boundary layer theory. Boundary layer thickness. Velocity distribution. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Drag, boundary layer separation. Boundary layer control, buckingham-pi theorem. Flow through conduits. Flow over submerged bodies (flat plates , cylinders and spheres). MEE 606 Mechanical Vibrations Definition. Source of vibration in machines. Criteria or evaluation. Description of general nature of free, forced and self-excited vibration. The lumped one-degree-offreedom linear system, free motion, nature mode (viscous) damps. Forced vibration of a uniform beam by harmonic loading. Elements of the analysis of multi-body and distributed mass linear systems.Rayleigh’s principles. Holzer’s method. Application of tensional vibration, flexural vibration of beams, whirling of a single disc on a shift. Dampers absorbers. MEE 605 Metalurgy Theory of Alloying : Review of solid solutions and binary systems. Effects of alloying or metal properties. Alloys for bearing an springs. Work hardening alloys. Strengthening structures and dispersed phases. Effects of strengthening methods and other properties particularly ductility and toughness. Hardenability Data: 307 Validity, assesment of use and practical significance. The section and control of furnace, atmosphere for treatments requiring charfe protection or compositional charge, limitations of the oretiocal prediction and behaviour. Heat Treatment: Theory of heat treatment. Elementary quantitative treatment of heat transfer applied to heating and cooling under radioactive and convective conditions. Analysis of factors controlling uniformity, and efficiency of heat treatment, characteristics of commercial equipment media and procedures significance of process variables(temperature, rate of temperature change, time)on process and product. Distortion and residual tresses, allow sensitivity, modes of distortion control. Stress relief. Metallorgraphy: Macro-examination techniques. Sulphur print, macro –etching reagent. Election microscopy and x-ray crystallography. Principles and application of symmetric elements, stenographic projection. Metallurgy of Welding: Weldability, calculation of peak temperature. Metallurgy changes in heat affected zone. Cooling rates and solidification. Weld thermal cycles residual stresses-weld distortion and its prevention. Mechanical working of metals- theory of metal working . hot, cold and warm working of metals . estimation of work pressures in rolling, foraging, extrussion, wire drawing, deep drawing. Evaluation of newer forming process and products-HERF and hydrostatic eruption. Foundry Technology: Computability of metals with refectories, atmosphere, fluxes on quality. Degassing, deoxidation, inoculation and modification. Quantitative treatment of solidification rates as applied to casting in sand refectory moulds. Chilling power of moulds. Principles that determining shape and size of getting and running systems and feeder heads. Factor affecting training size and shape, segregation, shrinkage, tearing , gas evolution, nonmetallic inclusions and internal stressed. Mould materials, foundery sands, natural and synthetic sands. Condition and testing. Inspection and quality control. Test bars: assessment of cast-on and separate test bars, analysis of factors affecting casting quality and yield incidence. MEE 616 Air-condition And Refrigeration Air –Condition Equipment Plant System Design: Review of psychometrics. Weather data analysis. Air-condition equipment /components, boilers and chillers, cooling towers, heat pump, system costing, estimating and drafting. Synthesis of Refrigeration: Synthesis and analysis of the vapour absorption unit. Boost system used in aircraft. Thermo-electric refrigeration, vortex tube refrigeration, cryogenics. Pipes and Piping Design: Types and application of pipes, pipe fittings selection criteria- stream, water refrigerant, air oil and gas (more complex cases). Environmental Pollution: 308 Decay equation. Odour and smoke control. Temperature and humidity pollution, effects of water flora and fauna and oil pollution. Bacteriological effects, noise, etc. MEE 607 Mechanical Power Systems Fluid Flow: Review of flow through conduits and fittings (pipes, orifice, nozzles, diffusers, valves, bends junctions) Analysis and Design of Pipe Network: Pipes in series, in parallel, pipe network for steam, gas hydraulics. Fluid Power Machinery and Components: Performance, characteristics selection criteria for pumps, compressors, fans, motors, accumulators, valves, actuators. Power System Fluids: Survey of hydraulic fluids and their properties, the ideal hydraulic fluids; seals Fluid Power Circuit and Control: Typical fluid circuits (hydraulic, pneumatic)- open center, closed centers, meter –in, meter-out, loads inertia overrunning, resistive. Design of Fluid Power Systems: Load inertia, over-running, Resistive and Systems: Principles of operation and characteristics. Fluid logic circuits; combustion equipment ; gas, oil, solid fuel. Installation and operation of steam turbines, governing and part load performance , performance testing. Gas Turbines: Performance characteristics. Part load operations. Component selection criteria, turbines compressors, heaters, combustors, heat exchangers. MEE 617 Manufacturing Processes Work Study : Method study and measurement. Applications. Occupational Safety and Health: Safety, local safety regulations, and safe working conditions. Job safety training. Occupational disease. Ergonomics. Types of Production: Job, batch and mass production, layout problems associated with each. Materials handling an control: forecasting – machine loading, job loading and sequencing. Resource allocation and assignment problems, elementary ideas of queuing theory. Production control, its function and scope, dispatching and progress chasing. Formulation of mathematical models of manufacturing systems, analysis of models- linear programming, transportation problems. Use of net-work techniques – PERT and CPA. Dielectric Materials: 309 Dielectric Theory. Dielectric properties of solids, liquids and gases. Vabration of dielectric effects with frequency at constant temperature. Dielectric breakdown. Magnetic Materials: Microscopic Quality control and reliability: inspection, different types of inspection, Drawbacks of inspection. Concept of quality control, economic and quality. Organization for quality. Statistical quality control, reliability -definition and meaning, control charts, failure rate, basic concept and reliability, MTBF, MTTF, estimating of simple assemblies from part reliability. MEE 618 Material Science Atomic Theory: Revision of atomic models. RutherfordThomson models. Bur’s representation spectral Line characteristics. Quantum theory and plan’s law. Energy bends; energy levels and holes. Work function. Introduction to quantum mechanics: wave- particle duality. Wave mechanics applied to simple elections. The hydro-atom. Multi-element atom. Electron Configuration in Materials: Uncertainty principles of Heidelberg and applications to measurement of momentum, position and energy of particles. Pauli exclusion principles, electron configuration. The periodic table and general classification of elements. Gases liquids and solid metals and non-metals. Rubber, plastic and resin. Solids: Bonding in solids, structure of crystals and amorphous materials, x-ray diffraction, lane, power and rotary crystal techniques. Electron and neutron. Electron microscopy infrared spectroscopy. Imperfection in solids, materials thermodynamics. Bond theory of solids. Physical properties: Chemical theory of conductors in the metals. Modern theory of solids. Semi- conductors theory. Semi – conductors devices. Thermal and optical effects: photo- emission, photoconduction and photo- voltaic phenomenon. The solar cell. Thermal conduction in crystals, thermal and impurity scattering. Work function. Thermionic, photoelectric and secondary emission of electrons from the surface. 310 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES Post Graduate Diploma in Business Management(PGDBM) Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science Postgraduate Diploma in Engineering (PGDENG) - Civil Engineering Electrical/ Electronic Engineering Materials Engineering Mechanical Engineering Postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration Postgraduate Diploma in Geography and Regional Planning (PGDGRP) Postgraduate Diploma in Zoology Institute of Education:- Postgraduate Diploma in Education 311 PART –TIME POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (PGDBM) INTRODUCTION The Department of Economics of Ambrose Alli University, Ekpoma, offers a postgraduate diploma course in Business Management. This is in accordance with the University’s culture of utilizing its very rich man-power potentials to develop both middle and high management personnel for the productive sectors of the economy. The programme is specifically designed to promote and develop personnel in the area of Business Management from those whose initial qualifications are insufficient to properly manage modern business. OBJECTIVES: The PGDBM programme has the following objectives (i) The programme is designed to provide a general foundation in Management to persons who have university degrees or equivalent professional qualifications in disciplines other than Business Management or related fields and who wish to go into the carrier of entrepreneurship and management. (ii) To assist those persons who had 3rd class degree in the discipline and who wish to pursue post-graduate degree programme in the discipline. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The programme is intended to last for one academic session of two semesters STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME. The programme is structured as follows:FIRST SEMESTER Course Code Course Description Units PDM 601 Introduction to Financial Accounting 3 PDM 602 Basic Economic Analysis I 3 PDM 603 Element of Business Management 3 PDM 604 Quantitative Analysis for Management Decisions 3 PDM 605 Principles of Management 3 SECOND SEMESTER PDM 611 Small Business Management 3 PDM 612 Basic Economic Analysis ll 3 PDM 613 Introduction to Computer Science 3 PDM 614 Industrial Relations and Personnel management 3 PDM 615 Research Project 6 TOTAL 33 REGULATION GOVERNING RESULT: Students in this programmes are expected to, in addition to satisfying the general. University regulation governing examinations, meet the following requirements for the ward of a Diploma. (a) Pass all course with a minimum of 50% in each course (b) Submit a project work which must be accepted by the Department of Economics. 312 (c) Where a student fails in courses whose total units are not more than 12 units at the end to the session , the student may be allowed to take a resit examination. The maximum mark obtained in any course during resit is 50%. (d) A student who fails courses whose total units are more than 12 units at the end of session will be expected to withdraw from the programme. EXAMINATION SCORING AND GRADING The grading system for courses offered in the programme shall be as follows: MARKS LETTER GRADE GRADE POINT 70% and above A 5 60%-69% B 4 50%- 59% C 3 0%- 49% F CLASSIFICATION OF DIPLOMA CERTIFICATE The Diploma will be awarded to candidates who obtain a minimum of pass in all courses with the following classification. Overall Average (%) 70 and above 60-69 50-59 Diploma Classification Distinction Credit Pass. COURSE DESCRIPTION PDM 601 Introduction to Financial Accounting This course is aimed at introducing students to accounting concept, practice and procedures. Emphasis will be on the technique and theories of recording and reporting of financial data to external users of such information. It will include:The nature and purpose of accounting A preview of the balance sheet, Recording procedures. This will include preliminary matters, Cash and credit transaction, The preparation of the trial balance, Preparation of financial statements including adjustments, Depreciation and inventory valuation, Control Accounts and incomplete Records, Introduction to company Accounts, Manufacturing Accounts Accounts of Non-Profit Making Organnisation, Funds flow statement and Analysis of financial statements. PDM 602 Basic Economic Analysis I The course deals with business decision-making within the firm, with the behaviour of individual markets reacting to supply and demand forces. Analysis of the different market structures and business policies will de undertaken. Partial and general welfare equilibrium will also be treated. PDM 603 Elements of Business Management 313 The purpose of this course is to enable students understand the process of business Management in complex organisation. Topics to be covered include: meaning of Business management. Forms of business ownership. The business environment. Business ethics and social responsibility, business growth. Functional areas of business and management. Historical development of modern management. Fayol, Taylor, Grant. PDM 604 Quanatitative Analysis for Management Decisions. The purpose of this course is to develop basic competence and judgment in using quantitative techniques to solve and analyze problems in business field. The course will consist of: (a) Review of basic mathematical concepts such as set theory, indices & logarithms, equations and functions; inequalities, sequences and progressions; coordinate geometry and graphs; elements of metric operations permutations and combinations with business applications. (b) Introductory calculus in business management eg. Minima and maxima , producer and consumer surpluses, etc. (c) Benefit-cost analysis in investment decision, input/output analysis; business forecasting techniques, games theory and queuing theory. Linear programming. PDM 605 Principles of Management The principles of organisation, classical organisations theory, human relations, school, informal organisation, bureaucracy, politics and administration, administrative decision making, control and accountability; organisation of the job and staffing. SECOND SEMESTER PDM 611 Small Business Management The course focuses on the natured and operational character of the small business in Nigeria in terms of its socio-economic significance, operational procedures and problems. Topics covered include the natured of small business finance and the small scale industries credit scheme, investment strategies for the small business, production management, marketing the personnel administration in the small business, ensuring cost-effectiveness and greater productivity, planning for growth in the small business, succession crises, problem and future of small business in Nigeria. PDM 612 Basic Economic Analysis ll The objective of this course is to prepare the student for the application of economic analysis for evaluating economic business, as well as public policy problems. Topics to be covered will depend on the situation in the economy but may include: shortages of essential commodities, the nature, causes and effects of oil prices, the dangers of mono-product economics, labour scarcity in the midst of plenty economic sabotage, economic performance ideology and nationalism, public policy and business performance. 314 PDM 613 Introduction to Computer Science The topics here include computer history, hardware and software, computer programming and use of time sharing system, use of computer programming packages available in the computer centres. PDM 614 Industrial Relation & Personnel Management The most valuable and most dynamic of all resources is the topic of this course. The student would be required to understand the principles and processes involved in the procurement, utilization and compensation of human resources. Topics covered include modern organisation theories, forecasting and planning of human resources, the relevance of productivity and the concepts of its measurement, recruitment, selection including tests and interviews, job analysis and evaluation, performances appraisal, leadership and satisfaction, trade unionism in Nigeria and in the international contexts, collective bargaining, factory administration, etc PDM 615 Research Project Topics are selected in consultation with advisers. But topics will generally be expected to relate to aspects of economics of management, industrial performance and public economic policy and the computer in modern industrial society. POST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE PHILOSPHY OF THE PROGRAMME The philosophy of the diploma programme is primarily to produce middle level manpower in Computer Science who can effectively function at full postgraduate degree programme in Computer Science anywhere. The programme is also designed for other professionals who wish to be functional in the next millennium and who need more than an introductory course in computers. OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME The objectives of the courses are: 1 To carry out computing tasks with minimum supervision. 2 To expose students to a variety of industrial Standard software now available to equip them. 3 To expose the student to Hardware problems and solutions and prepare them for routine maintenance in computer installations. The course structure has been designed to produce graduates that are versatile enough to fit any organization or beself-employed. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Candidate for the postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science must have: 1 At least a Third Class Honours Degree of Ambrose Alli University or any other recognized Institutions in a science-based discipline. Other relevant professional qualifications may be considered on their own merit. 315 2 (i) (ii) (iii) HND from recognized Polytechnic or College of Technology. The postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science will be awarded after the fulfillments of the following conditions: A successful completion of prescribed course work. A pass in the prescribed examinations. Obtaining approval of a completed research thesis. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME The Diploma programme will be 12 calendar months including two full semesters of course work and the last three months for project. The project should be geared towards solving existing computing problems in any chosen sector of the economy. STUDENT’S WORK LOAD Students shall be required to register for courses before they are allowed to take them. A student of the postgraduate diploma in computer science will be required to register for a minimum of thirty (30) credit units and a maximum of forty-eight (48) credit units. A credit unit is equivalent to fifteen contact hours of lectures or practical. REGISTRATION FOR COURSES All students shall register for both first and second semester courses during the first two weeks of resumption. To be eligible for registration, candidates shall be required to provide evidence of payment of the recommended penalty fees by the university. CHANGE OF COURSE. At the beginning of each semester, students may drop courses for which they have registered. The deadline for adding/deleting of courses shall be one(1) month after commencement of lectures. The Departmental Board of examiners shall consist of the Head of Department, as the chairman and all the academic staff of the Department. Course examination question shall be internally moderated by the Head of the Department and results shall be considered and approved by the Departmental Board of studies before publication as provisional results at the end of each semester. EXAMINATIONS: (i) Course Examinations: Examination will normally consist of a three-hour paper on each of the courses taken. (ii) Postgraduate Seminars: Every candidate will be expected to give a seminar to satisfy post-graduate school requirements for graduation. (iii) Thesis: A thesis based on original research work and written according to standards prescribed by the Board of Postgraduate School shall be submitted by the candidate. An assessment of the thesis together with the performance of the candidate at an oral examination will be taken into account in recommending the award of the degree. 316 PROGRAMME CO-ORDINATOR A programme co-ordinator shall be appointed by the Head of Department and He shall be responsible to the Head of Department for the day-to-day co-ordinaton of the programme and must be chosen from amongst the senior members of academic staff of the Department. Categories of Courses: There shall be two categories of courses, namely: (i) Core Courses: These are courses that students must pass before being qualified for the award of the Diploma. (ii) Mandatory (required) courses: these are courses that students must have registered for and attended before being qualified for the award of diploma. (a) Every course assessment must consist of 20% continuous assessment; 20% practical (computer lab) and course examination. (b) The pass mark for every course assessment is 50% (c) The grading system. The grade system is based on a four (4) point lettered grade as follows:Score (%) Letter Grade 70 – 100% A 60-69 B 50-59 C 0-49 F (d) Classification of Results: At the end of the one year programme, a grade point average shall be computed by dividing the sum of the grades by the total number of courses. Score (%) Letter Grade 70 – 100% Distinction 60-69 Credit 50-59 Pass Fail Course Code CSC 601 CSC 602 CSC 603 CSC 604 CSC 605 CSC 606 CSC 607 CSC 608 CSC 611 CSC 612 CSC 613 CSC 614 CSC 615 CSC 616 CSC 617 COURSE OUTLINE FOR FULL TIME PROGRAMME Course Title Units Introduction to General Computing 3 Compiler Construction 3 Quantitative Techniques 3 Management Information System 3 Advanced File Organisation 3 Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) 3 Data Structures 3 Operating Systems 3 Project 3 Digital Computer Communications 3 Computer Electronics 3 System Analysis and Design 3 Assembly Language Programming 3 Advanced Database Management 3 Accounting Methods 3 Total Units 48 317 COURSE OUTLINE FOR PART-TIME PROGRAMME (Three Semesters) FIRST SEMESTER Course Code CSC 601 CSC 603 CSC 604 CSC 605 CSC 606 CSC 607 Course Title Introduction to General Computing Quantitative Techniques Management Information System Advanced File Organisation Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) Data Structures Total SECOND SEMESTER Course Code Course Title CSC 602 Compiler Construction CSC 608 Operating Systems CSC 612 Digital Computer Networks CSC 613 Computer Electronics CSC 614 Systems Analysis and Design CSC 616 Advanced Database Management Total Units THIRD SENESTER Course Code Course Title CSC 611 Project CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming CSC 617 Accounting methods Total Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Units 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Units 6 3 3 12 COURSE DESCRIPTION CSC 601 Introduction to General Computing The computer, definition, part, types, and uses of computer, software and Hardware, definition, types, uses. Input, output, and processing devices, peripherals etc. introduction to windows (win 3:11/win 95/98), MS DOS; definition, internal and exinternal commends, functions etc, element of data processing, introductory computer packages, MS word/ AmiPro, lotus 123/ ms excel, coral Draw/ page maker, Dbase IV/MS Access etc. CSC 602 Compiler Construction Define, compare and contrast compiler, assembler and interpreters, compilation process, lexical analysis, syntax analysis code preparation table of information and error routine. Code optimization. Grammar and language. Grammar and language alphabet, string, phrase, syntax tree, ambiguous and unambiguous sentences. Relations; contains, transpose, reflex and transitive operation; head, first, last and within. Transitive closures and relations. Scanner tracers. Token and its internal forms. State diagrams applications. Write a scanner for a simple source program. Parsing techniques: pares scanners, output using syntax trees and polish notations. Use top- down and bottom-up to parse sentence. Triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Storage allocation techniques for draw and data area display for operands, storage requirement calculation for elementary data items- arrays and strings. Error 318 routine scanning and semantic error routine. Code generation for simple arithmetic expression-triples, indirect triples and quadruples. Code optimization during code generation CSC 603 Quantitative Techniques Statistics – basic probability and statistic deductive and inductive methods, sampling methods- why and how descriptive statistics, functional samples, frequency tables and graphs, centre of distribution, spread of distribution, liner transformation probability outcomes and their probabilities, events and their probabilities, condition probability, independence. Probability distribution discrete random variables, means and variance, the binominal distribution, continuous distribution the normal distribution. A function of random variable. Notations two random variable distribution, a function of two random variables co-variance and correlation, linear contribution of two random variable. Basic inference Estimating means, sampling, point estimation, interval estimation, hypo-thesis testing analysis of variance regression, least square solution multiple regression, correlation. Introduction to operation research and application. Operations Research. Linear programming standard form: slack and surplus variables initial feasible solution basic feasible solution simplex method. Tableau, duality, transportation transship algorithm. Schedule models; - PERT And CRM, queuing systems predator’s models; predicting the effects off a Rosemont- carol simulation, waiting line theory. CSC 604 Management Information System Concept of MIS – definition, importance and examples. Deterministic, probability, static, and dynamic systems. Open and closed loop system. Subsystems. Levels of information in terms of operation, planning decision making and information handling channels of communications with an organisation decision making techniques and project management tools – PER, grant charts, stokes etc objective of the total system rationalization of information flows timing and accuracy of destination of output. Effects of time lag on input and derivative from standard develop an MIS. CSC 605 Advance File Organisations Definition: bits, byte, character, field, record and file. Block of data, store, retrieve, maintenance operations. Seek read, write, fetch, insert, delete, update, e. t. c. file system performance. Characteristics and types of files. Heap (pile)sequential, indexed, indexed sequential, direct, indirect e.t.c. define pasting, activity ratio. Old master file new master file, transaction file, activity file e.t.c. concept of generation of a file storage. Devices and media punched card, paper tape, disk, diskette, cartridge, OMR OCR, MICR e.t.c. Access methods, sequential, random, direct access storage methods. Buffer: its function and calculated respect to a file. CSC 606 Programming Language (Fortran/BASIC) Training in the FORTRAN programming language from person with no previous programming experiences. Basic concepts and properties of algorithms for solution for numerical and non-numerical problems, including running of program on a computer, survey of computer applications. CSC 607 Data Structures Data structure, data attribute name, value and range; data identification- character, fields, sub-fields, record and files. Graphs, data relations. Position relation- cell content, record 319 relation, transfer keys; order relation- record rank, cell rank. Data operation; precede, less than, point to more to, searches, change entry. Occupancy. Birth, death change of data. Fixed and variable length fields. Ordered lists; append, search, delete, sort, selection and exchange. Arrays, double linked list; queues, stacks, equine, trees. Push and pop. Storage mapping. String and string representation: character string length and values. Assignment sub-sting selection, insertion, deletion and replacement. CSC 608 Operating System Definition, importance, classification and examples of operating system in Micro, mini, and Mainframes computers. Definition and examples of multi-programming, multiprocessing, batch, real time, time sharing and networking operating system. Function of operating system in relation of memory management, processor management, device management, interrupt handling, information management characteristics of operating systems concurrency, sharing, long term storage and non determinacy. Feature of OS efficiency, reliability, maintainability and size. OS design-top down, bottom up, concept of process view – definition process state, table, wait, blocked, running and ready state. Queuing in OS – definition, traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO, LIFO, round robin e.t.c. interrupt mechanism in OS definition. Interrupt vectors and its use. Making, level of interrupt. I/O interrupt, program interrupts. Supervisor call instructions. Component of OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, e.t.c. JCL, MS-Dos, CP/M, OS2. CSC 611 Project Each student will be require to submit a professional report on his project. The project offers the student an opportunity to apply computer technology theory and concepts to a problem area of his choice either within the technology or any other area of application subject to the approval of post Graduate Board. CSC 612 Digital Computer Communications Definition of data communication. Need for communication between machines, equipment use in computer communication. Functions of on- line equipment, interactive terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of direct equipment – line controllers, line drivers, data set (modern digital service units) traffic clustering devices, multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front – end processors network nodes, Network monitoring device, diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions. Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexes and statistical multiplexing and comparison with concentrators. Simplex, half duplex and full duplex transmission, synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switched and leased telephone lines, twisted wires, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the type reliability, maintainability and size. OS design – top down, bottom up, Concept of process view – definition process, process state, table, wait, blocked, Running and ready state. Queuing in OS – definition traffic intensity facility utilization, priority FIFO, LIFO, round robin etc. interrupting mechanism in OS, (BIOS), nucleus dispatcher, etc. JCL, MS-DOS, UNIX, PC_DOS, CP/M, OS2. CSC 611 Project Each student would be required to submit a professional report on his project. The project offers the student an opportunity to apply computer technology theory and concepts to a 320 problem area of his choice either within the technology or any other area of application subject to the approval of the post graduate board. CSC 612 Digital Computer Communications Definition of data communication. Need for communication between machines, equipment use in computer communication. Function of on –line equipment, interactive terminals and batch processing terminals. Functions of indirect equipment – line controllers, line drivers, data set (modern, digital service units) traffic clustering devices, multiplexes, concentrators. Network control, front-end processors, network nodes, network monitoring device diagnostic and testing equipment and their functions. Modulation, amplitude, frequency and phase multiplexers and statistical multiplexing and comparison with concentrators. Simplex, half duplex and full duplex transmission, synchronous and asynchronous transmissions. Media links: switch and leased telephone line, twisted wire, co-axial, radio satellite, optical cables etc. communication software, the types CSC 615 Assembly Language Programming Definition: operation code (opcode) operand and instruction. Machine instruction and assembly language. Instruction format: register to register, register to storage, index register: immediate operand instruction, instruction sets: I/O instruction arithmetic instruction, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division instructions AND, OR and XOR instructions, conditional and unconditional branch instructions, bit manipulation instruction; move load, store, compare, EQU instruction etc. addressing mode: relative absolute, register immediate, indexed, deferred, and their examples. Listing options, program beginning and ending directive e.g. CSECT, END, START, USING, etc. (IBM 360,ICL 1004). Data and storage define statement, EQU instruction. Position of labels, operation code operands and comments. Free format and formatted source program. JCL in output. CSC 616 Advance Data Management Define data, database as collection of files, database management systems. Uses, merit and demerit of database models. Structure of database in terms of inter file relationship, multi-view of database, multiple files and database models. Define functional dependency, entity relation lexicon, references, reference relations artificial reference type. First, second, third, normal forms. Relational operations, join and projection, union, intersection and difference. Database structure: hierarchical, network and relational. Distributed database and its application. Scheme and it use. Diagrammatic representation of schemes. Structure within data elements and record. Schemas manipulation. Translation, compilation and with examples. Sub schemas and its derivation from schemes. Define data independence structure independence and program independence. Naming database elements, information hiding and security. Single and multiple application of database control. Develop and document a database using any available package. Database .administrator and its functions Query language, SQL, OBE etc and its use to insert retrieve, update etc. maintain a database. CSC 617 Accounting methods Book – keeping trial balance, trading profit and loss accounts, balance sheet. Receipt and payments, income and expenditure. Bank reconciliation and petty cash. Royalty account, join venture, consignment department, branch, hire purchase, income tax, partnership, 321 double accounting cash speed, stock investment management aids. And techniques. Arithmetic accounting. Interpretation of accounts. Balance sheet criticism, accounts rations, take over bid, budgetary control marginal costing aids. In mechanical data processing, electronics data processing (EDP), operation research, etc 322 POSTGRADUATE DEPLOMA ENGINERRING (PGDENG) AIMS, STRUCTURE AND COMPLISORY COURSES. Programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in Engineering are offered with specialization in any of the following: i Civil Engineering ii Electrical/ Electronic Engineering iii Material Engineering iv Mechanical Engineering Details of these programmes are set out under each department in the subsequent pages of this handbook AIMS: The programmes are offered mainly to: i Meet the long-standing wishes of HAND/HNC graduate who wish to enhance their careers in Engineering. ii Engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function such as mechanical, thermal optical, electromagnetic, Electronic, chemical and biological. iii Offer practicing Engineers, technologist and scientists the opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects. iv Develop individuals who are capable of designing the various machines and apparatus used in material production. v Offered students who successfully complete the programme and whose result satisfy the standard required, opportunity for admission to the M. Eng. Degree programmes. STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME i The programme which is run on part-time comprises four semester for taught courses and a project for part-time candidates. All courses are Core. ii The minimum requirement for a pass in any taught courses and the project is a score 50%. iii There will be written examination in all the taught courses at the end of the relevant semester iv Every student write a project report on his /her research project which shall be graded and moderated like any of the taught course v There will be continuous assessment through quizzes, tests, assignments, which will be weighted at 25% vi Every student shall give at least one/ departmental seminar on his/ her research project during the period of his/her study. vii A student who fails one or two taught courses at the end of the session will be asked to take the examination at he next available opportunity viii A student who fails one or two taught courses at the end of the session will be asked to withdraw. 323 REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION To qualify for the award of the postgraduate diploma, a student must pass the taught courses and the project. The postgraduate diploma in engineering certificate will be classified on the basis of the cumulative percentage score average as follows : Class Distinction Credit Pass Cumulative Percentage Score (Average) 70-100 60-69 50-59 COMPULSORY COURSES: COMMON TO ALL STUDENTS All students are required to register for the following course which are compulsory: 1st SEMESTER UNITS GEE 601 Engineer in society 3 GEE 602 Engineering mathematics 3 2nd SEMESTER GEE 611 Engineer mathematics II 3 GEE 612 Computer engineering 3 DESCRIPTION OF BOMPULSORY COURSES 1. GEE 601 the engineer in society (3 Credits) Technology in Society Growth and effects of technology on the Society A historical development of modern society from early days through industrial revolution to the present. Impact of technogical advances –materials and manufacture, power and fuels, transportation and communication, etc. a review of the Nigeria situation. Role and responsibility of the Engineer in Society Community responsibilities –of the engineer –social, moral and legal responsibilities – giving evidence before public committees ,counts of law and arbitration panels. National development plans of Nigeria –outline of proposal, target and strategies. The rile of the engineer in national development and in a national defence. The professional bodies and engineering societies-aims and objectives, structure and functions. The role of the engineering societies in maintaining professional discipline, ethics and standards. Education and training of engineers The development of technological education –technical educations system direct .and sandwich course ,in universities and polytechnics, industrial training and pupilage. Industry Commerce And Management Introduction of operations research and its applications –decision, fees breakeven, linear programming, forecasting, investment appraisals, inventory management, project planning and evaluation scheduling and replacement of strategies. Transportation problem and cost interaction. Investment appraisal project, planning and evaluation. Simple flow analysis. The concept of petty cash. Development of simple balance sheet for income statement. Elements Of Business/ Industrial Laws The Nigeria legal system. Agency law, contract law –operation and professional hazards. Industrial safety laws. 324 Gee 602 Engineering Mathematics I Matrices: review of matrix operations Including matrix inversion Characteristics equation Eigen –values and Eigen -vector. Canonical Transformations and application.\ Linear Programming Problem formulation, simple method of solutions. Vector analysis Three-dimensional vector calculus. Gradient, laplocian operator. Green’s stokens and divergence. Theorems and applications. Probability and statistics review of probability and statistics conditional probability –bye’s theorem. Statistical influences and text of significance. Estimation theory-confidence interval. Statistical quality and control for mean, standard deviation, range, number and simple stochastic process regression. Complex Analysis Function and derivatives of complex variables. Laurent series, Taylor Cauchy –Riemann equations. Cauchy interv-theorem and formula. Analytical function –integrals and application. Conformal mapping. GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics II Review of Ordinary Differential Equation: Ordinary differential of second and higher orderchainrule, minimum and maximum. Lagrange multipliers. Leilniz rule. Euler’s differential equation properties of linear cautions simultaneous linear diffraction equation solution using D-operator and Lap lace transforms. Partial Differential Equation: Review of partial differential equation formations. Solution by separation of variables Poisson’s and lap lace solution with initial and boundary conditions Laplace transform method of solution. GEE 612-computer programming The Parts and Function of a Digital Computer: C.P.U main memory, input/output units, and others of peripheral devices. Programming techniques. A brief introduction to programming language such as FORTRAN, PASCAL, BASIC, COBOL,ALGOR, etc. soft –ware –language-machine language-computer language . Review of number of system. the basic. Logical operations arithmetic logic. Real and integer number, variables, constants operation and expressions looping and transfer of control saving data in disc files .lists ,arrays and virtual arrays Flow Charting and Building of Algorithms Review of numerical methods FORTRAN coding: FORTRAN statement -arithmetic control-input-output – FORMAT-DOS statement. Function, subscripted variable and matrix operations programme, for simple problems. Writing sub-routines and sub – programme for simple problems. Testing of simple and complex problems in a computer. 325 326 DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING The department of civil engineering offers programming leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in engineering . AIMS The programming is offered mainly to:i Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC graduates who wish to enhance their careers in civil engineering . ii offer practicing engineers ,technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve their skills and enhance their career prospects. iii Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results satisfy the standard required for admission the M.EMG degree programme, the opportunity . COURSES AVAILABLE COMPULSORY FIRST SEMESTER UNITS COURSES GEE 601 Engineers in society 3 GEE 602 Engineer Mathematics 3 COUR COURSES CIE 601 Theory And Analysis of Structures 4 CIE 602 Mechanics Of Solids And Foundation Engineering 3 CIE 603 Hydrology And Hydraulics Engineering 4 CIE 604 Project 3 ELECTIVE Any one to be taken from the following courses: CIE 621 Numerical And Matrix Methods Of Structural Analysis 4 CIE 622 Irrigation Engineering 4 CIE 623 Pavement Design 4 CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design 4 COMPULSORY SECOND SEMESTER UNITS GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics 11 3 GEE 612 computer programming 3 CORE COURSES CIE 611 Design Of Structure 4 CIE 612 Highways And Resources And Hydraulic Structures 4 CIE 613 Water Resources And Hydraulic Structures 3 CIE 614 Project 11 3 ELECTIVE Any one to be taken from the following courses: CIE 631 Theory Of Elasticity 4 CIE 632 Environmental Engineering 4 CIE 633 Transportation System And Traffic Engineering 4 CIE 634 Construction Method Planning Estimating 4 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CIE 601 Theory And Analysis Structures 4 Units (Prerequisites: strength of materials) 327 Theory: Determination of force in the members statistically determinate structures such as beams, cantilevers trusses and space frames using analytical and graphical method .influence coefficient ,and graphical methods. Influence coefficient, Macaulay ‘s methods area moment methods unit load method and conjugate beam method. Deflection of statistically determinate truss. Analysis of two hinged three hinged, fixed and braced arches. Settlement and temperatures effect. Suspension bridges force in cables, analysis of suspension bridges stiffening girders Analysis: Methods of analysis of indeterminate structures, slope-deflection moment-area ,flexibility coefficient, stiffness coefficient methods. Moment distribution matrix formulation for the flexibility and stiffness method and the relationship between them .plastic method of analysis .calculation of deflections by the finite difference and new work’s method .theory of thin plates with small deflection .circular ,square and rectangular plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads. buckling of plates subjected to concentrated and uniformly distributed loads buckling of plates classification of shells ,evolution and limitation of membrane theory .structural behaviour of folded plate structures. CIE 602 Mechanics of Solids and Foundation Engineering (Prerequisite: Soil Mechanics) (4 Units) Bearing capacity determination .shear strength of soils, Consolidation and earth pressure types of foundation- shallow spread footing raft, will and pile foundation including dynamically loaded foundation .stability of Machine foundations. In expansive soils-special treatments. Tunnels and shaft. Reinforcements and grouting. Conduits and buried structures. Design of structures buried in compressible soils loads on buried conduits rigid and flexible conduits, non-circular sections analysis of earth pressure and design. Rock Mechanics : Mechanical properties and behaviour of rocks-static properties ,time dependent properties theories of failures e.g. coulomb etc effect of moisture and pore water pressure ,testing of rocks for engineering use. Uniaxial compression test, flexural test, triaxial compression test. Determination of elastic constants static and dynamic methods. In - situ Measurement, design and stability analysis of structures in rock. Deep foundation – piles in sand-piles in clay –negative shear friction- pile group -Settlement of pile groups, slop stability –types and mechanic of slepe failure, theoretical and graphical solution of stability problems. CIE 603 Hydrology and Hydraulics Engineering (4 Units) Hydrology, Element Of Hydrology precipitation, infiltration, subsurface percolation, evapo-transpiration, energy balance (reservoirs). Analysis of stream flow (hydrographs), stream routing, frequency analysis, mass diagram. Reservoir routing, analytical and graphical methods and basin overflow. Probability in hydrographs flood probability, selection of data and theoretical distribution of floods. Precipitation probability; generalized rainfall-frequency. Data, rainfall frequency maps depth area duration relationship. Rational methods of estimation of over land flow. Morphology of river basin, watershed, characteristics and hydraulic geometry of basin. groundwater occurrence, geological formation and types of aquifers, ground water basins and movements. Flow lines and general equations. Well hydraulics, uni-direction flow, recharge. Test holes and well logs. Methods of construction of shallow and deep wells. 328 Safe yield, over craft computations, pumping equipment. Methods of surface and sub surface investigation for ground water. Ground water laws in Nigeria. Classifications, of rivers meandering, aggrading, degrading, and stable channels, river regime theory. River training and design of river training works; cutoffs, embankments, guide tanks, spurs, groynas and artificial cut – offs. Hydraulics: Types of flow; steady; uniform, laminar, turbulent, tranquil in close and open channels. Use of hydraulic equation; meaning. Haze-Williams, Ele- Book – white soobey formula. Turbulent flow, velocity fluctuation and Average velocity homogenous, isotropic turbulence. Prandit’s mixing length- hypothesis/ von karmans similarity hypothesis. Steady and unsteady flow in open channels. Translator and oscillatory waves and their characteristics. Compressibility effect of fluid flows, plastic wave through a compressible fluid, shock waves, water harmer and surges hydraulic jam. Dimensional analysis, similitude and model studies. CIE 613 Numerical and Matric Methods of Structural Analysis (4 Unit) Calculation of deflection by finite difference and Newmark‘s method. Matrix operations, the flexural and stiffness methods of structural analysis as applied to place and space frames and trumes. Solution by computer. CIE 614 Irrigation Engineering (4Units) General consideration of irrigation requirement in Nigeria –principles planning of irrigation system –irrigation techniques-water requirement for common crops. Canal irrigation systems- headwork’s regulators –main canals distributaries canal alignmentsediment transport –design of canal –hydraulic consideration. Structural feature- losses due to evaporation and sewage-control measures –canal maintenance. drainage cross drainage: cross drainage works, water logging effects preventive measures contraction of dams, barrages and weir for irrigation requirement –ground water irrigation system – ground water hydrology –development of the tube and bore wells yield determination – design of irrigation system for small farms. CIE 623 Pavement design ( 4units) Theoretical and practical design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and airfields pavement evaluation surveys . CIE 624 Prestressed Concrete Design ( 4units) Design philosophy general requirement of limit state design. Methods of prestressing shrinkage, creep prestressed concrete element: beams (single and continuous) slender column and slabs. CIE 611 Design of Structures (4units) Concrete Structure : Properties of reinforced concrete .limit state design of reinforced concrete members elastic theory and development of limit state :ultimate limit ,serviceability limit ,crack width and deflection design to CP 8100 for beams ,slabs column and foundations yield line theory virtual work and segment equilibrium method, corner mechanisms, strips method principles of prestressing analysis of processed concrete sections under working loads and design for serviceability limit state. Design of prismatic and non-prismatic prestressed concrete members in flexure, for shear and torsion. Leading of structures design of axially loaded members design of connection: bolted, 329 riveted and welded design of plate and lattice girders for bridges ,design of column, column base connection and grillage foundation design of special structures: bunkers silos, chimneys water tanks design of light alloyed structures ,construction methods introduction to plastic theory limit state philosophy and design in timber ,elastic design in timber connections trusses girder, bridges descriptive and elementary treatment of laminated timber structures. CIE 612 Highways And Transportation (4Units) Highways, history of development of highways –importance in relation to socio – economic development of a country-relevance to Nigeria planning, administration and financing of highways systems. Design consideration for pavement thickness for highways and airfield and pavement evaluation surveys. Joints in rigid pavement –special soils features of hill roads highways drainage, low cost road ,stabilization techniques .systems for the future :research and development ,short term improvement, slow speed innovation high speed system –specific high speed concepts ,level of service criteria for the above. Harbors and Docks: Harbors classification general design principles, design of breakwater ,jetties piers landing stages entrance channels –demarcation signal light houses . Dock: historical development –general design and layout of dock .types of dock wharf wall and their functions Railways: Historical development of Nigeria railways location and Alignment Standard : Gauges –choice and advantages of different gauges .permanent way function, construction and maintenance –typical cross section points and crossings –special fitting and safety devices Airports :classification –national and international standard for run way design length grades numbering systems ,clear zone-runway layout ,wind coverage wind rose taxi ways system master plan airport zoning –terminal building layout design of aprons hangers and others services ,building airports drainage CIE 613 Water Resources and Hydraulic Structures (3 Units) Water Resources: Estimating water requirement population forecasts sources of water supplies and water use, collection and conveyance works, intake pumping material layout jointing and testing of water main. Quality standard of drinking water. Treatment methods units’ operation and unit processes chemical and biological analysis of water for various uses. Distribution systems general requirement, method of analysis storage and distribution reservoirs. Sewage Sanitation: Collection system choice and rational forecasting method for wastewater quantities from domestic, industrial and other sources design of sewers. Hydraulic and structures design of buried conduits. Construction, testing maintenance and inspection of sewers and associated work. Principles of sewage treatment. Aerobic and anaerobic treatments significance of biochemical methods –biological fitters activated sludge and its modification, septic tank, effluent disposal in rivers and seas, stabilization ponds. Pollution: Effects on aquatic life, self-purification industrial waste hazard specific composition of wastewater for different industries And associated treatments. Legislatives control of water pollution in Nigeria. 330 Hydraulic structures: reservoirs and dams, types selection design operations, control of seepage and causes of failure. Diversion weirs spillways and headwork’s types selection design (banes weighed creeps theory ) failures and protection of downstream bed. Hydropower Station: Types site / plant selection, installation and appraisal of its significance marine structures: breakwaters wharf and jetties. CIE 604/614 Project (6 Units) An Engineering assignment related to a real field problem in any area of civil engineering. The student is expected to identify a problem collage, Analyze and interpret data, work out an engineering solution and present a detailed technical report for evaluation. Preferably student will be advised to choose project in the same areas as their technical electives. CIE 631 Theory of elasticity 4 (Units) Elasticity stress components of stress and stain, notation of stresses and strains plain stress and plain strain compatibility equations, differential equation of equilibrium. Twodimensional problem in rectangular co-ordinates solution by polymials and effects –saint –venant principles solution of two-dimensional problem in the form of a fully series. CIE 632 Environmental Engineering (4 Units) Water pollution, genesis of the problem, domestic and industrial effluent standard analysis and treatment methods for industrial wastewater stream pollution selfpurification of rives. Land pollution, disposal of sewage on land and farms associated problem solid waste management (Urban and Rural) resources recovery from refuse .air pollution ,contaminate dispersion into the atmosphere, control measures environment sanitation, engineering aspects of communicable diseases, control. Waste distribution networks. CIE 633 Transportation Systems Traffic Engineering (4 Units ) Transportation systems (highways railways waterways and airways) interrelationship planning design and co-ordination, transport corridors systems for the future research and development, short-term improvement, slow and high speed systems highways planning surveys, master plans traffic studies, traffic –operation intersection round –about traffic signal theory of traffic flow. Area traffic in towns land users rapid transit systems of road And rails facilities foe computer traffic, pedestrian movement ring road and bye-passes fly-over and differential level crossing high density traffic impact on the environment. CIE 634 Construction Methods Planning Estimating (4Units) Construction methods estimating cost time and materials planning scheduling and production control –critical path methods PERT Gantt chart equipment selection, capabilities earth moving and concrete production safety and quality control –financial problems encountered. DEPARTMENT OF EWLECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 331 The department of electrical and electrics engineering offers programmes leading to the award of postgraduate diploma in engineering. AIM The programmers is offered mainly to : i Meet the long standing wishes of HND/HNC Graduates Who wish to enhance their carrier in electrical and electronics engineering. ii Offer practicing engineers, technologists and scientists the opportunity to improve their skill and enhance their prospects. iii Offer students who successfully complete the programme and whose results satisfy the standard required for admission to the M.ENG degree programme the opportunity. COURES AVAILABLE First Semester Units Compulsory course GEE 601 Engineer In Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics 1 3 Core Courses ELE 601 Advanced circuit theory 4 ELE 602 Control Engineering 4 ELE 603 Advanced Electronics 4 ELE 606 Project 1 3 Electives Any one to be taken the following courses: ELE 604 Power System Engineering 4 ELE 605 Digital Electronic Engineering 4 SECOND SEMESTER Compulsory Courses GEE 611 Engineering Mathematics II 3 GEE 602 Computer Programming 3 Core Courses ELE 611 Electrical Machines 4 ELE 612 Power Electronic 4 ELE 615 project II 3 ELE 618 Material Science 3 Electives Any one to be taken from the following courses. ELE 613 High Voltage Engineering 4 ELE 614 Telecommunication System 4 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ELE 601 Advanced Circuit Theory Review of signal analysis –Fourier series representation of periodic signal in both trigonometric and exponential forms Fourier transform and its uses in the analysis of energy and power signal single and double –sided spectrum input and output power density and energy density. perceive theorem. Review of transmission line equations 332 (parameters ) standing wave ratio smith chart net-work topology –linear graph theory, network matrices fundamental loops and cut –sets network analysis Tallengens theory and duality theory Model and mosh analysis of linear passive network to impulse step ramp and sinsucidal inputs using Fourier and lap lace transforms actives network theory operational amplifiers phase correction compensation, all-pass equalization differentiating and integrating network introduction to non-linear circuits state equation for network. Review of three phase network –balance –balance, and unbalance network symmetrical components network electric filter theory active filter butter worth and chebychchew filter. Network synthesis –positives real function realization, and sarods graphical solution, synthesis of passive network in causer and foster. Analysis of two pore network and analysis of analysis, image transfer function. ELE 602 Control System Engineering (4 Credits) Review work on frequency response methods-bode analysis, logarithmic plots my quits and in worse inquest stability -stability criteria polar plots relatives stability. Closed loop frequency response (the Nichols chart signal flow analysis for milt-loop system design and compensation techniques-preliminary design consideration specification sensitivity function. Design procedure, necessity for compensation error criteria, head-leg compensation practical aspects –serves and drivers, transducers synchros and responses D.C servo mechanical digital control system sampled systems mathematics representation of the sampled signal. The transforms stability analysis of system. Direct digital control. Multivariable system. State variable and matrices. State variable equation for digital system non linear system introduction to non-linear system types and effects describing function analysis. Introduction to phase-plane analysis. Techniques for construction, trajectory, application of trajectories singular point phase–plane analysis of non-linear systems. ELE 603 Digital (4 Credits) Review of Boolean algebra and logic circuit simplification-laws of Boolean Algerian logic of propositions and truth tables diagram and its application, karnaugh-map techniques and its application to some simple design example. Flip flop. inputs, maters slave J.K. flip-flop. Binary counter-classification synchronous and asynchronous counters, lip-down counters, reversible counters, programmable counters. Application of counters Fegisters –shift around registers, some particle application of registers, parallel and serial input/output of data. Memory device –ROM, RAM, application of ROM and RAM microprocessor, interfering the microprocessor and solar devices. Digital converter digital to-analogue converters-logic level converter, series –parallel series converter, digital to-analogue converter, analogue –to-digital converter, binary to ECD converter (and vice –versa) interfaces and semi conductors. ELE 605 Advance Electronics (4 Credits) Electronic properties of solids. review of kinetic theory of gases, crystal lattices, x-ray diffraction, electronics in metals drift velocity, mobility, and free electron theory, density of state, fermi energy bands intrinsic and extrinsic semi counters, etc taned amplifiers, feedbank amplifiers. Wide band amplifiers. review of operational amplifier analysis and circuit design using operation amplifier and non-linear operation, limiters, comparators 333 and function generation, oscillators, -review of RC,LC negative resistance and crystal oscillators, relaxation and blocking oscillators, voltage controlled –oscillators. Phase – locked loops frequency synthesizers. linear waves, integrated circuits. ECR devices optoeleectronic devices, photo transistors, solar cells, LSDE, photo diodes. analogue computation, computer systems and interfaces design. ELE 604 Power Systems Engineering (4 credits) Lead flow solution methods (gauss-netwton raphson raphson ,etc ) fault level studies. Formulation of the optimum economic dispatch problem for loss less and lossy systems. Power systems stability –steady state and transient stability, formulation of swing equation, methods of solving swing equation and stability improvement. Frequency control of power system operation .the application of computers to analysis, design, control and simulation power system protecting, EHV transmission. ELE 611 Electrical Machines (4Credits) Transformer, equivalent circuits, vector groupings and transformer connections threewinding transformer, cooling method tap-changing synchronous machines steady –steady characteristics and equivalent circuits two-axis theory .excitation systems and automatic voltage regulators power angle relations and operation on infinite busbars. Power factor compensation, induction machines – operation characteristics speed -control methods frequency changers, induction regulators transient and dynamic performance of D.C. Motors cross-field machines (amplidyne and metadyne ) commlator motors design – output /machines constant magnetic and electric loading design of main dimensions of various machines. ELE 612 Power Electronics and Drives (4 Credits) The steady state control of electronics machines and apparatus by power electronics – current limiting devices converters and inverters, choppers and cycloconverters, control of DC and AC motors using thyristors frequency logic, circuits and convectors thyristors timing and counting circuit logic circuits and static switching control sensors for displacement, velocity power factor and reactive power lop transfer function. power semiconductor devices modelling and analysis ,introduction to devices (individual and group drives ) selection of motors for specific purposes thermal rating of motors dynamic performer of motors reluctance hysteresis and linear motors ELE 613 High Voltage Engineering ( 4 Credits) Importance of high voltage generation ,generation of high AC and DC and impulse voltage and currents ratings of high voltage equipment function of insulation system classification of insulation materials and standard test .BIL insulation coordination shielding by earth wires, surge protection of electrical machines surge diverters measurement and testing impulse voltage corona discharge radio interference (measurement and minimization). ELE 614 Telecommunication Systems ( 4 Credits) Random signal theory –discrete and continuous random variable examples probability density function systems and signal analysis ,classification of system, system response and filters signal representation using Fourier transform .Transform theorems power spectral density :analysis signal transmission –linear modulation system DSB envelop 334 modulation ,detection P efficiency and time division multiplexing commercial broadcasting noise in noise ratio .noise figure and noise temperature, communication services telephone Tele –noise temperature communication services telephone telegraph facsimile television data transmission .broadcasting system satellite system and radar system international regulation digital communication-introduction uniform quantisation .transmission requirements for quantised signal information measure and source coding theorem decision theory applied to communication system. Noise and interference in digital modulation systems. 335 DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The Department of mechanical engineering the award of postgraduate diploma in any of the following. i Materials ii Mechanical engineering AIMS. The programmes are designed to: i Offer HND/HNC graduates in all fields of mechanical engineering such as material production power, plant, automotive etc. excellent opportunities to embank on worthwhile careers. ii Train engineers that are capable of developing materials with specific function such as mechanical thermal optical, electromagnetic electronic chemical and biological. iii Give opportunity to practicing engineers, technologists and scientists to improve skills and enhance career prospects in this field. iv Offer students who successfully complete the programmes and whose results satisfy the standard require for admission to the M.Eng. degree programmes the opportunity. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MATERIALS ENGINEERING PART-TIME PROGRAMME st FIRST SEMESTER-1 YEAR Compulsory Courses GEE 601 The Engineer in Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering Mathematics I 3 Core Courses MTE 601 Materials and Their Properties Plus a four (4) Units course Selected from the following: 4 MTE 604 New Materials MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology 4 SECOND SEMMESTER, I Year Compulsory Course GEE 61 Engineering Mathematics II 3 Core course MTE 602 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials 4 MTE 603 Deformation and Fracture plus a four(4) Units Course Selected from the following: MTE 611 Modern Steels MTE 612 Physical Material Process THIRD SEMESTER , 2ND YEAR Compulsory Courses GE 612 Computer Programming 4 Core Courses MTE 601 Ceramic Materials 336 Units 4 4 4 3 MTE 608 Polymers MTE 609 Plant and Machinery 4 MTE 606 Project I 4 FIRST SEMESTER, 2ND YEAR MTE 610 Project II COURSE DESCRIPTION (M.ENG.) MTE 610 Materials and Their Properties. The relationship of the engineering properties of materials to their atomic starrier, bonding, crystal structure, imperfection and microstructure. The processing of materials to produce required structure and properties. Include consideration of crystal structure determination, phase diagrams, diffusion, phase transformations, solidification, heat treatment and deformation. MTE 602 Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Materials Thermodynamics review of first and second laws, gas laws, humidity, thermo chemistry, entropy, reversible and irreversible processes, equilibrium criteria. Gibbs free energy, activity and acefficients, solution thermodynamics, roast’s and Henry’s Law, gibbesdurham equation, alloy phase equilibria, free-energy, composition, diagrams, elllingham diagrams. kinetics: empirical treatment for homogenous reaction rates, reaction order and specific rate constant, activation energy, arrhenius’ law, energy, distribution in reacting system, heterogeneous reactions. MTE 603 Deformation and Fracture Introduction to basic plasticity theory and its application to common metal forming and metal cutting processes. Fracture mechanics and its application in brittle and ductile fracture, creep and fatigue for purposes of design and analysis. MTE 606 and MTE 610 Project I & II Materials research project either in development work and problems-solving, or design, fabrication and testing of materials processing machinery and handling equipment. MTE 604 New Material A review of existing knowledge of new materials: rapidly solidified super alloys, biomaterials, composites, lithium aluminum alloys, advanced ceramic materials for engine and turbine components, selection of materials. MTE 605 Manufacturing Technology Bath production processes, hard vs soft automation, development of flexible manufacturing system (FMS) – cad - cam, robotics - integration. Traditional manufacturing processes, welding, riveting, soldering, fastening, MTE 607 CERAMIC MATERIALS Uses of traditional and advanced ceramic materials. Comparison of ceramics with metals and alloys. Processing: raw materials preparation, forming techniques, theory and practices of sintering, quality control, properties, flexural strength, creep, corrosion and erosion and electrical. Magnetic, and optical properties. 337 MTE 608 Polymers The structure , properties and processing of polymers (plastics). Includes its application and consideration of composites based- on polymers. MTE 609 Plant And Machinery Design and operation of materials processing plant, design of basic equipment for ore processing. Handling equipment, kilns and furnaces problems of safety and effluent disposal and environmental friendly designs. MTE 611 Modern Steels An overview of development in materials manufacturing processes and applications for modern steels. Classes and classification of steels, effects of alloy addition and control of micro-structure. Study of selected classes of steels. MTE 612 Physical Materials Processes Applications for diffusion theory too diffusion controlled processes, solidification principles and applications to foundry problems. Segregation in casting, heat transfer processes. Selected problems to illustrate to illustrate theory. POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING COURSES AVAILABLE First Semester Compulsory Courses Units GEE 601 Engineer in Society 3 GEE 602 Engineering in Mathematics Core Courses ELE 602 Control Engineering MEE 603 Engineering Mechanics and Properties of Materials 4 MEE 604 Applied Thermodynamics and Combustion 4 MEE 608 Project I 3 Elective Any one to be taken from the following courses MEE 605 Metallurgy 4 MEE 606 Mechanical Vibration 4 MEE 667 Mechanical Power System 4 Second Semester Compulsory GEE 611 Engineering In Mathematics 4 GEE 612 Computer Programming 4 Core Courses MEE 613 Dynamic of Machines 4 MEE 614 Heat and Mass Transfer 4 MEE 615 Engineering Fluid Dynamic 4 MEE 619 Project 11 Electives Any one to be taken following courses: MEE 616 Air -Conditioning an Refrigeration 4 MEE 617 Manufacturing Processes 4 338 MEE 618 Material Science COURSE OUTLINE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MEE 603 Engineering Mechanic & Properties of Materials Column and struts: and long columns effects of ends conditions, equivalents and slenderness ratio, eccentric factors, secant formula. column formulae by Euler Rankine Gordon Johnson and other straight line formulae. Analysis of riveted and bolted connection: types joints and classification, modes of failure, strength of rivet and plates strength and efficiency loading of joints ,under tensional loading. Thick shell: stress and Trains under internal and external pressures compound cylinders ,shrink fit pressures ,determination of the thickness of materials . Bending of Beams : Build-in beams with central concentrated loads U.D.L. and off –central loads ,supports at different level ,continuous beams three moment theorem .bending of curved bears –stress in bars of shall and large initial curvatures deflection by direct method and strain energy . Unsymmetrical bending of beans –and products of inertia bean with unsymmetrical theorems of perpendicular axes and products of inertia beam with unsymmetrical bending –moments ,short columns with unsymmetrical loads .plastic theory of bending –bending beyond yield stress ,moment of resistance at the plastic hinge ,collapse loads simple supported and fixed beams ,combined and direct stress . Material Selection: The chemical, physical and mechanical properties f the more common engineering materials (ferrous metals, ceramics cements concrete composites wood and polymers) with particular reference to their application, corrosion and wear. Theories of fatigue and creep of metal: full qualitative discussion of fatigue (including effects of stress range, mean stress complex stress surface treatment and corrosion). Effects of time high and low temperature, viscoelasticity creep. Defect in Metallic Materials: Defects in crystals points defect, dislocation and grain boundaries effect of crystals defects on mechanical and physical properties. Yield Phenomena: Yielding in crystals, plastics range continuous yielding inelastic properties, properties in compression inelastic compression properties, plastic yielding, Maxwell (Von-mises) and tresca (maximum share stress) criteria of yield, yield locus . Theory of plasticity :elements of the theory of plasticity theory of slip line fields applications to processes such as indentation ,extrusion and forging. MEE 604 Applied Thermodynamics and Combustion Laws of thermodynamics: review of the zeroth, first and second laws. Their corollaries and application. Third law of thermodynamics. Validity: Validity and unavailable energy of system free energy ,effectiveness. Power Cycle; 339 Review of the Carnot and Ranking Cycles. Binary reheat and regeneration cycles. Deviation of the actual cycle from ideal .Air standard power cycle . Reversed Power Cycles; Vapour compression, Carnot and absorption refrigeration cycles. Steam jet refrigeration. Gas Dynamic ; One dimensional flow with area change, with friction and with or without heat transfer, isentropic flow, critical and stagnation of conditions . Sonic velocity and Mach number. Shock waves and flow through nozzles and diffusers. Elements of jet propulsion; [Laboratory experiments of pollution measurement, free and enclose flames, gas jets reciprocating expanders, sonic velocity and refrigerator . Combustion: Combustion process, combustion efficiency Dissociation flames ignition. Quenching combustion generated air pollution. measurement and control of polls-pollution [NO2, CO2 , SO2 . hydrocarbon , particulate orsat analyzer. Gas chromatograph . Some meters, catalytic and thermal converters. Exhaust gas recalculation . MTE 613 Dynamic of Machines General introduction, review of kinematics , rigid body kinematics , formulation of equation of motion , Newton laws , principles of virtual work . D’ Alembert’s principles concept of inertia force and inertia torgue , Hamilton’s principles , hamilton’s equations, Lag – range’s equation . system dynamics , state space formulation . Governors; Review of functions and principles of operations . Classifications and characteristics Effects of friction . calculation of equilibrium speeds and range of speeds Cams ; Cam mechanics –of f –set roller cam roller follower cam profiles Gyroscopes: Review of principle of the gyroscope . Gyroscopic couple and acceleration for a plane disc. Effects of gyroscopic couple whirling of shafts . Applications in automobiles, ships, aeroplanes and locomotives . Power Transmission: Methods of power transmission available , analysis of positive friction and Electromechanical drives. Hydrodynamic and hydrostatic fluid couplings. Balancing: Review of the balancing of rotating masses in the same plane and in different planes. Primary and secondary balancing of reciprocating masses. The effects of imbalance on the performance of vehicles and other machines . Friction and Lubrication: Review of friction in sliding and rolling , Analytical treatment of boundary and film lubrication . one –dimensional Reynolds’ equation in case of tilting thrust bearing and externally pressurized bearings. Lubrication and bearing materials. Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication as applied to slider and journal bearings. MET 614 Heat and Mass Transfer Heat Transfers Condition: Introduction to heat condition. Review of one-dimensional equation problems. Extended surfaces. Derivation of Fourier’s equation using the energy conservation approach. Analysis of steady and unsteady state 2-imensional heat condition Laplace (Laplace equations. Poison’s equation), using (1) graphical technique (2) numerical method (3) analytical method, and (4) analogue technique. Dimensionless variables of heat condition (biot number or Fourier number.) Convection: 340 Basic equation of heat convection (free and forced convection), graetz-nusselt problems dimensionless numbers and similarity (Reynolds prandlt gras grashof, Rayleigh, Stanton, nusselt, frouds, peclet and graetz number colbun j-factor), Reynolds, taylor-pradtl, Von karma and colbun analogues. Buckingham-pi. Theorems, boiling and condensation. Radiation: Electromagnetic spectrum, thermal radiation spectrum, emissive, reflectivity, transitivity, absorbivity emissive power. Real and ideal surfaces total and monochromatic radiation. The spectoradiometic curve. Kerchief’s law. Wienie’s displacement law. Stefanboatsman’s law` direct exchange in enclosures with non-participating medium. Radioactively adiabatic surfaces. Electrical network analogues. Heat Exchangers: Basic types of heat exchangers. Analysis and design of simple heat exchanger, using LMTD (logarithmic mean temperature difference) and NTU (number of transfer units) methods Mass Transfer: Diffusion in 2-component systems. Diffusivity, molar flux, concentration, flicks first and second laws. Mass transfer co-efficient. Mass transfer in 2-hase fluid systems, film and overall co-efficient. Mass of mass transfer. Heat mass transfer analogy. Sherwood numbers. MTE 615 Engineering fluid Dynamics Basic solutions and properties of the governing equation for ideal fluid flow and for compressible fluid flow. Description and design equation speed of sound, stagnation pressure, convergaent nozzle, shack waves, subsonic and supersonic flows, 2dimenesional and dimensional potential flows. Lift and drag. Momentum Transfer: Naiver Stockert’s equation. Boundary layer theory. Boundary layer thickness. Velocity distribution. Laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Drag, boundary layer separation. Boundary layer control, buckingham-pi theorem. Flow through conduits. Flow over submerged bodies (flat plates , cylinders and spheres). MEE 606 Mechanical Vibrations Definition. Source of vibration in machines. Criteria or evaluation. Description of general nature of free, forced and self-excited vibration. The lumped one-degree-offreedom linear system, free motion, nature mode (viscous) damps. Forced vibration of a uniform beam by harmonic loading. Elements of the analysis of multi-body and distributed mass linear systems.Rayleigh’s principles. Holzer’s method. Application of tensional vibration, flexural vibration of beams, whirling of a single disc on a shift. Dampers absorbers. MEE 605 Metalurgy Theory of Alloying : Review of solid solutions and binary systems. Effects of alloying or metal properties. Alloys for bearing an springs. Work hardening alloys. Strengthening structures and dispersed phases. Effects of strengthening methods and other properties particularly ductility and toughness. Hardenability Data: 341 Validity, assesment of use and practical significance. The section and control of furnace, atmosphere for treatments requiring charfe protection or compositional charge, limitations of the oretiocal prediction and behaviour. Heat Treatment: Theory of heat treatment. Elementary quantitative treatment of heat transfer applied to heating and cooling under radioactive and convective conditions. Analysis of factors controlling uniformity, and efficiency of heat treatment, characteristics of commercial equipment media and procedures significance of process variables(temperature, rate of temperature change, time)on process and product. Distortion and residual tresses, allow sensitivity, modes of distortion control. Stress relief. Metallorgraphy: Macro-examination techniques. Sulphur print, macro –etching reagent. Election microscopy and x-ray crystallography. Principles and application of symmetric elements, stenographic projection. Metallurgy of Welding: Weldability, calculation of peak temperature. Metallurgy changes in heat affected zone. Cooling rates and solidification. Weld thermal cycles residual stresses-weld distortion and its prevention. Mechanical working of metals- theory of metal working . hot, cold and warm working of metals . estimation of work pressures in rolling, foraging, extrussion, wire drawing, deep drawing. Evaluation of newer forming process and products-HERF and hydrostatic eruption. Foundry Technology: Computability of metals with refectories, atmosphere, fluxes on quality. Degassing, deoxidation, inoculation and modification. Quantitative treatment of solidification rates as applied to casting in sand refectory moulds. Chilling power of moulds. Principles that determining shape and size of getting and running systems and feeder heads. Factor affecting training size and shape, segregation, shrinkage, tearing , gas evolution, nonmetallic inclusions and internal stressed. Mould materials, foundery sands, natural and synthetic sands. Condition and testing. Inspection and quality control. Test bars: assessment of cast-on and separate test bars, analysis of factors affecting casting quality and yield incidence. MEE 616 Air-condition And Refrigeration Air –Condition Equipment Plant System Design: Review of psychometrics. Weather data analysis. Air-condition equipment /components, boilers and chillers, cooling towers, heat pump, system costing, estimating and drafting. Synthesis of Refrigeration: Synthesis and analysis of the vapour absorption unit. Boost system used in aircraft. Thermo-electric refrigeration, vortex tube refrigeration, cryogenics. Pipes and Piping Design: Types and application of pipes, pipe fittings selection criteria- stream, water refrigerant, air oil and gas (more complex cases). Environmental Pollution: 342 Decay equation. Odour and smoke control. Temperature and humidity pollution, effects of water flora and fauna and oil pollution. Bacteriological effects, noise, etc. MEE 607 Mechanical Power Systems Fluid Flow: Review of flow through conduits and fittings (pipes, orifice, nozzles, diffusers, valves, bends junctions) Analysis and Design of Pipe Network: Pipes in series, in parallel, pipe network for steam, gas hydraulics. Fluid Power Machinery and Components: Performance, characteristics selection criteria for pumps, compressors, fans, motors, accumulators, valves, actuators. Power System Fluids: Survey of hydraulic fluids and their properties, the ideal hydraulic fluids; seals Fluid Power Circuit and Control: Typical fluid circuits (hydraulic, pneumatic)- open center, closed centers, meter –in, meter-out, loads inertia overrunning, resistive. Design of Fluid Power Systems: Load inertia, over-running, Resistive and Systems: Principles of operation and characteristics. Fluid logic circuits; combustion equipment ; gas, oil, solid fuel. Installation and operation of steam turbines, governing and part load performance , performance testing. Gas Turbines: Performance characteristics. Part load operations. Component selection criteria, turbines compressors, heaters, combustors, heat exchangers. MEE 617 Manufacturing Processes Work Study : Method study and measurement. Applications. Occupational Safety and Health: Safety, local safety regulations, and safe working conditions. Job safety training. Occupational disease. Ergonomics. Types of Production: Job, batch and mass production, layout problems associated with each. Materials handling an control: forecasting – machine loading, job loading and sequencing. Resource allocation and assignment problems, elementary ideas of queuing theory. Production control, its function and scope, dispatching and progress chasing. Formulation of mathematical models of manufacturing systems, analysis of models- linear programming, transportation problems. Use of net-work techniques – PERT and CPA. Dielectric Materials: 343 Dielectric Theory. Dielectric properties of solids, liquids and gases. Vabration of dielectric effects with frequency at constant temperature. Dielectric breakdown. Magnetic Materials: Microscopic Quality control and reliability: inspection, different types of inspection, Drawbacks of inspection. Concept of quality control, economic and quality. Organization for quality. Statistical quality control, reliability -definition and meaning, control charts, failure rate, basic concept and reliability, MTBF, MTTF, estimating of simple assemblies from part reliability. MEE 618 Material Science Atomic Theory: Revision of atomic models. RutherfordThomson models. Bur’s representation spectral Line characteristics. Quantum theory and plan’s law. Energy bends; energy levels and holes. Work function. Introduction to quantum mechanics: wave- particle duality. Wave mechanics applied to simple elections. The hydro-atom. Multi-element atom. Electron Configuration in Materials: Uncertainty principles of Heidelberg and applications to measurement of momentum, position and energy of particles. Pauli exclusion principles, electron configuration. The periodic table and general classification of elements. Gases liquids and solid metals and non-metals. Rubber, plastic and resin. Solids: Bonding in solids, structure of crystals and amorphous materials, x-ray diffraction, lane, power and rotary crystal techniques. Electron and neutron. Electron microscopy infrared spectroscopy. Imperfection in solids, materials thermodynamics. Bond theory of solids. Physical properties: Chemical theory of conductors in the metals. Modern theory of solids. Semi- conductors theory. Semi – conductors devices. Thermal and optical effects: photo- emission, photoconduction and photo- voltaic phenomenon. The solar cell. Thermal conduction in crystals, thermal and impurity scattering. Work function. Thermionic, photoelectric and secondary emission of electrons from the surface. 344 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING (PGDGRP) INTRODUCTION Over the years, a large number of first degree holders in Geography and other related disciplines, like land Surveying, Geology, Geophysics, environmental resources management, and urban and Regional Planning, have been trying to enrol for graduate programmes in geography and regional planning .but they have always been refused admission because of their deficiency at the under- graduate level. Also, there is an ever increasing desire of HND/HNC graduates in land surveying, cartography, as well as urban and Regional Planning to further their career in geography and regional planning. To satisfy the yearnings of this teaming category of prospective student, the Diploma program in Geography and Regional Planning with specialization in the following areas: Agricultural Geography Cartography Climatology Environmental Resources Management Geomorphology Industrial Geography Remote Sensing Rural Development Planning Urban Geography. This is to provide the much needed professional training and preparation for advanced degrees. ALMS. The programmes are offered mainly to: (i) Provide opportunities for first degree holders in land surveying, geology, geophysics, environmental resources management, botany, agriculture, urban and regional planning as well as geography/ regional planning, or education/ geography with third class(honors)degrees (ii) Meet the ever increasing desire of graduates with good (HND/ HNC) in land surveying, cartography, urban and regional planning and other geography related disciplines to further their education (iii) Provide student who successfully complete the postgraduate diploma programme and whose results satisfy the standard required, the opportunity for admission to the M.Sc Degree Program in Geography and Regional Planning. ADMISSION REQUIREMENT Candidates for the postgraduate diploma in geography and regional planning must have (i) At least a third class honors degree of Ambrose ail university or any other recognized institution in geography and regional planning or other related disciplines like land surveying, geology, geophysics, environmental resources management, urban and Regional Planning e.t.c (ii) HND/HNC from recognized polytechnic or college of technology, in land surveying, cartography urban and regional e.t.c 345 DURATION OF THE PROGRAMMER: The duration of the programmer shall be 12 calendar months full-time (two semesters) or 24 months part -time (four semesters) Student’s workload Student shall be required to register for courses before they are sallower to take them. A student of the post-graduate diploma in geography and regional planning will be required to register for a maximum of thirty six (36) credit unit out of which a candidate must pass 30 unit the course are as follows: Compulsory Courses x 3 Unit Courses in student ‘s area of specialization x 3 Project courses x 6 Unit Total = = = 12 Units 12 Units 6 Units = 30 Unit ]STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMER AND REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION : 1. All core course and courses in area of specialization must be Passed . 2. A minimum of 30 credit unit must be acquired before gradation 3. The minimum requirement for a pass in any taught courses and the project is a score of 50% 4. There will be written examination in all taught course at the end of the relevant semester. 5. Every student shall writer a rapport on his/ her research project, which shall be graded and moderated like any of the taught courses. 6. There will be continuous assessment through tests and/or assignment which will be weighted at last 20% CLASSIFICATION OF POST GRADUATION DIPLOMA IN GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING CERTIFICATE: The post graduate diploma in geography and regional certificate shall be classified on the basis of the cumulative score average as follows. Class Cumulative Percentages (Score Average) Distinction Credit Pass 70-100 60-69 50-59 COURSE AVERAGE COMPULSORY COURSE: COMMON TO ALL STUDENT GRP 601 Philosophy of Geography GRP 602 Research Methods in Geography/Planning GR|P 603 Quantitative Techniques 3 GRP 604 Planning Principles GRP 699 Project Agricultural Geography GRP 610 Agricultural Development Planning GRP 611 Agricultural System GRP 612 Agricultural Location Theories GRP 608 Rural Settlement and land Use 346 Unit 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 Cartography GRP 602 Principles of Cartography GRP 621 Theoretical Cartography GRP 622 Historical / Information System Climatology GRP 630 Advances Climatology GRP 631 Micro / MESO Climatology GRP 632 Urban Climatology GRP 633 Water Resources ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT GRP 604 Ecology of Natural Resources GRP 641 Vegetation resource GRP 642 Environmental Planning and Management 3 GRP 633 Water Resources Geomorphology GRP 605 Erosion and soil Management GRP 651 Advanced fluvial Geographology GRP652 Geomorphology in environ. Mgt GRP 653 The geomorphic system of the humid tropical envt Industrial Geography GRP 660 Industrial Structure and Dynamic GRP 661 industrial development planning GRP 662 Industrial Location Analysis GRRP 620 the urbanization process Remote Sensing GRP 670 Principles of Remote Sensing GRP 671 Manual Image GRP 672 Digital Image Interpretation GRP 673 Geography Information System Rural Development GRP 680 Rural Settlement and Land use GRP 681 Rural Development Model GRP 682 Advanced Rural land Resources Evaluation GRP 683 river basin student Urban Geography GRP 690 The Urbanization Process GRP 691 Urban Land use Planning GRP 692 Urban System Analysis GRP 693 Urban spatial interaction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION GRP 601 Philosophy of Geography (3Unit) Current methodology of geographical research, including recent paradigm shifts within geography. Scientific approach to geographical research, gratification in geography theories and model in geography GRP 602 Research Methods In Geography (3 Unit) Meaning of geography research, formulation of research problem, theories and conceptual framework for research topic questionnaire design, processing of question, sampling 347 producer of testing hypothesis documentation, referencing / bibliography, acknowledging authors, format or research proposal and of thesis GRP 603 Quantitative Techniques (3unit) importance of advanced mathematical and statistical as applied to spatial distribution area data multiple and partial correlation, multiple regression, analysis of variance (ANOVA), parametric and non- parametric, tests of significance GRP 604 Planning Principles (3 Units) The meaning and nature of planning, aspect of planning, special patter of development, growth poles, growth center, e.t.c concept of the regional and planning units, approaches to planning for development, theories and methods of planning GRP 610 Agricultural Development Planning (3 Units) Multifarious problem especially in development countries with special reference to Nigeria, physic and social aspects of planning that are relevant to agricultural development, significance of research in promoting effective e development, of agricultural data banks and the use of agricultural statistics for planning purpose GRP 611 Agricultural System (3 Units) Different agricultural system in term of the constraints to productivity and the feasible solution to these constrain. Major agricultural system rotational bush fallowing arable crop production, tree crop production irrigation plantation and forestry, the contribution of each of theses system of agricultural to national economy GRP 612 Agricultural Location Theories (3units) Importance of location theories in agricultural studies, major theories, von tunnel’s theory of agricultural land, potential diffusion theories, von thunei theory of auricular land potential diffusion theories mark v on chairs, game theory, regional mode of development, tend surface analysis and model continuous techniques GRP 620 Principles Of Cartography (3units) Scope and limitation of visual presentation of statistic. Sources and treatment of statistic for visual presentation . Criteria of significances and choices of techniques, perception and visual process. Map compilation sources material, base map, generalization, typography colour and colour separation, map design, map production planning and produces , practical works and assignments, GRP 621 Theoretical Cartography (3 Units) The meanings, scope and aspects of cartography, the concept of map. Different component of the cartographic communication system and factor influencing them, analysis of the topographic map as a cartographic communication channel GRP 622 historical / Applied Cartogralogy (3 Units) The development of cartography from the ancient to the present. The evolution of national surveys, use of map in geographic studies as well as in national and international planning and development GRP 623 Geographic Information System (3units) 348 the meaning and nature of Gls, data input and output, data base management, data modeling and analysis, practical and assignment GRP 630 Advanced Climatology (3 Units) Atmospheric heat balance and moisture, principles and concepts to weather and general circulation in the tropic and temperature region drought, precipitation, desertification, climatic change GRP 631 Mire / Climatology (3unit) Soil temperature and moister, evaporation from homogenous surface, wind flow over homogenous and non humongous surface , turbulence and turbulent transfer of heart over and from homogenous surface, forest Climatology GRP 632 Urban Climatology (3 Units) Scope and content of urban Climatology, the analysis of urban climate on different time and spatial scales. Air pollution, urban weather in relation to human comfort, housing, food and industries GRP 633 Water Resources (3 Units) Exploration and exploitation of surface and ground water resources, urban and rural water supplies, conflict in water uses, water resources development and management, water pollution GRP 640 Ecology of Natural Resources (3 Units) Man, nature and resources relationship, principles of conservation and resources use, ecosystem’s use of resources, mineral and energy resources, pollution and the environment, limits of man’s economic growth. GRP 641 Vegetal Resources (3 Units) Plant evolution and distribution, method of regulation mapping and of analysis, nature and types of vegetal resources. Exploitation and management of vegetal resources, a forestation, game reserve management. GRP 642 Environment Planning and Management (3 Units) Principles of resources planning and environmental management with specific reference to environment impart assessment and economic development, environment information system the role of demographic power in recourse planning and environment management GRP 650 Erosion and Erosion Management (3 Units) Soil erosion, factor mechanism and types of soil survey, classification and mapping. Topographic, social and economic con sequence of soil erosion soil, conservation. GRP 651 Advance Fluvial Geomorphology 349 (3 Units) Dynamic principles, theories and process guiding the activities of river and their resulting land forms the role of tropical river in land scope development. GRP 652 Geomorphology in Environment Management (3 Units) Aspects of geomorphology in environment management interaction between cultural activities and geomorphic system development of appropriate methodology for environment and geomorphic impact assessment GRP 653 The Geomorphic System of the Humid Tropical Environment (3 Units) Foundational environment condition and problem of humid tropical documental system delimitation of the humid the concept of humid tropical processes and major land forms of the humid tropical . GRP 660 Industrial Structure And Dynamics (3 Units) Classification of industrial according to capital, employment, value added e.t.c . the dynamics of industrial growth, development and repulsiveness. Industrial project analysis. GRP 661 Industrial Development Planning (3 Units) Problem of industrial development especially in development countries with Nigeria as a case study , processes generation spatial inequality inn industrial development , implication of government policies for industrial development and environment industrial complexes and estate GRP 662 Industrial Location Analysis (3 Units) Industrial location theories and models. Roles of industrialization in the in the development, acquisition, preparation and analysis of field data, case studies of selected industrial and industrial regions GRP 670 Principles of Remote Sensing (3 Units) Remote sensing defined development of remote sensing. Image forming profess. The electromagnetic spectrum (EMS). Remote sensing system -camera or photographic system thermal or scanning system and radar or micro –wave system. Application of remote sensing techniques to population studies and mapping GRP 671 Manual Image Interpretation (3 Units) Image analysis paradigm basis of manual image interpretation. Image interpretation tasks. Element of manual image analysis, aids and techniques GRP 672 Digital Image Interpretation (3 Units) The basics of digital image processing concept, image restoration, enhancement and image restoration, 4ennhancement and image classification procedures GRP 680 Rural Settlement and Land use (3 Units) 350 Models and typology of rural settlement analysis empirical of Nigeria rural settlement with emphasis on spatial organization of rural activities, rural –urban interface linkages, rural services center and land use patter GRP 681 Rural Development Model (3 Units) Models of development in Nigeria empirical analysis 351 POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION The Department offers a post-gradate diploma in public administration {PGDPA) which is designed to enhance the administration and managerial competence of middle-level managers in federal, state and local governments and the private sector. Objectives The objectives of the PGDPA are to: i Contribute to the development of manpower both in public and Private sectors. ii Strengthen the academic and professional competence of young officers who perform administrative functions and iii Provide a broad educational background in the discipline basic to Government. Structure of the Programme The postgraduate diploma programme in public administration consists of course work, seminars and a final project paper. The course work consists of ten courses of three units each and a project work of six units. Requirement For Graduation To be awarded a postgraduate diploma candidate are expected to pass all the ten courses and the project. Pass mark is 50 percent and above. COURSES AND DESCRIPTION FOR POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. First Semester PAD 601 Principles of Public Administration 3 PAD 602 Organizational Theory and Behavior 3 PAD 603 human Resources Management 3 PAD 604 Comparative Public Administration 3 PAD 605 Research Methods 3 Second Semester PAD 621 Development Theory and Administration 3 PAD 622 Public Policy Analysis 3 PAD 623 Public Financial Management 3 PAD 624 principles of Local Government 3 PAD 625 Administrative Law 3 PAD 626 Research Project 3 PAD 601 Principles of Pubic Administration 3 Units The course examines the scope, nature and approaches to public administration and private administration are compared. Special emphasis will be placed on the Nigerian civil service and development of public administration in Nigeria. PAD 602 Organizational Theory and Behaviour 3 Units The course examines the nature of theory and reviews major administrative theories. Emphasis will be on classical, neo- Classical and modern theories. Theories from behavioral science as they apply to the understanding of the role of the individual as a member of organizational socialization, climate and effectiveness, power, authority and decision making in groups. PAD 603 Human Resources Management 352 3 Units The concept, nature and scope of human resources management in public sector. The course examines recruitment, selection, training, motivation, job evaluation and analysis, manpower planning, staff appraisal and labour management relations. PAD 604 Comparative Pubic Administration 3 Units The course covers the concept of comparison in public Administration. And examines the context and system of administration in selected developed and developing countries. It emphasizes the political and policy-making roles of public bureaucracies, the relationship between organized interest and Public agencies and the problems of bureaucratic accountability of political accessory in nations around the glob. PAD 605 Research Methods in Pubic Administration 3 Unit This course is designed to provide the student with adequate knowledge of all aspects of the research design and the models of observation and research in public administration. It covers types, and methods evaluation in the public service and provides practical guide to library research in public administration. PAD 621 Development Theory and Administration 3 Units The course examines theories of development (economic growth, redistribution with growth, basic needs, the Marxist conception, the world bank concept of the development) decentralization and development and participatory development. It considers approaches to rural development, the role of bureaucracy in third world development, and constraints to effective development. and sustainable development, women development, culture and development.the concept of human development and how it relates to economic growth, and strategies for human development. PAD 622 Public Policy Analysis 3 Units The course introduce the students to the concept, nature and scope of Policy and decision theory and the dynamics of public policy formulation, implementation and evaluation. Special emphasis will be placed on the approaches to policy formulation and decision making. PAD 623 Public Financial Management 3 Units Examines the distinctive characteristics of government and Institutional accounting in financial management, Federal, State and Local Organization. Special methods of accounting and auditing in public agencies and levels of government. the course considers macro/micro allocation of resources, types of budgeting, incrementalism, programmes budgeting zero- base budgeting, mbo, bulk budgeting, structural budget margin, inter- governmental .budget control coordination of taxation. PAd 624 Principles of Local Government 3 Units The nature, scope, significance and development of local government. Evolution of local government system in Nigeria. Management problems in local government, relationship between federal and state government. Service delivery citizen participation and mobilization. PAD 625 Administrative Law 3 Units The course examines the growth and characteristic of administrative Law, legal safeguard over administration. The problem of executive, power, problem of bureaucracy, and judicial review of administration. Administrative procedure and the ombudsman. Case 353 studies of legal adjustment of administrative authority and individual liability, the distinction between public administration and private action, personal liability of officers, and scope and limits. Administrative power. PAD 626 Research Project 6 Units The project presents a unique opportunity for the student to specialize in an aspect of administration through a supervised research on an approved topic in public management the project should not be more then 15,000 words. 354 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLE ZOOLOGY (PGDAZ) AIMS, STRUCTURE AND REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION PREAMBLE : Over the years a large number of first digress in other holders biological sciences disciplines, namely, microbiology, botany, agriculture and those with their class in zoology have bee trying to enroll for graduate degrees in zoology but they have always been refused because of their poor undergraduate preparation and / and or performance for the course at the graduate level. Also there is an ever increasing desire of HND /HNC. Graduate in related biological sciences disciplines to further their career in applied zoology to satisfy the yearning of these teaming category of prospective student, the department of zoology has decided to mount a postgraduate diploma programmer in applied with specialization in the following area (i) Hydrobiology (ii) Parasitology and Fisheries (iii) Entomology This is to provide the must needed professional training and preparation for advanced degrees. AIMS: The programmer are offered mainly to: i Provide opportunities for first degrees holders in microbiology, biology, agriculture , physiology and those with a third class degrees in zoology to enhance their careers in applies zoology ii Meet the ever increasing desire of graduate with good HND /HNC in related biological sciences and with at last two year of post NYSC working experiences, to further their education iii Provide student who successfully complete the programmer and those result satisfy the standard required the opportunity for admission to the M.SC degrees programmer in zoology . STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMMER AND REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION 1 The duration of the programmer shall be 12 calendar months full- time (two semesters) or 24 months part – time (four semesters ) 2 All core course must be passed. 3 A minimum of 50dcredit must be acquired before graduation. 4 The minimum requirement for a pass any tough course and the project is a score of 50% 5. Three will be writer examination in all taught courses at the end of the of the relevant semesters . 6. Every student shall writer a project on his / her research project which shall be graded and moderated like any of taught courses. 7. There will be continuous assessment through tests and assignment which will be weighted at 2% 8 Every student shall give at least one departmental seminar current tropical on his /her area of specialization during the period of his /her study. 9. A student who fail a minimum of two taught courses at the end of the session will be asked to the examination at the next available opportunity 9 A student who fail more than two taught courses at the end the session will be asked to withdraw from the programmer 355 CLASSIFICATION OF POST GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN APPLIED ZOOLOGY CERTIFICATE The postgraduate diploma in applied zoology certificate shall be classified on the basis of the cumulative percentage score average as follows CLASS COMMUTATIVE PERCENTAGE Score Average Distinction 70-100 Credit 60-69 Pass 0-9 HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES Courses Available First Semester Courses Code Title Unit Status ZOO 500 Introductory Limnology 4 C ZOO 5 01 Fish Pathogen’s and Diseases 3 C ZOO 502 Advanced Fish Nutrition 4 C ZOO 503 Systematic and Taxonomy of Animal 3 C ZOO 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics 3 C ZOO 505 General Parasitology I 3 C ZOO 506 Statistical Methods and Experimental Design 4 C ZOO 508 Histology 3 ZOO 509 Aquatic Microbiology 3 C Second Semesters Courses Code Title Unit Status ZOO 511 Marine Ecology 3 C ZOO 512 Dynamics and Exploitation of Fish Population 3 C ZOO 513 General Parasitology II 3 R ZOO 514 Ecological Methods 3 C ZOO 515 Animal Ecology 3 C ZOO 517 Ecological Genetics 3 R ZOO Seminar 3 C ZOO Project 3 C Parasitology Courses Available First Semester Course Code Title Unit Status Zoo 500 Introductory Limnology 4 R Zoo 501 Fish Pathogens and Diseases 3 C Zoo 502 Systematic and Taxonomy of Animal 3 C Zoo 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics 4 R Zoo 505 General Parasitology I 3 C Zoo 506 Statistical Methods and Experimental Design 4 C ZOO 507 Medical Entomology 3 C ZOO 508 Histology 3 C 356 Second Semesters Courses Code Title ZOO 511 Marine Ecology ZOO 513 General Parasitology II ZOO 514 Ecological Methods ZOO 515 Animal Ecology ZOO 517 Ecological Genetics ZOO 518 Seminar ZOO 519 Project ZOO 520 General Biochemistry ZOO 521 General Immunology ENTOMOLOGY First Semester COURSE Code Title Units ZOO 500 Introduction Limnology ZOO 501 Fish Pathogens and Diseases 3 ZOO 503 Systemtics and Taxonomy of Animals ZOO 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics ZOO 505 General Parasitology 1 Design 4 C ZOO 507 Medical Entomology ZOO 508 Histology ZOO 509 Aquatic Microbiology Unit 3 3 3 3 3 Status 3 3 C 3 C 3 C R R C C C Status 4 C C 3 C 4 C 3 3 C 3 R R Second Semester Course Code Title Units Status ZOO 511 Marine Ecology 3 R ZOO 513 General Parasitology II 3 C ZOO 514 Ecological Methods 3 C ZOO 515 Animal Ecology 3 C ZOO 516 Insect Anatomy and Physiology 4 C ZOO 517 Ecological Genetics 3 R ZOO 518 Seminar 3 ZOO 519 Project 6 C COURSE DESCRIPTION ZOO 500 Introduction Limnology ( 4 Units ) Principles of Aquatic Limnology The inland water Environment. Biogeochemical Cycling of Micronutrients. Tropic relations, Energy flow and applied implications in terms of production and utilization. Pollution load capacity of in-land waters. Hydro biological techniques. ZOO 502 Advanced Fish Nutrition ( 3 Units ) Criteria in diagnosis of fish diseases and techniques for identification of their pathogens. Diseases caused by viruses, bacteria, protozoa, helminthes and crustacea. Hereditary diseases of fish, ecological diseases produced by chemical and physical factors. The role of pollution in the causations of fish diseases. Recommendations for prophylaxis. Emphasis is generally placed of the diseases of cultured and culturable tropical fishes. 357 ZOO 503 Systematics and Taxonomy of Animals ( 3 Units ) History, rise and development of taxonomy. Taxonomic approach, principles and characters. Special methods of zoological classification. Variations in natural populations. The use of identification keys and classification of selected vertebrates. The application of statistics I taxonomy. ZOO 504 Insect Systematic and Bionomics (4 Units) Detailed study of the taxonomy and bionomics of major insect orders with particular reference to tropical / sub-tropical species of agricultural, medical and veterinary importance. Pesticide classification, formulation and mode of action. Pest management. ZOO 505 General Parasitology I (3 Units) Taxonomy of parasites. Rules and systems of classifying and naming of parasites. Evolution of parasites and their relationship with vectors and hosts. Hosts of parasites. Factors influencing the transmission, dynamics of major tropical parasites including the position of their hosts in the biome. The epidemiology of parasites infections, prevalence, morbidity and mortality in man and animals. The economics of parasitic infections ZOO 506 Statistical Methods and Experimental Design (4 Units) Measures of central tendency and Dispersion. Basic notions of probability. Discrete and continuous probability distributions. Sampling distributions including student T-Test chi square ad F-test. Linear and multiple regression analysis. ZOO 507 Medical Entomology (3 Units) Disease causing Arthropoda (including Myiasis), classification, habitats, life cycles, transmission and control. Arthropods as intermediate hosts and vectors of parasites. Insecticide resistance. ZOO 508 Histology (3 Units) The cellular basis of tissue formation. The main features and function of animal cells, tissues and organs. Biochemistry of selected tissues-liver blood, intestine, endocrine and reproductive organs. ZOO 509 Aquatic Microbiology (3 Units) Microbial load of fresh water ponds, rivers, marine ecosystems and sewage. Pathogenic and free living forms. Euthrophication: concept and importance. Biochemical oxygen demand. Biodegradation of materials in aquatic ecosystems. ZOO 511 Marine Ecology (3 Units) Factors affecting the structure and functions of the marine ecosystem, tides, current, waves, marine planktons, photosynthesis, growth, effect of light, nutrients, PH, salinity and physical factors on primary, secondary and tertiary production. Measurement of productivities, biological cycles, plankton ecology, pelagic food, pyramid. Sampling methods and measurements. ZOO 512 Dynamics and Exploitation of Fish Population 358 (3 Unity) An introduction to fish population dynamics, stock assessment and management of fish stock with practical exercise. Inter-relationship of fishery effort, catch, recruitment and stock size and equilibrium yield. Fisheries regulation and international agreement. ZOO 513 General Parasitology II (3 Units) Parasitic zoonoses and their relevance to public health planning. Socio-economic, cultural and other factors which influence the transmission of zoonosis in tropical communities. Control measures including health education. Economic importance of zoootic infections. ZOO 514 Ecological Methods (3 Units) Comprehensive studies of the techniques and instrumentations relevant to terrestrial aquatic ecosystems. ad ZOO 515 Animal Ecology (3 Units) In-depth studies on the relationship of animals to their environment, especially as they affect their distribution and abundance. Population structures, community metabolism, zoogeography, evolution and genetic ecology. Biological control, environmental threats to ma animals, game reserves and game cropping. ZOO 516 Insect Anatomy and Physiology (4 Units) Insect integument composition, structure and physiology. Muscular and nervous systems, sense organs, alimentary systems, respiratory and circulator systems, excretory organs, productive systems. Embryonic and post-embroyonic development, physiology of moulting. Hormones and pheromones, mode of action of pesticides. Pesticide resistance. ZOO 517 Ecological Genetics (3 Units) Evolutionary ecology; natural selection and quantitative inheritance; the fusion of genetics and ecology, evolution of genetic systems-dominance, co-adopted gene complexes, changing environment and mutation; evolution in spatially varying environment – multiple niche polymorphism. Natural selection in temporarily ecology of single population – stochastic environment extinction, resource tracking and patchiness. Evolutionary ecology of interacting population – competition, production and coevolution, the Niche theory. Pollution and evolution. ZOO 518 Seminar (3 Units) Literature review on a selected topic in any of the specialized areas of study, under staff guidance, written up and presented in class and finally submitted as a term paper or long essay for assessment. ZOO 519 Project (6 Units) A selected problem to be investigated by each student under tutorial guidance by staff, written, submitted and subjected to oral defence by internal examiners only. ZOO 520 General Biochemistry (3 Units) General treatment of basic diseases processes. Body fluid homeostasis. Inborn error of metabolism, the chemical pathology of the guit, liver, kidney and the nervous system, the physiology and biochemistry of endocrine glands and haemoglobins; clinical enzymology; the chemical pathology of ageing; Immunochemistry and immunology. Recent advances in clinical biochemistry. 359 ZOO 521 Advance General Immunology (3 Units) Basic concept of immunology, structure of antigens, antigenic determinants, cellular response, genetics of response to antigenic stimulation. Structure and classification of immunoglobulin and antibodies. Mechanism and theories of antibody formation. Antigen and antibody interactions. Role of lymphoid tissues and thymus in immuno-pathology, antopathology, auto immunology, tumour and transplantation immunology, tumour and transplantation immunology. Immunoprophyiasis and serotheraph. 360
© Copyright 2024